extracted_text:
1

АНГЛИЙСКИЙ
  ЯЗЫК ДЛЯ ШКОЛЬНИКОВ

И.Г.
  Злобина
ЛЕКСИКО-ГРАММАТИЧЕ-
СКИЙ
  ПРАКТИКУМ
ПО
  АНГЛИЙСКОМУ
ЯЗЫКУ
Учебное
  пособие по лексике и грамматике английского языка для подготовки к ОГЭ и ЕГЭ
для
  учащихся  8-11 классов
лицеев,
  гимназий, школ с углубленным изучением
иностранного
  языка
САМАРА
 2021

2

Lesson 1 I.      REVISION
Using Be

- What is your
name?                             - Where are you from? -My name is
Yoko.                                – I`m from Japan.
Exercise 1.
Let`s talk.
Directions: Ask your classmates their names. Write
their first names in the spaces below. You can also ask them what city or
country they are from.

FIRST
NAME

CITY OR COUNTRY

II.
II.      VOCABULARY
HEALTH
AND BODY CARE

NOTES
1.
Глагол to feel — в значении чувствовать себя употребляется с
прилагательным, а не с наречием. Например: Не feels bad (happy, good). Обратите
внимание на выражение to feel well — чувствовать себя хорошо (быть здоровым).
2.
Про симптомы болезни говорят, употребляя глагол to have,
например; I have a headache. У меня болит голова. I have a sore throat. У меня
болит горло.
3.
С помощью слова ache мы обозначаем продолжительную, в основном
тупую боль во внутренних органах (или частях тела), и даже распространенную по
всему телу. Это слово часто входит в состав сложных слов — headache (головная
боль), toothache (зубная боль) и других.
4.
Слово «pain» употребляется для обозначения острой, невыносимой
боли, непривычной человеку. При
ее появлении человек
обращается к врачу или в скорую помощь.
5.
Слово «hurt» выступает в предложении в функции глагола,
прилагательного и реже в качестве существительного. Оно переводится на русский
словами «ушиб», «рана», «телесное повреждение», «страдание», «душевная боль»,
«причинить боль», «ушибить», «болеть», «страдать от боли». В качестве
существительного слово «hurt» обычно употребляется в значении « страдание », «
душевная боль ».

                 Exercise 1.  Correlate
English words with Russian equivalents.

 1. to keep fit 2. to
  have a backache
3.
  to have a high temperature
4.
  to have a sore throat
5.
  to catch a cold
6.
  a dentist
7.
  to recover
8.
  to take medicine
9.
  to cough
10.
  to examine
11.
  to prescribe
12.
  side effect

a.
  иметь больное горло
b.
  быть в форме
c.
  иметь высокую температуру
d.
  зубной врач
e.
  простудиться
f.
  поправляться
g.
  принимать лекарство
h.
  побочный эффект
i.
  иметь боль в спине j . кашлять
k.
  осматривать
l.
  прописывать (лекарство)

Exercise 2.
Choose the right answer.
1.      Tim
had a bad (pain / ache) in his chest so he decided to see a doctor.
2.      I
had a sharp (pain / ache) in my side and I had to call the ambulance.
3.      I
have some (pain / ache) in my stomach, but I hope it will go away as soon as I
take the pain killer.
4.      Antony
(pained / hurt) his arm when he was fixing the shelf.
5.      The
doctor gave my granny a (prescription /recipe) for some medicine.
6.      My
aunt gave me the (prescription /recipe) for delicious gravy.
7.      The
doctor (examined/saw) the patient.
8.      You
should go and (examine/see) the doctor
9.      If
you want to feel well you should eat a (fit / healthy) diet.
10.  What do you do to
keep (fit / healthy)?
PHRASAL
VERBS
Exercise 3.
Change the sentence using the phrasal verbs:bring on, break out, give up,
come down with, cut down.
e.g.  The meningitis epidemic started suddenly in June
and some children got ill.
Out
Some children got ill when the meningitis epidemic broke
out in June.
1.  Liz doesn’t go to
school because she caught the flu. Down  with
2.  My uncle stopped
smoking a year ago. Up
3.  Smoking can cause a
lung cancer. On
4.  Some epidemics
started in the Middle Ages and lots of people died. Out
5.  My sister is trying
not to eat many sweets and cakes, down on
Exercise 4.
Change the words in brackets using the phrasal verbs:put on, pass out, come
round/to, come down with, get over
1.  Andrew can’t play
today as he__________ the flu. (suffer from)
2.  Mary was
slowly______ her terrible illness, (recover from)
3.  Jessica decided
to keep to a diet after she ________weight, (gain)
4.  It was so hot and
stuffy in the room that an old woman_______ . (become unconscious)
5.  Yesterday my dad
finally______ after the operation on his heart. (become conscious)
III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Verbs to
be and to have
Exercise 1.
Use “ to be ”  or “ to have ” in the Present  Simple:
      1. You...
welcome. 2. The metro station... far from my house.
3. Mary and Nelly ... friends. 4.
She ... out.
 5. It... 5 o’clock now. 6. She
... a nice flat.
7.  We ... a little
child. She ... four.
8.  They ... a big car.
It... red. 9. How ... you?
10. How old ... Mary? 11. How
many children ... they?
12. What country ... she from?
13. We ... well.
14. They... a small cottage.
It... far away. 15. She ... at home.
16. She ... no time. 17. He ...
bad habits.
18. How far ... it from here? 19.
It... easy to ask him about it.
20. It ... not good of her to say
so. 21. She ... two mistakes in the test.
      Her mistakes ... bad. 22.
They ... glad to see her.
23. It... a rainy day,... he an
umbrella with him?
Exercise 2. Make the following sentences
interrogative and negative:
1. Her name is Lucy. 2. Ted is nine. 3. Her face is
round. 4. He is nice.
5. It is a good film. 6. My flat is fine. 7. I am happy. 8.
They are clever. 9. His cat is black. 10. We are at school. 11. You are pale.
12. Her baby  is in bed. 13. It is a nice day. 14. They are late. 15. She has a
white dress. 16. They have a four-year-old son. 17. You have a big car. 18. We
have  many English books. 19. He has many uncles and aunts. 20. The house has
five floors. 21. She is from Russia. 22. Her name is Nelly. 23. It is time to
go to bed. 24. You’re a first- year student. 25. It’s cold today. 26. We are
glad to see them.
     Exercise
3. Finish the following sentences
    1.It is .... 2.
She is .... 3. We are ... . 4. They have ... . 5.I am ....  6.
Why is she ...?
                7. Why am I ... ?
8. Her bag is .9.  for has....  10. We have.... И. 11. You have
....                   12.Has he...? 13. Is he ... ?14. Are they... ? 15. Is
her flat... ? 16. Are the children...?
    17. Have they... ? 18. Is it time ... ?
Lesson 2
I.      REVISION
Using Be
Exercise 1.
Put  a necessary article.
1)
Red is ______ color.
2)
_____ bee is _____ insect.
3)
_____ ant is  _____ insect.
4)
_____ bear is ____ animal.
5)
_____ bee is _____ insect.
6)
_____ ant is  _____ insect.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
        Directions: Complete the sentences. Use
a or an and the words in the list.

animal
country
language
city
insect
sport

1.
Arabic is a language.
2.
Rome
is a city.
3.
A cat is an animal.
4.
Tennis is _________.
5.
Chicago is ________.
6.
Spanish is ________.
7.
Mexico is ________.
8.
A cow is _________.
9.
A fly is __________.
10.
Baseball is _______.
11.
China is _________.
12.
Russian is _______.
II.  VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Choose the rught answer.
1.         When at last she
looked at us and smiled, we knew she was _________ danger.
a)
with                       c) to
b)
in                           d) out of
2.         I`m sorry I couldn`t
come at four, I__________ an appointment with my doctor.
a)
broke                       c) had
b)
made                       d) did
3.         If you want to
_________ fit you should go to the gym or at least exercise at home.
a)
do                           c) make
b)
stay                        d) gain
4.       The man __________ an injection
against pneumonia.
a)
received                  c) had
b)
gave                        d) did
5.     My grandfather’s over 95 and is ________ pretty poor health
these days.
a)
on                           c) with
b)
to                           d) in
6.       I was told to _________ the medicine
three times a day, before meals.
a)
take                         c) get
b)
eat                           d) do
7.       Eat your vegetables. They`ll
__________ you good.
a)
make                        c) have
b)
get                            d) do
8.       The key to losing weight is to
________ make exercises.
a)
get                            c) go
b)
make                        d) create
9.       You should try to _________ an
alternative to all those sugary snacks you eat.
a)
make                        c) take
b)
find                          d) do
10.     I`m going to make a real effort to get
________ shape for the summer.
a)
on                             c) in
b)
to                             d) from
11.     Try spreading something low fat
________ your bread instead of butter.
a)
in                                c) around
b)
through                      d) on
Exercise 2. Write the appropriate body
part.
BODY
1.
You stand on your _______________________.
2.
You hear with your ______________________.
3.
You hold with your ______________________.
4.
You see with your _______________________.
5.
You walk with your ______________________.
6.
You kneel on your _______________________.
7.
You smell with your ______________________.
8.
You bite with your _______________________.
9.
You eat with your ________________________.
10.
You carry your backpack on your ____________.
Exercise 3. Choose the right word.
1.       The FINGER is a part of the
___________.
a)
ear                              c) eye
b)
stomach                      d) hand
2.       The SOLE is a part of the
___________.
a)
hand                            c) eye
b)
foot                             d) chest
3.       The PUPIL is a part of the
___________.
a)
eye                              c) foot
b)
ear                              d) hand
4.       The TOE is a part of the ___________.
a)
ear                              c)  eye
b)
foot                            d) hand
5.       The WRIST is a part of the
___________.
a)
foot                            c) ear
b)
hand                          d) eye
6.       The CALF is a part of the
___________.
a)
leg                             c) head
b)
arm                             d) chest
7.       The IRIS is a part of the
___________.
a)
foot                             c) ear
b)
hand                            d) eye
8.       The HILL is a part of the
___________.
a)
eye                               c) hand
b)
foot                              d) ear
9.       The SHIN is a part of the
___________.
a)
arm                               c) head
b)
leg                                d) ear
10.     The PALM is a part of the ___________.
a)
ear                                 c) foot
b)
hand                              d) chest
11.     The  THUMB is a part of the
___________.
a)
foot                                c) head
b)
hand                               d) eye

Exercise 4. Correlate the word in the
left column with its definition in the right one.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

kidney
lung liver
heart brain tonsils
rib
stomach jaw
throat

a.
  an organ in the head which controls thought and feeling
b.
  two small, fleshy organs in the throat
c.
  a baglike organ in which food is broken down for use by the
  body
d.
  one of twenty-four bones protecting the chest
e.
  one of a pair of organs which separate waste liquid from the
  blood
f.
  one of two bony parts of the face in which teeth are set
g.
  a large organ which cleans the blood
h.
  one of a pair of breathing organs in the chest
i.
  a passage from the back of the mouth down inside the neck
j.
  an organ in the chest which controls the flow of blood by
  pushing it round the body

 III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Express surprise using the
models:
Models: She is thirty. — Is
she ?
He hasn’t any pictures. — Hasn’t
he ? I’m a student. — Are you?
1.  She is in her last
year at the University.
2.  Bill is the best
football player in our school.
3.  Tom has a new
bicycle.
4.  I have a new hat.
5.  Jane isn’t at school
today.
6.  It’s ten o’clock.
7.  They are my good
friends.
 8.1 haven’t any camera.
9.      I
am absent-minded.
10.  She has a good job.
11.  We are married.
12.  Maria is never late.
Exercise 2. Change the sentences
according to the model:
A. Model: She is from Canada. — Tell
(him, her) she is from Canada.
1. Jim is ill. 2. Her name is
Mary.
3. Their baby is nice. 4. It is a
fine plan.
5. Jack is late again. 6. It is
his book.
7. Her son is twelve. 8. She has
English books.
9. They have a nice flat. 10. It
is a fine day.
11. She is not happy. 12. They
are not at home.
13. She has no children. 14. We
have no cat.
15. It is a good idea. 16. It is not warm today.
B. Model: Why is he sad? — Ask him why he
is sad.
1. Why is Kate late? 2. Why is he
pale?
3. Why is the day so long? 4. Why
is his idea bad?
5. Why is their child ill? 6. Why
is her dress dirty?
7.  Why aren’t they at
school?
8.  Why am I so angry? 9.
Why aren’t we happy?
Exercise 3. Change the sentences
according to the model:
Model: Is he twenty ? — I
wonder if he is twenty.
1.
Is she happy?
2.
Is he sleepy?
3.
Are you worried?
4.
Is П sick?
5.
Is it time to go to school?
6.
Is it easy to translate verbs “to be,” “to have” in this text?
7.
Is the doctor in?
8.
Are they out?
9.
Is Ann well?
10.    Has she
any sons?
11.    Have they
many friends?
12.    Have you
a summer cottage?
13.    Has he a
fast car?
14.    Has this
child a cat?
15.    Is it
important to see them       immediately?
16.    Are they
well?
17.    Is she
beautiful?
18.    Is it
five o’clock?
19.    Are they
busy?
20.    Is the
winter cold in Moscow?
21.    Is it
cold today?

IV.  ENGLISH IN USE
 What country , capital…?
        Draw a line from the name of the
country in the left column to the name of the            capital in the right
one.
                    The aim: learn the names of
European countries and their capitals.

Belgium

Amsterdam

France

London

The Netherlands

Brussels

Luxemburg

Dublin

Germany

Warsaw

England

Berlin

Ireland

Vienna

Italy

Madrid

Spain

Rome

Switzerland

Copenhagen

Greece

Luxemburg

Poland

Athens

Portugal

Paris

Denmark

Bern

Austia

Lisbon

Lesson 3
I.       REVISION
Exercise 1. Change the singular sentences
to plural ones.

SINGULAR                                  PLURAL
1.
An ant is an insect.                  _________________________
2.
A computer is a machine.        _________________________
3.
A dictionary is a book.            _________________________
4.
A chicken is a bird.                 _________________________
5.
A rose is a flower.                   _________________________
6.
A carrot is a vegetable.           _________________________
Exercise 2. Game.
Direction: Work in small groups. Close
your books for this activity. Your teacher will say the beginning of the
sentence. As a group, write the complete sentence. In the end, the group who
completes the most sentences correctly wins the game.
Example:
TEACHER (books open): Spanish
….
GROUP (books closed): Spanish is a language.
1.
A bear ….                                   8. A dictionary ….
2.
An ant ….                                   9. Chickens ….
3.
London ….                                 10. China ….
4.
Spring ….                                   11. Winter and summer
….
5.
A carrot ….                                 12. Arabic …
6.
September and October ….         13. A computer …
7.
Mexico and Canada ….               14. A fly ….
II.    VOCABULARY
FAMILY AND RELATIVES
Exercise 1.
Correlate English words with Russian equivalents.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. 10. ther 11.
12.
13.
14.

husband wife spouse
  parents twins sibling grandparents grandchildren stepmother great-grandfa-
half-sister
  stepsister foster family grandnephew

a)
  жена
b)
  внучатый племянник
c)
  близнецы
d)
  брат и сестра
e)
  дедушка и бабушка
f)
  муж
g)
  внуки и внучки
h)
  супруг
i)
  приемная семья
j)
  мачеха
k)
  прадедушка
l)
  сводная сестра
m)
  сестра по одному из родителей
n)
  родители

                           Exercise 2.
Give the definition to the words.
                            e.g. Му grandfather is т у
mother’s father.
1.
My parents are__________________________________________.
2.
My aunt is _____________________________________________.
3.
Spouses are ____________________________________________.
4.
My brother-in-law is _____________________________________.
5.
My grandmother is ______________________________________.
6.
My niece is ____________________________________________.
7.
My nephew is___________________________________________.
8.
My grandson is _________________________________________.
9.
My uncle is ____________________________________________.
          Exercise 3. Correlate
the word in the left column with its definition in                   the right
one.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

widow
spouse fosterage grandniece stepbrother

a.
  one or more relatives, such as siblings or cousins, taken
  collectively
b.
  granddaughter of one’s sibling
c.
  a person’s husband or wife
d.
  an act of fostering an-

                     6.       half-
blooded 7.       son-in-law
8.
  folks
9.
  kin

other’s child as if it were your
own
e.
  a woman whose husband
has died (and who has not
  remarried)
f.
  having only one parent in common
g.
  the son of one’s stepfather or stepmother who is not the son of
  one’s mother and is not the son of one’s father
h.
  the husband of one’s child
i.
  the members of one’s
household; especially one’s parents and immediate family

Exercise 4.  “AGE” MULTIPLE-CHOICE quiz
1.         A/an
____________________ is a very young human between 6 months and two years of
age.
a)
infant                                               c) teen
b)
pre-school child                              d) youth
2.       A ____________________ is a baby who
has been recently born.
a)
youth                                               c) toddler
b)
newborn                                         d) teenager
3.         A/an
____________________ is an older child whose age ranges between 13 to 19 years
old.
a)
teenager                                           c)  toddler
b)
adult                                                d)
infant
4.       A/an ____________________ person is
an adult who is not very old.
a)
elderly                                             c)
middle-aged
b)
senior                                              d) old
5.         A/an
____________________ is a young child whose age ranges between one and three
years old.
a)
teen                                                  c)  youth
b)
senior                                               d) toddler
6.         I can’t imagine that
our mother is celebrating her fifty second birthday! She looks so young, but
she is already in her ____________________.
a)
mid-fifties                                        c) late
forties
b)
sixties                                               d) early
fifties
7.       A/an ____________________ is a young
person who can’t vote on the election.
a)
junior                                                c)
underage
b)
senior                                                d) teen
8.       People who are over 65 years are
called ____________________ people.
a)
young                                                 c) elderly
b)
middle-aged                                       d) toddler
9.       The ____________________ are people
between 40 and 60.
a)
elderly                                                c) senior

b)
old                                              d)  middle-aged
10.      A/an ____________________ is a person
who is usually 21 years old.
a)
infant                                                  c)
man
b)
adult                                                   d) teen
III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the right pronoun:

A.
1.
Kate and (I, me) work together.
2.
We spent our holiday together with (them, they);
3.
My sister and (I, me) are good friends.
4.
It’s (he, him).
5.
(She, her) writes to (he, him) every day.
6.
(We, us) enjoy playing tennis.
7.
Will you give (her, she) and (I, me) some help?
8.
Helen and (they, them) are next-door neighbours.
     B.
1.  (My, me) aunt Susan
is (my, me) mother’s sister.
2.  (Our, us) relatives
are coming to see (our, us) today.
3.  Tell (them, their)
about it.
4.  Is this (you, your)
dog? There is something wrong with (it, its) ear.
5.  Ask (him, his) if
it’s (him, his) car.
6.  George and Carol are
having (them, their) lunch.
7.  He gave (me, my)
(him, his) photograph in which I couldn’t recognize
          (him, his).
9.
We were surprised to see (them, their) in the platform, they also
came to   meet (our, us).
Exercise 2.
Use “me,” “you,” “him,” “her,” “it,” “us,” “them”:
1.
She gave ... the book and asked to return ... to ... next week.
2.
Are you going to invite... to your party?
3.
My parents are coming to see ... on Saturday. I like to spend my
weekend with ... .
4.
I didn’t like the film. I don’t want to speak about....
5.
We’ll be very happy if you go on a trip with....
6.
Don’t ask... this question. I don’t know how to answer....
7.
If she doesn’t arrive tomorrow send... a telegram.
8.
I’m sorry to trouble..., but I want... to do... a favour.
9.
Let’s don`t wait for..., they are always late.
10.
Do you want... to do for... ? I don’t mind....
IV.    USE OF ENGLISH  Singular and Plural
Exercise 1. Write down the following
words in the plural.
1.
A mountain                             two ……………..
2.
A sledge                                  two……………..
3.
A pond                                    two……………...
4.
A restaurant                            two……………… 5.   A
skier                                    two………………
6.
A hill                                       two……………….
7.
A park                                     two……………….
Lesson 4
I.     REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: Pair work.
Directions: Your partner will ask you to
name something. Answer in a complete sentence. You can look at your book before you
speak. When you speak, look at your partner. Example:

Partner A

Partner
B

1.a country
2.an insect

1.two
  countries 2.a season

PARTNER A: Name a country.
PARTNER B: Brazil is a country
PARTNER A: Yes, Brazil is a country.
                       Your turn
now.
PARTNER B:  Name two countries.
PARTNER A: Italy and China are
countries.
                        Your turn
now.
PARTNER B:  Name an insect.
PARTNER A: A bee is an insect.
PARTNER B: Yes, a bee is an
insect.
                        Your turn
now.
PARTNER A: Name a season.
PARTNER B: Etc.
Remember: You can look at your book before
you speak. When you speak, look at your partner.

PARTNER
  A

PARTNER
  B

1.
  A language
2.
  Two lan-
guages
3.
  A city
4.
  An animal
5.
  Two seasons

1.
  Two cities
2.
  An island 3.            Two
  countries
in Asia
4.
  A vegetable
5.
  A street in
  this
city

II.   VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.
Write down 8-10 sentences about your friend and his/her family.

………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
 ………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 2. Make up a text using the following words:
mother, English, housewife, village, little, professor, student, lectures,
makes, does not, studies, name, does
The boy’s 1.________ is Jerome. He
is an 2.___________ schoolboy. He lives ina small 3.________ not far from
London. His 4.___________ doesn’t work.
She is a 5.______________ . She
6.___________ the house, 7.____________ breakfast, dinner and supper. Jerome’s
father is a 8.____________ . He 9.___________ at University.
Jerome’s brother is a 10.___________ . He 11.______________at
Oxford University. Jerome’s sister is a 12.___________ girl. Her name is Bell.
Bell 13._____________ go to school yet, she is only four. Jerome loves his
family.
Exercise 3.
Arrange the words in order of increasing age.

    youth, newborn,
toddler, teenager, infant, elderly, as old as hills, senior, middle-aged,
underage

III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.  Change the sentences
according to the model:         Model: This is her book. — This book is
hers.
1. This is my house. 2. These are
my dogs. 3. This is his car.
4. These are his sons. 5. This is
your room. 6. These are your rooms.
7. This is our office. 8. These
are our cups. 9. This is their garden.
10. These are their flowerbeds
  Exercise 2.  Use reflexive pronouns:
1.  It is easy to
translate this text. I can do it ... .
2.  My brother is only
three years old. But he can wash and dress ....
3.  Who made such a
beautiful dress? — I have made it ... .
4.  He... can’t believe
that he took the first place.
5.  You can make a cup of
coffee for....
6.  Don’t worry about us.
We can take care of....
7.  Who told you they got
married? — Helen....
8.  The taxi didn’t come
and we had to carry our heavy luggage ....
9.  She looked at ... in
the mirror and was satisfied.
10.
She learnt English .... 11. The knife is very sharp. Don’t
cut.... 12. The play... was interesting but the acting was poor.

Exercise 3.  Use reflexive or personal
pronouns:
1.  He is very selfish.
He only thinks of....
2.  Look behind ...!
You’ve dropped something.
3.  When she came to ...
she found ... on the hospital bed.
4.  It was so dark that
we could hardly see anything in front of....
5.  Take care of...!
Don’t work too hard.
6.  I don’t like anybody
to do my work instead of....
7.  It’s cold. Close the
door behind.
8.  I always keep this
dictionary in front of... on my desk.
Lesson 5 I.      REVISION

Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
                Directions: Complete
the  sentences. Use a verb (am, is are). Use a noun (a student/students)

1.
We are students.
2.
I _________________.
3.
Rita ______________.
4.
Rita and Tom _____________.
5.
You (one person) __________.
6.
You (two persons) _________.
    Exercise
2.  Let`s talk: class activity.
   Directions: Close
your books. Complete the sentences with a form of be +   a student/students.
Point to the student or students as you name them.
     Example:
     TEACHER: (name of a student in the
class) Yoko….
    STUDENT: (The student point to Yoko) Yoko is a student.
1.
(name of a student)
2.
(name of a student) and ( name of a student)
3.
I
4.
(name of a student)  and I
5.
We
6.
(name of a student)
7.
(name of a student) and ( name of a student)
8.
They
9.
You
10.
(name of a student) and ( name of a student) and (name of a
student)

II.    VOCABULARY.

Exercise 1.
Correlate the words in the left column with their descriptions in the right
one.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

manager
receptionist
secretary accountant
surgeon nurse chef
  (chefs)
waiter painter professor

                     a)       a person who keeps
  records, takes
notes and handles general clerical work b)    a person (usually a
  woman) who takes care of other people’s young or trained to provide care for
  the sick
c)
  the head cook of an establishment such as a restaurant, club,
  or wealthy family
d)
  a person whose job is to manage something, such as a business,
  a restaurant, or a sports team e. an employee who receives visitors and/or
  calls, typically in an office setting
e)
  an attendant who serves customers in a restaurant, cafe or
  similar
f)
  an employee who receives visitors and/or calls, typically in an
  office setting
g)
  one whose profession includes organizing, maintaining and
  auditing the records of another. The records are usually but not always
  financial records.
h)
  h. a teacher or a faculty member at a college or university
i)
  one who performs surgery; a doctor who performs operations on
j)
  an artist who paints pictures

Exercise 2.
Exerci-
sExercise 2. Correlate the English words
with its Russian equivalents.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

a
  supervisor a typist a cashier a physician a pediatrician a wholesaler a
  retailer an artist  a playwright a mason a carpenter physicist a judge a
  lawyer

a)
  художник
b)
  врач, медик
c)
  каменотес, каменщик
d)
  кассир
e)
  оптовик, оптовый торговец
f)
  юрист, адвокат
g)
  судья
h)
  педиатр
i)
  контролер
j)
  машинистка
k)
  физик
l)
  лавочник,
розничный
  торговец
m)
  плотник

n)

драматург

Exercise 3. Change the words so that they
match the text.

My family
  I have a large family.
  My father is fifty-seven. He works as an ____________   at a
  plant. My
mother
  is fifty-two.  She works as a ____________. My younger brother is a
  ____________ of economics.
  I
  also have an ____________ sister. She is married. She is an ____________ and
  her husband is a ____________. They have a daughter Lena, my niece, who is a
  very talented girl. She plays the piano and writes interesting poems.

ENGINE
TYPE
STUDY
OLD
COUNT
DRIVE

III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
 Exercise 1.   Use “for,” “to”
or “by” where necessary with the reflexive pronouns:
1.  I read the letter ...
first and then gave it to my mother.
2.  Mary doesn’t like
noisy companies. She prefers to stay ....
3.  Did she go on holiday
... ?
4.  If you don’t believe
me you can come and see  it... .
      5.1 saw this programme on
TV ... .
6. The suitcase was too heavy for
me to carry it....
7.1 took the opportunity to talk
to him seeing that he was....
8.1 heard this news on the radio
... .
9.      I’ll
tell you this story and then you can judge it....
10.  “This girl is quite
beautiful,” he thought... but said nothing.
Lesson 6
I.      REVISION
Part 1
Exercise 1:
Sentence practice
Directions: Write the name
of the person next to his or her job.
Artist ___________________
Gardener_______________
Bus driver
_______________                       Doctor ________________
Police officer
____________                        Photographer ___________

Jim

Ann

Ms.
  Black

Mike

Mr
  Rice

Sue

Part II.
Directions: Complete the sentences with the correct
information.
1.
Ann  isn`t                    a
gardener. She is a photographer____.
2.
Mike is___________ a gardener. He ____________ an
artist.
3.
Jim ______________ a driver. He _____________________.
4.
Sue ______________a photographer. She _______________.
5.
Mr Rice __________ a police officer. He ________________.
6.
Ms. Black isn`t a ____________. She ___________________.
7.
I`m not a ____________. I`m a ________________________.

1.
  багаж
2.
  бензин
3.
  билет
4.
  валюта
5.
  взлетать
6.
  вокзал
7.
  границ
8.
  поехать за границу
9.
  иностранец
10.
  направление
11.
  поездка
12.
  путешествие

a)
  gas, gasoline, petrol
b)
  foreigner
c)
  to go abroad
d)
  (foreign/hard) currency
e)
  to take off/to leave the ground
f)
  baggage, luggage
g)
  border, frontier
h)
  direction
i)
  (railroad/railway/train)  station
j)
  journey, voyage
k)
  ticket      23
l)
  (short) journey, trip, excursion, outing, tour

                   II.    VOCABULARY
TRAVELLING

Exercise 1. Correlate the English words
in the left column withtheir Russian equivalents.
Exercise 2.Choose one word from the
suggested ones.

Особенности употребления
  существительных: bank, shore, coast,  beach, seaside.
Bank - это склон холма или берега реки.
Coast - побережье океана или моря, иногда целый
  регион, уходящий вглубь суши.
Shore - участок земли непосредственно возле кромки
  воды океана или озера.
Beach - это пляж,
  полоса земли вдоль берега моря или океана, реже реки или озера. Слово beach
  может также переводиться как «галька» (диалект).
Seaside схоже по значению с coast, но звучит менее
  официально; оно подразумевает не географический термин, а скорее приморский
  курорт, ассоциирующийся с отдыхом и развлечениями.
Strand - берег, используется редко и только в
  литературе и поэзии.

1) There
is a
small lake not far from the town and we like playing
on its _________.
a)
seaside                                              c) coast
b)
bank                                                 d) shore

                   1)       Children
enjoy building sand castles on the ___________.
a)
bank                                                 c) beach
b)
strand                                               d) seaside
                   2)       This
place used to be a tiny village, but nowadays it is a modern ________ resort.
a)
bank                                                 c)
seaside
b)
strand                                               d) beach
                   3)       We
were sitting on the river ___________ and watching fish splashing.
a)
seaside                                              c)
bank
b)
beach                                                d)  shore
5) They spent two wonderful weeks on the ___________ of the
Carrebean Sea.
a)
banks                                                c) strands

b)
beach                                                d) shores
                   6)       ___________
volleyball and football are very popular nowadays.
a)
bank                                                  c) strand

b)
beach                                                d) shore
7) You can hardly see many beaches along the southern
________ of the White Sea.
a)
bank                                                  c) beach
b)
coast                                                  d)
strand
                   8)       There
is a little hotel on the sea ___________.
a)
side                                                    c)
strand
b)
beach                                                 d) shore
                   9)       There
were some boys fishing on the ___________ of the river.
a)
bank                                                   c)
beach
b)
coast                                                  d) seaside
                   10)     Little
children often play with ___________ ball at the seaside.
a)
bank                                                   c) seaside
b)
strand                                                 d) beach
                   11)     Many
English people often go to the ___________ in summer.
a)
bank                                                   c) seaside
b)
strand                                                 d) beach
                   12)     The
pebbles of the seashore, especially worn by waves are called ____ in the UK.
a)
banks                                                 c) beaches

b)
strands                                               d) sides
                   13)    Brighton,
a very popular ___________ city is known all over the world.
a)
bank                                                   c)
seaside
b)
strand                                                 d) beach
                   14)     This
warm current provides mild water in the ___________ area.
a)
coastal                                                c)
beach
b)
bank                                                   d)
strand
                   III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use nouns in the possessive
case instead of the prepositional phrases:
1. the title of the book 2. the economy of the country
3. the decision of the government 4. the work of the
next week 5. the holiday of three weeks 6. the wedding of Tom and Jane 7. the
works of K. Marx 8. the toys of my children 9. the bedroom of my sisters 10.
the house of my brother- in-law 11. the hobby of my wife 12. the car of the
Millers 13. the photo of her boyfriend 14. the newspaper of last Saturday 15.
the umbrella of Professor Jones.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
using nouns in the possessive case:
1.       4. My ...father is my father-in-law. 5. My father
has a brother, his daughter is my ... niece. 6. My ... parents are my
grandparents. 7. My ... children are my grandchildren.
                   IV.   ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Choose the right verb. Circle
it. Example: I ... this English poem by heart yesterday. a)            learn
b) learnt           c) will learn
                   1.       Tomorrow
she ... this text into Russian.
                   a)       translates
b) translated  c) will translate
                   2.       This
year my sister often ... good marks in English.
a)      Gets         b) got               c) will get
3.         The children ... English very soon.
a)      speak       b) spoke           c) will speak
4.         They ... a lot of questions last Monday.
                   a)       ask
b) asked            c) will ask
Exercise 2. Make up a dialogue. Number
the sentences in the correct order.

1)
I`m in the fourth form And you? ⌺
2)
It`s OK. All students wear uniform in our school. What about you?
⌺
3)
What form are you in? ⌺
4)
Oh, in some Russian schools students wear it. But we don`t. Are
there any new subjects in your time-table?⌺
5)
I`m in the fifth form. I see you are in a uniform. Do you like
it?  ⌺
6)
Yes, there are. I hope they will be not boring.  ⌺

Lesson 7
I.      REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence  practice.
Directions: Write sentences using is or are
and an adjective from the list.

cold
funny           round
sweet
dangerous   hot               small/little   wet
dry               important   sour flat              large/big     square

1.
Fire ____ is
hot_____________________.
2.
Ice and snow _______________________.
3.
A box _____________________________.
4.
Balls and oranges ____________________.
5.
Sugar ______________________________.
6.
An elephant _________________________, but a mouse
_________________________.
7.
A rain forest_________________________, but a desert __________________________.
8.
A joke ______________________________.
9.
Good health _________________________.
10.
Guns aren`t safe, They _________________.
11.
A coin _________________ small, round, and
____________________________________.
                   12.     A
lemon _____________________________.
A lemon  + sugar   + water lemonade

       Exercise 2. Let`s talk:
pair work
Directions: Complete the drawings by making the
faces happy, angry, sad and nervous. Then show your drawings to your
partner. Your partner will identify the emotions in your drawings.

       Exercise 3. Sentence
practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use  is,
isn`t, are, aren`t.
1.
A ball ___________isn`t_________________________.
2.
Balls ___________are___________________________.
3.
Lemons _______________________________________.
4.
Ripe bananas __________________________yellow too.
5.
A lemon ____________ sweet. It _______________sour.
6.
My pen ___________ heavy. It _________________light.
7.
This room _________ dark. It _________________light.
8.
My classmates  ___________________________friendly.
9.
A turtle ___________ slow.
10.
Airplanes _____________slow.  They ____________ fast.
11.
The floor in the classroom ________ clean. It ______dirty.
12.
The weather ____________________________cold today.
13.
The sun _______________________________bright today.
14.
My shoes ______________________________comfortable.
                   II.    VOCABULARY
 Exercise 1. Choose the right answer.
1)      The river is so _____________ here that you
can easily cross it on foot.
a)
calm                                    c) shallow
b)
wide                                    d) warm
                   2)       A
yacht was sailing on the _____________ of the water.
a)
top                                       c) glass
b)
bottom                                 d) surface
                   3)       3The
shed stood on the _____________ of the river.
a)
bank                                     c) beach
b)
coast                                     d) hill
                   4)       There
was a storm and one of the boats _____________.
a)
dived                                     c) floated
b)
drowned                                  d) sank
                   5)       Some
boats were _____________ in the harbor.
a)
tied                                          c) fixed
b)
attached                                   d) moored
6)      We`re going to _____________ a cruise on the
river next weekend.
a)
go                                             c) take
b)
sail                                           d) travel
                   7)       I
can`t travel by sea – when it is _____________. I`m seasick.
a)
wet                                           c) rough
b)
calm                                         d) cold
8)      The “Santa Maria” _____________ from the
seaport every Friday.
a)
swims                                       c) sails
b)
leaves                                       d) takes off
9)      I don`t feel like swimming in the sea now.
I`ll lie on the _____________.
a)
seaside                                      c) beach
b)
bank                                          d) tent
                   10)     The
captain and the _____________ welcomed us on board the ship.
a)
cast                                            c) staff
b)
crew                                          d) team
                   11)     It is
rather dangerous to dive or swim here because of the strong _____________.
a)
current                                       c) motion
b)
traffic jam                                 d) pressure
                   12)     The
ship brought a _____________ of tea and spices to the port.
a)
bag                                            c) freight
b)
burden                                       d)  cargo
                   13)     The
waves _____________ against the board of the boat.
a)
knocked                                     c) rattled
b)
lapped                                        d) kicked
                   14)     _____________
wave can be very dangerous.
a)
current                                        c) tidal
b)
windy                                         d) rough
Exercise 2. Choose the right answer.
                   1)      If
your luggage weighs too much, then you will be charged an _____________ fee.
a)
additional                                      c) extra
b)
excess                                            d) high
                   2)      When
you get to the airport, your luggage will have to be _____________.
a)
balanced                                        c) sealed
b)
estimated                                       d) weighed
                   3)      Passengers
must _____________ their seat belts when the plane is taking off.
a)
attach                                              c) fix
b)
fasten                                              d) tie
                   4)       _____________
is a place where planes land and take off.
a)
landing                                           c) terminal
b)
runway                                           d) departure
                   5)       If
you want a cheap air ticket you must _____________ well in advance.
a)
book                                               c) engage
b)
buy                                                 d) reserve
                   6)       He
couldn`t _____________ his fear of flying.
a)
overcome                                       c) give up
b)
struggle                                         d) win
Exercise 3. Change he words so that
they match the text.

Travelling
  by air has both advantages as well as _____________.
The
  _____________ advantage is that it is the fastest way to get from one place
  to another, especially when long distances are involved. It helps us save a
  lot of time. The air traveling is very comfortable. When we travel by air, we
  sit _____________ in
  an

ADVANTAGE GREAT
COMFORT

armchair,
  read magazines or do what we want. A plane ticket can be purchased by
  telephone or on the Internet and that is also very convenient. Travelling by
  air has its
disadvantages, too. First
  of all, flying is often the most _____________ form of transportation, _____________ if reservations are not made
  well in advance. Some people might not be able to afford to fly on the budget
  airline. Besides air travels have
the
  reputation of being ___________
  and a lot of people are afraid of flying. Finally,
travelling
  by air, we can’t stop wherever we want to enjoy _____________ landscapes on our way as we do in a
  trip by car or boat.

EXPENSE SPECIAL
DANGER
BEAUTY

                   III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
                    Exercise 1. Make the following
nouns plural:
A.
family, woman, duck, lake, photo, quiz, tomato, play,
ship, uncle, pony, leaf, belief, face, postman, toy, tooth, kerchief, mouse,
child, umbrella, curriculum, magazine, knife, life, path, class, roof, grass,
cup, city, phenomenon. B.
mother-in-law, butterfly, reading room, standard lamp,
inkpot, tape recorder, son-in-law, exercise book, suitcase, blackbird,
passer-by, ex-president.
Exercise 2. Read the following words in
the singular:
rooms, moments, pipes, plays, years, storms,
kitchens, stockings, pockets, clocks, answers, replies, feelings, rains,
nights, husbands, stars, children, actions, men, geese, sheep, ships, drops,
beliefs, days, trains, roads, oceans, seas, continents, islands, voices, teeth,
phenomena, curricula.
Exercise 3. Use the verbs in the
correct form:
1. My watch (to be) ten minutes fast. 2. These data
(to be) not accurate. 3. No news (to be) good news. 4. Mathematics (to be) my
favourite subject when I was at school. 5. Money (to do) not make you happy. 6.
Your clothes (to hang) on the chair. 7. The goods (to have) arrived. 8. The
pyjamas (to be) too short. 9. Your advice (to have) helped me greatly. 10. How
many pieces of furniture (to be) there in your living room? 11. In England
postmen (to wear) a uniform. 12. Mice (to be) also domestic animals. 13. Paper
(to be) very expensive today. 14. Your hair (to need) cutting. 15. There (to
be) a lot of different fruits at the greengrocer’s.
Exercise 4. Read the following words in
the singular:
rooms, moments, pipes, plays, years, storms, kitchens,
stockings, pockets, clocks, answers, replies, feelings, rains, nights,
husbands, stars, children, actions, men, geese, sheep, ships, drops, beliefs,
days, trains, roads, oceans, seas, continents, islands, voices, teeth,
phenomena, curricula.
Lesson 8 I.      REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work
Directions: Work with a partner. Take turns making two sentences for each
picture. Use the given adjectives. You can look at your book before you speak.
When you speak, look at your partner. Example: The girl …
happy/sad.
PARTNER A: The girl isn`t happy. She is sad.                                    Your turn
now.
Example: The flower … beautiful/ugly.
PARTNER B: The flower is beautiful. It isn`t ugly.
                         Your turn now.

Partner A

Partner B

1.The table …clean/ dirty.

1.The man … friendly/ unfriendly

2.The little boy … sick/ well.

2.The coffee … cold/ hot.

3.The algebra problem …
  easy/difficult.

3.The woman .. tall/ short.

4.The cars …old/ new.

4.ken`s sister …old/ young.

                       Exercise 2. Let`s talk: a game.
Directions: Practice using adjectives.
Part I. Look at the words. Check ( ˅) all the
words you know. Your teacher will explain the words you don`t know.
1.
___ hungry                             11. ___ angry.
2.
___ thirsty                              12. ___ nervous.
3.
___ sleepy                              13. ___ quiet
4.
___ tired                                 14. ___ lazy
5.
___ old                                   15. ___
hardworking     6.      ___ young                              16. ___
famous
7.
___ happy                              17. ___ sick.
8.
___ homesick                         18. ___healthy
9.
___ married                            19. ___friendly
10.
___ single                               20. Shy
Part II. Sit in a circle. Speaker 1 makes a
sentence using “I” and the first word. Speaker 2 repeats the information
about Speaker 1 and makes a new sentence using the second word. Continue around
the circle until everyone in class has spoken. The teacher is the last person
to speak and must repeat the information about everyone in the class.
Example:
SPEAKER A: I`m not hungry.
SPEAKER B: He is not hungry.
                       I`m thirsty.
SPEAKER C: He is not hungry.
                        She is
thirsty.                          I`m sleepy.
                   II.    VOCABULARY
HOTEL ROOMS AND SERVICE

Exercise 1. Correlate the English words
in the left column withtheir Russian equivalents.

1.
  single room
2.
  twin room
3.
  double room
4.
  standard room
5.
  superior room
6.
  junior suite room 7.           B & B – bed and
breakfast
8.
  HB – half board
9.
  FB – full board
10.
  suite room
11.
  all inclusive
12.
  check-in time
13.
  check-out time
14.
  pay for services

a)
  двухместный номер с двумя кроватями
b)
  стандартный номер
c)
  час, с наступлением которого возможно заселение в номер
  (устанавливается администрацией гостиницы)
d)
  полупансион (как правило, завтрак и ужин)
e)
  одноместный номер
f)
  номер «люкс»
g)
  номер повышенной комфортности
h)
  номер «полулюкс»
i)
  питание: завтрак
j)
  трехразовое питание
k)
  час, до которого необходимо
освободить номер в день отъезда l) оплатить
  услуги
m) двухместный номер с
  одной двуспальной кроватью n) все включено

Exercise 2. Make up a dialogue from
different phrases.
1)
- I’d like to book a room, please.
2)
- Single please.
3)
- For October 15.
4)
- Single or double?
5)
- For what date?
6)
- The price is 8 pounds per person sharing a room.
7)
- How much is it for a single room please.
8)
- Is there a reduction for children? I’m coming with my daughter.
9)
-Yes, madam.
Exercise 3. Make up the right sentence.
1)
good Travelling is a see opportunity to world the.
2)
Nowadays only travel people not for pleasure also but business
on.
3)
by Travelling air is the convenient most and means comfortable of
travelling.
4)
to Let’s to go the station off see Jack.
5)
voyage We going week on a sea next are.
III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use articles where
necessary:
       1.... London is... capital of... Great
Britain,... full name of which is ... United Kingdom of ... Great Britain and
... Northern Ireland.
 2.... Volga is ... fabulous river. 3. They used to
spend their summer holidays on ... Black Sea coast in ... Crimea.
4. Many European adventurers crossed ... Atlantic  Ocean in
... search of... riches on... American continent prior to ... Columbus.  5. ...
Gorki Street was renamed into ... Tverskaya Street.
б. ...Red Square and... Kremlin are... heart of... capital.
7.... London was founded in... 1st century BC by ... Julius Caesar. 8.... St.
Petersburg was founded on... banks of ... Neva by Peter ... Great.
9. ... Johnsons are our next-door neighbours. 10.
... Canada is situated in... northern part of... North America. 11. Beyond
lay... Smoky Mountains. 12. We left for ... East on the following morning. 13.
We came to ... Ohio River after that. 14. They passed many coal mines on...
way. 15. We crossed... historic Delaware River at... Trenton. 16. He arrived in
... New York on ... very rainy day. 17. The
Mannings went through ... Blue Ridge Mountains on their trip. 18. She spent
several hours at... Bronx Zoo on... Monday. 19. They took... wonderful boat
ride around ... Manhattan on ... last day of their visit. 20. ... Dr. Rebecca
Richards is our dentist.  21.... Lions donated... money for... new park. 22.
You could buy ... Picasso for £300 in those days. 23. I’m reading ...
Agatha Christie at... moment. 24.... Lady Diana’s wedding dress was very
beautiful. 25. ... Sir Michael has made it very clear. 26.... Ryan gave ...
Sunday Tribune to his father.
Exercise 2. Use articles where
necessary: A.
1. ... room 25 is on ... 3d floor. 2. ... lecture
begins at ... 9 o’clock in ... morning. 3. ... 5 o’clock tea is ... tradition
in England. 4. Open ... textbook on ... page 20 and look at ... picture at...
top of... page. 5.... February is... shortest month of... year. 6. He read...
story from... beginning to ... end. 7.... new year begins on... 1st of
...January. 8. She is in... 10th year at... school and her brother is... 3d
year student at... university. 9. ... number 10, Downing Street is... residence
of... British Prime Minister.
B.
1.... fish is more useful than... meat. 2. Don’t drink...
milk, it is very cold. 3.... water in...
river is quite warm this summer.
4. Can you bake... bread? 5.... bread isn’t enough for...
three of us. 6. I take... coffee with...
sugar. 7.... English like to drink ... tea with ...
milk. 8.... man can’t live without... air. 9. There was... smell of... spring
in... air. 10. You married her not for... love but for... money.
                   IV.   USE OF ENGLISH
Exercise 1. Write down 7
questions you could ask your teacher in the lesson.
Example: May I go out?
                       Can I sit near the window?
1.
……………………………………………………………….
2.
……………………………………………………………….
3.
……………………………………………………………….
4.
………………………………………………………………. 5.            ……………………………………………………………….
6.            ……………………………………………………………….
                   7.       ……………………………………………………………….

Lesson 9 I.      REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work
Directions: Check (v) each
adjective that describes town (the city or town where you are studying
now).When you finish, compare your work with a partner. Do you and your partner
have checks beside the same adjectives? Report to the class on things you
disagree about.
1.
_ big                                                  11. _
noisy
2.
_ small                                              12. _ quiet
3.
_ clean                                               13. _
crowded
4.
_ dirty                                                14. _ not
crowded
5.
_ friendly                                           15. _ hot
6.
_ unfriendly                                       16. _ cold
7.
_ safe                                                 17. _ warm

8.
_ dangerous                                       18. _
cool
9.
_ beautiful                                         19. _
expensive
10.
_ ugly                                                20. _
inexpensive/ cheap
Exercise 2: Let`s talk: game
Directions: Sit in small groups.
Close your books for this activity. Your teacher will ask you to name things.
As a group, make a list. The teacher will give you only a short time to make
the list. Share the list with the rest of your class. The group that makes the
longest list gets a point. The group with the most points at the end of the
game is the winner.
Example: round
TEACHER:  Name something that is round.
GROUP A`s list:   a ball, an orange, the world
GROUP B`s list:   a baseball, a basketball, a soccer ball

1.
  daily
routine
2.
  an early
riser
3.
  to take a shower
4.
  to order
one`s hair
5.
  to put on make up 6.         to be
late for
7.       to go to
work by car 8.         to have
a rest

a.
  принимать душ
b.
  отдыхать
c.
  приводить волосы в порядок
d.
  ранняя пташка
e.
  ежедневный порядок
f.
  наносить макияж
g.
  опаздывать на
h.
  ездить на работу на машине

GROUP C`s list:   a ball, a head, an
orange, the world, the sun, a planer Result: Group 3 wins a point.
1.
hot                         6. flat                          11.
beautiful
2.
square                    7. little                        12.
expensive
3.
sweet                      8. Important               13. cheap
4.
sour                        9. cold                        14.
free
5.
large                      10. funny                     15.
delicious
II.
VOCABULARY
DAILY ROUTINE
Exercise 1. Arrange the words in the
order of actions.
get up, do homework, have breakfast, go to school, come
home, wake up, have lunch, have dinner, go home, sleep, clean teeth, go to bed.
Exercise 2.
Correlate the English words in the left column withtheir Russian equivalents.
Exercise 3. Make up phrases.

1.
  wake
__________________________
2.
  have
__________________________
3.
  drink
_________________________
4.
  read
__________________________
5.
  go to
_________________________
6.
  start
__________________________
7.
  ride
__________________________
8.
  come
_________________________
9.
  send
__________________________
10.
  listen to
_______________________
11.
  change
________________________
12.
  wash
__________________________
13.
  watch
_________________________
14.
  study
_________________________
15.
  do
__________________________
_
16.
  call
__________________________
17.
  clean
_________________________
18.
  take
__________________________

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.

breakfast
coffee up school work
  a newspaper
home
a horse an e-mail
  clothes music a room English bed
dishes
homework
teeth
  a friend television a shower

19.
  clean
_________________________
20.
  go to
_________________________

III.       PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 3. Use articles where
necessary: A.
1.... primitive man was... slave to ... nature. 2.1
want you to tell... truth. 3. Can I see ... picture,... one he gave you ...
minute ago. 4. It cost her... hundred and... fifty pounds. 5.... lecture
lasts... hour and... half. 6. We called them once, then ... second and ...
third time and thought we had dialed ... wrong number.
7. There are ... few points I’d like to clear
up.8.... number of... 1st year students has significantly increased this year.
9. He decided to spend... few pounds he had on ... books. 10. There’s ...
little juice in the bottle, you can drink it. 11. “Well, is... wrong side...
left side or is... wrong side ... right side? Because I got out on ... right
side, so how can it be wrong?” asked Michael. 12.... hour passed,... second
hour passed. 13. Mr.  Kelada was chatty. He discussed... plays,...,
pictures,... politics.
B.
1. What... fine day! 2. What is ... date today? 3. What...
day is it today?
4. What ... beautiful weather we are having today! 5.
What... warm welcome they showed.
6. Look, what... lovely present I’ve received. 7. What’s
... news?
Exercise 4. Use articles where
necessary:
1.... article is at ...bottom of... front page. 2.
There must be ... way out of... difficulty. 3. ... mother didn’t expect her
daughter to leave ... country. 4.... party was ... great success. There were
quite ... few celebrities who made ... hit with ... gucNtN. 5.... few were ...
days on which he did not go out in ... search of ...
adventure. 6. ... car started with ... jerk and disappeared around ... comer
before we managed to see ... number. 7. ... parents worked from ... morning
till... night, but... family could hardly make both... ends meet. 8.... flight
was delayed because ... number of passengers had not come on ... board when ...
boarding was announced. 9. Has ... number of... telephone changed? I can’t
put... call through. 10.... waterin ... Baltic Sea is cold most of... time. 11.
There is... tourist camp on... other bank of... river. 12. She learned to play
... piano at... age of four. 13. ... longer they argued ... less chance there
was to come to ... agreement. 14. It was ... most pleasant and peaceful scene.
                   IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.  Do the
crossword puzzle. Find 8-10 verbs on the topic “School”. Write them down.

d

r

a

w

r

i

t

e

 l

e

a

r

n

e

w

e

u

c

o

p

y

b

a

g

d

i

s

c

u

s

s

d

f

t

y

p

e

n

k

o

t

e

a

g

e

t

g

o

e

p

o

e

m

a

r

k

l

e

s

s

o

n

k

c

Exercise 2. Put in the prepositions in,
from, of, about, to for, with if needed.

Dear Harry,
 Thank you
......... your letter. It was so nice to hear ...... you! I would like to tell
you........my weekend.... the country. ..... last Sunday I went .... my grandma
...... my parents. We missed ....... her very much. She lives .... the country
in a house of her own.
  She was very
glad to see us. I took a lot ..... pictures ..... my family and ...... myself.
........next time we`ll visit .....my grandma .... you. Please, write ... your
weekend.
  Best wishes
...... us all.
Your Maxim

Lesson 10 I.     REVISION
Exercise 1.Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences with prepositions
that describe the pictures. Use each preposition only once.

above
between      next to         under

                                               behind
in                 on

The cat is ...   the hat

The car is....... the desk.

The sausage ……… the dog and the
  cat.

Exercise 2: Let`s talk: class activity.
Directions: Close your books. Practice using
prepositions of place.
Example: under
TEACHER: Put your hand under your chair. Where is
your hand? STUDENT: My hand is under my chair. OR: It`s under my chair.
1.
on                               Put your pen on your book. Where
is your pen?
2.
in                                Put your pen in your book.
Where is your pen?
3.
under                          Put your pen under your book.
Where is your pen?
4.
next to                        Put your pen next to your book.
Where is your pen?
5.
on                               Put your hand on your ear. Where
is your hand?
6.
next to                        Put your hand next to your ear.
Where is your hand?
7.
above                          Put your hand above your ear.
Where is your hand?
8.
next to                        Stand next to (...). Where are
you?
9.
between                      Stand between (...) and (...).Where
are you?
10.
between                     Put your pen between two books. Where
is your pen?
11.
behind                        Put your hand behind your head.
Where is your hand?
12.
Follow these instructions: Put your pen ... in your hand.

... on your arm.

... between your hands.

... under your book.

... next to your
book.
...above your book.
Exercise 3: Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Give and follow
directions.
Partner A: Give directions. Your book is open.
You can look at your book before you speak. When you ask, look at your partner.
Partner B: Draw the pictures Partner A describes.
Your book is closed.
Example: Draw a ball on a box.
PARTNER A: (book open): Draw a ball on a box.
PARTNER b: (book closed): (Draw the
picture Partner A described.)
1.
Draw a ball on a box.
2.
Draw a ball above a box.
3.
Draw a ball next to a box.
4.
Draw a ball under a box.
5.
Draw a ball in a box.
6.
Draw a banana between two apples.
7.
Draw a house. Draw a bird above the house. Draw a car next to the
house.
Draw a cat between the car and the house.
8.
Draw a flower. Draw a tree next to the flower.
Draw a bird above the tree.  Draw a turtle under the
flower.
                   II.    VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Make up words and phrases.
alecn
thete____________________________________________
closho_______________________________________________
pesle________________________________________________               od
roomwhek_________________________________________               teg
pu_______________________________________________    veha
tkrebaasf_________________________________________
Exercise 2. Rewrite the text and
correct the mistakes.
Every day I get up at 7 a.m. Usually I lie in bed for
5 minutes, then I have breakfast, wake up, dress, take a shower and go to
school. At 11.30 I have dinner. I come home from school at 2 p.m. I change my
clothes, take my dog for a walk and start doing my homework. After that I have
lunch at three usually. At 5 I watch TV or play computer games. At 7 I do
homework,  at 10 I sleep, then I go to bed.
Exercise 3.  Insert the missing
words: several hours, have breakfast, far from, look through, are
over, half past six, bath taps, at about, schoolbag, take me long, wash up.

Вставьте пропущенные слова: several hours, have
breakfast, far from, look through, are over, half past six,

                                                   bath
taps, at about, schoolbag, take me long, wash up
                   As a                                                                                rule,
I get up
at 1.__________ . Then I do my morning exercises, go to the
bathroom turn on the 2.______________ and take a shower. I 3.__________ at
seven-thirty. For breakfast I usually have hardboiled eggs or an omelette,
bread and butter, and tea. Sometimes I 4.___________ my textbooks.
     Then I take my 5.__________ and go to school. I
don’t live 6.___________ my school, so it doesn’t 7.______________ to get
there. The lessons start at eight. The classes 8._________ at two o’clock.
     I come back home, have dinner, 9._________ and go
shopping. I buy foodstuffs for the family. We have supper at seven. I do my
homework for the next day. It usually takes me 10._________ to do it.
    In the evening my parents and I sit and talk, watch a
film on TV or read newspapers and magazines. Sometimes, we go to the cinema or
to the theatre. I go to bed 11.____________ eleven o’clock.
                   III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use articles where
necessary:
... room was on... 4th floor. It was ...room 405....
porter gave Sue ... key and said ... lift didn’t work because it was after ...
midnight. ... heavy suitcase was killing her when she was climbing ... last
flight of stairs. Sue stepped into ... dark corridor, ... room was at... end
of... corridor and when she opened ... door and found herself in ... small hall
she felt... happiest woman in... world. She put on... light. It was... very
small room with... tiny table by... window,... chair,... mirror on ... wall.
There was ... bed against ... wall and ... picture over it. Sue sat on... bed
and started thinking about... plans for ... next day. Suddenly she heard ...
knock at... door.
Exercise 2. Use articles where
necessary. Do you know that…
1.... London stands on... Thames;
2.... population of... Britain is... 57 million;
3.... Romans came to ... Britain in ... first century BC;
4.... Labour Party is in ... power in ... UK now;
5. ... Queen Elizabeth ... Second became ... British
monarch on ... 6 February, 1952;
6.... Queen Mother is one of... most popular members of ...
Royal family;
7. ... English is not ... only language spoken in ... Great
Britain;
8.... national flag of... UK is... Union Jack;
9.... Caledonia,... Cambria and... Hibernia were... Roman
names for ... Scotland, Wales and Ireland respectively;
10.... English eat... dinner at... 6 or 7 o’clock in...
evening.
                   IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1:Ask questions about the
sentence:  Mrs Grey described our students and showed our photos in her
school.
Example: Whom did Mrs Grey describe?
1.
Who…………………………………………………………….?
2.
What students ………………………………………………….?
3.
What did ……………………………………………………….?
4.
………………………………………………………………….?
5.
………………………………………………………………….?
Exercise 2: Put in the words: at
home, made, skate, holidays, skied, snowballs, enjoyed, fine.
1.
I spent my winter………………… in the country. The weather was…. .
2.
I …………….. in the forest. My friend and I went to the river to … .
3.
Sometimes we played ……….. and …………….. snowmen. 4.     When it was
cold I stayed ……., read books, watched TV, I………… my winter holidays.
            Exercise 3: Complete the
sentences:
In July my parents and I went to ………………. . It`s a
nice town at the seaside. The weather was ………. and ……. . We ………. and……. in the
Black Sea. I enjoyed playing …., …. and……… with my friends. We took ………..
pictures. In the ….. we went for a walk and ……….. . I enjoyed my summer……….. .

Lesson 11 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1: Sentence practice.
Directions: Write the form of be (am, is, are) that
is used in each sentence. Then write the grammar structure that follows be.

BE

+
  COPMPLETION

1.         We `re students.

ar
e

a noun

2.         Anna is in Rome.

is

a place

3.         I`m hungry.

am

an adjective

4.         Dogs are animals.

5.         Jack is at home.

6.         He is sick.

7.         They are artists.

8.         I`m in class.

9.         Gina is upstairs.

10. Joe`s pockets are
  empty.

                   II.    VOCABULARY
Exercise 1: Insert the missing phrases
in the dialogue.
-
You know, I’ve got a new job.
-
Congratulations! Has anything changed in your life?
-
Sure. First of all now I have to get up at 7!
-
_________________________________________________________?
-
My working day begins at half past eight.
-
__________________________________________________________?
___________________________________________________________
?
-
Usually by car, but sometimes by bus.
-
__________________________________________________________ ?
-
It takes me 15 minutes if I go by car and 25-30 minutes by
bus.
-
__________________________________________________________ ?
-
We have half an hour break at 11.30 so that is when I have lunch.
-
___________________________________________________________?
-
In the evening I often go to the sports club.
________________________ ?
____________________________________________________________
?  - I read a newspaper, watch TV, or go for a walk.
Exercise 2. Write 8-10 sentences about
your working day.

_______________________________________________________
                   III.   PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use articles where
necessary: A.
Nobody in ... village would go near ... crossroads
after ... midnight. Everybody said ... place was haunted. ... people said there
was... white figure of... horrible one-eyed woman with ... big black cat. One
night Tom and Nick were in ... village pub having ... drink. They were talking
about... ghost at... crossroads. Tom said he didn’t believe in ... ghosts and
could go to ... crossroads after... midnight by himself.
So ... two men agreed to meet at ... midnight at ...
crossroads. Tom wanted to play ... trick on Nick. He came to ... place earlier.
He covered his face with... flour, sat down on ... big stone and waited.
It was... very dark night. As... village clock struck
twelve, Tom saw Nick coming down... road. When Nick came near ... stone and saw
... white figure of Tom, he ran off down ...
road screaming, “I’ve seen ... ghost!”
... next day Tom went down to ... Nick’s house. Nick
was in ... kitchen. He had locked all... doors and... windows. He had ...
shotgun on ... table. He had not slept... whole night. When Tom asked him
what... matter was, Nick said he had seen ... ghost. Tom laughed and said
that... figure on ... «tone was he. Now Nick decided to play ... trick on Tom.
He said that he had recognized Tom but there was ... one- eyed woman with ...
big black cat right behind ... stone. Tom went white.
(After Chris Culchaw. "The Ghost at the Crossroads ’)
B.
Chaplin entertained me. He was by... profession...
mining engineer and perhaps it was characteristic of him that he had settled in
... place where his professional... attainments were of no possible ... value.
It was however generally reported that he was ... extremely clever mining
engineer. He was ... small man, neither fat nor thin, with ... black hair,
scanty on the crown, turning grey, and... small, untidy moustache; his face
partly from ... sun and partly from ... liquor, was very red. He was hut ...
figurehead, for... hotel, though so grandly named but... frame building of two
storeys, was managed by his wife, ... tall, gaunt Australian of five-and-forty,
with ... imposing presence and ... determined air, ... little man, excitable
and often tipsy, was terrified of her and... stranger soon heard of... domestic
quarrels in which she used her fist and her foot in order to keep him in ...
subjection. (After S. Maugham. “The Pool”)
Lesson 12 I.    REVISION
       Exercise 1: Sentence review.
Directions: Complete the sentences.
Use is or are. Then exchange papers and correct
each other`s sentences.
1.
___________________________________________________
an animal.
2.
________________________________________
here.
3.
_______________________________________________ languages.
4.
_______________________________________________ not cheap.
5.
_______________________________________________ friendly.
6.
_______________________________________________ not expensive.
7.
_______________________________________________ an insect.
8.
_______________________________________________ countries.
9.
_______________________________________________ not from Canada.
10.
_______________________________________________ nousy.
Exercise 2: Question practice.
Directions: Make questions for the given
answers.
1.
A: Is Mrs. Lee a teacher?
B: Yes, Mrs. Lee is a teacher.
2.
A: _______________________________?
B: Yes, the sun is a ball of fire.
3.
A: _______________________________?
B:  Yes, the carrots are vegetables.
4.
A: _______________________________?
B: Yes, chickens are birds.
5.
A: ________________________________?
B:  Yes, Mr. Wu is here today.
6.
A: ________________________________?
B: Yes, Sue and Mike are here today.
7.
A: ________________________________?
B: Yes, English grammar is fun.
8.
A: _________________________________?
B:Yes, I`m ready for the next grammar chart.

II.
VOCABULARY

      Exercise 1.Correlate the English
words on the theme :Appearance” with their Russian equivalents.

1.
  attractive
2.
  impressive 3.      pleasantlooking
4.
  repulsive
5.
  charming
6.
  common
7.
  powerful
8.
  slim
9.
  stocky
10.
  graceful

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

приятный отвратительный
  выразительный  коренастый стройная привлекательный очаровательная заурядный
  изящный мощный

Exercise 2.
Write the words  on the theme :Character” in the right
column.

good qualities

bad qualities

both

Exercise 3. Write the adjectives and give their Russian equivalents.

kind -
______________________
 hard -
_______________________
  self -
_______________________
  self -
_______________________
  self -
_______________________
easy -
_______________________
ill -
  _______________________ well -
_______________________
  good -
_______________________

centered
  bred looking working hearted natured going conscious confident

III.
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Form ordinal numerals:
one                           eighteen
two                           twenty-four three
fifty-five six                            seventy-one
Exercise 2. Read the following:
a)   numbers: 6; 73;
38; 17; 13; 12; 0; 101; 152; 1,045; 6,671; 9,854;
87,432; 80,400; 329,645; 110,536; 13,614,200;
b)  dates: June 1, 1905;
May 9,1945; July 2,1800; February 4,
1995; October 3, 1101; September 30, 1445; March 30,
2000; 300 AD; 45 BC; c) time: 3:10; 4:15; 5:45; 12:00; 1:30; 7:40; 2:05; 8:15;
4:00;
d)  titles: Henry VII,
Elizabeth II, James I, Charles V, LouisXII,
Edward VII, Peter I, Catherine II;
e)   telephone
numbers: 213-66-01,421-57-83, 221-00-74,
971-24-50,426-11-44,157-18-20, 322-35-04;
f) phrases: exercise 5, page 312, bus 102, room 203,
text 6, tram 17, lecture room 9, chapter 12, line 13, box 481.
                   IV.   ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Ask questions about
the sentence: The Head Teacher proposed that we come to his school for 15-20
days in April.
1.
Did …………………………………………………………..?
2.
Who ………………………………………………………….?
3.
Where ………………………………………………………..?
4.
When …………………………………………………………?
5.
How long …………………………………………………….?
Exercise 2:Translate from Russian into
English.
1.
Обычно мальчики расставляют стулья к уроку английского языка.
…………………………………………………………………
2.
У вас интересная культурная программа.
…………………………………………………………………
3.
Мы можем пригласить на урок драматического искусства группу
учащихся из 11 человек.
…………………………………………………………………
4.
Ты останешься после математики?
…………………………………………………………………
5.
Мальчики из нашей школы условились встретиться в 2 часа дня.
…………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3: Put in the missing words.

local
group             stay      partners    responsible    social
programme

Dear guests!
Welcome to our
school stadium today. Our ……. Football team will play with their British ….. .
football players will …. in the hotel. The …. of local fans are ………. for an
interesting …………… for our guests. We are glad to see you.

Exercise 4: Cross out the odd word.
1.
educational, social, hotel, local physical
2.
invitation, accommodation, Russian, education
3.
stay, play, study, party, pay
4.
teacher, partner, together, brother, mother
Exercise 5: Add the tag endings.
1.
It`s nice to invite British students, ………………………..?
2.
You are responsible for a social programme, ………………?
3.
They didn`t arrange a date of the competition, …………….?
4.
It was a group of 17 students, ……………………………… ?
5.
She`ll stay with her partner`s family, ……………………… ?
6.
The accommodation costs weren`t very high, ……………… ?
Exercise 6: Add the tag endings if
needed.
A: Nice day ………………………………………………………
B: It`ll rain tomorrow. ……………………………………………
A: Are you sure? …………………………………………………
B: We`ll arrange a picnic tomorrow. It always rains for the
picnic.
     …………………………………………………………………
A: I don`t think so. ……………………………………………….
Exercise 7: Put the missing
words. Choose 12 words and phrases from the list of   words given below:
   My younger brother had his birthday on Sunday. I
proposed to ………….. a birthday
……….. for him and his friends. “ Not a bad ………..!”
said my parents. We decided to ………….. a weekend in the country. I was ………… for
the ………. programme. We played funny games and ………. , sang songs, danced and
……….. pictures. My brother and his friends ………. Picnic. “ That was ………………,” he
said and …….. me.
   Next year we are ………. to arrange a birthday
picnic for my brother and his friends again.

idea
spend      afraid         responsible    great       will
picnic     arrange
took           kissed             make      stayed
dream
social      enjoyed     sports             going

Lesson 13 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1: Question practice.
1.
A: Are you tired?_____________________________________
B: No, I`m
not.________________________ (I`m not tired.)
2.
A: Is Anna in your class?_______________________________
B: Yes, she
is.________________________ ( Anna is in my class.)
3.
A: _________________________________________________
B: _________________________________ (I`m not homesick.)
4.
A:__________________________________________________
B: _________________________________ (Bob is homesick.)
5.
A:__________________________________________________
B: _________________________________ (Sue isn`t here
today.)
6.
A:__________________________________________________
B: __________________  (The students in this class are
intelligent.)
7.
A:____________________________________________________
B: __________________ (The chairs in this room aren`t
comfortable.)
8.
A: ___________________________________________________
B: _____________________________________ (I`m not married.)
9.
A: ____________________________________________________
B: _______________________________ (Tom and I are
roommates.)
10.
A: _____________________________________________________B:
_________________________________ (A butterfly is not a bird.)
Exercise 2: Let`s talk: find someone
who ...
Directions: Walk around the room. Ask your
classmates questions. Find someone who can answer yes to each question.
Write down his/her name. Use Are you ...?
Example:
SPEAKER A: Are you hungry?
SPEAKER B: No, I`m not.
SPEAKER A: (Ask another student) Are
you hungry? SPEAKER B: Yes, I am. (Write down his/her name.)
                        (Now ask another student a different
question.)

First
nam
e

First name

1.hungry

8.tired

2.sleepy

9.nervous

3.thirsty

10.friendly

4.married

11.lazy

5.a parent

12.cold

6.single

13.comfortable

7.happy

14.from
(name of country)

                   II.    VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Correlate the words  with
opposite meaning  on the theme “Appearance”.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

tall
  big old happy curly beautiful thin dark

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

ugly sad
fat short
young
fair
  straight small

in un im ir dis

attractive
________________________
  dependent
_______________________
friendly
_________________________
sociable
_________________________
  mature
__________________________
  responsible
_______________________
attentive
_________________________
  honest
___________________________
  considerate
_______________________
rational
__________________________
disciplined
________________________
  accurate
__________________________

Exercise 2. Correlate the words
with opposite meaning  on the theme “Character”.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

friendly
  generous lazy arrogant outgoing

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

hardworking miserly
  timid
shy
hostile

Exercise 3. Correlate negative prefix
and a word, write words.
III.PRAC-
TICAL
GRAM-
MAR
Exercise 1. Use “much,” “many,” “few,”
“little,” “a few,” “a little,”
            “a lot of”:
1. have ... questions to ask. 2. Is there ... furniture in
your cottage?
3. Is there... fruit in the vase? 4. Is there... coffee in
the pot?
5. Has he ... or... free time? 6. There were so ...
people in the room that we couldn’t move. 7. She is a quiet person. She doesn’t
say.... 8.1 put... salt in my soup, perhaps,  too ....  9. I don’t think Pat
would be a good teacher. She’s got... patience with children. 10. There were
... new books in the library.
11. James has got... work today. 12. Don’t put... milk
into his coffee.
13.  Is there ... space in
your room? — No, not very....
14.  This town isn’t very
well-known and there isn’t... to see, so ... tourists come here.
15.  It cost me... money
to furnish the room. 16. Is there ... or ... to learn by heart?
17. She has ... beautiful dresses. 18.1 know...
English traditions. 19. Do you know... or ... about the Celts? 20. She is so
lonely. She has ... friends. 21. She drinks... coffee and... tea. 22. We
learn... new English words every day. 23. They learnt ... information about
this country. 24. There were ... pictures on the wall.
Exercise 3. Use “how much” or “how
many”:
1.... milk is there in the bottle? 1.... plates are
there in the cupboard? 3. ... tea is there in the pot? 4. ... sugar is there in
the sugarbasin? 5. ... forks are there on the table?
6.... mistakes are there in your dictation? 7. ... friends
have you got? 8. ... time is left?
9. ... effort do you need to do it?
10.... places of interest have you visited? 11.... money
do you need? 12.... fishes did he catch? 13.... times did I tell you this?
14. ... have you read? 15. ... papers do you read every
day?
16.  ... ices are you
going to eat? 17. ... feet is your room?
18.... sheep has this farmer got?
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Put the missing pronouns:

she   they   he
we

1.
...................................... are going abroad.
2.
................. am going to wear a uniform this year.
3.
....... is going to spend her Christmas holidays at home.
4.
Is ........ going to study Science at school?
5.
Are ... going to miss a Maths lesson?
Exercise 2: What is going to happen?
Write down.
Example: You and your friends got an
invitation letter from English students. You (visit) Great Britain. – We are
going to visit Great Britain.
1.
Linda has a toothache. She (see) the dentist.
.....................................................................................
2.
A group of boys decided to arrange a picnic. They (have) a nice
time.
 .....................................................................................
3.
Andrew has a little sister. But his parents are busy today. He
(stay) with his sister.
....................................................................................
4.
It`s the weekend. It`s sunny and warm. We (walk) in the park.
.....................................................................................
5.
British students would like to come to Russia in October. We
(invite) them.
......................................................................................
Lesson 14 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1: Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Ask and
answer questions. You can look at your book before you ask. When you speak,
look at your partner.
Example: turtles: fast/slow PARTNER A: Are
turtles fast?
PARTNER B: No, they aren`t.
PARTNER A: Your turn now.
                      OR
PARTNER A: Are turtles slow?
PARTNER B: Yes, they are.
PARTNER A: Your turn now.

Partner A

Partner
  B

1.
  a mouse:
  big/lit-
tle
2.
  lemons: sweet/
  sour
3.
  the world:
  flat/ round
4.
  the weather:
  cool today/cold today
5.
  your
  dictionary: with you/at home
6.
  your shoes:
  com-
fortable/ uncomfortable

1.
  diamonds; expen-
sive/cheap
2.
  your grammar
book; light/heavy
3.
  butterflies: beautiful/ugly
4.
  English grammar:
easy/difficult
5.
  dolphins: intelligent/dumb
6.
  the floor in the room: clean/dirty

Exercise 2: Question practice.
Directions: Complete the conversation with your own
words.
1)
A: Are__ a student at this school/ B: Yes,
_________________________________ .
A: _____________ you from_________________?
B: No, ____________ from _________________ .
2)
A: Are you a/an ___________________________?
B: No, ___________ not. I`m a/an ____________ .
3)
A: Are ___________________________expensive?
B: Yes, __________________________________ .
A: Is _____________________________ expensive?
B: No,____________________________________ .
4)
A: __________________________ countries in Asia?
B: Yes, _________________________________ are.
A: __________________ a country in South America? B:
Yes, __________________________________ is.
A: _________________________ a country in Africa? B:
No, ________ not. It`s a country in ___________ .
Exercise 3: Question practice.
Directions: Make questions.
1.
A: Is Kate at home?__________________________
B: Yes, she is. (Kate is at home.)
2.
A: Where is Kate?____________________________
B: At home. (Kate is at home.)
3.
A: ________________________________________?
B: Yes, it is. (Cairo in Egypt.)
4.
A: ________________________________________?
B: In Egypt. (Cairo in Egypt.)
5.
A: ________________________________________?
B: Yes, they are. (The students are in class today.)
6.
A: ________________________________________?
B: In class. (The students are in class today.)
7.
A: ________________________________________?
B: On Main Street. The post office is on Main Street.
8.
A: ________________________________________?
B: Yes, it is. (The train station is on Grand Avenue.)
9.
A: ________________________________________?
B: Over there. (The bus stop is over there.)
10.
A: ________________________________________?
B: At the zoo. (Sue and ken are at the zoo today.)
                   II.    VOCABULARY
     Exercise 1. Fill in the
missing places in the text with these words:      appearаnсе, lower,
attractive, surgeons, eyelashes, wrinkled, scientists, abilities, rounder,
make-up.
Some 1.____________ think that human’s 2._________
reflects his/her character or mental 3.____________ . But nowadays plastic
4._________ can change your face in many other ways. They can make your cheeks
a little 5.___________ . If you don’t like your chin, a plastic surgeon can
remake the whole 6._________ half of your face. Those who think their skin
looks too old and 7._____________ can take all the wrinkles away and look some
years younger.
    Women are lucky because they can use
8.__________ . They can put a little make up on their 9.____________ , eyelids,
cheeks and look fresh and 10._________ and even hide their real mood and
perhaps character. Do you think you can tell a person’s character now.
Exercise 2. Word formation. Change the
words on the right so that you get a coherent text.

Appearances are deceptive. It is a common truth; 1.________
  everyone has met at least someone whose character and appearance
2.____________
  radically.       When you see a tall, broad-3._________ youth, you think he is
  strong-willed and brave. But we know that a lot of great people were of a
  poor build. It did not stop them from displaying 4. _______and courage. Plump
  or fat people create an impression of 5. ____________ and kind personalities.
  When we see a pretty blonde with curly hair and blue eyes we think that the
  beauty is intelligent and nice. On the 6._________, when we see a skinny
  brunette with ugly
7.__________ features we don’t think much of her. But
  nature likes to play tricks on us so our life is not a 8._______ routine, but
  a brilliant set of characters and appearances which often clash.

PRACTICAL
DIFFERENT SHOULDER
INTELLIGENT GENEROSITY
CONTRA
REGULAR
BORE

                   III.   PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Choose the correct word:
1. Do you have (some, any) work to do? 2. Give me the
newspaper, please. I’ve got (some, any) time to read it now. 3. My son has
(some, any) French books at home. 4. I haven’t got (some, any) questions. 5.
Please, bring me (some, any) chalk. 6. (Some, any) children don’t like to play
football. 7. Have you got (some, any) friends here? 8. Have you (some, any)
money about you? 9. I don’t think we’ve got (some, any) time to discuss it. 10.
Please, take (some, any) magazine you like. 11. Do you
learn (some, any) foreign languages? 12. I didn’t get (some, any) letters
yesterday. 13. There isn’t (some, any) paper on the desk. 14. She was ready to
get (some, any) job.
Exercise 2. A. Ask questions and
give answers using the models:
Models: There is some book on
the desk. — Is there any book on the desk? There isn’t any book on the desk.
There are some apples on the table. —
Are there any apples on the table? There aren’t any apples on the table.
1. There is some bread on the table. 2. There are some
chairs in the room. 3. There are some pictures on the wall. 4. There is some
money in the purse. 5. There are some oranges in the bag.
6. There is some water in the glass. 7. There is
some coffee in your cup. 8. There are some vegetables in the basket. 9. There
is some news on the radio. 10. There are some people in the corridor.
B. Make up short dialogues using the
same models.
Exercise 3. Use “some,” “any,” “every,”
“no” or their derivatives:
1. It is so dark here. I can’t see .... 2.... must do their
own work.
3.  You can ask him ...
question, he will answer it.
4.  Do we have ... milk?
— No, we don’t have ... , go and buy ... , please.
5.1 see him in the library... day.
6.  We have lunch at...
time between 1 and 2.
7.  Has ... happened? 8.
I am going to tell you ... interesting.
9.      We
had ... to eat the whole day and got hungry.
10.  The party was dull,
there were ...   interesting people.
11.  ...must be on time
for classes.
12.  I’m afraid... can
understand what he’s speaking about.
13.  Can you give me ...
money? 14. If... happens let me know.
15.  There is ... light,
there is hardly ... in the house.
16.  They want to spend
their summer holidays... in the South.
17.  She felt unhappy, she
had ... to speak to, ... to do.
18.  I need ... to help me
with the
translation.
19.  Are you going ... for
the weekend?
20.  You will have to do
it....
21.  She refused to
say.... 22. If... rings me up, please, tell me.
                   IV.   ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Your classmate is
going to spend his/her Christmas holiday in Europe.  Ask 7 questions about
his/her plans.
Example: Why are you going to spend your holiday in
Germany?

……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
Exercise 2:  Make up your sentences.
Write them down. Use:

go

out to for

shopping with friends
  a walk the dacha
the
  theatre the cinema

  ……………………………………………………………….
  ……………………………………………………………….
  ……………………………………………………………….
  ……………………………………………………………….
  ……………………………………………………………….
Exercise 3: Complete the dialogue.
5.
Hello! This is Jane.
6.
………………………………………………… .
7.
Would you like to ……………………………..?
8.
Great!..................................................................
.
9.
See you soon. Bye.
10.
Bye.
Exercise 4: Translate from Russian into
English.
1.
Сколько раз в неделю ты занимаешься спортом?
…………………………………………………….
2.
В какое время твои родители приходят с работы?
…………………………………………………….
3.
Приходите, пожалуйста, вовремя.
…………………………………………………….
4.
Нам понравился директор английской школы с первого раза.
…………………………………………………….
5.
Я приду через неделю в это же время.
…………………………………………………….
Exercise 5:  Put in the prepositions if
needed.

Detective`s notes
   It happened …
April. A boy … twelve missed… his train. He didn`t know anyone … our town.
Suddenly he saw a strange man taking pictures of him. He ran … a group … other
boys … the station and joined … them.
   Finally, they found out that the strange man was a
producer. He wanted to find an actor for his new film.

Lesson 15 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1: Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use have
and has.
1.
We __have____ grammar books.
2.
I _______________ a dictionary.
3.
Kate ______ a blue pen. She _____ a blue notebook too.
4.
You ________ a pen in your pocket.
5.
Bob ____________ a notebook on his desk.
6.
Anna and Bob ________ notebooks. They ______ pens too.
7.
I ________ a grammar book. It _____ a red cover.
8.
Samir is a student in our class. He ______ a red grammar book.
9.
You and I are students. We _______ books on our desks.
10.
Nadya isn`t in class today because she ____ the flu.
11.
Mike______ a wallet in his pocket. Sara ______ a wallet in  her
purse.
12.
Mr. And Mrs. Johnson _______________ two daughters.
13.
Ducks __________ feathers.
14.
A duck ____________ a beak.
Exercise 2: Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences with have
and has and words from the list.

backaches     a headache       a  stomachache
a
  cold           a sore throat     toothaches a fever

Mr. Wu
_________ .

I________________
.

The
  man ________ .

The
  woman _______ .

Ms
  Ramirez _____ .

You
  ___________ .

Peter

___________
  .

Andrew

_________ .

Exercise 3:  Let`s talk:
pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Ask and
answer questions. You can look at your book before you ask. When you speak,
look at your partner.
Partner A: How ________________________________?
Partner B: Not so good. __________________________ Partner A: That`s too bad.
Your turn now.
Example:
1.
Jim? … a toothache
2.
Susan ? … a stomachache
Partner A: How is Jim?
Partner B: Not so good. He has a toothache.
Partner A: That`s too bad. Your turn now.
Partner B: How is Susan?
Partner A: Not so good. She has a stomachache.
Partner B: That`s too bad. Your turn now.
1.
you? … a headache
2.
you? … a sore tooth
3.
your mother? … a sore back
4.
Mr. Lee? … a backache
5.
your parents? … colds
6.
the patient? … stomachaches
7.
your little brother? … a sore throat
8.
Mrs. Wood? … a fever
II.
VOCABULARY
FOOD
Exercise 1. Correlate the English words
with the Russian equivalents.

1.
  café
2.
  canteen
3.
  ( a stack of) pancakes
4.
  bagel
5.
  bun/roll
6.
  eggs over easy
7.
  ham
8.
  slice of bread
9.
  cream
10.    carbonated

water/
  sparkling water

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

стопка
  блинчиков яичница-глазунья газированная вода бейгл (крендель из теста)
булочка
  буфет, столовая ветчина сливки кафе кусок хлеба

Exercise 2. Correlate the English words
with the Russian equivalents.

1.soft drink
2.beef
3.pork
4.veal
5.French fries/ chips
6.beans
7.asparagus
8.cauliflower 9.   eggplant/
  aubergine
                     10.     melon

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

безалкогольный
  напиток свинина говядина картофель фри телятина баклажан бобы спаржа дыня
  цветная капуста

Exercise 3. Correlate  the cooking
methods with their descriptions.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

pickle
  bake braise/stew
mash
boil

a.
  cook (food) by dry heat without direct exposure to a flame,
  typically in an oven
b.
  cook or be cooked by immersing in boiling water or stock
c.
  reduce (a food or other substance) to a pulpy mass by crushing
  it
d.
  fry (food) lightly and then stew it slowly in a closed
  container
e.
  preserve (food or other perishable items) in vinegar or brine

III.
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use “some of,” “any of,”
“none of,” “which of,” “each of’:
1.
... the students are taking their exam today, others are taking
it tomorrow.
2.
... them are coming to the party, they are busy on Saturday.
3.
“Do you know ... these men?” asked the policeman.
4.
I hope ... you will come and see me when I am in hospital.
5.
I didn’t like... the pictures she showed me.
6.
... you is older? 7. He spoke with an American accent and... us
could understand him. 7. ... the houses was of different colour.

                   IV.   ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Ask your classmates
5 tag questions about his/her weekend. Write them down.
Example: You went to the country, didn`t you?
1.      ..............................................................................
2.         ..............................................................................
3.         ..............................................................................
4.         ..............................................................................
                   5.       ..............................................................................
Exercise 2: Look at the picture.
Write what the people in the pictures                     are going to do next.

Example: The grandpa and his grandchildren are going
 to take a bus and get home.
………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..
Exercise 2: Choose the correct
preposition.
1.
Bye-bye. Can I kiss you on/ to /at your cheek.
2.
We arrived at the station in/ on / at time.
3.
Who is responsible after / for / about sweets at our
party.
4.
They have arranged to go to the theatre on /in /at 5 p.m.
5.
In Oxford I stayed at / with /in my friend`s family.
6.
Do you like to listen for / out /to classic music?
7.
It`s nice of /about /on you to invite me to the country
for the weekend.
Exercise 3: Write about your
last weekend. Don`t forget to say where / when / with   whom you spent
it.
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
Lesson 16 I.     REVISION
Exercise 1: Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences with the
correct possessive adjectives.
1.
You`re next. It`s  ... turn.
2.
Sue`s next. It`s  ... turn.
3.
John and Jane are next. It`s  ... turn.
4.
My aunt is next. It`s  ... turn.
5.
I`m next. It`s  ... turn.
6.
The children are next. It`s  ... turn.
7.
You and Sam are next. It`s  ... turn.
8.
Marcos and I are next. It`s  ... turn.
9.
Bill`s next. It`s  ... turn.
10.
Mrs. Brown is next. It`s  ... turn.
Exercise 2: Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences with
the information on the ID cards. What information do you know about this person
from his ID card?

1.
... last name is ... .
2.
... first name is ... .
3.
... occupation is ... .

1.
... name is ... .
2.
... D.O.B. is  ... .
3.
... date of birth is ... .
4.
... Expires is ... .

1.
... name is ... .
2.
... date of birth is ... .
3.
... nationality is ... .
4.
... signature is ... .

1.
... name is ... .
2.
... occupation is ... .
3.
... ID number ... .
4.
... Expires is ... .
                   II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise .Fill in the missing places
with the words on the right.

1.
  I used to take a ___of sugar in my tea.
2.
  Julia cut the bread into____.
3.
  Angela took an apple and bit a ____.
4.
  I’d love another________ of cake.

piece
  slice
lump

Exer-cise 2.
Readthe text.
Fill the words in the missing places.

Прочитайте
текст, вставьте данные слова в пропущенные места: consists, dinner, explained,
middle, Englishman, puddings, courses, dinner, denote, so on.

     Lunch is taken in the 1.____________ of the day,
between breakfast and
2._________ . The English lunch usually
3._______________ of two 4.__________ : meat or fish with vegetables and a
dessert. For his lunch an 5._____________ may have chops, beefsteaks, cutlets,
fried fish with vegetables, some salad and 6._________ .      A cup of coffee,
fruit or fruit 7._____________ are usually taken for the dessert.    Some
people call this meal 8._______________, and they don’t have any larger meal
after lunch. Thus, the English word lunch can hardly be translated or
9._____________ as the second breakfast. There is a special word in everyday
use to 10.____________ the second breakfast. This word is 11.______________.
Exercise 3. Write down what you can buy
in these stores.

We
  can bu y

…………………….
.
…………………….
.
…………………….
.
…………………….
.
…………………….
.
…………………….
.
…………………….
.

at th e

baker`s
  butcher`s grocer`s greengrocer`s sweetshop department store dairy

III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Agree with the following
statements using “there is/are”:
Models: You ’ve got three
members in your family. — Yes, there are three members in my family.
You can see a boy in the picture. —
Yes, there is a boy in the picture.
1. You’ve got a book in front of you. 2. She’s got
many foreign books in her library. 3. They’ve got many pets at home.
4. She’s got three mistakes in her test. 5.
You’ve got no laboratory on the first floor. 6. You can see a farm near the
forest.
7. You can see a lot of interesting pictures in this book.
8. You can see a TV set in the hall. 9. You can see a
large family in this picture. 10. You can see many difficult words in this text.
11. You can see many countries on this map. 12.
You can see two sentences on the blackboard.
Exercise 2. Make disjunctive
questions: A.
1. There are twelve months in a year. 2. There are
four seasons in a year. 3. There is much snow in winter. 4. There are
sixty minutes in an hour. 5. There are few mistakes in my dictation. 6. On the
table there are two exercise books and a textbook. 7. In a fortnight there are
two weeks. 8. In a month there are four weeks. 9. There is no blackboard in the
room. 10. There are some flowers on the window sill. 11. Under the window there
is a radiator. 12. There is no garden behind her cottage. 13. There is a black
cat in the basket. 14. There is little milk in the bottle. 15. There isn’t any
butter on the plate. B.
1. There was much snow in Moscow last winter. 2.
There will be much noise in the classroom. 3. There will be no sunshine
tomorrow. 4. There was a storm yesterday. 5. There were two children in the
family. 6. There were no daughters in the family.
7. There were many cups on the table. 8. There were
no mistakes in her dictation. 9. There were no maps on the wall.
                   IV.   ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Complete the questions and
write down short answers.
Example: You are a fifth year student, aren`t you?
– Yes, I am.
1.
You study a lot of subjects, …………. ? - ………………………. .
2.
You can play a musical instrument, ………….? -  ………………… .
3.
You don`t speak French, ……………….? - ……………………... .
4.
You have English three times a week, ………..? - …………………. .
5.
Your teachers aren`t British, ……………? - ………………………. .
6.
You weren`t in London this summer, …………? - …………………… .
7.
All your friends would like to visit great Britain, ………….? - ……….
.
 Exercise 2: Put in the verbs in the
correct form.
1.
Yesterday Linda ………………. the interview to the youth magazine
(give).
2.
Linda …………………………… French (speak).
3.
Next month a group of Russian students ……. 2 weeks in London
(spend).
4.
During their last visit the students ………. with English families
(stay).
5.
Let`s ……. a date and time now (arrange).
6.
They ……. to change their names (go).
Exercise 3: Put in the words: play,
speak, exchange, taught, hobbies, take, an interview, stay.

    Denis Korolev is a 10-year student.  His
….. are sport and music.
He can …. the guitar well. He likes to….. pictures of
his friends. Denis can …. and read English. Last year Barbara Grey from Great
Britain ……. him and his friends. She is going to arrange a students` ……. .
Yesterday Denis gave ….. to youth magazine about
the Russian – English students` exchange. Denis is going to ……………… with his
pen-friend`s family.
Exercise 4: Translate from Russian
into English.
1.      Я
могу здесь поменять рубли на фунты? - …………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
2.      Я
ничего не вижу. Вы не против поменяться местами? – …………
…………………………………………………………………………
3.      Смени
одежду, пожалуйста. Через 10 минут мы идем в театр. - ….
…………………………………………………………………………
4.      Давай
для разнообразия поиграем в шахматы! ……………………
…………………………………………………………………………
5.      Я
бы хотела поменять свои планы на сегодня. - …………………..
…………………………………………………………………………
6.      «
Вот ваша сдача». -  «Спасибо». ……………………………………
Lesson 17
I.
REVISION
Exercise 1: Let` talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Look at the
vocabulary. Put a check (v) beside the words you know. Ask your partner about
the ones you don`t know. Your teacher can help you.  Describe the pictures
using the vocabulary.
VOCABULARY CHECKLIST

_ black
_ blue, dark blue, light blue
_ blue green
_ brown, dark brown, light brown
_ gold
_ grey, dark grey, light grey
_ green, dark green, light green
_ orange
_pink
_ purple
_ red
_ silver
_tan, beige
_ white

_ belt
_ blouse
_ boots
_ coat
_ dress
_gloves
_ hat
_Jacket
_ jeans
_ pants
_ sandals
_ shirt
_ shoes
_ skirt

_ bracelet
_ earrings
_  necklace
_ ring
_ wath/wristwatch

_ yellow

_ socks
_ suit
_ sweater
_  tie,
necktie
  _ T- shirt

                               Exercise
2: Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with my, your, her, his, our, their.
1.      Rita
is wearing a blouse. __Her__ blouse is light blue.
2.      Tom
is wearing a shirt. ________ shirt is yellow and brown.
3.      I
am wearing jeans. ________ jeans are blue.
4.      Bob
and Tom are wearing boots. ________ boots are brown.
5.      Sue
and you are wearing dresses. ________ dresses are red.
6.      Ann
and I are wearing sweaters. ________ sweaters are green.
7.      You
are wearing shoes. ________ shoes are dark brown.
8.      Sue
is wearing a skirt. ________ skirt is black.
9.      John
is wearing a belt. _______ belt is white.
10.  Sue and Ann are
wearing socks. ______ socks are dark grey.
11.  Tom is wearing pants.
______ pants are dark blue.
12.  I am wearing
earrings. _____ earrings are gold.
II.
VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Proverbs about the food.
Correlate the English proverbs with the Russian ones.

1.     A spoon is dear when lunch time is
  near.
2.     After dinner comes the reckoning.
3.     There is no such thing as a free
  lunch.
4.     Breakfast like a king, lunch like a
  queen and dinner like a pauper.
5.     After meat mustard.
6.     One man`s meat is another man`s
  poison.
7.     A hungry man smells meat afar off.
8.     Half a loaf is better than no
  bread.
9.     Drinking tea with pleasure isn`t
  working without measure.

a.      Бесплатный сыр только в мышеловке.
b.     Дорога ложка к обеду.
c.      Завтрак съешь сам, обед раздели с
  другом, ужин отдай врагу.
d.     На безрыбье и рак рыба.
e.      После драки кулаками не машут.
f.       Любишь кататься, люби и саночки
  возить.
g.     Что русскому хорошо, немцу –
  смерть.
h.     Чай пить – не дрова рубить.
i.       Голодной куме хлеб на уме.
j.       Лучше синица в руках чем журавль в
  небе.

Exercise 2. Correlate the words
from the words from the left and right  columns.

a glass a bottle a
  kilo a loaf a cup a carton a tin a slice a jug a bar a packet a piece
a
  can  a jar

of

honey meat
water ham
bread milk sugar
  chocolate
fish
  Cola cheese peanuts cheese tea

1………………………………………
2………………………………………
3………………………………………
4………………………………………
5………………………………………
6………………………………….
  7………………………………….
8………………………………….
9………………………………….
10…………………………………
11…………………………………
12…………………………………
13……………………………………..
14………………………………………

Exercise 3. Read the text about
English stores and  fill the gaps with words: all kinds, usually, food, all
night, supermarkets, every day, small shops.
      In Britain people buy food in
supermarkets, 1.__________________ and markets. Supermarkets sell fruit,
vegetables and 2.___________________of food and TVs, books and other things
too. Some are open 3._____________ . Small shops sell 4.______________ and
other things too. For example, people can buy pens there.
Some shops are open 5._____________ . Others are
not open on Sundays. Shops 6.____________ open at 9.00 am. They usually close
at 5.30 or 6.00 pm. Some shops close at 9.00 or 10.00 pm and some
7._________________ are open 24 hours. Markets do not open after 5.30 pm or on
Sundays.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the verb “to be” in
the correct form:
A.
1. There ... a pen and two pencils on the desk. 2.
There ... two pencils and a pen on the desk. 3. There ... a lot of snow in the
streets. 4. There ... much bread on the table. 5. There ... twelve chairs and a
table in the room. 6. There ... a table and twelve chairs in the room. 7. ...
there much water in the jug?
8. ... there much or little money in the purse? 9. ...
there any chalk on the blackboard?
10. How many pages ... there in the book? 11.... there
much food in the fridge?
B.
1. There... news from them. 2. There... a lot of
vegetables
in the market.
 3. There ... so little hair on his head that he
looked much older. 4. There ... some money for you to spend. 5. The room seemed
empty. There ... hardly any furniture. 6. There... a lot of children’s summer
clothes in our shop. 7. In the newspapers there ... a lot of information about
computers.
8. There... good as well as useless advice. 9. There... little I
can do to help you. 10. There ... no means of achieving your aim.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences:
1. In this country there ... . 2. In Asia there ... .
3. In our  library there .... 4. In the street there....
5. In the sun there .... 6. In the University there....
7. In the room there.... 8. Under the window there ....
9. On the table there .... 10. On the wall there....
11. In the picture there.... 12. In the exercise there....
13. On the page there.... 14. In the kitchen there....
15. In the fridge there .... 16. On the left there ....
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Put in the missing
letters.
...ndepend...nt, cur... o...s, und..rst...nding,
t...pical, fri...ndly, l...ving, c...ring, t...lkative, n...ughty.
Exercise 2. Match the words.
Write down 7 sentences with any of these words.

sociable

merry

clever

friendly

happy

talkative

intelligent

strong

loving

creative

healthy

slim

thin

bright

 ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
Exercise 3.Write down the opposites.
             Example: known – unknown
Rude, possible, polite, happy, unlucky, true,
unfriendly, pleasant, noisy, formal, lucky, unpleasant, informal, false,
unhappy, friendly, impossible, quiet.
..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Exercise 4. Choose the correct
preposition. Circle it.
1.      We
are close family and we get with/up/on well with each other.
2.      Where
can I change Russian money for/on/into British pounds.
3.      He
made friends to/for/with a very small boy.
4.      There
are three of/from/with us in our family: mother, father and I.
5.      Why
are animals important to/for/about people?
6.      Last
year I read a story of/by/from M. Twain.
Exercise 5. Describe any two members
of your family. Use: I think, usually, sometimes.
Example: I think my mum is sociable and friendly.
She likes to invite guests.
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Lesson 18 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Your teacher will ask you questions
about people and their clothing. Then describe an article of clothing/jewelry
and its colour.
Examples:
TEACHER: Look at Denis. Tell me about his shirt.
What colour is his shirt? STUDENT:  His shirt is blue.
TEACHER: Look at Rosa. What is this?
STUDENT: A sweater.
TEACHER: Tell me about her sweater. What colour is
it? STUDENT: Her sweater is red.
TEACHER: Look at me. What am I touching?
STUDENT: Your shoes.
TEACHER: Tell me about the colour. STUDENT: Your
shoes are brown.

wrayerrstb
_____________
otatop
_____________ amtoto
_____________ ababgec
  _____________
repa
_____________

cotrar
_____________________
  rercyh_________________ lump__________________
dasirh
_____________________ ononi
_____________________

Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use have
or has. Use personal pronouns.
1.      I
___have___ a book. _____ My ____ book is
interesting.
2.      Bob
_______ a backpack. _______ backpack is green.
3.      You
_______ a raincoat. _______ raincoat is brown.
4.      Kate
______ a raincoat. _____ raincoat is red.
5.      Ann
and Jim are married. They _______ a baby. _____ baby is six months old.
6.      Ken
and Sue ______ a daughter. ______ daughter is ten years old.
7.      John
and I ______ a son. _______ son is seven years old.
8.      We
_______ grammar books. ______ grammar books are red.
9.      I
_____ a brother. _____ brother is sixteen.
10.  Tom and you
_______ backpacks. ______ backpacks are brown.
11.  Ann _______ a
dictionary. ______ dictionary is red.
12.  Mike ______ a
car. ______ car is blue.

                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.
Make up words from letters
(fruit and vegetables) Exercise 2. Phrasal verbs on the theme “Food”. Correlate
the English phrasal verbs and their Russian equivalents.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

to
  bolt (it) down to pick at (it) to pig out (at) to cut back on to warm (it) up

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

to heat food that has
  already been
cooked
to
  eat a lot of food to eat food very quickly to eat a small amount of a meal to
  eat less of something in order to improve your health

a.
b.
c.
d.

есть
  поменьше, ограничить себя в употреблении чеголибо уплетать, поглощать,
  проглотить подогреть съесть чуть-чуть чего-либо, поклевать (еду)

e.

объедаться, налопаться, набрасываться на еду

Exercise 3.
Exercise 3.  Arrange the
dialogue lines in the correct order. 1
-  Are you ready to
order?
-  Anything else?
-  I’d like some
chicken, please, with chips and a vegetable salad.
-  Anything to drink? -
Just a little bit.
-  A cup of green tea,
please.
-  Would you like a
piece of cake?
 -N o, that’s all, thank you.
2
-  What would you like
to eat?
-  Just a cup of white
coffee, please.
-  Any salad?
-  Yes, a cabbage salad,
please.
-  Would you like a
piece of cake?
-  I’d like some fish,
chips and tomatoes.
-  What would you like
to drink?
-  Yes, please.
-  So
you’ll have fish, chips and tomatoes, cabbage salad, a cup of white coffee and
a piece of cake.
-  Yes that’s all.
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Ask general questions:
1. There are many photos in this album. 2. There is
a lot of fruit in the basket. 3. There is some clean paper on the desk.
4. There is a magazine in your bag. 5. There are no
people in the hall. 6. There is a key in his pocket. 7. There is a lot of noise
there. 8. There is nobody at home. 9. There are two sandwiches in her bag. 10.
There is something in your hand. 11. There are many students in the lab. 12.
There is a teacher in the classroom.
Exercise 2. Ask alternative questions:
1. There is much (little) cheese on the plate. 2.
There is much (little) milk in the jug. 3. There are many (few) pieces of cake
on the plate. 4. There are many (few) forks on the table.
5. There are forks (spoons) on the table. 6. There
is a cup (a glass) on the table. 8. There is a woman (a man) in the room.
9. There is a garden (a lawn) in front of the
house. 10. There are four (five) rooms in her flat.
Exercise 3. Use “it” or “there”:
A.
1. ... is winter.... is a lot of snow. 2. ... was
Christmas.... were a lot of presents for the
children under the Christmas tree. 3.... were a lot of
clouds in the morning. Now... is clear again. 4. I think ... is time to begin.
5. What is ... ? 6. ... is wonderful music in this film. 7. Our class went to a
concert. ... was a success. 8. ... is a student from Britain in our group.
9. ... is a swimming pool near my house, but ... is
no water in it. 10. ... were a lot of rains last autumn. B.
1. What is... you wanted to tell me? 2. Since... was
nothing much to see, we left. 3. Where... is life,... is hope. 4.... is no use
telling him the truth.... is nothing to him. 5.... is important to keep in mind
that... is left-side traffic in Britain. 6. Is ... any news? 7. Is ... enough
food in the house? — ... is enough to feed the whole group. 8. ... is nothing
like walking about the countryside when ... is warm and ... is sunshine and ...
isn’t a single cloud in the sky and ... is not going to rain and ... is someone
to make you happy. 9. A long time ago ... used to be a fortress on that hill.
10. ... is nothing but the result of her nervous disorder. 11.... is nothing I
can do to help you. 12.... a medieval castle in the woods. ... has existed
since the 14th century. 13.... comes my bus. ...is number 17. 4.
...no time to waste. ... is high time we take some steps. 15.... was here that
we met Ethel. 16. “I like ... when I’m alone,” she said.
17. ... was something extremely civilized about her
so that... surprised you to see her in those surroundings. 18. Let... be so.
19. Let... always be sunshine. 19. ... is no smoke without fire.
20.... never rains but... pours.

                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Read the sentences.
Circle the correct verb.
1.      Vets
help/are helping sick animals.
2.      What
are you doing? – I watch/are watching a very good detective film.
3.      What
are your hobbies? – I have/am having a lot of hobbies.
4.      What
foreign languages do you speak? – I speak/am speaking French and
Italian.
5.      Listen!
She plays/is playing the piano.
Exercise 2. Look at the
picture. Write down what the people are doing.

Lesson 19 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with partner.
Use this or that. Touch and point the things in the classroom. Example:
red/yellow
PARTNER A: (book open): red/yellow
PARTNER B: (book closed): This (book) is red. This
(shirt) is yellow.
(Partner B touches a red book and
points to a yellow shirt.)
1.      red/blue

2.      red/green
3.      red/yellow
4.      blue/black
5.      white/
black
6.      orange/green
Switch roles
PARTNER A: Close your book.
PARTNER B: Open your book. Your turn to talk now.
7.      red/pink
8.      dark
blue/light blue
9.      black/grey
10.  gold/silver
11.  dark brown/tan
12.  purple/red
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences with these
or those.

1.___________are my books.

2.___________are your pencils.

3.__________ are his boots.

4._______________ are her shoes.

5._________ are your hats

6.______________ are their jackets

Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use the words
in parentheses.
1.      (This,
these) __These___ books belong to me.
(That, those) ___That___ book belongs to
Kate.
2.
(This, these) ___________ coat is black. (That, those)
__________ coats are tan.
3.
(This, these) ___________ earrings are gold.
(That, those) ___________ earrings
are silver.
4.
(This, these) ___________ pencil belongs to Alex. (That,
those) ___________ pencil belongs to Olga.
5.      (This,
these) ___________ sunglasses belong to me.
(That, those) ___________ sunglasses belong to  you.
6.
(This, these) ___________ exercise is easy.
(That, those) ___________ exercises
are hard.
7.      Students
are sitting at (this, these) _______ desks, but (that, those)
_________ desks are empty.
8.
(This, these) ___________ book is on my desk.
(That, those) ___________ books are
on your desk.
      Exercise 4. Let`s talk:
pair work.
Directions: Work with partner. Use this, that,
these, those. Touch and point the things in the classroom.
Example:
PARTNER A: (book open): book
PARTNER B: (book closed): This is my book. That is
your book.
PARTNER A: (book open): books
PARTNER B: (book closed): These are my books. Those
are your books.
1.      notebook
4. dictionary
2.      coat
5.  purse
3.      coats
6. Glasses
Switch roles

       PARTNER A: Close your book.
       PARTNER B: Open your book. Your turn to talk now.

1.      notebooks
4. pens
2.      shoes
5.  pen
3.      wallet
6. Desk
                                II.      VOCABULARY
SHOPPING
Exercise 1. Correlate the English
words in the left column with their Russian equivalents in the right one.

1.
  newsagents
2.
  florist
3.
  stationery
4.
  chemist`s
5.
  shoe shop
6.
  baker`s
7.
  hairdresser`s
8.
  dry cleaner`s
9.
  greengrocer`s
10.
  pharmacy
11.
  butcher`s

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

химчистка
  мясной магазин цветочный магазин канцелярские принадлежности булочная аптека
магазин периодики (газеты,
журналы)
  обувной магазин парикмахерская магазин овощей и фруктов

Exercise 2. Arrange the dialogue
lines in the correct order. In the Ladies’ Wear Department  - Hello,
can I help you?
-  What size do you
take?
-  That’s okay. We also
have them in black
. - We have some very nice blue jeans here. They’re on
offer this week.
-  The fitting room is
over there.
-  Twenty-nine.
-  Well, I actually
prefer black jeans.
-  I  am looking for a
pair of jeans.
-  Where can I try them
on?
-  Thank you.
Exercise 2. Write down what they sell
in these stores.
            e.g. bookshop / bookstore - books.
1.      fishmonger
- ______________________________________
2.      chemist
- _________________________________________
3.      newsagent
- _______________________________________
4.      stationery
- ________________________________________
5.      optician
- __________________________________________
6.      hardware
shop - _____________________________________
7.      delicatessen
- _______________________________________
8.      market
- ___________________________________________
9.      pet
shop - __________________________________________
10.  flea market -
_______________________________________
11.  tea shop -
__________________________________________
12.  petrol station -
______________________________________
Exercise 3. Read the text and
fill the gaps with the words: waste, emotions, treatment, becoming,
consider, shopping.
1.____________ is a new kind of
hobby or just a 2.___________ of time? A lot of people find it the best
3.___________ for a bad mood. Buying new clothes may bring pleasant
4.___________ and change image for the better.
But a lot of people 5.__________ shopping to be a waste of
time and money.
Men usually do not like to go shopping very much. And
women cannot resist
 the temptation of buying a new 6.____________ dress.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Ask about the place you
want to find:
Model: I want to buy a new
dress. Is there a shop near here ?
1)      want
to see a film.
2)      want
to post a letter.
3)      want
to get to the centre.
4)      I
want to buy some food.
5)      I
want to buy a pair of shoes.
6)      I
am hungry.
7)      I
want to buy a newspaper.
8)      I
want to make a call home.
Exercise 2. Use the
following adjectives and adverbs in the appropriate place: red,
beautiful, tasty, old, boring, bright, dark, big, loud, difficult, fresh,
small, new, reasonable, brief, slowly, ever, angrily, very, shyly, often,
safely.
1.  A... car came ...
down the road.
2.  The ... cake looks
... and ....
3.  .... people seem ...
.
4.  Have you ... visited
London?
5.... light shone across the ... room.
6.      The
... bear looked... at the zoo visitors.
7.      The...
noise was... annoying.
8.      They
smiled at each other rather ....
9.      She
... goes to Oxford.
10.  The test was....
11.... flowers decorated the ...room.
12.  The vase looked ... .
13.  The plane landed ...
.
14.  She gave a ...
explanation.
15.  She made a... speech.
Exercise 3. Answer the questions using adverbs
or adverbial phrases:
1. How will he perform at his English exam? 2. How
did you like the concert? 3. How did you find my new house?
4. When is he going to bring me the package? 5. How
did she take the news? 6. How often do you do your morning exercises? 7. How
did he behave? 8. How soon will they receive my message if I send it by fax? 9.
How well does she play the piano? 10. How often do you meet her after classes?
11. How is your mother doing? 12. How often does she go out? 13. How long have
you known her? 14. How are you getting on with your neighbours? 14. When will
Ann return?
Exercise 4. Put questions to the
adverbs:
1. The snow melted immediately. 2. She speaks English
fluently.
3.   Occasionally we
go to a dance. 4. Sometimes she goes to London. 5. He never doesmorning exercises.
6. They meet her quite often.
7.  She can play the
violin very well.
8.  She was always
prettily dressed.

                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Cross out the odd
word.
Example:  doing, going, playing, sing, making
1.      independent,
informal, international, interview, Indian
2.      twelfth,
sixth, first, tenth, month, eighth
3.      sociable,
timetable, talkative, traditional, typical
4.      opening,
enjoying, interesting, answering describing
Exercise 2. Answer the
questions. Write down the answers.
1.         What are you doing? - ……………………………………… 2.            What
is your pet doing at the moment?- ……………………
……………………………………………………………….
3.      Is
it raining now? - …………………………………………..
4.      Where
are you sitting? - ……………………………………..
5.      What
are you looking at? - …………………………………..
6.      What
are you writing with? - ………………………………... 7.         What are you going to do
after you finish this exercise? - …..
………………………………………………………………..
             Exercise
3. Write down what the members of your family are doing at the
moment.
  Example: My cousin is
cleaning her room.
      …………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………….
      …………………………………………………………………………………
      …………………………………………………………………………………

  Exercise 4.
Read the questions for your new classmate. Put in       prepositions if
necessary.
1.      What
are you
.....................................................................................................?
2.      Do
you miss …………………………………………………. your old school?
3.      What
kind ………………………………….music do you like to listen
……………………………………………………………………?
4.      Do
you speak …………………………………………. any foreign languages?
5.      Do
you play …………………………………………...any musical instrument?
6.      What
are you reading ……………………………………………...the moment?
7.      How
are you getting …………………………………… with your new friends?
Exercise 5. Translate from
Russian into English.
1.      «
Что ты делаешь?» - «Я смотрю видео». -
…………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
2.      «Посмотри!
Они играют в футбол. А что ты собираешься делать?»
…………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
3.      «С
кем ты разговариваешь по телефону?» - «Я разговариваю с почтальоном. Он читает
мне телеграмму». - ………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
4.      «Что
вы рассматриваете?» - « Мы решаем новую головоломку».  (to do a puzzle) -
………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 20 I.    REVISION
  Exercise 1. Sentence
practice.
  Directions: Complete the
questions with what or who and is or are.
1) A. __Who is____ that woman?
B.     She
is my sister. Her name is Sonya.2)  A. _______________ those things?       B.
They`re ballpoint pens. 3) A. _______________ that?       B. That`s Ms.
Walensky.
4.   A.
_______________ this?
B.     That`s
my new notebook.
5.   A. Look at
those people over there.  ___________ they?
B.     I`m
not sure, but I think they`re new students from Thailand.
6.   A.
__________________ your name?
B.     Anita.
7.   A.
___________________ your grammar teacher?
B.     Mr.
Cook.
8.   A.
___________________ your favourite teachers?                  B. Mr. Cook and
Ms. Rosenberg.
9.   A.
______________________  a rabbit?
B.     It`s
a small furry animal with big ears.
10)A. ______________________ bats?
      B. They`re animals that can fly. They`re not birds.
Exercise 2. Let` talk: pair
work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Ask
and answer questions. You can look at your book before you ask. When you speak,
look at your partner.
Example:  What`s this?
PARTNER A: (book open): What`s this?  (indicating
a book) PARTNER B: (book closed): This is your grammar book. PARTNER
A: (book open): Who`s that? (indicating a  classmate) PARTNER B: (book
closed): That`s Ivan.
1.      What`s
this?
2.      Who`s
that?
3.      What`s
that?
4.      What
are these?
5.      Who`s
this?
6.      What
are those? Switch roles.
PARTNER A:  Close your book.
PARTNER B:  Open your book. Your turn to ask
questions. Use new people and things in your questions.
1.      Who`s
this?
2.      What`s
this?
3.      What
are those?
4.      What`s
that?
5.      Who`s
that?
6.      What
are these?
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Write down where you can
buy these goods.
                                1.   Where
could you buy a toy for your puppy?
________________________________
2.             Where could you buy some chocolate?
____________________________________
3.      Where
could you buy a saucepan?
________________________________________
4.      Where
could you buy a package holiday?
__________________________________
5.      Where
could you buy a necklace?
________________________________________
6.      Where
could you buy a doll?
____________________________________________
7.      Where
could you buy milk?
_____________________________________________
8.Where could you buy steak?
_____________________________________________
      9.Where could you buy a newspaper? _______________
                          ____________________________________________
                      10.Where could you buy flowers?
________________

____________________________________________
                      11.Where could you buy fruit?
_____________________

____________________________________________
                      12.Where could you buy spectacles?
_________________

_____________________________________________
                      13.Where could you buy a pen and paper?
_____________

______________________________________________
                       14.Where could you buy some salmon?
_______________

______________________________________________
                       15.Where
could you buy bread? _____________________
_______________________________________________
16.Where could you buy a CD by the pop group?
_______________________________________________ 17.Where could you buy some
aspirin?
_______________________________________________
18.Where could you buy a novel?
________________________________________________
19.Where could you buy a pair of trainers?
________________________________________________
Exercise 2. Read the text and fill the
gaps with the words: cashdesk, window, greengrocer’s, shoplifting,
goods, grocer’s, butcher’s, departments, self-service, baker’s, jeweller’s,
price, bill, shoe shop, wraps up, buy, salesmen, bookshop.
    When we want to 1.___________ something, we must
go to the shop where it is sold. In the shop 2._____________ we see what is
sold in the shop.     Sugar, tea, coffee, salt, pepper, ham, bacon, and so on
are sold at the
3.________________. Bread is sold at the
4._______________, meat at the
5._________________. We go to the 6.___________________
for vegetables and
fruit. We buy boots and shoes at the 7.____________ . We
buy books at the 8.______________ and jewellery and watches at the
9._____________ .
     The salesman or salesgirl stands behind the
counter. We ask the salesman: “How much is this?” or “What is the price of
that?” He tells us the 10.______________ . He gives us the 11.__________ . At
the 12.___________ we give the money and the bill to the cashier who gives us a
check and our change. The salesman
13.________________ the goods and gives them to us.
We put them in our bag.          Some shops have many 14. ______________ . We
can buy nearly everything we need there. In some shops there are no
15.___________ , but only cashiers. The customers choose the 16.___________
they want and pay at the cash desk. These are called 17.____________________
shops. If someone tries to take things from a shop without paying they are
almost certain to be caught. 18.___________________ is considered a serious
crime by the police.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Choose the right word:
1.  There was a (happy,
happily) smile on her face.
2.  The (heavy, heavily)
suitcase was killing him. 3. Ben won (easy, easily).
4. That’s a (real, really) different question. 5. She had
a (sweet, sweetly) dream.
6. The jacket is made of (real, really) wool. 7. The rain
fell (heavy, heavily).
8. Meggy plays the piano (good, well). 9. Irene danced
(happy, happily).
10. The young girl watched him (shy, shyly). 11.
The dog looked at the meat (hungry, hungrily). 12. He writes (good, well).
13. There was a (terrible, terribly) storm. 14. She
gave us a (general, generally) idea. 15. The poor puppy looked (hungry,
hungrily). 16. This lake looks
(clean, cleanly) enough to swim in. 17. We were (terrible, terribly) late. 18.
Her (new, newly) made dress looked fantastic. 19. He doesn’t do (good, well) at
his English. 20. They moved (quiet, quietly) through the hall.
21. Our teacher gives us a test (occasional,
occasionally).
22.1 thought (high, highly) of the proposal. 23.
When the snake strikes, its mouth opens (wide, widely).
24. This professor is (wide, widely) known at the University.
25.  On my days off I wake
up later than (usual, usually).
26.  He had (regular,
regularly) features.
27.  Her (home, homely)
appearance made me feel happy.
28.  “Take it (easy,
easily),” I said to my friend.
Exercise 2. Answer the following
questions:
Which profession (hobby, sports) do
you think is:
1. the most dangerous? 2. the most difficult? 3. the
easiest?
4. the most exciting? 5. the most boring? 6. the most
expensive?
7. the cheapest? 8. the most interesting?
Exercise 3. Make
comparison  using the models:
Model: teacher — doctor
— important
The profession of a teacher is as
important as that of a doctor.
1. book — film — interesting 2. brother — sister — tall
3. July — August — warm 4. daughter — mother — beautiful
5. sofa — armchair — comfortable 6. Ann — Nelly —
pretty 7. lion — tiger — dangerous 8. bicycle — car — expensive
9. lake — sea — deep 10. student — professor — bright.
B, Model: English — Greek — difficult English is not so
difficult as Greek.
1. spring — summer — hot 2. silver — gold — expensive
3. candies — chocolate — sweet 4. meat — vegetables —
useful
5. he — she — smart 6. the moon — the sun — bright 7. cats
— dogs — intelligent 8. train — car — fast 9. I — my friend — hardworking.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Circle the word with
negative meaning.
1.      uniform,
underground, understand, unpleasant
2.      independent,
intelligent, insect, interview
3.      international,
instrument, informal inside
Exercise 2. Choose the correct
answers. Write them down.
Example: - Would you like to meet your pen-friend?
– Of course, I would.
1.      –
How do you like St. Petersburg?                                  - I think, it
is.
2.      –
Is it different from Oxford?                                          - Yes,
lots of them.
3.      -
There are a lot of parks in London, aren`t there?          - Of course, I
would.
4.      -
Would you like to visit Vladimir?                                - I really
don`t know.    5.     – Is Vladimir a big town?                                                 -
It`s beautiful

Exercise 3. What do these words
mean? Write them down.

French

German

English

Russian

Russie Moscou

Russland Moskau

Russia

Россия

capitale
  cite theatre musee
galerie
  stade
parc monument Londres
Anglettere

Hauptstadt
Stadt
Theater
Museum
Galerie
Stadion
Park
Denkmal
London
England

Exercise 4. Translate from
Russian into English.
1.
Британский музей – один из самых знаменитых в мире. –
………………………………………………………………..
2.
Пушкинский музей – одна из знаменитых картинных галерей
в нашей стране. - …………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………….
3.
Во всех столицах есть много достопримечательностей. -  …..
…………………………………………………………………….
4.
Москва – это сочетание старых и новых красивых зданий. - …
……………………………………………………………………..
5.
Санкт-Петербург отличается от Москвы, не так ли? - …………
………………………………………………………………………
6.
Приезжайте в наш город как можно скорее. Здесь так много
интересного. - ……………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 21 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Close your books
for this activity. Your teacher will ask questions. Answer with this,
that, these, those.
Example: hand
TEACHER: What is this? (The teacher indicates
her or his hand) STUDENT: That is your hand.
1.      nose
6. knee
2.      eyes
                        7. foot
3.      arm
8.shoulder
4.      elbow
9. fingers
5.      legs
10. Ears
II.      VOCABULARY FEATURES OF THE USE OF VOCABULARY LA Y ,
LIE
to lay — класть, положить, накрывать (стол).
Формы глагола: lay — laid — laid — laying to lie
1.лежать, полежать 2. находиться, быть
расположенным  Формы глагола: lay — lay — lain — lying  to lie — лгать,
солгать.
Форм ы глагола: lie — lied — lied — lying (это
интересно, но глагол lie (лгать) - правильный глагол - вот такая игра
слов!
Exercise 1.Finish the sentences using
the words: to lay , to lie in a proper form.
1.      Kitty
Was _____________ the table for dinner.
2.      Be
honest! Don`t ___________! We know everything.
3.      The
injured man was ____________ motionless on his back.
4.      Yaroslavl
_____________ on the Volga.
5.      Boss
came in and _____________ the packages on the table.
6.      I
know he is _______________. Look at his smile.
7.      She
_____________ her sewing aside when the telephone rang.
8.      You`ll
find her in the garden, ____________ out in the sun.
9.      The
newspaper ____________ on the table.
10.  He _____________ his
hands on the table and smiled.
T R A V E L, V O Y A G E, JO U R N E, TO U R, TR IP
a travel (travelling) имеет наиболее общее значение
и может обозначать путешествие, поездку на далёкое или близкое расстояние.
a voyage - путешествие, поездка по воде или
по воздуху,  a journey - путешествие, поездка любой длительности и
дальности по суше при наличии определённого места назначения. a tour -
путешествие, поездка, турне, гастрольная поездка по определённому маршруту,
предусматривающее остановку в ряде мест и возвращение на место отправления.  trip:
1) путешествие, поездка обычно на небольшое расстояние;
          2) как глагол обозначает «(over, up, at)
спотыкаться, падать,                        oпрокидываться.
Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: travel, journey, voyage trip, tour.
1.      A
journey made by performers or a sports team, in which they perform or play in
several different places is called a ___________ .
2.      But
for the rough sea and cold wind our__________ would be wonderful.
3.      I’m
going on a business__________ tomorrow. Set everything ready, please.
4.      We
call an act of travelling from one place to another mainly by land a _________
.5. He would have_________ at the upward step at the door had she not been with
him.
6.      Our_________
across the Pacific is going to be very pleasant.
7.      I
want to __________ somewhere but don’t know where to go.
8.      A
________ is a journey or excursion, especially for pleasure.
9.      Going
from Moscow to Vladivostok by train is a long_________ .
10.  We visited a lot of
wonderful places on our__________ around the world.
11.  You learn a lot about
places and people when you__________ .
12.  Children, you will
stay at home, it’s just a day_________ .
13.  The__________ to
France will be very impressive.
14.  A to London will last
no more than two hours.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Make comparison using
“as...as,” “not so...as”:
1. a Rolls-Royce — a Toyota 2. a Volkswagen — a Fiat
3. an elephant — a donkey 4. Canada — China  5.
Chaplin — Einstein 6. Samson — Cleopatra 7. winter — summer 8. days — nights.
Prompts: tall, heavy, old, new, fast,
economical, cold, warm, cheap, expensive, strong, big, noisy, quiet,
comfortable, intelligent, beautiful, nice, good-looking, rich, funny, long,
short.
Exercise 2. Use the correct form
of the adjective or adverb: A.
1. The weather was (hot) and becoming (hot) every day.
I was no (brave) than the others, so I decided to go away
too.
St. Louis seemed to me the (good) place to go to.
2. And beside him walked a (huge) dog that seemed to
be half a Retriever. 3. “Here he comes,” said Michael, “his nose is (red) than
ever, and he is wearing a top hat.”  4. She lived in the (good) field in the
whole district — a rather (large) one full of buttercups and dandelions much
(large) than brooms.
5.  She felt that she
could ask for nothing (good) than for all her days to be alike.
6.  He waited (long)
enough, (long) than he had promised, so he decided to leave.
7.  But he didn’t care,
he didn’t feel the (little) bit sorry.
8.  No, he didn’t care,
he was (bad), and if they didn’t look out he’d be (bad).
9.  His voice changed to
a (cheerful) tone. 10. “The (soon) you go, the (good)!” he shouted in a rage.
11. It was the (strange) voyage he had ever made.
12.  The new villa was
twice as (big) as the old one.
13.  His wife is 10 years
his (young). 14. Who is the (old) of the children?
 15.When he left me I remained with a (kindly) feeling
towards him
 than I should have expected.
16. He was a (little) man, considerably (little)
than of middle height. 17. “Does it make any (easy) for you if I help you?” she
asked. 18. With opportunities to make money he was a (poor) man  than when he
was first appointed to his post.
19.
They were getting good food for nothing and the (long) they
looked about the job, the (good) the joke became.
20.
He felt much (strong) and (young) now.B.
New York is often called the cultural capital of the USA.
There are more than 800 museums in New York.
One of the (good) ones is the Metropolitan Museum of Art.
 It is the (large) art museum in the USA.
Its (magnificent) collection of European and American
paintings contains works of many of the (great) masters of the world. The
second (big) is the Museum of Modem Art. The reputation of the “MOMA,” as the
museum is nicknamed, rests on its (wonderful) collections of modem art and
photography. The Guggenheim Museum of Modem Art contains a(n) (impressive)
collection of modem artists ranging from impressionists to abstractionists.
No other city in the world offers as many
(different) theatres as New York. You can see the (new) plays and shows on
Broadway. But away from the (bright) lights of Broadway there are many (small)
theatres. They are often (unusual) than the Broadway shows. The (fine) Broadway
musicals like “Cats,” “Miss Saigon” live for months, some (bad) musicals live
for days.
The Metropolitan Opera (the Met) is (good) known
throughout the world. The (outstanding) and (talented) international stars sing
here from September until April. But even (enthusiastically) the stars
participate in concerts in the Carnegie Hall. The Carnegie Hall is the city’s
(popular) concert hall. It was opened in 1891 with a concert conducted by one
of the (prominent) and (favourite) Russian composers P.I. Tchaikovsky. No other
hall is as (famous) as that one.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Write down what the
word capital means. Underline the capital.
A capital
is
.............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................

Paris, UK, Europe,
Moscow, London, Russia, Madrid, Washington, Africa, Kiev, New York, America,
Scotland, Finland, Oslo, Obninsk

Exercise 2. Put the missing
letters.
Info...mation, diff...rent, g..llery, mus...um, c...nema,
the...tre, stad...um, be...utiful, pa...rtner, l...vely, well-kno...n,
famo...s.
Exercise 3.Choose the correct
form. Circle it.
1.      Don`t
read his book. You waste/are wasting the time.
2.      Would
you like to join me? I watch/am watching a very good show on TV.
3.      He
is a very famous musician. At the moment he composes/is composing a new
opera.
4.      Mum,
can I stay at the birthday party a bit longer? We have /are having a
good time.
5.      Who
cries/is crying?- It`s our naughty cousin.
Exercise 4. Describe the
picture.
Example: A woman is talking with her friend.

……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………….
Lesson 22 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1.  Correct mistakes.
Example. We is students. – We are
students.
1.      I
no hungry.
2.      I
am student. He is teacher.
3.      Yoko
not here. She at school.
4.      I`m
from Mexico. Where you are from?
5.      Roberto
he is a student in your class?
6.      Those
pictures are beautiful.
7.      This
is your dictionary. It not my dictionary.
8.      Mr.
Lee have a brown coat.
9.      They
are n`t here today.
10.  This books are
expensive.
Exercise 2.Circle the correct
completion.
1.      Ann
______ a grammar book.
a)
have          b) is           c) are
2.      This
floor _______ .
a)
dirty is        b) dirty      c) is dirty
3.      ______
yellow.
a)
A banana are   b) A banana is    c) bananas is
4.      Bob:
______ is your apartment? Anna: It`s in Forest Street.
a)
What           b) Where    c) Who 5.     Mike is _____ engineer.
a) a                  b) an           c) on
6.      Give
this to Ann. It is _____ dictionary.
a)
she               b) an           c) her
7.      Yoko:
______ these?
Gina: My Art books. I`m taking an
Art history course. a) What is         b) Who are      c) What are 8.   Tom:
Are you hungry? Sue: Yes, ______ .
a)
I`m               b) I am not       c) I am 9.          _____
books are really expensive.
a) Those           b)
They             c) This 10. Tina: ______ that? Jim: That`s Paul Carter.
a) Who`s           b)
What`s          c) Where`s 11. That is _________ .
a) a mistakes      b) mistake         c) a mistake
12. Paul: ______ in your class?
Eric: No.
a) Mr. Kim         b) Is Mr. Kim     c) Mr. Kim is he
Exercise 3. Complete the
sentences with am, is, are. Use not if necessary.
1.      Lemons
_______ vegetables.
2.      A
lemon _______ a kind of fruit.
3.      I
_______ from the United States.
4.      We
________ human beings.
5.      Eggs
_______ oval.
6.      Chickens
_______ birds, but bats ___________ birds.
7.      Salt
_______ sweet. Sugar _________ sweet.
8.      Soccer
___________ a sport.
9.      Soccer
and basketball __________ sports.
10.  Africa __________ a
country. It _________ a continent.
II.      VOCABULARY TRADE, PROFESSION, OCCUPATION
an occupation - более общее понятие и означает
обязанности, повседневно выполняемые задания или постоянный род занятий в
какой-то период.
a profession - наличие высшего образования
или специальной профессиональной подготовки. a trade - ремесло; ручная
или механическая работа.
Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: occupation, profession, trade.
1.  Не is a doctor
by___________ .
2.  Walt is a clockmaker
by___________ .
3.  - What’s
her__________ ? - She doesn’t work now.
4.  This man has a very
rare_________ , he is an industrial climber.
5.  I was taught
the_________ of a locksmith, but I hardly remember much now.
6.  Do you love
your________ of pilot?
7.  Jack of all_______
and master of none.
8.  ____________ is the
most general term. It is used to name any job, employment.
9.  _____________
requires special education or training.
STILL, YET, ALREADY
still - “все еще, до сих пор” обычно находится в
середине предложения.
yet - “ещё не, уже” ставится в отрицательных
и вопросительных предложениях, в конце предложения.
already -  “уже” ставится либо в середине,
либо, при эмфатическом выделении, в конце предложения.
В вопросительных предложениях употребляя “yet” - мы
интересуемся, случилось ли что-то вообще, а употребляя “already” -
подчеркиваем неожиданность события.
Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: still, already, yet.
1.      Are
you__________ eating?
2.      Oliver
has__________ painted the door.
3.      We
were__________ at home when it started raining.
4.      Have
you typed the letter___________ ?
5.      D
anis_________ doing his project.
6.      The
patient hasn’t recovered_________ .
7.      Let’s
go home it is ____________ dark.
8.      Will
you come? We are_________ waiting for you!
9.      Brett
has_________ come.
10.  Has he got his
driving license________?
SEE, LOOK, STARE, GLANCE, PEEP
to see употребляется в значении видеть, иметь
зрение, способность видеть (не употребляется во временах группы continuous).
to look имеет наиболее общее (бросить взгляд
на объект), нейтральное значение, и в принципе, может заменять все остальные
глаголы этого синонимического ряда. Обычно употребляется с предлогом at.
to stare — смотреть широко открытыми глазами из
любопытства, от страха или восхищения (уставиться). Обычно употребляется с
предлогами at, with.
 to glance — «мельком взглянуть», «кинуть взгляд».
Употребляется с предлогом at.
to peep — «подглядывать», «заглядывать»,
«подсматривать». Употребляется с предлогами into (в), through (через).
Exercise 3. Finish the sentences
using the words: to see, to look, to stare, to glance, to peep.
1)      I
__________ you at the theatre yesterday.
2)      Have
you ____________ Jack yet?
3)      The
students ________________ at the professor in great surprise.
4)      Tim
____________ through the window, but it was still raining.
5)      Full
of care we have no time to stand and _______________.
6)      She
_____________ at me and disappeared.
7)      ___________
at these people, think like these people and you will be good actors. 8) He
quickly ____________ at the papers and returned to his work.
III.
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. A. Use “too” or “enough”:
1.
Your child is only five, he is not old ... to go to school.
2.
Is there ... food for everybody? 3. These shoes are ... big form.
4. I’m afraid he is... old to drive a car. 5. She spoke ... fast to understand
anything. 6. There wasn’t ... room for everybody, the car wasn’t big ... . 7. I
can’t teach because I don’t have ... experience. 8. He is experienced ... to
take the job. 9. It is ... late to walk, do we have ... money to take a taxi?
10. The price seems reasonable... to me, does it seem... expensive to you? 11.
It’s ... good to be true. 12. It’s ... to make a cat laugh.       B. Use
“quite” or “at all”:
1.  I managed to do it
quickly because it was ... easy.
2.  She didn’t understand
what he was saying .... 3. The train was delayed and we had ... a sleepless
night. 4. He didn’t admit his fault ... . 5. The twin sisters were wearing ...
the same clothes. I couldn’t distinguish them.... 6. It’s... useless to make
her change her mind. 7. It’s... clear what you mean.
8.... a number of farmers refused to go to the
polls. 9.1 am not angry with you.... 10. One thousand dollars is... abig sum of
money. C. Use “still” or “yet”:
1. They haven’t returned from the trip.... 2. Is
it... raining? — Yes, it is. It hasn’t stopped raining.... 3. Has your brother
graduated from the University ... ? — No, he is ... a student.
4. No news has come from them as ... . 5. Do you ... want
to make sure it is true? 6. It was early..., the sun hadn’t... risen.
7. We have ... a lot of things to finish. — It’s all
right. We ... have a lot of time. 8. It was late,... we decided to stay. 9. She
... hopes to get a letter from him. 10. It was too early to speak about the
results.... 11.I... don’t want to discuss this matter.

IV.
ENGLISH IN
USE.
Exercise 1. Use verbs in Present
Simple or Present Continuous.
1.      Could
you go to the theatre by yourself? – I ( want) ............. to stay at home.
2.      Look!
..... you (see) ............. that red bus over there?
3.      .........
you (like) ................ to try this dress?
4.      .........
you (need) .............. any help? – No, thank you.
5.      Where
is Mason? – He (have)..................... his breakfast.
6.      Listen!
Barbara (sing) ........................ ! She (have) ........... a beautiful
voice.
Exercise 2. Put the verbs in the correct
form.
                                1.   He
... pictures on the wall yesterday.
a) draws         b)
drew               c) will draw 2.            Why ... she always ... silly
questions?
a) does... ask  b) is asking          c) do ... ask
3.      Last
summer they ... abroad.  They spent a week in Scotland.
a)
go               b) went                 c) will go
4.      She
usually ... her mother when she goes to the Summer School.
a)
miss            b) misses               c) is missing 5. Look!
The boys ... their homework.
a) do                b) are
doing           c) does 6.            They ... any help, do they?
a) don`t need    b) aren`t needing   c)  didn`t need
Exercise 3. Add the tag endings.
1.      There
are lots of places to visit in Moscow,
........................................................?
2.      London
isn`t like Moscow at all,
..........................................................................?
3.      Liza
lives not far from London, ............................................................................?
4.      The
weather is changing,
.......................................................................................?
5.      We`ll
arrange a date and time tomorrow, ..............................................................?
6.      Last
summer holiday Jack went abroad,
................................................................?
Lesson 23 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Complete the
conversations.
1.
A: Where ____________ your book?
B: Yoko: _______________ it.
A: Where _______________ your notebooks?
B: Ali and Roberto _____________ my notebooks.
2.
A:
____________________ this?
B: It ___________ picture of my family.
A: ____________________ this?
B: That`s ____________  father.
A: ___________________ they? B: My brother and sister.
3.      A: What`s ____________?
B: I don`t know. Ask somebody else.
A:
What`s ____________?
B: It`s _____________________.
4.
A:
__________________________ an animal? B: Yes.
A: _________________________ animals? B: Yes.
A: _________________________ an insect? B: No, it`s
not. It`s an animal too.
5.
A: Where
____________________________ ?
B: He`s ____________________________.
A: Where ____________________________ ?
B: They`re __________________________.
Exercise 2. Review: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Give
directions using the given prepositions. You can look in your book. When you
speak, look at your partner.
Example: in
PARTNER A: Put your pen in your pocket.
PARTNER B: (Partner B puts
his/her pen in his/her pocket.) PARTNER A: Your turn now.

Partner A

Partner B

1.
  in
2.
  on
3.
  above
4.
  under
5.
  between
6.
  next to
7.
  behind

1.
  in
2.
  between
3.
  behind
4.
  above
5.
  on
6.
  next to
7.
  under

                                II.     VOCABULARY
COME, GO
to come           a) идти, приходить, двигаться в
направлении к говорящему
            to go                b) идти, уходить,
двигаться в направлении от гово  рящего
                         c) away - уходить (прочь)
Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: come, go
1.  ________ here and
look at this.
2.  Do you know when that
bus________ ?
3.  Could you_________and
see me tomorrow?
4.  I’m going to the
theatre, are you__________ ?
5.  I’m ________ to the
shops. Would you like t o _________ with me?
6.  I preferred to stay,
but she wanted to_________ out so we left the house.
7.  _______to the
blackboard.
BEAUTIFUL, HANDSOME, LOVELY, PRETTY
beautiful - красивый, прекрасный (доставляющий
эстетическое наслаждение), употребляется только по отношению к женщине или
ребёнку и не употребляется по отношению к мужчине.
handsome - красивый (производящий приятное впечатление
правильностью пропорций, правильными чертами), употребляется по отношению к
мужчине. Если употреблятся по отношению к женщине, то указывает лишь на
правильность пропорций женской фигуры или на правильность черт её лица. Слово
handsome употребляется при описании предметов имеющих приятные пропорции или
симметрию.
 lovely - восхитительный, прелестный, чудесный и
сочетается как с одушевлёнными, так и с неодушевлёнными существительными.

pretty - хорошенькая, хорошенький
(привлекательный, полный изящества), употребляется по отношению к кому-либо или
чему-либо сравнительно небольшому. Pretty не употребляется по отношению к
мужчине, но может употребляться по отношению к мальчику. Pretty может
переводиться «очень, довольно» - pretty cold.
Exercise 2. Finish the
sentences using the words: beautiful, handsome, lovely, pretty .
1.  ________ woman
walking down the street...
2.  What a _______ day!
3.  You look__________ in
your new dress!
4.  Alex is a _________
young man who thinks too much about his appearance.
5.  Jane, you are
so_____________ !
6.  She was a
____________ young woman with blue eyes and chestnut hair.
7.  We can call a
good-looking man______________ .
8.  When you see
something very beautiful or attractive, very pleasant or enjoyable you say that
it is ___________ .
9.  Look how___________
those children are!
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Choose the right
variant:
1. Their house is very..., they visit us ... every
week, (near, nearly) 2. I had ... taken three steps when I saw a man. (hard,
hardly) 3. It was a large snake ... eight feet in length, and as thick as the
hand of a man. (near, nearly) 4. He was... in need of money now. (bad, badly)
5. “Jane,” said the teacher, “you are ... again. You have been ... for almost
every class this term.” (late, lately) 6. We haven’t seen them at the library
... . (late, lately) 7. She tried... to be on time, but there were always a lot
of things to do before school, (hard, hardly) 8. Don’t sit so... to the TV
screen, it’s bad for your eyes, (close, closely) 9. The inspector asked to look
at the photograph more .... (close, closely) 10. Pineapples are ... in this
season and therefore they are so expensive, (scarce, scarcely) 11. They
could... make both ends meet, (scarce, scarcely) 12. It’s too... you can’t
remember their address, (bad, badly) 13. No matter how ... she tried, all was
in vain, (hard, hardly) 14. They chatted a few minutes about the races that
were ... to be run (short, shortly) 15. Very soon it was known all over Apia
that they got on ... . (bad, badly)
16.  What I like ... is to
ski in the forest at night, (most, mostly)
17.  The lecturer... spoke
about British traditions, (most, mostly)
Exercise 2. Use the correct
form of the adjective:
It is interesting to know that…
1.  Wall Street in
Manhattan is the financial heart of the USA and the (important) banking centre
in the world;
2.  Park Avenue in New
York has the (large), (expensive) apartment houses;
3.  Fifth Avenue is the
(famous) shopping centre of New York. In the 19th century the (rich) men in
America built their (magnificent) homes here and it is still the (fashionable)
street in the city;
4.  Central Park is the
(beautiful), (green) oasis in the middle of New York’s (concrete) desert;
Adjectives and Adverbs. Degrees of Comparison 41
5.  The World Trade
Centre is the (tall) building in New York, it’s even (high) than thefamous
Empire State Building;
6.  many people think
that New York offers (good), (big) and (bright) of everything;
7.  New York is one of
the (noisy) cities in the world;
8.  fear can make people
(brave) and (strong) than they normally are. They are able to run (fast), jump
(high), fight (hard) and try things that they would never do if they weren’t
acting through fear;
9.  an ostrich egg is
very big and very hard. It is (big) than twenty-two hen’s eggs. Youmust boil
the egg no (little) than forty-five minutes; 10. the (large) crabs in the world
live in Japanese waters;
11.  the world’s (small)
independent state is Vatican City, where the Pope lives;
12.  one of the (small)
countries is San Marino, Italy. It is also the (old), because it wasfounded
1,500 years ago.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Circle the correct
preposition.
1.      My
younger brother is different of/by/from me.
2.      She
has never been in/to/at New York.
3.      Jack
London is one of/among/from my favourite writers.
4.      How
long will you stay here? – On/for/in two days.
5.      Do
you live around/near from the centre of your town?
6.      What
city is the capital in/at/of the UK?
7.      I
would like to learn as much as possible about/of/by London.
Exercise 2. Write down the word
combinations. Example: Big Ben

Big
Trafalgar
Bloody
White
Tower
Buckingham

Palace
  Tower
London
Bridge
Ben
Square

Westminster
The Houses of
The tower of

Abbey
Tower
Parliament

..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................
Exercise 3. Write down 3 words (adjectives
or verbs) for the nouns below.
Use the example.
Example: art                  to
visit                  new                gallery

............
............
............

town

............
............
............

building

............
............
............

square

............
............
............

place

Exercise 4. Put in 10 missing words
from the list given below.
  London is the
................... of Great Britain. It is a very....... city. It was founded
about two thousand.............. ago. London is one of
the most ...................... and interesting
................ in Europe. There are .................... of .................
to visit in London. There are a lot of ......................, art
................., cinemas, theatres and ............. parks in London.

cities, countries,
capital, famous, places, museums, years, hundred, popular, opera, old, lots,
galleries, lovely, important

 Exercise 5. Look at the
pictures. Ask two questions about each of them.

1.............................
  ..............................
...............................
2............................
  ..............................
.............................

1......................
  .......................
.......................
  2..................... .......................
.......................

1........................
  ..........................
..........................
  2.......................
..........................
..........................

1..........................
  ............................
............................
  2.......................... ............................
............................

Lesson 24
                                I.       REVISION
Exercise 1. Activity: let`s
talk.
Directions: Done or more of these
activities. In each activity, ask What`s this? What`s that? What are
these? What are those? and any other questions you want to ask.
ACTIVITY 1.  Pair work.
Use a blank sheet of paper. Draw a simple picture of
an outdoor scene: for example, you can see in a park, in a city street, in the
country, at a marketplace. Sample drawing:

ACTIVITY 2. Group work.
Volunteers can draw pictures of outdoor scenes on
the blackboard. And the class will ask questions about the pictures.
ACTIVITY 3. Pair work or group
work.
Bring to class pictures without people in them:
postcards, photographs, magazine ads, etc. Show them to a partner or the class
and answer questions about them. Your teacher will help you with
the vocabulary.
ACTIVITY 4. Pair work or group
work.
Draw the floor plan of your dream house. Show where
the kitchen is, the bedrooms, etc. . Show them to a partner or the class and
answer questions about them.
Exercise 2. Complete the
sentences in this composition by Carlos.

    My name ___ is____ Carlos. __I
am___ from Mexico.
____1______ a student. ____2______ twenty
years old.
    My family lives in Mexico City. ___3______
father a businessman. ______4_____ fifty one years old. ___5___
mother _______6______ a housewife. ____7_____ forty nine years
old. I ______8______ two sisters and one brother. The names of my
sisters ____9________ Rosa and Patricia. Rosa ___10_____  a
teacher. ___11________ twenty eight years old. Patricia ____12_____
a student.  ___13________eighteen years old. The name of _____14______
brother ___15_____ Pedro. ___16____ an engineer. He is
married. He ___17_____ two children.
     I live in dormitory. ___18____ a tall
building in Pine street. My address ___19____  3225 Pine Street. I live
with my roommate. ___20___ name is Bob. ___21____ from Chicago. ___22___
nineteen years old.
   I like my classes. __23___ interesting. I
like ___24___ classmates. __25__ friendly.
Exercise 3. Write a composition
by completing the sentences.
     My name ________ . I _____ from _______.  _______ a
student.
_________ years old.
      My family lives in _________. _______ father _____
years old.
________ mother _______ years old.
      I have _______ sister(s) and _______
brother(s). The name(s) of my sister(s)_______. ______ is a/an _______.
________ years old.  The name(s) of my brother(s) __________. ________________
is a ______________. __________ years old.
      I live in (a dormitory, a house,
an apartment)________________.
My address  ______________. I live with
_____________________.
_______ name(s) ________.
     I like __________ classes. ________ are
__________________ and ___________. I like____________ classmates. They
_______________.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
LITTLE, SMALL, TINY

little употребляется с конкретными существительными и указывает не только
на физический размер объекта, но и на субъективноэмоциональное отношение к нему
со стороны говорящего, ведь для кого-то это может быть пентхаус, а для кого-то
скромная лачуга: а little house - (маленький) домик; a little room -
(маленькая) комнатка.
Прилагательное little также указывает на: а)
небольшое количество чего-либо (с неисчисляемыми сущ.) little water - мало
воды, a little water - немного воды.  б) небольшую степень, интенсивность
чего-либо - little interest
в) небольшую продолжительность чего-либо
г) незначительность, маловажность чего-либо
д) малолетний возраст кого-либо е) обозначающее
что-то, особенно место, названного в честь похожего большого — New York’s
Little Italy small указывает на:
 а) небольшой размер или объём предмета - the room was
small
б) небольшое количество чего-либо - small amount of money
в) незначительность какого-либо события - small things
г) малый рост человека или животного
д) не выросший, молодой - a small boy little и
small могут взаимозаменяться только в тех случаях, когда они имеют смысловой
оттенок ‘небольшой по размеру’. tiny - малюсенький, крошечный (эмоционально
окрашено).
Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: little, small, tiny.
1.      Hurry
up! We’ve got________ time.
2.      __________
is very small.
3.      The
room was________ but tidy.
4.      Robinson
paid___________ attention to her words.
5.      A
___________ hummingbird flew to the flower.
6.      My_________
brother is such a curious boy!
7.      I
can’t remember every__________ detail!
8.      You
should write this word with_________ letters.
9.      The
window was far too_________ for him to get through.
10.  I’ve got a
very_____________ , or I should say,_______ secret to tell you.
ФРАЗОВЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ
В английском языке широко используются глаголы, смысл
которых меняется в зависимости от того, с какими послелогами они употребляются
(ср. look at — смотреть на, look after -   ухаживать, присматривать, look for—
искать). Так как значения фразовых глаголов отличаются от значений исходных
глаголов, то перевести их не всегда представляется возможным. Поэтому, при изучении
английского языка мы должны обращать на  них особое внимание.
ТО BREAK

away – убежать, поспешно уйти

to break

down –  a)  сломать(ся)

  b) быть разбитым на части into –     a) внезапно начинать
  что-то               b) вломиться out -       a) разразиться
   b)of – сбегать
  или вырываться          на свободу

Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: away, down, into, out.
1.      Watching
the film she broke _______ tears.
2.      Some
forest fires broke _________ during the summer.
3.      The
girls giggled and then broke _________ laughter.
4.      The
police had to break _________ the house.
5.      This
old car always breaks ________  . Why don’t you buy a new one?
6.      This
house was broken _______ last night but nothing was stolen.
7.      The
thief tried to break _______, but the officer held him tight.
8.      Each
lesson is broken _________ into several units.
9.      Military
conflicts break _________ quite often nowadays.
10.  A dangerous criminal
broke ________ prison yesterday.
11.  Don’t try to escape!
You won’t break __________.
12.  What a bad luck! Her
printer broke ________ again.
13.  Some crooks always
try to break _______ the country to escape punishment.
14.  Mum’s telephone has
broken ________ and I can’t tell her the news.
15.  Firefighters had to
break _________ the door to get inside.
TO DO

to do

away
  with sth - покончить с чем-то out - вычистить, хорошенько убрать up - а)
  застегивать(ся);

  b) прихорашивать(ся) with - хотеть, нуждаться

Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: away, out, up, with.
1.      It
was cold so he did his jacket_______.
2.      Liz
was doing_________ for the party.
3.      I’m
hungry I can do_______ a sandwich.
4.      You
should do_________ the habit of licking fingers at the table.
5.      The
flat was done______ and the parents came.
6.      At
last he decided to do_____________ watching films at night.
7.      It’s
raining, do your raincoat________.
8.      Now
as you have done__________ your room, you may go for a walk.
9.      You
are hungry. Can you do__________ a stake and a salad?
10.  My sister spends too
much time doing_________ in front of the mirror.
TO DROP

to drop

in at - заглянуть
  куда-то in on - заглянуть к кому-то
off
  - а) выходить; b) высадить, забросить out (of) - прекратить, бросить, уйти

Exercise 3. Finish the sentences using
the words: in on/at, off, out.
1.      Не
didn’t study well and dropped_____________ university.
2.      We’ll
drop________ you tomorrow.
3.      Will
you drop us___________ at the bus stop?
4.      You
dropped__________ me so unpredictably last time!
5.      I’ll
drop clothes_________ at the cleaner’s on the way to work.
6.      Fred
dropped_________ the post office to buy a card.
7.      Jill
decided to drop her training course_________.
8.      The
bus stopped and I dropped_______.
9.      I’ll
just drop_______ the stationery to buy a pencil.
10.  The captain
dropped______ the game because of the injury.
11.  The game is not worth
a candle, it’s time to drop_________.
12.  Jack dropped u
s_______ just at the door.
13.  Do you to drop______
my brother? He lives in this house.
14.  Will asked to drop
his things__________ on the way home.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Express requests
using the models: A.
Model: Ask (tell) John to shut
the door. — John, shut the door, please.
1. Ask Bob to give you a call after five. 2. Ask Mary to
buy a birthday present. 3. Tell Nelly to take the book to the library.
4. Tell Olga to lay the table for three. 5. Tell the
secretary to type these papers today.
6. Ask Peter to buy some bread on
his way home. B.
Model: Ask (tell) John not to
shut the door. — John, don’t shut the door, please.
1. Ask Nick not to speak so loudly. 2. Ask your mother not
to get up early tomorrow.
3.  Tell Ann not to read
at lunch.
4.  Tell Kate not to send
him a telegram. 5. Tell Susie not to come home so late. 6. AskJanet not to
waste money on sweets.
Exercise 2. Make the following
imperative sentences negative:
1. Give this letter to your boss. 2. Invite your boyfriend
to the party.
3. Read the text aloud. 4. Smile when you are
talking to me. 5. Take her to your parents’ place. 6. Wait for him for an hour.
7. See this film. 8. Take a taxi. 9. Get up! 10. Forget about it.
Exercise 3. Express polite requests
instead of commands:
Model: Come here!— Will (would)
you come here, please?
1. Make me a call at three! 2. Go shopping after classes!
3. Meet me at the station! 4. Wash up the dishes! 5. Speak
to your teacher at school!
6. Turn on the light! 7. Explain it to me! 8. Stay
at home on Saturday! 9. Tell me the truth! 10. Move out of the way! 11.
Remember to post the letter! 12. Go to bed at once!
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Put in the words: part,
place, care of, off.
1.      Who
takes .............. you when you are sick?
2.      Why
don`t you take your hat ......................?
3.      We
hope you`ll take ................. in the tennis competition at the end of
spring.
4.      This
year the Football World Cup takes........ in Berlin.
Exercise 2. Translate from
Russian into English. Use the words: first/at first.
1.      Сначала
мы встретились около Букингемского дворца. Затем мы все вместе пошли в Тауэр.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
2.      Сначала
подумай, потом говори. - ...
………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………..
3.      Сначала
я ничего не могла понять, но потом мне помог учитель математики.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
4.      Вначале
трудно было говорить только по-английски.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3.
a)
Complete the dialogues.
A: Could you tell me how to get to the British Museum?
B: Go along the street and you will see it on the right.
A: ………………………………………………………?
B: ………………………………………………………..
b)
Make up the dialogue
⌺
- You are welcome. Have a nice day!
⌺
- Excuse me, am I far from Trafalgar square?
⌺ - How can I get there?
⌺ - I`m afraid you are.
⌺
- It`s very easy. Take bus 64and you`ll be there in 10 minutes.
⌺
- Thank you very much.

Exercise 4.  Fill in the table.

Present Simple

Past Simple

Participle II

Participle I

give take
sleep
…
…
…
…

gave
…
…
…
…
knew
…

given
…
…
…
stayed
…
…

giving
…
…
writing
…
…
putting

Exercise 5. Translate from
English into Russian.
a)
a travelling painter - ………………………………………….             a speaking
leader - ……………………………………………             a watching bodyguard -
………………………………………             a sleeping horse - …………………………………………….
b)
the painted wall - ……………………………………………..            the letter sent
by a lawyer - ……………………………………           the game played yesterday -
…………………………………..           the advert written by us - ………………………………………
the abbey founded in - …………………………………………
Exercise 6. Match.

Two palaces Two bridges
Two towers
Two museums

White
British
Buckingham
Tower
Bloody
Windsor
Westminster
London

Exercise 7. Make up sentences.
Use the words:
1.      like,
you, would, to see, river, there?
………………………………………………………………..
2.      is,
of, the, Tower Bridge, one, across, Thames, the, bridges, famous
……………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………….
3.      lives,
palace, in, who, Buckingham?
…………………………………………………………………
………………….......................................................................
Lesson 25
                                I.       REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair
work.
            Directions: Work with
a partner.
Part 1: What do you do every morning? There is a
list of habits on the left.
Check (v) your habits every morning. Put them in order.
Write them on the lines.

HABITS

MY HABITS EVERY MORNING

____  eat breakfast
____ go to class
____ put on my clothes ____ drink a cup of coffee/tea
____ shave
____ put on my makeup
____ take a shower/bath
____ get up
____ pick up my books
____ walk to the bathroom
____ watch TV
____ look in the mirror __v__ turn off the alarm
  clock
____ go to the kitchen
____ brush/comb my hair ____ say goodbye to my
  roommate/parents
____ brush my teeth
____ do exercises
____ wash my face

1.The
  alarm clock rings.
2.I turn off the alarm clock.
3._____________________
  4._____________________ 5._____________________ 6._____________________
  7._____________________ 8._____________________ 9._____________________
  10.____________________ 11.____________________ 12.____________________
  13.____________________ 14.____________________ 15.____________________
16.____________________

Part II. Tell a partner about your habits every
morning. Close your book.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Choose the correct completions.
1.
My mother and father _________ eat_________ breakfast
at 7 o`clock every day.

eat                    eats
2.
My mother ______________________ tea with her
breakfast.                        drink          drinks
3.
I ________________________ a bath every morning.                   take
takes
4.
My sister ____________________ a shower.
                     take                  takes
5.
I ________________________ English with my
friends.                      study                studies
6.
We ______________________ to school together every
morning.                      walk             walks
7.
Class __________________________ at 9 o`clock every
day.                        begin             begins
8.
It ______________________ at 12 o`clock for
lunch.                        stop               stops
9.
We _____________________ in the cafeteria.
                      eat                    eats
10.
My friend and I _____________________ home at 3 o`clock every
afternoon.
go                  goes
                                II.      VOCABULARY
TO GET

to get
to get

along (with) —
  уживаться, ладить с кем-то away — удрать, исчезнуть, сбежать back — вернуться
  down (to work, business) — приняться за работу, за дело
 into - сесть в
  (машину) out of — выйти из (машины) off — сойти с велосипеда, автобуса,
  поезда и т.п. on — а) сесть на велосипед, автобус, поезд ит.п.;
         b) делать успехи,
  двигаться вперед
up — подниматься (с
  постели) out — выйти наружу
over — справиться с чем-то, преодолеть

Exercise 1. Finish the sentences
using the words: along, away, back, down, out, up, over, on, off.
1.      It’s
7 o’clock, it’s time to get________.
2.      Get________
to business, you lazy folk!
3.      How
are you getting________ with your work my dear?
4.      My
sister can’t get_________ the fear of deep water.
5.      This
information mustn’t get_________.
6.      They
said good-bye and got________ the bus.
7.      How
are you getting_________ with your neighbours?
8.      “Get_________”,
the girl cried, but the bird flew out of the cage into the sky.
9.      Why
can’t you and your sister get__________?
10.  She has just
got__________ the plane.
11.  When you get________
the bus, cross the street and you’ll see my office.
12.  The boy got________
as soon as he was allowed.
13.  Dan was upset when he
lost the game. He thought he would never get_______ feeling so stupid.
14.  We got_____ the train
and caught a taxi at once.
15.  Paul got_______ his
car and drove away.
16.  Get___! You are late!

17.  Your car is so little
that it is difficult both to g e t_______ and it.
ТО GIVE

to give

away — отдавать,
  дарить back — отдавать назад, возвращать off — выделять, испускать (запах или
  пар)
 out — раздавать, выдавать
up — а)
  отказаться, бросить, перестать заниматься чем-то;
         b) отказаться от мысли решить какую-то проблему

Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: away, back, off, out, up.
1.      This
milk must be bad it’s giving________ a nasty smell.
2.      I
wanted to go on a holiday abroad, but we had to give________ the idea.
3.      A
lot of people think of giving_______ bad habits.
4.      The
teacher gave_______ our exercise books.
5.      I
must give_________ sweets to lose weight.
6.      Will
you wait till I give these books________ to the library?
7.      When
my daughter went to school, she gave her dolls_____. Now she regrets about it.
8.      When
water boils it gives________ vapour.
9.      You
don’t know the answer! Do you give______?
10.  Please give________
forks and knives to the guests.
11.  Give at least some of
your toys_________. You are a student already.
12.  When will you give my
book_________?
TO GO

along
  (with) — соглашаться  away — уходить, исчезать  back — возвращаться

to g o

 by — проходить (о
  времени), упустить into — входить
in for — заниматься
  чем-либо on — продолжать
out — выходить, бывать в
  обществе
with/together — подходить, соответствовать

Exercise 3. Finish the
sentences using the words: along, along with, away, back, by, into, in for,
on, out, with, in, together.
1.      In
autumn, we go____ to school after summer holidays.
2.      The
family decided to go____ for a few days.
3.      The
skirt doesn’t go____ the blouse.
4.      My
friend decided to go____ sports, but hasn’t chosen a companion yet.
5.      He
doesn’t seem to go____ anything his colleagues say.
6.      There's
a cafe' over there. Let's go____ and have a bite.
7.      The
wallpapers and the carpet on the floor don't go____.
8.      When
the war broke out he decided to go____ the army.
9.      If
the pain won’t go____ in half an hour call me again.
10.  Jane wanted to go____
to her school years.
11.1 don’t know why, but holidays always go____ too
quickly.
12.  Barbara goes____
swimming. She can be the captain of our team.
13.  After eating a cake
Sarah went____ reading. 14. They seldom go____ these days.
15. Boss will never go____ our plan!
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Answer the following
questions:
1. What does a student do? 2. What do teachers do?
3. What does a typist do? 4. What do singers do? 5.
What does a painter do? 6. What do writers do? 7. What does a cook do?
8. What do dancers do? 9. What does a driver do? 10. What
do actors do?
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
according to the model:
Model: She doesn’t know French.
(Russian) — She knows Russian.
1. He doesn’t drive a car. (a lorry) 2. She doesn’t
start her work at 10:00. (9:00) 3. He doesn’t drink tea in the morning,
(coffee) 4, She doesn’t like pears, (apples) 5. She doesn’t wear short dresses,
(long dresses) 6. He doesn’t work quickly, (slowly) 7. She doesn’t speak
Chinese. (English) 8. She doesn’t like classical music, (jazz) 9. He doesn’t
play basketball, (football) 10. She doesn’t live in the suburbs, (the centre of
the city)
Exercise 3. Make up negative
answers and questions according to the model: A.
Model: I like bananas. —
I do not like bananas. Do you like bananas ?
1.      I
write letters regularly. I ... not... letters regularly. ... you... letters
regularly?
2.      I
drive a car. I... not... a car.... you ... a car?
3.      You
sing well. You ... not ...well. ... you ... well?
4.      They
live in London. They... not... in London.... they... in London?
B.
Model: He likes coffee.
— He does not like coffee. Does he like coffee?
1.
She watches TV every day. She ... not... TV every day. ... she
... TV every day?
2.
He often gives her flowers. He ... not often ... her flowers. ...
he often ... her flowers?
3.
She helps her mother about the house. She ... not... her mother
about the house.... she ... her mother about the house?
4.
He likes classical music. He ... not ... classical music. ... he
... classical music?
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.Write down 5 words to tell
about these places of interest.
Westminster Abbey -
..............................................................................
..................................................................................................................
The Tower of London
-  ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................
The Houses of Parliament
-  ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................
London
-  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Exercise 2.Match the questions
and the answers.

1.Where
  does Queen Elizabeth live when she is in London?
2.The
  Bloody Tower has a history of blood, hasn`t it?
3.When was
  Westminster Abbey built?
4.Where does the famous British clock stand?
5.What can
  you see from the Westminster bridge?

Yes, it
  has.
Near the Houses of Parliament.
Big Ben.
No, they don’t. In Buckingham
  Palace.
In 1065.

6.Do the
  King and the Queen of Britain live in the Tower now?

Exercise 3.Write about any place of interest you
visited. Use: to be founded (by/in) to be like to be different from to take
pictures to spend a weekend/a holiday famous/ interesting/favourite/well known

Lesson 26
I.
REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences in the chart.
Use each frequency adverb once.

always   often
never   rarely   seldom   sometimes   usually

Sun.

Mon.

Tues.

Wed.

Thurs.

Fri.

1)

Ann always
  drinks tea with lunch.

2)

Bob ______
  drinks tea with lunch.

3)

Mary ______
  drinks tea with lunch.

4)

Gary ______
  drinks tea with lunch.

5)

Ali ______
  drinks tea with lunch.

6)

Sonya
  ______ drinks tea with lunch.

7)

Joe ______
  drinks tea with lunch.

Sat.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Write S over the subject
and V over the verb in each sentence. Then rewrite the sentences adding
the italicized frequency adverbs.
                    S               V
1.
always   I eat breakfast in the morning.
             __I always eat_ breakfast in
the morning.
2.
never     I eat carrots for breakfast.
             _______________________ for breakfast.
3.
seldom   I watch TV in the morning.
             _____________________ in the morning.
4.
sometimes  I have tea with dinner.
             _____________________ with dinner.
5.
usually    Sonya eats lunch at the cafeteria.
_____________________ at the cafeteria.
6.
rarely      Joe drinks tea.
             _________________________________.
7.
often     We listen to music after dinner.
            _______________________ after dinner.
8.
always    The students speak English in the
classroom.             _______________________ in the classroom.
Exercise 3.Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Your teacher will ask you to talk
about your morning, afternoon and evening activities.
            TEACHER: Tell me something you ...
1.      always
do in the morning.                6. never do in the afternoon.
2.      never
do in the morning.                  7. often do in the evening.
3.      sometimes
do in the morning.          8.  sometimes do in the evening.
4.      usually
do in the afternoon.              9.  rarely do in the evening.
5.      seldom
do in the afternoon.            10. Sometimes do on weekends.
II.
VOCABULARY
TO HAND

to hand

down
  — передавать (из поколения в поколение) in — сдавать  out — раздать over —
  передавать

Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: down, in, out, over.
1.  The tradition of
celebrating this day has been handed_______ in our family for many years.
2.  Your time is up! Hand
your papers______.
3.  A clown was standing
in the street handing________ balloons to the children.
4.  This family trade is
handed______ from generation to generation.
5.  When do we have to
hand our essays______?
6.  The general waited
the key to the city to be handed__________ to him.
7.  This letter must be
handed________ to the authorities.
8.  Henry handed_______ the
books to the class.
TO HOLD

to hold

in — сдерживать
off — придержать, сдерживать(ся), держаться от
on
  — ждать (часто у телефона) on (to) — держаться за out — протягивать

Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: in, off, on, out, on (to).
1.      Hold_______
! It ’s the wrong turning.
2.      Hold_____
your hands I’ve got a surprise for you.
3.      Hold_____
the rope we’ll pull you out.
4.      If
Jessica hold her anger______ , the party would have been perfect.
5.      The
line is busy hold________.
6.      Tom
smiled and hold the letter______.
7.      Never
tell them the truth. Hold ___________.
8.      In
stormy weather ships hold_________ the shore.
9.      It’s
slippery here.   Hold_____________  me.
10.  The soldiers were
holding_________ one attack after another.
TO LOOK

to look

after
  — присматривать, ухаживать at — посмотреть на (кого-то, что-то) for — искать
  forward to — с нетерпением ожидать through — просмотреть, бегло прочитать
up (in) — посмотреть (в каком-то источнике

Exercise 3. Finish the
sentences using the words: after, at, for, forward to, through, up.
1.  We are
looking_________________ our granny coming.
2.  - What are you
looking______? - My glasses.
3.  Look________ the
magazine and tell me if there is any news about queen’s grandchildren.
4.  Who will look_______
your cat when you are away?
5.  Look_______ this
beautiful scenery!
6.  If you don’t know the
word, look it ________ in a dictionary.
7.  Can you help me? I’m
looking________ a mobile.
8.  It is going to rain.
Just look________ the sky! 9. I always look________________  New Year eve.
10.  Look____________ the
text and find information about London Zoo.
11.  Some flowers must be
very carefully looked____________.
12.  You don’t know
anything? Look it ________ in our encyclopedia.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Make up disjunctive
questions and give short answers:
Models: He works here.
— He works here, doesn’t he ? Yes, he does. No, he doesn’t. He doesn’t work
here. — He doesn’t work here, does he ? Yes, he does. No, he doesn’t.
1. You know her. 2. She often writes letters to her
parents.
3. She doesn’t come home late. 4. Your sister
doesn’t speak Japanese. 5. She takes a shower every morning. 6. I like to read
English books. 7. She sings well. 8. She doesn’t read newspapers. 9. It is cold
today. 10. He often walks in the park.
11.  We sometimes have
lunch in the cafe opposite our office.
12.  They spend their
holidays in Spain. 13. You don’t have breakfast in the kitchen.
14. The doctor examines her teeth
twice a year. 15. She doesn’t meet him every day. 16. He never smokes. 17. She
laughs a lot. 18. He lives with his brother. 19. His
daughter doesn’t work. 20. It looks like rain. 21. There are no clouds in the
sky.

Exercise 2. Give responses using
the models: A.
Model: She often
receives letters from him. — So do I. So does my sister.
1. She visits a doctor twice a month. 2. They spend
their holidays in the country. 3. We often read aloud. 4. She likes knitting.
5. They translate texts regularly. 6. He often breaks his promise. 7. She plays
the piano well. 8. He knows many English poems by heart. 9. You always win. 10.
We walk along the beach every day. 11. He drives fast. 12. She has lunch at
2:30. 13. She gets to the University by the metro.
B.
Model: She doesn’t
receive letters from him. — Neither do I. Neither does she.
1. We don’t watch TV every evening. 2. She doesn’t
go shopping every day. 3. She never eats chocolate. 4. We don’t often buy
ready-made clothes. 5. She doesn’t like fat meat.
6. He doesn’t live with his parents. 7. They don’t
often go to the theatre. 8. They never gossip. 9. She never tells a lie.
10. She never misses classes. 11. My friends don’t know
German. 12. We never take a bus when we go home.
Exercise 3. Make up questions for
these answers:
Model: They work at an
office. — Who works at an office?
1.She cooks well. 2. She collects historical books.
3.My father does the shopping once a week. 4. He takes a lot of my time. 5. 1
always forget my umbrella. 6. We have tea at 5 o’clock. 7. They often go to the
cinema. 8. She prefers opera. 9. We work hard at our English. 10. I skate
badly. 11. She always gives me her books. 12. I usually work in the reading
room. 13. He goes to school, his elder brother studies at the University. 14.
In the evening they often go out. 15. I have many friends. 16. He doesn’t want
to leave Moscow.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Read the words. Match
pairs of rhyming (рифмующихся) words. Example: sea – free
mind, adventure, musician, garden, interview, library ,
good, picture, guide, politician, modern, tree, free, century, rude, statue
………………………………….                ………………………………….
………………………………….                ………………………………….
………………………………….                ………………………………….
………………………………….                ………………………………….
Exercise 2. Underline the word
with a general meaning.
Example: potato, cabbage, vegetable, carrot
1.      square,
museum, city, street, park, garden
2.      year,
month, minute, time, week, day
3.      librarian,
musician, occupation, actor, dancer
4.      sister,
cousin, mother, grandpa, relative
5.      fairy-tale,
legend, book, story, poem
Exercise 3. Match the questions
and answers.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Have you been to the Russian Art Museum in St.
Petersburg?
Did you take part in the World Tennis Championship?
Would you like to visit the Tower?
Has your little brother been to your school?
Could you help me, please?
Has your History teacher told you about the Battle of
  Trafalgar?

No,
  I didn`t.
Yes,
  I would.
Yes,
  sure.
No,
  he hasn`t.
No,
  I haven`t.
No,
  she hasn`t.

Lesson 27 I.     REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: How often do the people in the
chart take the bus? Use the chart to complete the sentences.

Sun.

Mon.

Tues.

Wed.

Thurs.

Fri.

Sat.

Hamid

Anna

Yoko

Marco

Joe

Mr. Wu

Mrs.

Cook

1)      Hamid
takes the bus ____seven times___ a week. That means he  ___always____
takes the bus.
2)      Anna
takes the bus ___________________ a week. That means she
__________________________ takes the bus.
3)      Yoko
takes the bus ___________________ a week. That means she
__________________________ takes the bus.
4)
Marco takes the bus ___________________ a week. That means he
_________________ takes the bus.
5)      Joe
takes the bus ___________________ a week. That means he      _________________
takes the bus.
6)      Mr.
Wu ___________________ takes the bus.
7)      Mrs.
Cook takes the bus ___________________ a week. That means she
_________________ takes the bus.
II.      VOCABULARY
ТО MAKE

to make

up – a) сочинять,
  придумывать; .
        b)
  гримировать(ся), накладывать косме  тику;
        с) мириться
off
  - быстро уйти, убежать, сбежать out - разобраться, понять (с трудом)

Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: up, out, off.
1.      Pete
couldn’t make what the man was talking about.
2.      We
often quarrel but we also often make_______.
3.      Young
girls shouldn’t make________.
4.      Read
the story I’ve made it ___________ myself!
5.      My
son ran into the room, took an apple and made_________.
6.      Listen
to me, don’t make__________ at once.
7.      This
problem is very difficult. I can’t make it _________.
8.      It
takes her so long to make________. I think she lives in front of the
mirror.
9.      Tell
me the truth, don’t make
10.  He said something and
made _ ____ your stories! _____ very quickly.
11.  There is a good side
of our quarrels - we always make _______.
TO RUN

to run

away/off — убегать, удирать

down — а) остановиться (о
  механизмах, часах); b) говорить с пренебрежением, унижать
 in — заглянуть, забежать, заехать  out — а) выбежать; b)
  кончаться, иссякать over — а) переехать, задавить; b) перелиться через край,
  убежать

Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: away/off, down, in, out, over.
1.  Buy some salt, we’ve
run_________ of it.
2.  The dog ran_________
of the house.
3.  When the clock
runs________, it still shows the exact time but not often.
4.  Mum, Kelly always
runs me________.
5.  Look, your milk is
running__________!
6.      What
an unpleasant thing! He ran_______ a dog!
7.      Our
children are very busy but they find time to run_______ for a short   time.
8.      Run________
or you’ll be late for school.
9.      Never
run anybody_________ even if you are angry.
10.  We can’t use the
torch the batteries have run_______.
11.  Phil ran_________ for
a “quick tea” as he says.
12.  My friend often
forgets to fill in his car, so it often runs_______ of petrol.
13.  You forgot about soup
and it has run_______.
14.  The children
ran________ of the classroom.
15.  Freeze! You won’t
run_________!
TO RUSH

to rush

at
  — бросаться на кого-л. by/past/through — пронестись мимо коголибо, быстро
  ехать, бежать  in/into — вбегать, врываться, торопиться с ч-л.
off
  — убегать on — погонять, подгонять кого-либо out — выскакивать, вылетать to —
  торопиться, нестись, бросаться, устремляться  up to — подбегать, подлетать к
  ч-л.

Exercise 3. Finish the sentences using
the words: at, by, past, through, in, off, on, out, to, up to
1.      We
were finishing supper when the door burst open and Peter rushed____.
2.      Don't
rush____! I’ve got something to tell you.
3.      I
saw Jim yesterday. He rushed____ without saying anything!
4.      Little
Jimmy rushed_______ the stranger and pulled his jacket.
5.      Delia
rushed____ before the secretary could stop her.
6.      The
doctor rushed Fred____ the hospital.
7.      Don't
rush____ a decision which you may regret.
8.      Fools
rush____ where angels fear to tread.
9.      The
ambulance rushed____ the busy streets of the city.
10.  You always rush____
conclusions, I think this time you should think twice.
11.  The dogs rushed____
us so we had to shoot.
12.  We rushed____ to get
the medicines the doctor had prescribed before the chemist's closed.
13.  The boys rushed___
their dinner so they could continue the game.
14.  Everybody rushed____
of the burning house.
15.  Г m awfully sorry,
but I have to rush____ from the party I must get up very early tomorrow.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Make up sentences:
1. go, to the theatre, once a month, we. 2. write, a
letter, once a week, he, to his parents. 3. use, a telephone, constantly, she?
3. get, a newspaper, sometimes, he, for us. 5. ski, well, my sister, my
brother, not ski, well. 6. like coffee, I, he, like tea, sometimes. 7. write
compositions, twice a month, we. 8. usually, go, to the country, my parents,
for the weekend. 9. tell, us, never, about, her childhood, she. 10. worry,
sometimes, he, about, his exams. 11. hate, we, such, questions. 12. rain, in
autumn, ever, it? 13. teach, only, she, French? 14. have a rest, at the
seashore, every summer, they. 15. not believe, women, he? 16. smile, when, she,
see, him, usually. 17. laugh, he, always, at her. 18. take a bus, we, never,
when, we, go to the University.
Exercise 2.  A. Answer the
questions:
1. Do you like people who don’t do what they say?
2. Do you know a person who doesn’t often ask for other people’s help or
advice? 3. Do you like people who blow smoke in your face? 4. Do you know a
person who doesn’t usually worry or get angry? 5. Do you know people who are of
high opinion of themselves? 6. Do you know a person who shows his feelings
easily? 7. Do you like a person who takes your things without your permission?
8. Do you like people who leave things all over the place?
B. Complete
the sentences:
1. I like people who ... . 2. I dislike people who
... . 3. I know a person who .... 4.1 know someone who .... 5.1 can’t stand a
person who .... 6.1 hate people who .... 7.1 like a boss who.... 8.1 can’t
stand a roommate who ....
Exercise 3. Answer the questions:
1. Do you get along well with people? 2. Do you know how
to use a computer? 3. Do you often do two things at a time? 4. Do you get upset
when people are late for appointments? 5. Do you get upset easily when things
go wrong?
6. What do you look for in a friend? 7. Do you get
your daily news from TV, radio or newspapers? 8. How many hours do you watch TV
every day? 9. How many newspapers and magazines do you subscribe to or read
regularly? 10. What do you do when you are happy? 11. What do you do when you are
thirsty (hungry)? 12. What do you do if it’s cold outside?
13. What does your friend do if he is bored? 14. What does
your friend do if he is unwell?
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.Write the questions for
these answers.
Example: What is Russia rich in? – Russia is rich
in great writers.
1.
What …? -  The Bolshoi Theatre is rich in famous singers and
dancers.
………………………………………………………………………..
2.
What …? – Any nation is proud of its culture.
……………………………………………………………………….
3.
What …? – Students are tired of boring lessons.
……………………………………………………………………….
4.
What …? – Kids are full of joy.
……………………………………………………………………….
5.
What …? – Any capital city is rich in monuments and museums.
……………………………………………………………………….
6.
What …? – Oxford and Cambridge are famous for their universities.
……………………………………………………………………….
7.
What …? – I am proud of my good relatives.
……………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 2. Put the following
words under the correct heading in the box below.
MOMI, Buckingham, The Tower of London, Hyde, Westminster,
St. James`s,
Trafalgar, Russian, Madam Tussaud`s, Tower, Regent`s,
Windsor, Red

Palace

Square

Museum

Park

Bridge

……………...
………………
………………
………………
………………

……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..

 …………….
 …………….
……………..
……………..
……………..

……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..

……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..
……………..

Exercise 3 Write the advert for
the things in the picture Use the words in the box.
Example: These jeans are worth buying. They are
beautiful.

………………………………………………………………..
  ………………………………………………………………..

..................................................................................................
  ..................................................................................................

.
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................

................................................................................................
  ................................................................................................

.
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................

.................................................................................................
  .................................................................................................

Exercise 4.Choose the correct
preposition. Circle it.
1.      Have
you ever been at/in/to Boston? – No, I haven`t. Where is it?  It`s from/in/at
the USA.
2.      The
Royal family lives at/into/inside Buckingham palace.
3.      Which
is the most famous bridge over/on/across the Thames.
4.      Who
takes care about/for/of his sick parents?
5.      Yesterday
I came face at/on/in face with my Literature teacher.
6.      London
parks are full of/with/by flowers, green grass and water.
7.      Did
you come at/on/in time to your grandfather`s birthday party?
Exercise 5.Match the signs and their
descriptions.

1.

Bus stop

2.

Trolleybus stop

3.

Underground station

4.

Tram stop

5.

Crossing

6.

Taxi

Lesson 28 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Add the frequency adverbs to the
sentences.
1.
always           Ann is on time for class. ⤏ Ann is
always on time for class.
2.
always           Ann comes to class on time. ⤏ Ann always comes to class
on time.
3.      often
Maria is late for class.
4.      often
Maria comes to class late.
5.      never
            It snows in my hometown.
6.      never
            It is very cold in my hometown.
7.      usually
Bob is at home in the evening.
8.      usually
Bob stays at home in the evening.
9.      seldom
          Tom studies at the library in the evening.
10.  seldom            His
classmates are in the library in the evening.
11.  sometimes
I skip breakfast.
12.  rarely              I
have time for a big breakfast.
13.  usually
I am very hungry by lunchtime.
14.  never               Sue
drinks coffee.
Exercise 2. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Talk about what your classmates do in
the evening.
PART 1. Check (v) the boxes to describe your
activities after 5 p.m.

always

usually

often

sometimes

sel-
dom

rarely

never

1.

eat dinner

2.

go to a movie

3.

go shopping

4.

go swimming

5. spend time with my
  friends

          6.   be at home

7.   listen to music

          8.     watch videos

          9.    speak English

10. send e-mails

11. surf the Internet

12. drink coffee after 9:00

13. be in bed at 10 o`clock

14. go to bed late

PART 2: Exchange books with a
partner. Your partner will tell the class two things about your evening.
Example: (Nick) is usually at home. He sometimes
sends e-mails.
(Olga) sometimes drinks coffee after 9:00. She usually
goes to bed late.
Exercise 3. Paragraph practice
Directions: Write about a typical day in your life,
from the time you get up in the morning until you go to bed. Use the following
words to show the order of your activities: then, next, at … o`clock,
after that, later.
Exercise 4. Sentence practice.
Directions: Use the verbs in italics to
complete the sentences.
1.      brush
Alice ___brushes____ her hair every morning.
2.      teach
    Alex  ______________ English.
3.      fix
Jason ______________ his breakfast every morning. He makes eggs and toast.
4.      drink
     Sonya ______________ tea every afternoon.
5.      watch
    Joon Kee often ______________ TV at night.
6.      kiss
        Peter always ______________ his children good night.

                                II.     VOCABULARY
TO SET

about (doing smth) - приняться за что-то, начать что-то

to set

делать
smb to sth/to do sth - заставить кого-либо приняться за
  дело
 out/off - а) помещать, выставлять; b) отправляться
(в путешествие, экспедицию)

Exercise 1. Finish the sentences using
the words: about, to, out/off.
1.  The Browns set_______
early in the morning.
2.  It’s time to
set________ fixing the tab in the kitchen.
3.  In spring some plants
should be set________.
4.  The students were
set______ solve a complicated problem.
5.  Our group
sets________ next week.
6.  Let’s set the
table______ and dine.
7.  Mike decided to
set________ preparing for the test.
8.  I can’t set my
son__________ wash up.
TO STAND

to stand

out
  - выделяться, быть заметным up for - а) защищать, поддерживать кого-либо,
  выступать в чью-либо защиту; b) постоять за чтолибо

Exercise 2. Finish the sentences using
the words: out, up, for.
1.  Silvia has always
stood_______ in your office.
2.  Mike stood__________
me at the meeting and I was grateful for it.
3.  We must learn to
stand____________ our point of view.
4.  The red cross on the
flag of England really stands______ on the blue background.
5.  I think this concert
will stand________ in the history of rock music.
6.  He has never
stood___________ himself. It’s time to start.
ТО TAKE

away — убрать, унести
  (прочь), увести (прочь) back — отнести на место, вернуть
down — а) снимать; b) записывать (под диктовку)
 off — а) снимать, убирать; b) взлетать
 (о самолете, вертолете)

Exercise 3. Finish the sentences using
the words: away, back, down, off.
1.      The
useless materials should be taken_______.
2.      Carl
took his hat______ and sat in the armchair.
3.      Take
my books______ to the library, please.
4.      You
may take_______ her telephone number.
5.      Nick
was taking_______ the posters in his room.
6.      Everybody
watched the president’s helicopter taking_____.
7.      Take______
your coat, it’s hot here.
8.      Please
take this hammer_______ to John, I borrowed it yesterday.
9.      Ronald
took the map______ from the wall, folded it and put it on the desk.
10.  After Jessica
finished working she took old magazines_______.
11.  Fasten your seat
belts we are taking_______!
12.  Robin, take this
sentence_________!
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the correct form of
the verbs:
1.  Her brothers always
tell the truth, she sometimes (to lie).
2.  They always gossip,
she never (to do) it. 3. They laugh a lot, she (to cry) a lot. 4.
We eat much, she (to eat) little. 5. They smoke cigars, he
never
(to smoke). 6. They often get angry, she never (to
get) angry. 7.1 like meat, she  (to like) fish. 8. We go to the disco three
times a week, he never (to go) there. 9. They never ask questions, my little
sister (to ask) a lot of questions. 10. We always help our mother with the
housework, he never (to help) her. 11. I always give her good advice, she never
(to follow) it. 12. You like ballet, she
(to like) opera. 13. My friends often
visit me, she never (to visit) me. 14. We always get up
early, she always
(to get) up late. 15. We are from Moscow, she (to be) from
Canada. 16. They make friends easily, she hardly (to make) friends. 17. They
look very happy, she (to look) unhappy. 18. My friends go to the Crimea every
summer, she
(to go) to the Caucasus every summer. 19. We drive
slowly, she (to drive) fast. 20. They speak Spanish and Italian, she (to speak)
English.
21. The students know the rules, he (to know) the rules and (to
observe) them. 22. We speak a lot, he (to speak) little. 23. We prefer bananas,
she (to prefer) pineapples.
24.  They never complain
of anything, she always (to complain).
25.  They praise their
professors, she never (to give) her opinion of any professor. 26.  The students
live in the dormitory, she (to live) in her own flat.
 27. They spend much time at home. 28. They are
usually not late, but she never (to keep) her appointments. 29. We always remember
things, she always (to forget) everything. 30. We never talk with our mouths
full, he always
(to talk) when he is eating. 31. Her colleagues
always admit their mistakes, but her boss never (to do). 32. They always keep
promises, but he often (to break) his. 33. She is very neat, but her brother
sometimes (to wear) dirty clothes.
34. Her neighbours have two cats, she (to have) a
kitten. 35. My parents enjoy watching TV, my brother (to enjoy) driving a car.
36. Her parents like dogs, she (to like) cats. 37. We wash our hair with
shampoo, she (to wash) her hair with eggs or bread.
38. We often walk in the park, she (to walk) in the
woods. 39. Teenagers go out a lot, but she never (to join) them.

Exercise 2. Ask your friend if he (or
she):
1. gets up early in the morning; 2. has breakfast at
home; 3. goes shopping once in a while; 4. looks through newspapers at
breakfast; 5. sometimes walks to the University;
6. stays in the library till closing time; 7. spends
his/her free time with his/her friends;
8. watches TV every evening; 9. has a dog and a cat; 10.
plays tennis on Saturdays;
11. never quarrels with his/her sister; 12. likes horror
films; 13. speaks Greek;
14. ever goes abroad; 15. often goes to the theatre; 16.
is never late; 17. is always on time; 18. is sometimes careless.

                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
  Exercise
1. Match the words. Write them down in pairs.
 Example: many - a lot of
 well-known, author, novel, real, make,              story,
quickly, famous, writer, true, many, immediately,
everyone,                             do, fantasy, a lot of, everybody,
imagination, century                                             one hundred,
years
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 2. Put in the
prepositions: into, of, from, for, in.

S. Marshak is one … the most popular writers… our
  country. He wrote a lot … books… children. Lots… people enjoy reading his
  funny poems and

clever tales. But did you know that Marshak was a good
  translator too? He translated poems … famous British authors … English … Russian.

Exercise 3. Ask questions
about the sentence: Defoe made his story so realistic that everyone believed
it.
Example: Defoe /make? – Did Defoe make his story
realistic?
1.
Why
everyone/believe? - ………………………………………………………..
2.
The story/ be
/realistic? - ………………………………………………………..
3.
Who / believe /
the story? - ……………………………………………………..
4.
What /Defoe /
make? - ………………………………………………………..
5.
Whose / story /
realistic? - ……………………………………………………
Exercise 4. Fill in the gaps. Use the
example.
Example: write – to write; banker – a bank

translator - ………………………
librarian - …………………………
poet - ……………………………                 businessman -
……………………. architect - ……………………….
scientist -  …………………………
politician - ………………………                 actor -
……………………………. driver - ………………………….
musician - ………………………… builder -
………………………...                 traveler - …………………………..  painter -
………………………...                  artist - …………………………….   lawyer -
………………………...
sailor - ……………………………
Exercise 5. Put in the missing
words: know, was born, about, age, well-known, celebrate, died, the eldest,
was fond, favourite.
   Robert Burns, a ……………… and popular Scottish poet, was
born in 1759.
    Burns ……………… in a poor farming family. There were
seven children in it.
Robert was ……………… . Robert read a lot. He ……………… of
reading. His ……………… writer was Shakespeare. At the ……………… of 15 he began to
write poems. He wrote ……………… people and everyday things. Robert Burns wrote the
words of the song “Auld Lang Syne”. Scottish people sing this song when they
……………… the 1st
of January, New Year`s day.
    Robert Burns ……………… in 1796. People all over
the world ………… and love his poems.
Lesson 29 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1.Verb form practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences.
Use the words in the list and add –s, -es Then practice reading
the story aloud (with a partner or in small groups).

brush            get            take
wash cook             leave        turn           watch fall
read          sit

    Laura ____________ her office every night at 5
p.m. and ____________ on a bus to go home. She has a regular schedule every
evening. She____________ dinner and then ____________ down to eat at 6 p.m.
After she ____________ the dishes, she____________ on the TV. She usually
____________ the news and then a movie. At 9 p.m. she ____________ a shower.
She always ____________ her teeth after her shower. Then she picks up a book
and ____________ in bed for a while. She usually ____________ asleep before 10
p.m.
Exercise 2. Spelling practice.
Directions: Complete the chart with
the correct form of each verb.

        1.   I try.

He
  ____________________.

        2.   We study.

She
  ____________________.

        3.   They say.

It ____________________.

        4.   You worry.

My mother
  _________________.

        5.   We fly.

A bird
  ____________________.

        6.   I stay awake.

Paul
  _______________ awake.

        7.   I enjoy games.

Ann
  ________________ games.

        8.    Students buy books.

My brother
  __________ books.

        9.   We pay bills.

Gina
  _______________ bills.

10. I play music.

My friend
  ___________ music.

Exercise 3.Sentence practice.
Directions: Use the words in italics
to complete the sentences.
1.      pay,
always          Boris __________________________  his bills on time.
2.      cry,
seldom           Our baby  __________________________  at night.
3.      study
                    Paul  _____________________  at the library every day
4.      stay,
usually         Laura  __________________________  home at night.
5.      fly
Kunio is a pilot. He _________________ a plane.
6.      carry,
always       Carol   ________________________ her books to class.
7.      buy,
seldom          Ann __________________________ new clothes.
8.      worry
               Tina is a good student, but she ____________ about                               her
grades.
9.      enjoy
                    Ron ____________________ good food.

II.      VOCABULARY TO TURN

to turn

around
  — повернуться, обернуться into — превратиться
inside
  out — вывернуть наизнанку  out — оказаться over — перевернуть(ся) up —
  появиться, очутиться
upside down — перевернуть вверх тормашками

Exercise 1. Finish the
sentences using the words: around, into, inside out, out, over, up, upside
down.
1.      As
it turned______ later, Mary forgot to switch off the light.
2.      The
frog turned_______ a beautiful princess.
3.      The
man turned________ and we saw that it was Uncle Peter.
4.      This
is an unusual jacket you can turn it _______________and wear as well.
5.      Eve
turned______ , smiled and looked at everybody present.
6.      Lena
was quickly turning the pages_________.
7.      After
the quarrel Nancy never turned_______ here.
8.      There
was a terrible mess in the room. Everything was turned__________.
9.      Jerome
couldn’t fall asleep and was just turning________ in his bed.
10.  Turn__________ and
you will see who is following us.
11.  After reading the
letter his smile turned________ a grim.
12.  Ken turned his
bag______________ but the letter was not there.
13.  The police turned the
house________________ looking for the hidden money.
14.  Mark turned_________
to be a very nice man.
15.  When you turn the
page________ you’ll see the picture of the museum.
Exercise 2. Finish the sentences
choosing the phrasal verb.
1) I don`t know the answer, I __________ up.
a)      give
c) turn
b)      get
d) make
2) Why don`t you _______ down the adverts from the wall?
a)      break
c) look
b)      take
d) set
3) This unit is _________ into three parts.
a)      taken
c) set
b)      made
d) broken
4) Will you stop here, we`ll ___________ off at the
café.
a)      hold
c) run
b)      drop
d) turn
5) This story has been ___________
down in the family        and they think it to be true.
a)      run
c) made
b)      set
            d) handed
6) Everything in your room must be __________ out before
you go out.
a)      looked
c) handed
b)      made
d) done
7) Lily ___________ over the page and fell asleep.
a)      got
               c) turned
b)      hold
d) looked
8) Sam has always ________ up for those who are not so
strong.
a)      set
c) run
b)      stood
d) made
9) ____________ at the picture, I`ve drawn it myself.
a)      hold
c) turn
b)      look
d) get
10)Twelve o`clock! ____________ down to work!
a)      get
c) run
b)      make
                       d) set
11)______________ on, Mr. Jonson is coming.
a)      run
c) hold
b)      drop
d) set
12)How do you manage to _________ up such funny stories!
a)      make
                c) get
b)      do
d) turn
13)Look, the clock has ___________ down again!
a)      run
c) got
b)      turned
d) made
14)After that I`ll ___________ to learn this poem by
heart.
a)      take
c) get
b)      look
d) set
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use Reported
Speech, begin your sentences with “You want to know...“I wonder...“I don’t
know...”: A.
1. Do you listen to the radio in the morning? 2. Do
your parents help you with money?
3. Do they plan to move out soon? 4. Do we have time? 5.
Do classes begin at 8? 6.
Do they sell paper here? 7. Does he live in Britain?
8. Does your mother often travel? 9. Does he often see her home? 10. Does she
love her? 11. Does she want to marry him? 12. Does he ever take part in
discussions? 13. Is the tourist camp far from here? 14. Is it too late to give
them a call? 15. Is there a post office at this hotel? 16. Are there any
students who can speak German? B.
1. Where do you learn English? 2. Where do you buy
your
clothes? 3. What do the Russians do on the New Year’s Eve? 4. How
often do the planes fly to New York?
5. What colour is the French flag? 6. How often
does he travel abroad? 7. How many tourists are there in the group? 8. What
time do all the shops close? 9. How many children have they got? 10. What time
is it? 11. How old is London? 12. How many universities are there in Moscow?
13. Why does she occasionally miss classes?
14. Who does she want to marry? 15. Who speaks more than
one foreign language?
16. Who wakes you up early in the morning?
Exercise 2. Use the Present
Simple Tense:
Cats (to communicate) with one another, with other
animals and with human beings in different ways. For this
they (to use) sounds, body signals and scents. The sounds a cat (to make) (to
have) various meanings. It (to depend) on the situation. Sometimes a meow (to
be) a friendly greeting, sometimes it (to express) curiosity, hunger or
loneliness. When a cat (to purr), it usually (to mean) that it (to be) happy,
but some cats also (to purr) when they (to be) sick. Hisses and screams (to
indicate) anger and fear. As means of communication cats also (to use) various
body and tail positions. A friendly cat (to raise) its tail vertically when it
(to greet) someone. An angry or frightened cat (to move) its tail from side to
side, (to arch) its back and (to puff) up its fur.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.Put in the articles: a
(an) or the.
1.      Stella
takes care of people in hospital. She is ... nurse.
2.      When
Ann was ill, we went to ... hospital to visit her.
3.      Excuse
me, where is ... town museum, please?
4.      Would
you like to be ... actor?
5.      We
spent all our money because we stayed at ... most expensive hotel in a town.
6.      Ron
writes articles for a newspaper. He is ... journalist.
Exercise 2. Put in the, if
needed.
1.      Do
you know ... Taylors? They are a very nice family.
2.      I
think ... William Brown is ... brightest student.
3.      Can
you play ... piano?
4.      I`m
afraid if ... dogs.
5.      ...
First World War began in 1914.
6.      Last
year ... Jill visited ...Australia and ... USA.
Exercise 3. Fill in the table.

Great Britain
Kremlin   Washington    earth   sun
Russian Federation
UK   Red Square   Houses of Parliament
Downing Street
Regent Street   north   British Museum Europe         Thames           USA

With “the”

Without “the”

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

...................................................

Lesson 30
                                I.       REVISION
Exercise 1.  Sentence practice.
Directions: Use the given verbs to
complete the sentences.
1.
do           Pierre always  ________________ his
homework.
2.
do           We   always  ________________ his
homework.
3.
have        Yoko and Hamid ________________ their books.
4.
have        Mrs. Chang ________________ a car.
5.
go            Andy ________________ to school every day.
6.
have         Jessica ________ a snack every night around
ten.
7.
do             Sara seldom ________________ her homework.
8.
do             We ________ exercises in class every day.
9.
go, go       Roberto  ________ downtown every
weekend.                  He and his wife ___________ shopping.
10.      go
         My friends often ________ to the beach.
Exercise 2. Reading.
Directions: Read the story. Complete the
sentences with is, has, does, goes.
         Marco _____ a student. He
________________ an unusual schedule. All of his classes are at night. His
first class ________ at 6 p.m. every day. He ________ a break from 7.30 to
8.00. Then he ________ classes from 8.00 to 10.00.
         He leaves school and ________ home at
10.00. After he ________ dinner, he watches TV. Then he ________ his homework
from midnight to 3.00 or 4.00 in the morning.
         Marco ________ his own computer at home.
When he finishes his homework, he usually goes  on the Internet. He usually
stays at his computer until the sun comes up. Then he ________ a few exercises,
________ breakfast, and ________ to bed. He sleeps all day. Marco thinks his
schedule ________ great, but his friends think it ________ strange.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
BASIC DICTIONARY FAMILY
Mother, mummy— мама
   My mother is a doctor. — Моя мама — врач. foster
mother — приемная мать
The woman who is standing over there is Jim s foster
mother.
— Женщина, которая там стоит, это приемная мать
Джима. single  mother — мать-одиночка.
 A single mother is a woman raising a child on her
own without a husband. — Мать-одиночка — это женщина, которая самостоятельно
без мужа воспитывает ребенка.  father / dad / daddy   — папа.
 I just want to be like my father when I grow up.
— Когда я вырасту, я хочу стать похожим на своего
отца. brother— брат.  Му younger brother is a spoilt child.
— Мой младший брат — избалованный ребенок. sister—
сестра.
Му sister is looking for a job now.
— Моя сестра сейчас в поиске работы.
aunt— тетя.
Му aunt lives not far from our house.
— Моя тетя живет неподалеку от нашего дома. uncle—
дядя
Uncle Tom is my dad s brother. — Дядя Том — брат
моего отца. niece [ni:s] — племянница
Му brother s daughter, Mary, is my niece. — Дочь
моего брата, Мэри, это моя племянница. nephew ['nevju:] — племянник I haven't
had any nephews yet. — У меня пока нет племянников. cousin— двоюродный
брат, двоюродная сестра.
Му cousin Mary is always late for school.
 — Моя кузина Мэри постоянно опаздывает в школу. parents
  — родители
Му parents have been married for 20 years. — Мои родители
женаты 20 лет.
grandparents — бабушка и дедушка
Му grandparents are retired. — Мои бабушка и дедушка на
пенсии.  grandfather/grandmother — дедушка / бабушка
Му grandfather is 5 years older than my grandmother. — Мой
дедушка на 5 лет старше моей бабушки.
granny] / grandma — бабушка
Му granny is fond o f cooking. — Моя бабушка любит
готовить. grandson /  granddaughter — внук / внучка Mrs. Smith s
grandson /granddaughter is under 16.  Внуку/внучке миссис Смит еще нет 16 лет to
get on well  with somebody — хорошо ладить с кем-то
I get on well with all my relatives. — Я хорошо лажу
со всеми родственниками. to have lot in common — иметь много общего
I have lot in common with my sister. — У нас с сестрой
много общего.
the head o f one’s household — глава семьи My
father is the head of our household.
— Мой папа — глава нашей семьи. household / folks
— домочадцы
I often have dinners with my folks when I am at
home.  — Когда я дома, то часто обедаю со своими домочадцами.
household chores / duties —
домашние обязанности
I have some household chores: ironing, washing up and
cleaning up.
— У меня есть домашние обязанности. Это глажка,
мытье посуды и уборка в доме. to go to see somebody — ходить в гости
On holidays I often go to see my friends. — На
каникулах я часто хожу в гости к своим друзьям. to spend time —
проводить время On weekends we like to spend time outdoors.
— По выходным мы любим проводить время вне дома. housewife
— домохозяйка  Му mummy  is a housewife.
— Моя мама — домохозяйка.
 to rely on — полагаться на кого-то
I can always rely on mу sister. — Я всегда могу
положиться на свою сестру. to let somebody down — подводить кого-либо,
отворачиваться в трудный момент
I am sure Mary will never let me down. — Я уверена,
что Мэри никогда меня не подведет.  family bonds / ties — семейные узы
There is nothing more important than strong family
ties. — Нет ничего важнее, чем крепкие семейные узы.  generation gap —
конфликт поколений
Generation gap is one o f the most pressing problems o f
all times.
— Конфликт поколений — это одна из самых острых
проблем всех времен. to bridge the generation gap — преодолевать разрыв
между поколениями An open communication is the best way to bridge the
generation gap.
 — Лучший способ преодоления конфликта поколений —
это открытый диалог.  to overcome generational differences —
преодолевать конфликт поколений Some people believe that it is impossible to
overcome generational differences.
— Некоторые люди считают, что преодолеть конфликт
поколений невозможно. to put  pressure (on somebody) — оказывать
давление (на кого-либо) Strict parents often put too much pressure on their
kids.
— Строгие родители часто оказывают чрезмерное
давление на своих детей.
to punish— наказывать
 I have never punished mу children. — Я никогда не
наказываю своих детей. to lecture   — читать нотации, выговаривать Don't
lecture at me. — He читай мне нотации. to get annoyed with somebody —
злиться на кого-либо
My parents often get annoyed with me because I spend
too much time chatting with my friends. — Мои родители часто злятся на меня за
то, что я слишком много времени провожу за разговорами с моими друзьями. to
be disappointed — расстроиться, разочароваться
Му parents were very disappointed when I dropped my
studies.
 — Мои родители были очень расстроены, когда я забросил
свою учебу.
spoilt child — избалованный ребенок
Mary is a spoilt child. — Мэри — избалованный
ребенок.  disobedient child— непослушный ребенок
It is quite difficult to disciple a disobedient child.
— Весьма непросто дисциплинировать непослушного
ребенка. to obey   — подчиняться, слушаться Children should obey their
parents.
— Детям следует слушаться своих родителей. to
divorce — разводиться
Children feel stress when their parents decide to get
divorced.
 — Дети сильно переживают развод своих родителей. family
traditions — семейные традиции
Family traditions help people to feel themselves part o f
the whole and strengthen the family unity. — Семейные традиции помогают
укрепить единство и почувствовать себя частью целого.
to make up picnics — устраивать пикники
On weekends we usually go to the country and make up
picnics.
— На выходные мы обычно уезжаем за город и устраиваем
пикники.
 to lay the table — накрывать на стол
I often help ту тот lay the table. — Я часто помогаю
своей маме накрывать на стол.
misunderstanding— разногласие
We used to have little misunderstandings in the past but
now we are best friends.
— У нас были небольшие разногласия в прошлом, но сейчас мы
лучшие друзья. mutual understanding — взаимопонимание
There is mutual understanding between adults and their
offspring.
— Между взрослыми и их детьми есть взаимопонимание. to
be busy — быть занятым  I am very busy. — Я очень занята.  to be tired
— быть уставшим
Му dad is always tired after work. — Мой папа всегда очень
уставший после работы.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1. Match the right and left
columns
family                                 chores
generation                           child household
lot in common spoilt                                    understanding to
have                                 mother mutual                                 bonds
foster                                   baby
newborn                              time        to
spend                               pressure        to get
on                               children to bring up                           gap
to put                                   well
Exercise 2. Translate into English
1.
Наша семья состоит из 5 человек: моя мама, мой папа, моя старшая
сестра, мой младший брат и я.
2.
Его воспитывала приемная мать до 12 лет.
3.
Мэри – мать-одиночка. Она воспитывает дочь в одиночку, с тех пор,
как развелась с мужем.
4.
Моя тетя и дядя живут по соседству. Я очень часто забегаю к ним в
гости.
5.
Моей племяннице 5 лет. Она – избалованный ребенок.
6.
Мои родители женаты 25 лет. Они любят и уважают друг друга.
7.
Мои бабушка и дедушка – пенсионеры. Моя бабушка любит вязать, а
дедушка часто ходит на рыбалку.
8.
Мою крестную маму зовут Любовь. Она -  очень добрая и заботливая.
9.
Его мачеха живет в Лондоне. Ей немного за 30. Она работает в
банке главным бухгалтером.
10.    У Джона
нет братьев и сестер.
11.    Мои
родственники живут в Париже. Мы с ними хорошо ладим.
12.    Мой
сводный брат – очень воспитанный и умный. У нас с ним много общего.
13.    Мой папа
– глава нашей семьи. Он часто очень занят.
14.    У меня
есть домашние обязанности. Это мытье посуды и глажка.
15.    Я люблю
проводить время со своей семьей.
16.    Я всегда
могу положиться на свою сестру. Я уверена, она никогда меня не подведет.
17.    По твоему
мнению, есть ли способ преодоления конфликта поколений?
18.    Я никогда
не наказывала своего ребенка за плохие отметки в школе.
19.    Мои
родители были разочарованы ( расстроены), когда я провалил экзамен.
20.    Родители
Джона развелись, когда ему не было и 7 лет.
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the verbs in the story
in the Future Indefinite Tense where possible:
It is Saturday. I don’t have classes, so I stay in
bed later than usual. I get up at 10 and understand that it is too late to do
morning exercises. At this time my Mum and Dad are not at home. I look out of
the window and see them in the garden, they take away the old leaves and
prepare the garden for the winter. So I go to the kitchen and make my breakfast
myself. I eat my breakfast and look through the ads in the newspaper. It takes
me about an hour. As usual I forget to wash up
after breakfast. I go back to my room and listen to my favourite music. Then I
hear the telephone ring and run to the drawing room. My groupmate calls. He
invites me to his place, but I don’t want to go out. I am too lazy. At about 1
o’clock the Old Man and the Old Lady come in. They are both exhausted and
angry, because my dirty dishes are still on the table. I try to make up for it
and offer to cook lunch, but my mother doesn’t allow me. She says I spoil
everything. I feel ashamed and promise to myself that I’ll start a new life
tomorrow... Tomorrow is Sunday...
Exercise 2. Answer the following
questions:
1. Will you take your exams in June? 2. Will you
come to our party? 3. Will you join us for lunch? 4. Will you help them with
their English? 5. Will they be happy to see us?
6. When will he know the time of our arrival? 7.
What will you tell them? 8. Where will she wait for you? 9. Shall we start the
discussion? 10. Shall I help you? 11. Shall we open the window? 12. Shall I
translate the text? 13. What shall we do tomorrow morning? 14. What shall we
have for dinner?
15. Where shall we go this evening? 16. What shall I do?
17. What time shall I wake you up? 18. Where shall we
meet?
Exercise 3. Use Present or Future
Simple:
1.(to hope) he (to be) at the office tomorrow. 2. When you
(to give) me back my textbook? 3.1 (to be) sure you (to like) the music. 4. At
this time tomorrow we (to be) far from here. 5. Don’t wait for me, I probably
(to be) late. 6. (to be) afraid they (to miss) you very much. 7. Where we (to
meet)? 8. You (to find) a lot of interesting things in this journal. 9. How
long it (to take) us to get to the airport? 10. There (to be) a lot of traffic
and cars (to move) very slowly, I (to suppose) we (to take) a taxi.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Make up a dialogue.

-    Take some
cakes, please. I cooked them myself.
-    Would you
like a cup of tea?
-    Oh, this
is delicious.
-    Oh, thank
you. Just one more, please.
-    Yes,
please.
-    Would you
like some more cakes?
-    Next time
you are around, please, come to have a cup of tea.-  Thank you, I really
enjoyed it.
Exercise 2. Match the words and
descriptions.

sociable

fond of being with other people; friendly

independent

not needing (не нуждающийся) other things or people

responsible

a person with a quick and clever mind

intelligent

having the duty of looking after someone or something

obedient

doing what one is ordered to do

polite

having or showing good manners

loving

feeling love

Lesson 31 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1: Sentence Practice
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use the
words in parentheses. Use Present Simple tense. Pay special attention to
singular and plural and to the spelling of final – s/ es.
1.
The students (ask/often) _____often ask_________
questions in class.
2.
Pablo (study/usually) ____________________ at the library
every             evening.
3.
Olga (bite) _________________ her fingernails when she is
nervous.
4.
Donna (cash) _________________ a check at the bank once a
week.
5.
Sometimes I (worry ) ____________ about my grades at
school. Sonya                      (worry/never) ______________ about
her grades. She ( study)                ________ hard.
6.
Ms. Jones and Mr. Anderson (teach) __________________ at
the local              high school. Ms. Jones (teach) Maths.
7.
Birds (fly) ____________________.They (have)
___________ wings.
8.
A bird (fly) _______________. It (have)
_____________ wings.
9.
Jason (do, always) _________________ his homework. He (go,
never)              ________ to bed until his homework is finished.
10.
Mr. Cook (say, always) _______________ hello to his
neibour in the              morning.
11.
Ms. Chu (pay, always) _____________ attention in class.
She ( answer)                ___________ questions. She (listen)
______________ to the teacher.
            She (ask)  ___________ questions.
12.
Sam (enjoy) _________________ cooking. He (try, often)
_______ new             recipes. He (like)____________ to have company
for dinner. He (invite)
                                    _____________ me to
dinner once a month. When I arrive, I (go) _____
            to the kitchen and (watch)
_____________ him cook. He usually  (have)             ________________
three or four pots on the stove. He (watch)________              the
pots carefully. He (make) _______________ a big mess in the
kitchen when he cooks. After dinner he (wash) ________________
all                the dishes and (clean)_______________  the kitchen. I
(cook, never)              ________. It ( be )too much trouble.
But my friend Sam (love) _______             to cook.
Exercise 2: Let`s talk: pair
work
Directions: Work with a partner. Use
frequency words like: sometimes, rarely, etc.
Billy, Jenny and Peter do many things in the
evenings. How often do they do the things in the list? Pay attention to final –s.
Example: Billy rarely/seldom does homework.

BILLY

JENNY

PETER

do homework

once a week

6 days a week

every day

surf the Internet

every day

once a week

once a month

watch TV

3-4 days a week

3-4 days a week

3-4 days a week

read for pleasure

5 days a week

5 days a week

5 days a week

try to go to bed early

once a week

5 nights a week

6 nights a week

Exercise 3.  Let`s talk
and write: pair work Directions: Work with a partner.
Partner A: Tell partner B five or ten things you do
every morning. You can look at the list you made.
Partner B:  Take notes while Partner A is talking.
(you will use these notes later to write a paragraph about Partner A`s usual
morning habits.) Switch roles.
Partner B: Tell Partner A five or ten things you do every
morning.
Partner A: Take notes while Partner B is talking.
When you finish talking, write a paragraph about
your partner`s daily morning activities.
II.      VOCABULARY FRINDSHIP BASIC
DICTIONARY
faithful / loyal / true friend — преданный,
верный, настоящий друг Mary is a loyal friend; she always supports me.
— Мэри — мой верный друг; она всегда меня
поддерживает.  best friend — лучший друг
Му best friend lives in London. — Мой лучший друг
живет в Лондоне. lifelong friend — друг на всю жизнь circle of
friends — круг друзей
I am an extrovert; I have a large circle o f
friends.  — Я экстраверт; у меня большой круг друзей.
pen pal — друг по переписке be happy to find
pen pals from all over the world.
 — Я буду счастлива найти друзей по переписке со всего
мира.
acquaintance — знакомый I 've got a lot o f
acquaintances but few close friends. — У меня много знакомых, но мало близких
друзей. relationship (with friends) — отношения (с друзьями)
 Let s talk about relationship with friends. —
Давайте поговорим об отношениях с друзьями. to quarre l — ссориться
I  never quarrel with my friends. — Я никогда не ссорюсь
со своими друзьями. to argue ['a:gju:] — спорить
Sometimes we argue about little things. — Иногда мы
спорим о мелочах. to get angry — разозлиться
I get angry with my friends when they tease me. — Я злюсь
на своих друзей, когда они подтрунивают надо мной.
 to lose one’s temper / to fly into a rage / to
lose patience — выходить из себя I fly into a rage easily. — Я легко выхожу
из себя. to fail out — ссориться (разг.)
They fall out every day, yet they never stop loving
each other. — Они ссорятся каждый день, но продолжают друг друга любить. to
invite friends — приглашать друзей
Yesterday I invited my best friend for dinner. —
Вчера я пригласила своего лучшего друга на обед. to be there for somebody
— быть готовым помочь
Mary is always there for me. — Мэри всегда спешит
мне на помощь.  to give sound advice — давать мудрый совет
Му friends often give mе sound advice when I am
confused and don’t know what to do. — Мои друзья часто дают мне мудрые советы,
когда я сбита с толку и не знаю, как мне поступить. to get to know —
узнавать, познакомиться
Getting to know new people is always a great experience. —
Знакомство с новыми людьми— всегда положительный опыт.
 to get acquainted with somebody —
познакомиться с кемлибо
We got acquainted with my best friend in Moscow. —
Мы познакомились с моим лучшим другом в Москве. to be the same age —
быть одногодками, одного возраста We are the same age with Mary. — Мы с Мэри
одногодки.  to enjoy each other’s company — наслаждаться обществом друг
друга We often spend time together and enjoy each other's company. — Мы часто
проводим время вместе и наслаждаемся обществом друг друга. to trust —
доверять
We trust each other. — Мы доверяем друг другу. to
count on somebody — рассчитывать на коголибо
I am sure I can count on her anytime. — Я уверена,
что могу на нее рассчитывать в любое время. to socialize— общаться
I love to socialize with interesting people. — Я люблю
общаться с интересными людьми.
to feel like + V -ing — хотеть что-либо делать
I don’t feel like dancing now. — Я не хочу сейчас
танцевать. I feel like going home because I am tired. — Я хочу домой, потому
что устал. to help somebody out — подавать руку помощи, вытаскивать из
беды
I am sure John will help me out if I ask him. — Я уверена,
что Джон всегда подаст мне руку помощи, если я его об этом попрошу.
supportive   — оказывающий поддержку
All mу friends are always supportive and reliable. —  Все
мои друзья всегда поддерживают меня.
reliable   — надежный, верный
She is a reliable person. — Она надежный человек.
honest— честный
She was honest with me. — Она была честна со мной. understanding
  — понимающий, чуткий, отзывчивый John is an understanding person. — Джон
— чуткий человек.
sociable   — общительный, коммуникабельный
Sociable people tend to have more friends than reserved ones. — Обычно у
коммуникабельных людей больше друзей, чем у людей со скрытным характером. easy-going
— беспечный, добродушно-веселый, беззаботный I am easy-going and friendly. — Я
веселая и дружелюбная. kind -hearted — мягкосердечный, добрый,
отзывчивый
Mary is a kind-hearted person. — Мэри — добрый и
отзывчивый человек.
hard -working — трудолюбивый
I am hard-working and talented. — Я трудолюбивая и
способная. polite — вежливый
We are usually more polite to people we like. —
Обычно мы более вежливы с теми, кто нам нравится. talkative   —
болтливый, словоохотливый
She became more talkative. — Она стала более
болтливой. jealous  — ревнивый, завистливый
Му best friend is always jealous when I socialize
with other friends. — Моя лучшая подруга ревнует, когда я общаюсь с другими
друзьями.  envious   — завистливый
She is envious of Mary’s success. — Она завидует
успеху Мэри.  two-faced   — двуличный, лживый
 I don't trust her. She is a two-faced person. — Я
не доверяю ей. Она двуличный человек.  to cheer up — подбадривать
When I am upset or depressed my friend always tries
to cheer me up. — Когда я чемто расстроена или в депрессии, моя подруга всегда
старается меня подбодрить. to betray   — предавать
I am sure that my friends will never betray me. — Я
уверена, что мои друзья никогда не предадут меня. betrayal   — измена,
предательство
to envy   — завидовать
She has always envied my success. — Она всегда завидовала
моему успеху. envy — зависть Envy is a sin. — Зависть — это грех.
to make it up with somebody —
помириться с кем-либо
If you want to make it up with your friend, show
them how important they are. — Если ты хочешь помириться с друзьями, покажи им,
насколько они важны тебя.
A friend in need is a friend indeed. — Друг
познается в беде. to have a lot in common with somebody — иметь много
общего с кем-либо / have a lot in common with my best friend. — У нас много
общего с моим лучшим другом.
 to get on w ell with somebody — хорошо
ладить с кем-либо / get on well with all my acquaintances and friends. — Я
хорошо лажу со всеми своими знакомыми и друзьями. to have something to talk
about — иметь много общих тем, всегда находить о чем поговорить
Му friends and I always have something to talk
about. — У нас с моими друзьями всегда есть много общих тем для обсуждения. to
make friends — подружиться с кем-либо
We made friends with Tom quickly. — Мы быстро подружились
с Томом.
to be friends with somebody — дружить
с кем-либо
We have been friends with Mary already for 5 years. — Мы
дружим с Мэри уже 5 лет.
peer pressure — давление со стороны членов своего
круга (в особенности сверстников, одноклассников и т.д.)
peer — сверстник
Peers often give each other sound advice. — Сверстники
зачастую дают друг другу толковые советы.
under-age — несовершеннолетний
Some parents don't allow their under-age children to
attend parties. — Некоторые родители не позволяют своим
несовершеннолетним детям посещать вечеринки. youngster— юноша, девушка
These days many youngsters are too money-oriented. —
В наше время многие юноши и девушки слишком зациклены на деньгах. adolescent
— молодой человек, юноша, девушка
bullying  — запугивание; «буллинг» (травля в
отношении ребенка со стороны группы сверстников)
Bullying is not only a physical act of violence but
also emotional or psychological abuse. — Запугивание может быть не только
физическим актом насилия, но также эмоциональной или психологической травлей.
 to bully   — запугивать, стращать
As far as I am concerned, since childhood my parents
have taught me not to bully. — Лично меня родители с детства учили не обижать
слабых. bully — задира, тиран
A bully is a person who uses strength or power to
hurt or frighten people. — Задира — это человек, который с помощью силы или
авторитета запугивает или причиняет боль другим людям.
Vocabulary exercises
                                1.   Translate
into English
1.      Мой
лучший друг – честный и понимающий.Я всегда могу на него положиться.
2.      Я
– очень отзывчивая и легкая в общении. У меня много верных друзей.
3.      Мы
дружим с Мэри уже больше 5 лет. Мы часто ссоримся и спорим, но я уверена, что
она никогда не отвернется от меня в трудную минуту.
4.      У
нас много общего с моей лучшей подругой и всегда есть о чем поговорить.
5.      Что
вы знаете о давлении со стороны сверстников?
6.      Некоторые
родители не разрешают своим несовершеннолетним детям приглашать друзей.
7.      Вы
когда-нибудь сталкивались с запугиванием в школе?
8.      Мой
друг – вежливый и трудолюбивый. Мы проводим много времени вместе и наслаждаемся
обществом друг друга.
9.      Джон
всегда спешит мне на помощь. Он - очень надежный и всегда поддерживает меня.
10.  Я не хочу сейчас
смотреть фильм. Пойдем лучше в парк.
11.  Она всегда завидовала
моему успеху. Она -двуличный человек.
12.  Мы познакомились с
Марком 2 года назад. Он часто дает мне мудрые советы и всегда спешит мне на
помощь.
13.  У меня большой круг
знакомых и друзей. Я очень общительная и понимающая.
14.  Моя подруга –
трудолюбивая и вежливая. Когда я в плохом настроении, она всегда старается меня
подбодрить и поддержать.
15.  Если ты хочешь
помириться с Мэри, сделай первый шаг.
16.  Я люблю общаться с
разными людьми. Знакомство с новыми людьми – отличный опыт.
17.  Мы с Джоном – одного
возраста. У нас с ним много общего.
18.  Я никогда не ссорюсь
со своими друзьями. Честно говоря, иногда мы спорим и злимся друг на друга.
19.  Моя лучшая подруга
ревнует, когда я общаюсь со своими одноклассниками.
20.  Джессика – чуткий
человек. Я уверена, что могу на нее рассчитывать в любое время и она всегда
выручит меня из беды.
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.   Make up disjunctive
questions:
1. I shall recognize you. 2. You will arrive in
Moscow at 6 p.m. 3. They will book tickets for us in advance. 4. They won’t
serve lunch on the plane. 5. You’ll know better next time. 6. There will be
some of his pictures at the exhibition.
7. We shan’t see you before Monday. 8. He won’t pass his
examination. 9. The plane will land on time. 10. There won’t be any people whom
I don’t know.
Exercise 2. Complete the dialogue
using: “shall,” “will,” “’11,” “won’t,” “shan’t” with the verbs in brackets:
Masha: Where ... you (to go) for your holidays,
Olga?
Olga: Britain, I... (to spend) a week there.
Masha: Oh, that... (to be) fine,... it? When
... you (to leave)? Olga: The plane to London ... (to leave) on Sunday morning
so I... (to have) much time to pack, I’m afraid.
Masha: What cities besides London ... you (to see)?
Olga: We ... (to visit) Oxford, Stratford-on-Avon
and Bath.
Masha: What about Cambridge?
Olga: It’s a pity I... (to see) Cambridge this
time.
Masha: What... you (to see) in London first thing?
Olga: The centre of London, of course, with all its
sights.
Masha: How long ... you (to stay) in London?
Olga: Only two days.
Masha: Oh, you ... (to see) much of London in two
days,... you?
Olga: No, of course not. But there ... (to be) a
very interesting excursion by coach to Oxford.
Masha: How long ... it (to take) you to travel to
Oxford by coach?
Olga: I don’t know but they say it... (to take) us
long.
Masha: I hope you... (to enjoy) your trip to
Britain and when you return you... (to show) me the pictures
you... (to take).
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Do the crossword puzzle. Find the
animals and birds. Encircle them.

w

h

o

l

e

r

c

c

o

w

h

o

w

e

s

h

a

r

k

a

a

e

l

a

h

o

m

o

e

m

l

z

n

f

e

e

e

c

r

o

e

e

u

v

e

l

l

o

h

n

o

b

i

h

c

e

l

d

i

k

p

r

d

o

l

p

h

i

n

e

a

a

o

r

e

h

d

l

o

u

r

e

s

s

t

a

o

e

p

n

d

o

n

e

y

n

g

i

l

r

r

a

b

b

i

t

a

l

e

a

d

u

c

k

s

n

a

k

e

w

Lesson 32 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.   Sentence
practice.
Directions: Use the words in italics to make
negative sentences. Use contractions.
1.
(like, not)     Ingrid ________doesn`t like _______ tea.
2.
(like, not)     I ________don`t like____ tea.
3.
(know, not)   Mary and Jim are strangers. Mary
______________ Jim.
4.
(need, not)    It`s a nice day today. You
___________________                      your umbrella.
5.
(snow, not)    It ______________ in Bangkok in winter.
6.
(speak, not)   I _______________ French.
7.
(be, not)        I _______________ hungry.
8.
(live, not)      Butterflies _________________ long.
9.
(have, not)     A butterfly _______________ a long life.
10.    (be,
not)        A butterfly ______________ large.
11.    (be,
not)        Butterflies  ______________ large.
12.    (have,
not)    We ________________ class every day.
13.    (have,
not)     This city ________________ nice weather in summer.
14.    (be,
not)         It ________________ cold today.
15.    (rain,
not)      It ________________ every day.
 Exercise 2. Let`s talk: pair
work
 Directions: Work with a partner.
Make two sentences about each picture.
Example:
PARTNER A: Ann takes a shower. She doesn`t take a bath.
Your turn now.
PARTNER B: Omar has a dog. He doesn`t have a cat.  Your
turn now.
1.      Ann
takes a shower/a bath.                       6. I play soccer/tennis.

2.      Omar
has a cat/a dog.                                 7. Mrs. David teaches
English/French.

                    3. I drink
tea/coffee.                                         8. We use typewriters/
computers.

4.      Rob
and Ned live an apartment/a house.        9. Alex watches new reports/old
movies.

5.      Becky
drives a new car/ an old car.                10. Marco studies History/

Physics.

II.
VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.   Вставьте owing
to / thanks to.
1.
They were not late thanks to his help.
2.
We couldn’t get there on time . . . heavy snowfall.
3.
We were let into the overcrowded hall . . . our charming
companion.
4.
Everybody was saved . . . the lifeboats fastened to the side of
the ship.
5.
. . . his rudeness he has very few friends.
6.
. . . her kindness she attracts many people.
7.
. . . his warning they didn’t get into a scrape.
Exercise 2.   Закончите
предложения.
1.
If I had more time, I would visit all the markets in our
city.
2.
If I were rich, I would . . . .
3.
If I were you, . . . .
4.
If I had my own car, . . . .
5.
If I had a rich relative in the USA, . . . .
6.
If I were a painter, . . . .
7.
If I could write poems, . . . .
Exercise 3.   Direct Speech и
Reported Speech.
1)
(said) Bessie: I can’t understand what he is talking about.Bessie
said, “I can’t understand what he is talking about.”
Bessie said that she couldn't
understand what he was talking about.
2)
(asked) Ann: Where are they?
3)
(said) Stella: I liked the book very much.
4)
(say) Paul and Mary: We will come to see you.
5)
(promised) Helen: I’ll make a new dress for Mary myself.
6)
(answered) Tom : I’m translating a novel.
7)
(promised) He: I’ll be back in ten minutes.
8)
(said) They : We shan’t do that.
9)
(explained) Mr. Bay : I’m waiting for Mrs. Bay.
           She will be here very soon.
10)(answered) Dad : I’m hanging the picture on the wall.
III.
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the correct tense
form:
1. If you (to make) a mistake, they will find you.
If they (to find) you they will catch you. — If they (to catch) me, I shall
confess. — If you (to confess) they will put you into prison. If you (to be)
lucky, they won’t catch you. 2. If you (to go) to Rome, you’ll see the
Coliseum. If you (to visit) London, probably you’ll see the Queen. If you (to
stay) with me you won’t see anything, but I’ll be happy. 3. When he (to
propose) to her, she’ll marry him. But she won’t be happy when she (to marry)
him. 4.1 shall visit you as soon as I (to feel) better. 5. We shall stay here
as long as our money (to last). 6. They won’t send us a telegram unless there
(to be) something urgent. 7. You’ll phone me before you (to go) away, won’t
you? 8. I’ll come to London after they (to find) some place for us to stay at.
9. We’ll work till it (to get) absolutely dark.
10.
Students won’t get financial rewards unless they (to get) high grades. 11. What
will you do when summer (to come)? 12. If he not (to come) we’ll have a
problem.
            Exercise 2. Use the correct
tense form:
1.      If
you (to see) this film, we (to discuss) it later. 2. If she (to have) a
problem, I (to help) her. 3. If we (to travel) by car, we (to save) a lot of
money. 4. If he not (to give) her flowers once a week she (to be) offended. 5.
If they (to blame) him, it (to serve) him right. 6. When the children (to come)
home for Christmas, the parents (to be happy). 7. When the summer season (to
come), there (to be) a lot of tourists here. 8. When you (to go) shopping, use
your credit card. 9. You (to feel) better, after you
(to take) the tablet. 10. We (to buy) their car
after father (to get) his salary. 11. I not (to try on) this dress before I (to
know) how much it (to be). 12. I (to wake) you up as soon as I (get up). 13.
They (to make) an announcement about the plane as soon as it (to land). 14. As
soon as T om (to fix) the engine we (to continue) our journey. 15. As soon as
he (to write) to me I (to let) you know. 16. We (to lie) in the sun and (to
swim) in the warm sea unless the weather (to change) for the worse. 17. She not
(to marry) him unless he (to give up) his bad habits. 18. You not (to lose)
weight unless you (to eat) less. 19. We (to have) a good time while our holiday
(to last). 20. I (to keep) you here, until you (to tell) the truth.

Exercise 3. Complete the
sentences: A.
1. Ann will arrive when ... . 2. She’ll call on me after
... .
3. Henry will visit you before .... 4. You’ll go for a
walk if....
5. She won’t come unless.... 6. They’ll stop talking as
soon as ... .
7. Mother’ll cut the cake while ... . 8. They’ll walk in
the park until....
9. I’ll remember it as long as .... 10. She is sure
to come unless .... B.
1. If it takes forever.... 2. When I make some money....
3. Before you change your mind ... . 4. If they climb the
mountain ....
5. As long as they love each other... .6. When you make me
a cup of tea... .
7. Unless you see as I arrive in Rome ... . 8. After the
plane lands ... .
9. If you meet the Queen....
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Put in the words
from the box.

feeding time, full
of fun, so, fight, shared, last Sunday, watch, jumped out, looked

Have you ever been to the Zoo at 1. …………….? I was there 2. . …… .
It was 3. ……….. interesting to …………. the animals. As usual
the monkeys were
4………………  . Big birds were stretching their wings and
flying down to their food. Two dolphins 5…………… of the water to catch their
fish. Baby lions had a 6.…….. for their meal. The elephant 7……….. hungry and I
8………….. my orange with him.
Exercise 2. Put in the words Mr,
Madam, Sir.
1) – Hello! Can I speak to … Jones?
                                        -     Just
a minute, … .
2.      …
Winston Churchill was a famous English politician. He was the Prime Minister of
Great Britain during World War II and from 1951-1953.
3.      –
Waiter, I can`t eat this soup!
4.      -
OK … . Here is another bowl of soup.
5.      -
Waiter, but I can`t eat this soup!
6.      -
Why,  …? It`s very good. 7) - Because I have no spoon.
 Exercise 3. Match the
words. Write 5 sentences with any of the word combinations.

to
  listen                         at to look                          of    to
  be full                       to to be famous                of

to
  be rich                     from to be proud                  in to be
  tired                    of        to be different              of

1)
………………………………………………………………………….
2)
………………………………………………………………………………
3)
………………………………………………………………………………
4)
………………………………………………………………………………
5)
………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 4. Put the verbs in the
correct form.

    Dear Cathy,
  Do you like
hedgehogs? Yesterday we …………….. (to visit)Hedgehog Hospital at Pricidy Ball
Farm. We …………….. (to see), …………….. (to touch), and ……………..(to learn) a lot of
interesting things about these funny animals. You …………….. (to have)two
hedgehogs in your garden, …………….. (to do) you? Then you should ……………..
(to leave)some
bread and milk for them at night.
   At the farm we
also …………….. (to feed) little lambs, …………….. (to watch)baby animals, ……………..
(to take) care of the little pony, …………….. (to ride)donkeys and even ……………..
(to collect) eggs.    In the afternoon we …………….. (to have) delicious cakes and
tea in the Whole Hog Café.
   The visit
…………….. (to be) full of fun. …………….. you ever …………….. (to be) there?
    Next time we
…………….. (to take) you with us.
 Lots of love
 From Alice and Ann

Exercise 5. Choose any
saying. Make up a story. Why do you think there is such a saying?
a)      It
is raining cats and dogs. – Дождь льет как из ведра.
b)      When
the cat is away the mice will play. – Use: Once upon a time...
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Exercise 6. Match the
opposites. Write them down in pairs.

to
  stand .................................................... to be like .................................................
  to forget .................................................. to be right
  ............................................... to give
  ..................................................... to put on .................................................
  to zip ....................................................... to talk
  ..................................................... to begin
  ..................................................

to be different to
  remember to unzip to take off to keep silence to take to be wrong to stop
to
  sit to disagree

to agree
....................................................
Lesson 33 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: a game.
Directions: Sit in a circle.
Choose any of the verbs in the list. Make sentences with not.

have   like
need   play   read   speak

                        Example: like
SPEAKER A: I don`t like bananas.
SPEAKER B: (Speaker A) doesn`t like bananas. I
don`t have a dog.
SPEAKER C: (Speaker A) doesn`t like bananas. (Speaker
B) doesn`t have a dog. I don`t play baseball.
Continue around the circle, each time repeating the
information of your classmates before saying your sentence. If you have
trouble, your classmates can help you. Your teacher will be the last one to
speak.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Use verbs from the list
to complete the sentences. Make all the sentences negative. Some verbs may be
used more than once.

do
go
shave     drink
make     smoke
eat        put
on
speak

1.      Bob
_____doesn`t go___     to school every day.
2.      My
roommates are from Japan. They ________________ Spanish.
3.      Roberto
has a beard. He _______________ in the morning.
4.      We
__________________ to class on Sunday.
5.      Sally
is healthy. She ____________________ cigarettes.
6.      Jane
and Alex always have lunch at home. They _______________ at the cafeteria.
7.      Sometimes
I ______________ my homework in the evening. I watch TV instead.
8.      My
sister likes tea, but she ________________ coffee.
9.      Humid
is a careful writer. He ______________ mistakes in spelling when he writes.
10.  I`m lazy. I
_________________ exercises in the morning.
11.  Sometimes Ann
_______________ her shoes when she goes outside.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: class
activity.
           Directions: Use the given
words to make truthful sentences.
Example: Grass/blue.
SPEAKER A: Grass isn`t blue.
SPEAKER B: Grass is green.
Example: Dogs/tails.
SPEAKER C: Dogs have tails.
SPEAKER D: People don`t have tails.
1.      A
restaurant/sell shoes.                              10. A bird / have whiskers.
2.      A
restaurant /serve food.                            11. Doctors /take care of
sick
peo
ple.
3.      People
/wear clothes.                                  12. Doctors in my country /be
ex-
pensive.
4.      Animals
/wear clothes.                               13. A bus /carry people from one

5.      A
child /need love, food, care and toys.            place to another.
6.      A
child /need a driver`s license.                 14. It /be cold today.
7.      Refrigerators
/hot inside.                            15. English /be an easy
language                                                                            to
learn.
8.      Refrigerators
/cold inside.                           16. People in this city /
be
friendly.
9.      A
cat / have whiskers.                                 17. It ?rain a lot in this
city.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.   Form nouns
from selected verbs and insert them into senten- ces.
to play          to sleep
to read         to write to dance       to drive       to help         to teach
1.
Ann is a good tennis . . . . She plays tennis twice a week.
2.
He is a big . . . .He goes to bed at 10 o’clock in the evening
and gets up at 10 o’clock in the morning.
3.
My aunt is a well-known . . . . She has already written five
novels.
4.
John likes to read. He is a good . . . .
5.
They are . . . . They go to ballroom dancing on Tuesdays and
Saturdays.
6.
Mrs. Anderson is a . . . . She works at our school.
7.
Frank’s father is a . . . . He drives a bus.
8.
Julia is a good . . . . She helps her mother about the house.
Exercise 2.  Tell the class
what are used or not used to using the expression: to get used to(doing)
something.
                                1.
cold weather
I didn’t get used to cold weather.
2.
the noise in the class
3.
hot water
4.
getting up early
5.
going to bed late
6.
wearing spectacles (glasses)
7.
studying at night
8.
sleeping on the floor
9.
swimming every day
10.    eating
tasty things
Exercise 3.   Make up
sentences.
1.
(eating / less / I / getting used to / am).I'm getting used to
eating less.
2.
(very early / can’t get used to / he / being waked up).
3.
(getting used to / you / everything / are / doing / yourself)?
4.
(they / going to school / did not / by themselves / get used to).
5.
(won’t / such a noise / in the street / I’m afraid / we /get used
to).
6.
(speaking / I / get used to / loudly / didn’t).
7.
(porridge / got used to / we / have / eating / for breakfast).
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use the verbs in the
correct form:
1.I’ll phone you as soon as she (to appear), but I don’t
know when she
(to return). 2. We shall start when she (to be)
ready, we just wonder when she (to be) ready. 3. She’ll talk to the dean if she
(to see) him, but I doubt if she (to see) him today. He’s away. 4. I’d like to
know when we (to have) the new timetable. — I’ll be happy as long as we (to
have) the old one.
 5. Please, tell me if you (to get) some news from
them. — I’m not sure if we (to get) any more news from them. 6.1 have no idea
when the match (to start), but if I (to find out), I shall tell you. 7. If we
(to win) the game, we’ll have a celebration, but we are not sure if we (to win)
or (to lose).
Exercise 2. Give three forms of the
verbs:
Read, write, take, give, drive, have, be, go, come,
get, put, understand, make, fall, feel, awake, bring, ring, run, sit, set,
think, drink, find, throw, hit, hurt, buy, cost, send, say, tell, speak, seek,
hear, see, win, ride, catch, hide, let, burst, broadcast.
Exercise 3. Make the following
sentences interrogative and negative.
1.      That
afternoon Lily came home early from school.
2.      In
three days  Mr. Ruggles received an answer.
3.      Mr.
Watkins drove a lorry and took goods to Salthaven.
4.      She
found the key in its usual place.
5.      Kate
walked slowly home, wondering how to break the bad news.
6.      6.
Sunday passed peacefully.
7.      Jim
began to run. 8. Last August we found a blackbird’s nest.
9.      They
accused him of spying.
10.  On her knee Mrs.
Lawrence held a bright red handbag.
11.  There was a long
silence.
12.  The sea was only two
miles away.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Ask questions about
the sentence: At Whipsnade you will learn and understand how to save
endangered animals.
Where / you / learn ...? -
................................................................................
What / you / understand ...? -
......................................................................... Whom
/ you / save ...? -
.................................................................................
Which animals / you / learn to save? -
...........................................................
What / you / learn / about? -
..........................................................................
Will ...? -
........................................................................................................
You will ..., ... you? - .....................................................................................
Exercise 2. Match the words and
the descriptions.

Zoo
Park
Animals
Circus
Earth

1)
2)
3)
4)

the
  planet we live on. all living things except plants. a place with grass and
  trees, usually in a town.
People
  go there to relax or enjoy themselves. a place where animals live. People can
  look at them and study them.

5)

a  group of people and animals who travel to different
  places to give shows. There you can see clowns and wild animals such as
  lions, tigers and elephants.

Exercise 3.  Circle the verb in
each line.
1)      night,
bright, fight, giant, eight, sight
2)      class,
miss, glass, business, grass, chess
3)      dancer,
Easter, better, driver, discover, farmer
4)      building,
morning, sing, spring, cunning, evening 5) away, lucky, noisy, money, stay,
May, they Exercise 4. Make up sentences.

crocodiles
  camels eagles whales sheep horses dolphins hens monkeys pandas sharks rhinos
  tortoises

live

in the mountains in
  the seas and oceans in / at the rivers in the trees / the forests
in
  the zoo in the country at a farm in the deserts

Exercise 5. Choose the correct
preposition. Circle it.
1)      I`m
so tired of doing Maths. Let`s go to/for/on a walk.
2)      Who
is sitting in/on/at front of us.
3)      Arnold
Schwarzenegger has lots of friends all across/in/over the world.
4)      Watch
out/at/on! There are a lot of dangerous insects in the jungle.
5)      Mrs
Wilson regularly takes her watchdog at/to/in front of the vet.
6)      Our
kittens are full in/at/of fun and they eat a lot.
7)      Would
you like to join our society? We fight for/against/behind cruelty to
animals.
Lesson 34 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.  Question practice.
Directions: Make questions. Give
short answers.
1.
A: _____Do you like tea?______ B:  ___Yes, I
do._________  (I like tea.)
2.
A: ____Do you like coffee?____
B:  ___No, I don`t.________ (I don`t like
coffee.)
3.      A:______________________________________________
B:  _____________________________________ (I don`t speak
Chinese.)
4.      A:
_____________________________________________
B:
________________________________________ (Ann speaks Italian.) 5.            A:
_____________________________________________
B:  ____________________________ (Ann and Tom don`t speak
Arabic.)
6.      A:
______________________________________________
B:  _______________________________ (I do exercises every
morning.)
7.      A:
______________________________________________
B:  ________________________________________ (Sue has a
cold.)
8.      A:
______________________________________________
B:  _______________________(Jim doesn`t do his homework
every day.)
9.      A:
______________________________________________
B:
______________________________________ (It rains a lot in April.) 10. A:
______________________________________________
            B:   _____________________________________
(Frogs don`t have tails.)
Exercise 2. Interview and
question practice: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Ask
and answer questions.
PART I. Ask each other about the following
activities. Check (v) the correct box.
You can look at your book before you speak. When you
speak, look at your partner.
Example: drive a car
PARTNER A: Do you drive a car?
PARTNER B: No, I don`t. Do you drive a car?
PARTNER A: Yes, I do.

  yes      no
1.
  live in an apartment      ◻
  ◻
2.
  go to movie/theatres     ◻         ◻
3.
  play tennis                    ◻
  ◻
4.
  enjoy sports on TV       ◻
  ◻
5.
  read newspapers           ◻
  ◻ every
  day

  yes       no
6.
  dream in English    ◻            ◻
7.
  have a cell phone    ◻
  ◻
8.
  like vegetables        ◻
  ◻
9.
  eat red meat             ◻
  ◻
10.
  like chocolate          ◻
  ◻

PART II. Write 5 sentences about your partner.
Write 5 sentences about yourself.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.  Match the words with
their definitions.

1.
  pen pal
2.
  to have much in common
3.
  to be there for someone
4.
  two-faced
5.
  adolescent
6.
  bully
7.
  envy
8.
  kind-hearted
9.
  sociable
10.
  supportive

a)
  a young person
  in the process of developing from a child to an adult
b)
  be available to
  provide support or comfort for someone
c)
  someone you
  write friendly letters to and receive letters from, although the two of you
  may never have met
d)
  someone who
  uses their strength or power to harm or intimidate those who are weaker
e)
  to resemble one
  another in specific ways
f)
  insincere and
  deceitful
g)
  kind, caring
  and generous
h)
  he feeling you
  have when you wish you could have the same thing or quality that someone else
  has
i)
  viding
  encouragement, support or emotional help
j)
  willing to talk
  and engage in activities with other people; friendly

Exercise 2. Give English
equivalents for the following phrases:

1)      круг
друзей
2)      друзья
по переписке
3)      выходить
из себя
4)      разозлиться
5)      наслаждаться
обществом друг друга
6)      быть
готовым помочь
7)      быть
одногодками
8)      подавать
руку помощи
9)      помириться
с кем-либо
10)иметь много общего
11)всегда находить о чем говорить
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.   Use the verbs in
the Past  Simple Tense:
A.
1. He (to lose) his balance and (to fall). 2. Ann’s
grandfather (to found) his firm in 1901. 3. Clearing out the room I (to find)
these old letters. 4. The lion (to jump) and (to spring) at her.
5.I  suddenly (to see) a face in the window. 6. The
train (to start off) with a jerk. 7. The police (to open) fire and (to wound)
two criminals. 8. He (to lie) there for an hour till someone finally (to hear)
his cries for help. 9. We (to meet) last summer. 10. I (to decide) to stay with
my uncle until I (to find) a flat. 11. As it (to grow) darker, we (to find) it
hard to walk. 12. The critic (to write) a very bad review of my play. 13. We
(to go) for a walk every day before lunch. 14. It (to happen) a long time ago. B.
 John Ruggles (to like) anything which (to move)
quickly on wheels. He (to know) the making of almost every car on the roads and
most of his free time he (to spend) hanging around garages and filling
stations. We also (to go) to the large Car Park where drivers sometimes (to
give) interesting information on the different cars in the park.
The Car Park (to be) a very interesting place and
when the day of adventure (to come), John (to have) no difficulty to decide
where to begin. It (to be) early when he (to arrive). There (to be) no tourists
about, no cars at all except one in which (to sit) a large dog which (to show)
such fine teeth as
     John (to come) near that he (to retreat) quickly
to a seat under the Castle walls. From time to time he (to look) at the sky. He
(to hope) it wasn’t going to rain. The clock of the church (to strike) ten and
a few cars (to begin) to arrive. Soon a large car (to come in). John (to put)
both his hands into his pockets and (to stand) looking at the car at a
distance. A tall young man followed by a lady (to get out). John (to hear) the
young man calling him. He (to run) up to the man and the man (to give) him a
coin and (to ask) him to look after the car. C.
The castle (to stand) high on the rocky hill above
the village. It (to cast) a cold shadow over the houses and fields. None of the
villagers ever (to go) near the castle. At night they (to stay) close to their
fires and (to keep) their doors locked.
  The castle (to be) nearly in ruin. It (to be) a rotting
jumble of stone and timber. But someone (to live) there. One man. He (to live)
there alone.
Who (to be) this man? Nobody really (to know). Some
people (to say) he was half man, half wolf. Most people (to think) he (to be) a
vampire. Everyone (to fear) him.   Late one night a stranger (to come) to the
village inn. He (to say) the vampire in the castle (to be) dead. The villagers
(not to believe) him. They (to think) vampires (to live) forever.
That night there (to be) a violent storm. Lightning
(to flash) across the howling sky, thunder (to shake) the roofs of the houses.
The storm (to stop) quite suddenly. At that moment the lid of the big coffin of
the vampire (to begin) to open. As the coffin (to open), the storm (to die) to
a whisper. The body in the coffin (to take) the violent energy of the night.
The vampire (to be) back.
   The next day (to be) bright and sunny. Birds (to
sing) in the trees. The castle (to look) beautiful in the dawn light. People
(to get up) early and (to clear) away the debris from the storm. There (to be)
many cracked slates and broken windows. The villagers (to put) back the chimney
pots and (to mend) their fences. Life (to go on).    But the next night another
terrible thing (to happen), an awful cry (to ring) round the village.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.  Make up sentences in
Present Perfect.

We
She
They
Mrs
Fox
A little
baby

has have

come
see meet take  drink

.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
Exercise 2. Write down:
                                1.         3
things you have done today:
1)
I have done my homework today.
2)
............................................................................................
3)
............................................................................................
4)           ...........................................................................................
                                2.         3
things you did yesterday:
1)
I played tennis yesterday.
2)
............................................................................................
3)
............................................................................................
4)
............................................................................................
                                3.         3
things you haven`t done today.
1)
I haven`t repaired my parrot`s cage.
2)
............................................................................................
3)
............................................................................................
4)
............................................................................................
                                4.         3
things you didn`t do  yesterday:
                                1)         I
didn`t go for a walk yesterday.
1)
..........................................................................................
2)
............................................................................................
3)
............................................................................................
Exercise 3.  Translate from Russian
into English.
1)
– «Она уже выпила свой сок?» - «Нет».
…………………………………………………………………
2)
– «Ты нашел свою тетрадь по математике?» - «Да».
…………………………………………………………………
3)
– «Боб уже вымыл голову?» - «Да».
…………………………………………………………………
4)
– «Господин Браун уже получил письмо от сына?» - «Нет, еще не
получил».
…………………………………………………………………
5)
– «Вы уже слышали эту музыку?» - «Да».
…………………………………………………………………
6)
– «Ты когда-нибудь был в Шотландии?» - «Нет еще».
Exercise 4. Make up these sentences.
Example: My cousin / just /phone. – My cousin has
just phoned me.
1)
The housewife / already / clean. - ………………………………….
2)
Students / just / arrange. - ………………………………………….
3)
The monkey /just / climb. - ……………………………………….. 4)       The artist
/ already / draw. - ……………………………………….
Exercise 5. What questions do your
teacher, parents and friends often ask you?

Your
teacher

Hav e you

finished your exercise?
  done…………………? written………………?
………………………?

Parents
Friend s

Hav e
you
Hav e you

cleaned………………? washed ………………? learned ………………?
……………………….
?
been ………………….? seen
  ………………….?
heard
…………………?
………………………..
?

       Exercise 6. Look at
the pictures. Answer the questions. Write down the        answers. Use: take,
give, thank, eat.

1.   What hasn`t happened in the
picture             2. What has already happened in
yet?
picture?
Example: The monkey hasn`t
taken                  Example: The boy has already given the ice-cream
yet.                                               his ice-cream.
 ………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 35 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk” pair
work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Ask
and answer questions.
PART I.  Take turns making questions and giving
short answers. Use the names of your classmates in the questions.
Note: This is speaking practice. Don`t write the
answers yet.
Example:
PARTNER A:
______________________________________________________ PARTNER B:
_______________________________  (He is in class today.) PARTNER A: Is Ali in
class today? PARTNER B: Yes, he is.
1.      PARTNER
A: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER B:
________________ (He speaks English in class every day.)
2.      PARTNER
B: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER A:
______________________ (She comes to class every day.)
3.      PARTNER
A: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER B:
__________________________ (They are in class today.)
4.      PARTNER
B: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER A:
_________________  (She sits on the same seat every day.)
5.      PARTNER
A: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER B:
________________________  (He wears jeans every day.)
6.      PARTNER
B: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER A:
________________________ (They aren`t from Australia.)
7.      PARTNER
A: ____________________________________________________ PARTNER B: ____________
(They don`t have dictionaries on the desks.)
8.      PARTNER
B: _____________________________________________________ PARTNER A:
_____________________________ (They speak English.)
             PART II. Now write the questions and
answers in your exercises.
Exercise 2. Let`s talk: pair
work.
           Directions: Work with
a partner to make conversations. Begin you’re            answer with no.

           Example: children / walk to school every
day
           PARTNER A: Do the children walk to school every
day?
           PARTNER B: No, they don`t. They take the bus.
           PARTNER A:  Your turn now.

1.

The students / come to class at 10.00

2.

Ann /watch TV in the morning.

3.

Luis /write letters.

4.

Bill / drive a car.

5.

The workers /wear shoes.

6.

Jill /have a cat.

Exercise 3. Question
practice.
Directions: Make questions.
1.
A: ___Does Jean eat lunch at the cafeteria every day?___ B:
Yes, she does. (Jeans eats lunch at the cafeteria every day.)
2.
A: ______Where does jean eat lunch every day?________ B:
At the cafeteria. (Jeans eats lunch at the cafeteria every day.)
3.
A: ____________________________________________
B: At the post office. (Peter works at the post office.)
4.
A: ____________________________________________
B:
Yes, he does. (Peter works at the post office.)
5.
A: ____________________________________________
B: Yes, I do. ( I live in an apartment.)
6.
A: ____________________________________________
            B:  In an apartment.  ( I live in an
apartment.)
7.
A: ____________________________________________
            B : At a restaurant. (Bill eats dinner at a
restaurant every day.)
8.
A: ____________________________________________
            B: In the front row. (I sit in the front row
during class.)
9.
A: ____________________________________________
            B: At the University of Toronto. (Jessica goes
to school at the
            Univer       sity of Toronto.)
10.
A: ____________________________________________
             B: On my desk. (My book is on my desk.)
11.
A: ____________________________________________
             B: To class. (I go to class every morning.)
12.
A: ____________________________________________
            B: In class. (The students are in class right
now.)
13.
A: ____________________________________________
            B: In Australia. (Kangaroos live in
Australia.)
                                II.     VOCABULARY
DAILY LIFE
household chores – домашние обязанности
Doing household chores is an essential part o f our daily
life. —
Выполнение домашних обязанностей — это неотъемлемая
часть жизни любого человека. round of duties — круг обязанностей
I have mу usual round of duties. — У меня есть круг
ежедневных обязанностей. to share household chores — делить домашние
обязанности
We share our household chores to help each other. —
Чтобы помочь друг другу, мы делим наши домашние обязанности. responsibility
— обязательство
Cleaning the house is a responsibility of the whole family. —
Уборка в доме — это ответственность всей семьи. to dust — вытирать пыль
I dust every day. — Я вытираю пыль каждый день. to
vacuum -clean — пылесосить
I hate vacuum-cleaning. — Я ненавижу пылесосить  to
sweep the floor — подметать пол
Since we don’t have a vacuum-cleaner, I have to
sweep the floor with a broom. — Поскольку у нас нет пылесоса, мне приходится
подметать пол веником. to wash up / to wash the dishes — мыть
посуду
I often help my mom to wash the dishes. — Я часто
помогаю маме мыть посуду. to do the laundry   — стирать белье
She is doing her laundry now. — Она сейчас стирает. to
iron / to do the ironing — гладить
This dress needs ironing. — Это платье нужно погладить.
I do the ironing every 2 days. — Я глажу каждые 2 дня.
dishwasher — посудомоечная машина
Modern equipment, such as dishwashers, makes people s life
much easier. — Современное оборудование, такое как посудомоечная машина,
значительно упрощает жизнь людей.
to load / empty a dishwasher — загружать /
разгружать посудомоечную машину Му sister always loads a dishwasher and I empty
it. — Моя сестра всегда загружает посудомоечную машину, а я ее разгружаю.
to lay the table — накрывать на стол
I usually help my mom to lay the table. — Обычно я
помогаю маме накрывать на стол.  to clear the table — убирать со стола
I always clear the table right after meals. — Я
всегда убираю со стола сразу же после еды. to cook (meals) — готовить
(еду)
Му mom usually cooks meals after work. — Моя мама обычно
готовит еду после работы.
 to walk with / to air a dog —
выгуливать собаку
I walk with my dog 3 times a day. — Я выгуливаю свою
собаку 3 раза в день.
to water plants / flowers — поливать растения /
цветы
Every morning I water the flowers. — Я каждый день
поливаю цветы.  to take out the garbage — выносить мусор
On my way to school I sometimes take out the
garbage. — По пути в школу я иногда выкидываю мусор.
 to make the bed — стелить постель
After doing my homework I make my bed. — После того,
как я сделаю домашнее задание, я стелю постель. T to tidy up — убираться

Please, help me tidy up my room! — Пожалуйста,
помоги мне убраться в комнате. to do spring and fall cleaning — делать
генеральную уборку (летом и осенью) We used to do spring and fall cleaning but
now we try to keep our house clean and tidy every day. — Раньше мы делали
генеральную уборку летом и осенью, а сейчас мы стараемся поддерживать чистоту и
порядок в доме ежедневно. to clean the windows — мыть окна
 I usually clean the windows every 3 months. —
Обычно я мою окна каждые 3 месяца.  to refurbish an apartment — делать
ремонт в квартире
Next year we are planning to refurbish our
apartment. — В следующем году мы планируем сделать ремонт в нашей квартире. to
hang wallpaper — клеить обои
Last year I hung wallpaper in my room myself. — В
прошлом году я самостоятельно поклеила обои. to install tiles — класть
кафель
То install tiles is quite a tricky task. — Класть
кафель — весьма непростая задача. to paint the walls — красить стены
Yesterday I helped my parents paint the walls. — Вчера я
помогала своим родителям красить стены. to go shopping — ходить по
магазинам, делать покупки
Like every girl I like to go shopping. — Как и любая
девочка, я люблю ходить по магазинам.
to check the mail — проверять почту
I check the mail every morning. — Я проверяю почту
каждое утро. to change the bed — менять постельное белье
I change the bed every week. — Я меняю постельное белье
каждую неделю. to arrange the wardrobe — наводить порядок в шкафу
Frankly speaking, I hate arranging my wardrobe. —
Честно говоря, я ненавижу наводить порядок в своем шкафу. mess —
беспорядок
Му room is in a mess. — В моей комнате страшный
беспорядок. to leave one’s things all over the place — разбрасывать вещи

Mary is always leaving her things all over the place. —
Мэри постоянно разбрасывает вещи.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1.   Match the right
and left columns.

to water to hang to clear
  to empty to
  wash   to sweep
                       to do      to take out    to arrange    to
  change

wallpaper

  the table                      plants
                     the floor     a dishwasher
   the garbage
  the dishes    the laundry
                      the bed       the wardrobe

Exercise 2.Translate into English.
1.      Я
подумываю о том, чтобы сделать ремонт в квартире. Сейчас я собираюсь за
покупками.
2.      У
меня есть круг домашних обязанностей. Я поливаю цветы, выношу мусор и мою окна.
3.      Сейчас
моя мама готовит обед, а я гуляю со своей собакой.
4.      Когда
мы приглашаем гостей, я всегда накрываю стол к обеду.
5.      Я
ненавижу мыть посуду. Недавно мой папа подарил мне посудомоечную машину на день
рождения. Сейчас я только загружаю и разгружаю ее. Иногда я убираю со стола
посуду.
6.      В
прошлом году я клеила обои в своей комнате и красила стены на кухне.
7.
Чтобы помочь друг другу, мы делим наши домашние обязанности. Я
глажу и мою окна. Моя мама готовит еду и ходит по магазинам. Два раза в год мы
устраиваем генеральную уборку.
8.      Как
часто вы меняете постельное белье?
9.      В
моем шкафу страшный беспорядок. Я вечно разбрасываю свои вещи повсюду.
10.  Сколько раз в день ты
обычно проверяешь почту?
11.  Уборка в доме – это
ответственность всей семьи.
12.  Каждое утро я вытираю
пыль и убираюсь в своей комнате.
13.  Эту юбку нужно
погладить.
14.  Поскольку у нас нет
пылесоса, мне приходится подметать пол веником.
15.  Мне нужно навести
порядок в шкафу.
Exercise 3. Give English
equivalents to the following phrases.
1)домашние обязанности
2)      стирать
белье
3)      загружать
посудомоечную машину
4)      накрывать
на стол
5)      выгуливать
собаку
6)      подметать
пол
7)      мыть
посуду
8)      выносить
мусор
9)      делать
генеральную уборку
10)  менять постельное
белье
11)  наводить порядок в
шкафу
12)  клеить обои
13)  проверять почту
14)  ходить по магазинам
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.Use the verbs in Past
Simple. A.
Everything (to go) wrong that Thursday. — What (to
happen)? — I (to wake up) with toothache. I (to ring) the dentist three times
but there (to be) no reply. The forth time I (to get through). He (to give) me
an appointment at 3.30.1 (to think) it would be soothing to have a bath. But I
(to slip) getting out of the bath. I (to hit) my mouth on the tap and (to
break) three teeth. — That (to cure) your toothache? — No, I (to have) three
broken teeth and toothache
В.
One day when I (to be) in the third form at school,
we (to have) to write a story. I (to tell) a true story about my father. Once
he (to want) to clean the windows and (to borrow) a ladder. He (to try) to put
it against the wall but the end of the ladder (to go) through the window. My
teacher (to say) it (to be) a very good story. She (to ask) me to read it aloud
to the class and I (to do) it with great pleasure.
    Three years later my brother (to be) in the third
form. He (to write) the same story about our father and the ladder. He (to
have) to read it aloud too.
Exercise 2. Render the story in
PastSimple:
     James wants to have adventures and see the world but
there seems little hope at present. Every day he goes to the Public Library and
brings home books about boys who go whale hunting or fly round the world in
home-made aeroplanes or who are wrecked on a deserted island, live for a year
on fruits and return home on a raft bringing with them treasures they find on
the island. However, nothing happens to James. He gets up, eats, goes to
school, is good or bad, hopes for adventures, reads more books from the Public
Library, comes back home, goes to bed, and gets up and begins all over again,
still nothing happens. No strange-looking men speak mysteriously to him in
deserted streets, no old women die and leave him a hundred pounds. Life is so
dull!
Exercise 3. Use Present
or Past Simple:  A.

A dolphin (to look) like a big fish with a built-in
smile. Actually dolphins (to belong) to the same group of living creatures that
humans do: mammals. They (to grow) larger than we do — up to ten feet long.
They (to live) in water but must come to the surface to breathe. And though
humans (to consider) themselves the most intelligent of all mammals, dolphins
may not be too far behind. A measure of a mammal’s intelligence (to be) the
ability to communicate. Dolphins (not to use) words in our sense, of course.
Dolphin talk (to be) a variety of whistles, clicks and creaking sounds. But it
(to work). In one experiment, Dolphin A. was able to tell Dolphin B. which
level to press if he (to want) a reward of fish. Only Dolphin A. (to know) the
secret. There (to be) no way for Dolphin B. to find out unless Dolphin A. (to
tell) him. We (not to know) if dolphins (to call) one another by name as people
do, but something similar (to seem) to be true. Each dolphin (to have) a
whistling signal, different in tone and pattern from the signals of other
dolphins. When a baby (to be) bom, its mother (to whistle) almost constantly
for several days. The baby (to leam) to know its mother’s voice pattern, and
(to come) when she (to call). Dolphins (to imitate) words, laughter and even
the tones of different voices. Dr. John Lilly, a dolphin researcher, once (to
displease) a dolphin he was working with. The dolphin (to scold) him angrily in
his own voice and (to copy) Dr. Lilly very clearly. Humans (to think) that they
(to be) superior to dolphins. But what dolphins (to think) about humans? (After
“Dolphins ” by A.H. Lehrer)
 B.
Dickens (to begin) to write when he (to be) very
young. “The Pickwick Papers” (to be) his first novel. The history of the novel
(to be) very interesting. One day they (to ask) him to write a text to some
funny pictures. The pictures (to show) some Englishmen who (to belong) to a
sports club. They (to like) to travel and (to go) in for different kinds of
sports. Dickens (to begin) to write. In the beginning it (to be) just a funny
story, but very soon the readers (to see) how it (to grow) into a fine novel.
When the first part of the novel (to be) ready, the artist suddenly (to die).
The man who (to finish) the pictures (to be) H. Brown. “The Pickwick Papers”
(to make) Dickens famous.
People (to praise) both the author and the artist,
the book (to be) a great success. Readers (to find) the book very interesting
and always (to laugh) when they (to think) of Mr. Pickwick’s adventures. “The
Pickwick Papers” (to be) one of the best works in the history of English
literature. Everybody who (to be) older than six (to enjoy) Mr. Pickwick’s
story.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.Put in the articles
where necessary.
... Potters have ... three pets. Their cat... Pussy
is white. Pussy likes to watch ... moon in ... evening. Polly, their parrot is
... cleverest pet. Polly can speak ... English. Polly is from ... South
America. ... third pet is ... tortoise. Pussy and Polly like to play with ...
tortoise. ...Potters and their pets live ... London, in ... New Street.
Exercise 2.Write about any people who
have these pets.
Example: People who have a hamster should be
caring, Loving and tidy (because their pet is small).

.............................................................................
  ..............................................................................

…………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………….

........................................................................................
  ........................................................................................

 .......................................................................................
  ........................................................................................

.........................................................................................
  .........................................................................................

Exercise 3. Translate from
Russian into English.
1)
Сестры купили специальный корм для своего попугая.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
2)
Они борются против жестокого обращения с животными.
………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………
3)
Вы вступите в зоологическое общество нашего города?
…………………………………………………………………………………
4)
Вчера Джек отвел к ветеринару (take to the vet) свою
собаку.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
5)
Посмотри! Они играют со своими питомцами.
……………………………................................................................................
…………………………………………………………………………………
6)
Я собираюсь вымыть клетку. Ты мне поможешь?
…………………………....................................................................................
…………………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 36
I.    Basic English
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work.
                       Directions: Work with a
partner.
Partner A: Ask your partner questions using where.
Your book is open. Partner B: Answer the questions. Your book is closed.
Example: live
Partner A:  (book open): Where do you live?
Partner B: ( book closed): (free
response)
1.      live
2.      eat
lunch every day
3.      go
after class
4.      study
at night
5.      go
to school 6.      buy school supplies
Switch roles.
Partner A: Close your book.
Partner B: Open your book. Your turn to ask questions.
7.      buy
your clothes
8.      go
on weekends
9.      sit
during class
10.  eat dinner
11.  do your homework
12.  go on vacation
Exercise 2.  Question
practice. Directions: Make questions.
1.      A:
_____When/What time do you eat breakfast_______________? B: At
7.30. (I eat breakfast at 7.30 in the morning.)
2.      A:
_____When/What time do you usually  eat breakfast_           _?
B: At 7.00. (I usually eat breakfast at 7.00 in the morning.)
3.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: At  6.45. (I get up at 6.45.)
4.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: At 6.30. (Maria usually gets up at 6.30.)
5.      A:
__________________________________________________
B:  At 8.15. (The movie starts at 8.15.)
6.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: Around 11.00. ( I usually go to bed around 11.00.)
7.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: At half past twelve. (I usually eat lunch at half past
twelve.)
8.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: At 5.30. (The restaurant opens at 5.30.)
9.      A:
__________________________________________________
B: At 9.05. (The train leaves at 9.05.)
10.  A:
__________________________________________________ B: Between 6.30 and 8.00. (I
usually eat dinner between 6.30 and 8.00.)
11.  A:
__________________________________________________
B: at 8.15. (My classes begin at 8.15.)
12.  A:
__________________________________________________ B: At 10.00 p.m. (The
library closes at 10.00 p.m. on Saturday.)
                       Exercise 3. Let`s
talk:  class interview.
                       Directions: Ask
and answer questions.
 PART I. Walk around the room. Ask a question using
when or what time. Write the answer and your classmate`s name.
Example: eat breakfast
SPEAKER A: When/What time do you eat breakfast?
SPEAKER B: I usually eat breakfast at 7.00 in the morning.

1.
  wake
  up
2.
  usually get up
3.
  eat breakfast
4.
  leave home in the morning
5.
  usually get to class
6.
  eat lunch
7.
  get home from school
8.
  have dinner
9.
  usually study in the evening
10.
  go to bed

Answer

PART II. Tell the class about a few of the answers
you got.
Exercise 4.  Interview and
paragraph practice.
Directions: Interview someone about
her/his daily schedule. Use the information from the interview to write a
paragraph.
Some questions you might want to ask
during the interview.
What do you do every morning?                    What do
you ...?
What do you do every afternoon?                   When do
you ...?
What do you do every evening?                      Where
do you ...?
                                II.      VOCABULARY
SHOPPING
shopping mall— крупный торговый комплекс, галерея
магазинов
There is only one big shopping mall in our town. — В
нашем городке есть всего один крупный торговый комплекс.
 stationery (shop)— магазин канцелярских
принадлежностей
Не went to the stationery shop to buy some pens and pencils.
— Он зашел в магазин канцелярских принадлежностей, чтобы купить карандаши и
ручки.
bookstore — книжный магазин
I am going to the bookstore. — Я собираюсь в книжный
магазин. jewelry store  — ювелирный магазин
I’d like to start my own jewelry store. — Я бы хотела открыть
свой собственный ювелирный магазин. pharmacy  — аптека
You can buy some painkillers in any open pharmacy. —
Ты можешь купить обезболивающее в любой аптеке, которая еще открыта. drugstore
  — аптека (Аm E ) (с самым широким ассортиментом товаров, в т.ч.
туалетными и канцелярскими принадлежностями, мороженым, кофе, журналами) There
is a drugstore just around the corner. — Как раз за углом есть аптека.
chemist’s   — аптека (Вг Е)
How can I get to the nearest chemist s? — Как мне дойти до
ближайшей аптеки? painkiller—
обезболивающее, болеутоляющее средство
Take a painkiller. It will make your headache go
away. — Выпей обезболивающее, чтобы снять головную боль.  medicine   —
лекарство
You 'd better take some medicine for cold. — Тебе лучше
принять лекарство от кашля. perfumery  and cosmetics — парфюмерия и
косметика
Most o f all I like to buy perfumery and cosmetics. — Больше
всего я люблю покупать парфюмерию и косметику. hypermarket— гипермаркет,
большой магазин самообслуживания
A hypermarket is a huge self-service store with a
wide range of goods. — Г ипермаркет — это огромный магазин самообслуживания с
большим ассортиментом товаров.  off-licence   — магазин, торгующий
спиртными напитками на вынос department store   — универмаг
She works at the department store. — Она работает в
универмаге. baker’s (shop) — булочная
I went to the baker s to buy some bread and buns. —
Я отправилась в булочную, чтобы купить немного хлеба и булочек. butcher’s
— мясной магазин
Go to the butcher` s and buy some beef pork and
turkey. — Сходи в мясной магазин и купи немного говядины, свинины и индейку. greengrocer’s — овощной
магазин
We usually buy vegetables at the greengrocer s. — Обычно
мы покупаем овощи в овощном магазине.
 delicatessen   — гастроном
At the delicatessen I often buy some mixed salads
and sandwiches. — В гастрономе я часто покупаю различные салаты и сэндвичи.
confectioner’s — кондитерский магазин
Let’s go the confectioner’s to buy some chocolate
and pastries. — Пойдем в кондитерский магазин и купим шоколадных конфет и
пирожных. baked goods — выпечка dairy   — молочный магазин
Let s go to the dairy to buy some milk and cottage
cheese. — Давай сходим в молочную, чтобы купить молока и творога. discount   —
скидка
Could you give a discount? — He могли бы вы мне
сделать скидку?  expensive  — дорогостоящий
This is a very expensive car. — Это очень дорогая машина.
cheap— дешевый, недорогой
It is cheaper to buy goods at wholesale prices. —
Гораздо дешевле покупать товары по оптовым ценам. shopping cart / basket
— корзина для покупок
There is 2 items in your shopping cart. — В вашей
корзине 2 товара. supermarket trolley   — тележка для покупок (в
супермаркете)
Yesterday when I was going home with my supermarket
trolley full up with shopping, I  met Josh. — Вчера, когда я с полной тележкой
для покупок направлялась к дому, я встретила Джоша. foodstuffs—
продовольственные товары, продукты питания
How much do you usually spend for foodstuffs a day?
— Сколько обычно ты тратишь на продукты в день? to pay in cash / by credit
card — платить наличными / кредитной картой  I'll pay for it in cash. — Я
заплачу за это наличными.
to spend money — тратить деньги
I don ’t spend money on accessories. — Я не трачу
деньги на аксессуары. to cost — стоить
How much does this car cost? It costs a lot of money
/ a bomb. — Сколько стоит эта машина? Она стоит очень дорого / целое состояние.
 shop assistant — продавец
The shop assistant asked me what color I would like.
— Продавец спросил меня, какой я предпочитаю цвет. fitting room —
примерочная
Excuse те, where can I find a fitting room? — Простите,
где я могу найти примерочную?
to purchase   / buy — покупать
I ’d like to purchase this bag. — Я бы хотела
приобрести эту сумочку. to sell — продавать
John sold his car yesterday. — Джон продал вчера свою
машину.
apparel— одежда
The store sells women s apparel. — Магазин торгует
женской одеждой. to place an order — размещать заказ
You can place an order without creating an account
as a guest. — Вы можете разместить заказ без регистрации, как гость. to put
on — надевать что-либо
Put on your coat. It’s cold outside. — Надень пальто. На
улице холодно.
to wear — носить что-либо
She was wearing a nice suit. — На ней был надет
красивый костюм. to take off— снимать что-либо
Take o ff your shoes, please. — Разувайтесь,
пожалуйста. to try something on — примерять что-либо
 I ’d like to try this dress on. — Я бы хотела примерить
это платье.
to be dressed in something — быть одетым во
что-либо
She was dressed in a blue suit. — Она была одета в синий
костюм.
to window -shop — рассматривать витрины магазинов
Some people like window-shopping at their free time.
— Некоторые люди любят в свободное время рассматривать витрины магазинов. shop
w in d o w — витрина магазинa
flea mark e t   — блошиный рынок, барахолка
Many people buy cheap second-hand goods at flea markets. —
Многие люди покупают недорогие подержанные вещи на блошиных рынках.
to run out of something —
заканчиваться
We have run out of sugar. — У нас закончился сахар.
to stand in a line — стоять в очереди
People hate
standing in long lines. — Люди ненавидят стоять в длинных очередях. Vocabulary
Exercises
                       Exercise 1.  Match
the words with their definitions.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

hypermarket
supermarket trolley fitting room  shop
  assistant
greengrocer

a)
  a person who works in a shop selling things to customers
b)
  a shopkeeper who sells fruit and vegetables
c)
  a drug or medicine for relieving pain
d)
  a very large self-service store with a wide range of goods and
  a large car park, typically situated outside a town
e)     a
  bag or basket on wheels for carrying shopping purchases

6.
  off- licence
7.
  confectioner
8.
  drugstore
9.
  bookstore
10.
  painkiller

f)
  a store where books are sold
g)
  a room in a store in which one can try on clothes before
  deciding whether to purchase them
h)
  a store which sells wine, beer, and other alcoholic drinks
i)       a
  person whose job is selling or making sweets and chocolates
j)       a
  shop where drugs and medicines are sold or given out

Exercise 2.  Translate into
English.
1)
Вчера я ходила в мясной магазин и купила немного свинины и
говядины.
2)
Я собираюсь в магазин, торгующий спиртными напитками, чтобы
купить шампанское и вино для ужина.
3)
Мы обычно покупаем свежие овощи в овощном магазине.
4)
Вы будете платить кредитной картой или наличными?
5)
Я потратила вчера много денег. Я разместила заказ в интернет-магазине.

К сожалению, когда ты покупаешь вещи онлайн, ты не можешь
их померить. Зато тебе не приходится стоять в очереди и тратить время на
дорогу.
6)
В свободное время я люблю рассматривать витрины магазинов. Больше
всего я люблю покупать парфюмерию и косметику. Я могу провести несколько часов
в магазине парфюмерии.
7)
Мне нужно сходить в аптеку, чтобы купить обезболивающее средство.
У меня ужасно болит голова.
8)
Мне нужно сходить в молочный магазин, чтобы купить творог и
сметану.
9)
У нас закончились яблоки и бананы. Я хочу приготовить фруктовый
салат.
10)     Вчера
я ходила в кондитерский магазин и купила много вкусных конфет.
11)     Сколько
обычно ты тратишь на продукты в месяц?
12)     Сколько
стоит это платье? Могу ли я его примерить? Вы не подскажете, где примерочная?
13)     Я
бы хотела приобрести этот костюм. Могу я расплатиться кредитной картой?
14)     На
ней красивое платье. Интересно, где она его купила?
15)     Многие
люди покупают недорогие подержанные вещи на блошиных рынках.
16)     Я
собираюсь в книжный магазин, чтобы купить какой-нибудь роман-бестселлер.
17)     Тебе
следовало бы сходить в аптеку и купить лекарство от гриппа.
18)     В
вашем городке есть торговый центр?
19)     В
гастрономе я часто покупаю различные салаты и сэндвичи.
20)     Для
меня это слишком дорого. Не могли бы вы мне сделать скидку?
Exercise 3.  Give English
equivalents for the following phrases:
-  платить наличными
-  тележка для покупок
-  тратить деньги
-  блошиный рынок
-  размещать заказ
-  надевать что-либо -
стоять в очереди
-  витрина магазина
-  примерять что-либо
-  быть одетым во
что-либо
-  рассматривать витрины
магазинов
-  магазин, торгующий
спиртными напитками на вынос
-  ювелирный магазин
магазин канцелярских принадлежностей
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Respond to the
following using the models:
Models: I went home after
classes. — So did I. She wasn’t here on Friday. — Neither was I.
1.I studied Psychology last year. 2. We didn’t like
the TV show. 3 .1 went to the country for the weekend. 4 .1 didn’t have lunch
today. 5. I understood the task. 6. We didn’t hear the knock at the door. 7. I
was busy the whole day yesterday. 8. We had a very good time last Saturday. 9.
I didn’t learn English last year. 10. She had a lot of dolls in childhood. 11.
They were at home in the evening. 12. I wasn`t angry.
Exercise 2. Fill in the blanks
with the following words and phrases:

at the time, in
1952, always (2), at night, in 1649, in 1982, soon, next Sunday, hardly ever,
next year, never (2), next week, tomorrow, in a few days, last time, on
Saturday, on the first night, usually, generally, last year.

1. Piccadilly Circus is colourful.... 2.... he spoke
neither English nor French. 3. The forecast says the weather will change for
the better ... . 4. ... it cost us much less.
5. Our employees ... do not bother to go out to lunch.
6. They are going to give the guests a lunch-time concert ... . 7. I don’t like
Sam, he is ... too sure of himself.
8.  ... a second
independent TV service came into operation in Britain.
9.  The government will
take a number of serious steps ... . 10. Do the English ... like gambling? 11.
I shall jump for joy if I win the prize .... 12. ...upon the death of her
father, King George VI, Elizabeth became the British monarch. 13. They promised
to take us to the old castle.... 14.... in Scotland we put up at a hotel in the
little town of Calender. 15.... many tourists will go on a journey to the west
coast. 16. My younger brother was ten ... . 17. I ... read any newspapers. 18.
He ... laughed at the misfortunes of others. 19. It is n o t... as simple as it
seems. 20. Cromwell abolished monarchy ... .
21. He will probably be President of the company .... 22.
He w ill... know the truth.
Exercise 3. Translate into
Russian:
1.Russia used to be a part of the USSR. 2. Eastern
and Western Europe used  to be hostile to each other. 3. Taiwan used to be a
British colony. 4. The old general used to be strong and healthy. 5. Michael
used to be a policeman.
6. We used to meet once in a while in the library.
7. He used to be our school headmaster. 8. Her classmates used to call her
“Fatty,” because she used to be fat. 9. There used to be a village in this
place. 10. You used to give me flowers every day. 11. He used to oversleep
every morning. 12. Our family used to have lunch together.
                                IV.      LEARN AND PLAY.
Exercise 1. Make up as many
word combinations as possible. Write them down.

phone
electric

guitar
line
book
lights
exchange
telegraph number
box
fireplace
  call

___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Exercise 2. Match the phrases.
Read the mini- dialogue.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Can I speak to Martin,
  please?
Can you take a message for
  Jane?
Could you ask Tim to call
  me back, please?
Could I speak to Mrs.
Brown, please?
If Steve isn`t there, can I call later?

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

Yes, he will be home in half an hour. Certainly, and can I
  write down your phone number?
Sorry, It`s the wrong number. She doesn`t live here.
Yes, certainly, I`ll just take a pen.
Hang on a moment, I`ll get him.

Exercise 3. Use the verbs in
the appropriate tense.
1.      It
(to be) _____________  my grandmother`s birthday yesterday. I (not/
manage)____________________ to come, but I (phone) ____________ her to say
“Happy Birthday!”. She was glad to hear from me.

2.      –
I want to call Jane and invite her to my party.
( you/know) ____________________ her telephone number?
-No, but I (ring up) _____________ someone of her friends
and (leave) ___________ hear a message.
3.      –
Can I speak to Paul, please?
-I`m afraid he isn`t here. He (go) _________________ to
the swimming pool.
4.      –
A traffic accident has just happened near my house.
-(you/already/call) ___________________ the police and the
ambulance?
5.      Can
you call the cinema and ask if they still have tickets for the film?
-Let me see… I`m afraid I (lose) ___________ the phone
number of the cinema.
Lesson 37 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.  Chapter
review: pair work Directions: Work with a partner.
PART I.
PARTNER A:  Ask Partner B 5 questions about things he/she has
and doesn`t  have. PARTNER B: Answer the questions.
Example:
PARTNER A:   Do you have a car?
PARTNER B: No.
PARTNER A: Do you have a computer?
PARTNER B: Yes, but it`s not here. It`s in my
country. Etc.
Switch roles. (Partner B now asks 5
questions)
PART II. PARTNER B: Ask Partner A 5 questions about
things he/she likes and doesn`t like. PARTNER A:  Answer the questions.
Example:
PARTNER B: Do you like pizza?
PARTNER A:  Yes.
PARTNER B: Do you like the music (name of a group or
singer)?
PARTNER A: No, I don`t. Etc.
PART III.  Write about your partner. The vocabulary
can help you.
1)      Give
a physical description.
2)      Write
about things this person has and doesn`t have.
3)      Write
about things this person likes and doesn`t like.
Here`s some vocabulary to help you describe your partner.

Eye colour

Hair types

Hair colour

 brown
blue green grey

  straight curly wavy bold

brown black red
blond dark light

straight

curly

wavy

bald

Exercise 2. Chapter review:
question practice.
Directions: Complete the questions
and answers with the words in parentheses.
A: (you/study) 1._______________________________________
a lot?
B: I (study)
2._______________________________________ at least 3 hours every day. My
roommate (study) 3. ______________________________  at least 5 hours.
She is very serious about her education. How about you? (you/spend)
4.
_________________ a lot of time studying?
A: No, I don`t. I (spend) 5.
______________________________ as little time as possible. I (like/not)
6. _____________________________  to study. B: Then why (you/be) 7.
____________________________  a student?
A: My parents (want) 8.
______________________________ me to go to school. I (want/not) 9.
_________________________ to be here.
B: In that case, I (think) 10.
_____________________ that you should drop out of school and find a job
until you decide what you want to do with your life.

Exercise 3. Chapter review.
Directions: Complete each sentence
with the correct form of the verb.

    I (have) 1. _________________ two
classmates. One of them, Sam, is always neat and clean. He ( wash) 2.
_____________ his clothes once a week.
(you/know) 3. ____________ Matt,
my other classmate? He (be)
4 _____________ the opposite of Sam. For
example,  Matt (change/not) ________________ the sheets on his bed. He (keep)
6. _______________ the same sheets week after week. He (wash/never) 7.
_____________________ his clothes. He (wear) 8. _____________ the
same dirty jeans every day. Sam`s side of the room (be/always)
9.______________ neat,
And Matt`s side (be/always)10.
__________________ a mess. As my mother always (say) 11.
___________________,  it (take) 12. ________________ all kinds of
people to make a world.

II.      VOCABULARY FASHION
self-expression — самовыражение
Fashion is a perfect way o f self-expression. — Мода — это
идеальный способ самовыражения.
trendsetter   — законодатель моды
Today celebrities are the trendsetters in fashion. —
Сегодня многие знаменитости являются законодателями моды.
style icon — икона стиля
Kate Moss is absolutely a style icon for me. — Для меня икона
стиля — это несомненно Кейт Мосс.  cover-girl — девушка с обложки
I want to look like a cover-girl. — Я хочу быть похожей на
девушку с обложки. school uniform — школьная форма
School uniforms should be simple and comfortable. —
Школьная форма должна быть простой и удобной.
garments— одежда
Please, note that all our garments are listed in UK
sizes. — Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что указаны британские размеры одежды. apparel
 — одежда
The store sells woman s apparel. — Магазин торгует
женской одеждой. dress — платье Is it your new dress? — Это твое новое
платье?
jacket — пиджак
She is wearing a nice jacket. — На ней надет
симпатичный пиджак. blazer — блейзер
Do you like wearing blazers?— Ты любишь носить
блейзеры? coat — пальто
Take o ff your coat. — Снимай пальто. fur-coat
— меховая шуба
Although I've got a duck-down jacket, I feel only
warm in my fur-coat. — Несмотря на то, что у меня есть пуховик, по-настоящему
тепло мне только в моей шубе. outerwear   — верхняя одежда
You ’ll love our sale on outerwear. — Вам понравится наша
распродажа верхней одежды.
underwear   — нижнее белье
Which brands o f underwear do you like most? — Какие
бренды нижнего белья тебе нравятся больше всего? sleepwear — одежда для
сна
Му favorite sleepwear is pajamas. — Моя любимая
одежда для сна — пижама. pajamas   — пижама lingerie  — дамское
белье
I am looking for a lingerie department. — Я ищу отдел
дамского белья.
jumper — джемпер
She was dressed in a pink jumper and jeans. — Она
была одета в розовый джемпер и джинсы.
skirt   — юбка
Scottish men wear kilts, which look like a skirt. —
Шотландские мужчины носят килт, который похож на юбку.
shirt   — рубашка
Today I am wearing a cotton shirt and jeans. —
Сегодня на мне — рубашка и джинсы. suit   — костюм
She was dressed in an elegant grey suit. — Она была одета
в элегантный серый костюм.
sportswear   — спортивная одежда
Sportswear should be comfortable and breathable. —
Спортивная одежда должна легко пропускать воздух и быть удобной. leather
jacket — кожаная куртка
Last year I bought a stud-embellished leather
jacket. — В прошлом году я купила кожаную куртку, декорированную стразами. pants
/trousers — брюки
I don’t usually wear pants. — Я обычно не ношу
брюки.  shorts — шорты
In summer I usually wear T-shirts and shorts. — Летом я
обычно ношу футболки и шорты.
T -shirt — футболка; outfit   — полный
комплект одежды
footwear — обувь
Could you please tell me where the footwear department is? —
He подскажете, где находится отдел обуви? boots — сапоги
I want to buy a pair o f leather boots. — Я хочу купить
кожаные сапоги.
sandals — босоножки
I love high-heel sandals. — Я люблю босоножки на
высоких каблуках. sneakers / trainers — кроссовки
Му New Balance sneakers are the best. — Мои
кроссовки New Balance — самые лучшие. pumps — туфли-лодочки
These pumps are available in 2 colours. — Эти
лодочки представлены в 2 цветах. to rebel against somebody — бунтовать,
протестовать против кого-либо Many teenagers rebel against their parents by
wearing outrageous clothes and hairstyles. — Многие подростки надевают
шокирующие наряды и делают странные прически с одной целью -— выразить протест
своим родителям. outrageous clothes — странная, броская одежда outrageous
hairstyle — странная, шокирующая причёска to stand out in a crowd —
выделяться из толпы
I like to stand out in a crowd. — Я люблю выделяться
из толпы.  accessories   — аксессуары
ring — кольцо
I am dreaming of buying a diamond ring. — Я мечтаю
купить кольцо с бриллиантом.
earrings   — серьги
For my birthday my parents bought me a gorgeous set of a
ring with gemstones and matching earrings. — Мои родители купили мне на день
рождения роскошный комплект, состоящий из кольца с драгоценными камнями и
сережек.
(necklace) chain — цепочка pendant
 — подвеска
She was wearing her beautiful silver chain with a
pendant. — На ней была надета красивая серебряная цепочка с подвеской. bracelet
  — браслет
Where did you buy such a beautiful bracelet? — Где ты
купила такой красивый браслет?
brooch   — брошь
Do you wear brooches? — Вы носите броши? to be in
fashion — быть в моде
Dust pink is in fashion nowadays. — Сегодня в моде
цвет «пыльная роза».  to go out of fashion — выйти из моды
Retro will never go out of fashion. — Ретро-стиль
никогда не выйдет из моды. trendy — модный, стильный
 I want to buy a pair of expensive trendy shoes. — Я
хочу купить пару дорогих модных туфель. must-have — обязательная модная
вещь в гардеробе This bag is a must-have for every fashionable girl.
 — Эта сумка — обязательная вещь в гардеробе каждой
модницы. old-fashioned — старомодный
This dress looks a bit old-fashioned. — Это платье
выглядит немного старомодным. to look good in — хорошо смотреться в
чем-либо
This dress is awesome. You look so good in it. — Это
платье просто супер. Ты в нем великолепно выглядишь. sense of style —
чувство стиля
She s got a perfect sense of style. — У нее
идеальное чувство стиля.  to keep up with the latest fashion — следовать
последним тенденциям моды  I try to keep up with the latest fashion. — Я
стараюсь следовать последним тенденциям моды.
to dress up for the occasion — одеваться в
соответствии с поводом
 It is very important to dress up for the occasion.
— Очень важно уметь грамотно одеваться в соответствии с поводом. to fit
— быть в пору, подходить (по размеру), сидеть (об одежде) The dress fits you. —
Платье тебе как раз. tastelessly matched clothes — безвкусно подобранная
одежда
Her clothes were tastelessly matched. — Ее одежда
была подобрана безвкусно.  to match — подходить, соответствовать (под
пару, по цвету, по форме) Which shoes match this dress better? — Какие туфли
лучше подходят к этому платью? to
suit — подходить, быть к лицу, идти White suits you. — Белый цвет вам к
лицу. to be well dressed — быть хорошо одетым
She is always well dressed and elegant. — Она элегантна и
всегда хорошо одета.
Vocabulary exercises
Exercise 1.  Match the left and
right columns.

style
  school cover outrageous sense

uniform
  clothes icon of style
with the latest fashion

to
  dress up to keep up

girl
for the occasion

Exercise 2.  Translate in to
English.
1)      Сегодня
джинсы с прорехами на пике моды.
2)      Классическое
черное платье никогда не выйдет из моды.
3)      Я
хочу купить модные кожаные сапоги.
4)      Лодочки
бежевого цвета должны быть в гардеробе любой модницы.
5)      Какое
красивое пальто! Ты выглядишь в нем очень нарядно.
6)      Этот
пиджак выглядит старомодно.
7)      Я
стараюсь следовать последним тенденциям моды.
8)      Вчера
я купила восхитительные туфли и подобрала к ним коктейльную сумочку.
9)      Синий
цвет тебе очень к лицу.
10)Наша учительница всегда
хорошо одета. У нее восхитительное чувство стиля.
11)Очень важно уметь грамотно одеваться в соответствии с
поводом.
12)Если ты купишь это платье, то однозначно будешь
выделяться из толпы.
13)Законодатели моды – это люди, которые устанавливают
модные тенденции.
14)Для меня икона стиля – это однозначно Мирослава Дума.
15)Школьная форма способствует лучшей успеваемости
учащихся.
16)В прошлом году я купила новый пиджак.
17)Моя любимая одежда для сна – пижама из хлопка.
18)Многие подростки надевают
шокирующие наряды и делают странные прически с одной целью – выразить протест
своим родителям.
19)Мой друг подарил мне кольцо с брильянтом на день
рождения. 20)Её одежда была подобрана безвкусно.
Exercise 3.  Give English
equivalents for the following phrases:
-  школьная форма
-  выделяться из толпы
-  шокирующая прическа
-  чувство стиля
-  следовать последним
модным тенденциям
-  одеваться в
соответствии с поводом
-  быть в моде
-  выйти из моды
-  быть хорошо одетым
-  законодатель моды
-  девушка с обложки
-  старомодная одежда
-  безвкусно подобранная
одежда

                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Change the statements
according to the model:
 Model: I don’t -work on
Saturdays. — I used to work on Saturdays last year ( when I was young...).
 1. I never take a taxi to go to work. 2 .I hardly
ever watch TV now. 3. People do not very often go to the cinema today. 4. She is old and sick. 5. She
has few close friends. 6. He doesn’t read any papers. 7. He is always late for
work. 8. We don’t go out much nowadays. 9. Classes at school begin at nine. 10.
My brother doesn’t come home until 11. 11. He is a university professor now.
12. The place is so nice and clean! 13. She is so pretty and attractive. 14.
The Tower of London is a museum now. 15. London is one of the biggest cities in
the world. 16. There is a big supermarket near our house.
Exercise 2. Say what you used to like or do when
you were: a baby, a small child, at school, in your last year at school, a
university student.
Exercise 3. Translate into English:
1.Вчера вечером я звонила своим друзьям в Лондон.
2. Он закончил университет три года тому назад. 3. Вчера она заходила к нам на
минутку. 4. В понедельник она не приходила в институт. 5. Где ты купил этот
словарь?  6. На прошлой неделе я получил от нее три письма. 7. Куда вы ездили в
отпуск летом? 8. Мы ведь договаривались с вами о встрече в 10 часов?  9. Кто оставил
эту записку? 10. Его рассказ не на всех произвел впечатление. 11. Сью и Д ик
впервые встретились во время летнего семестра. 12. Она не объяснила, почему
изменила решение переехать в другой штат. 13. Доктор Джоунз получил Нобелевскую
премию за заслуги в медицине. 14. Кто обучал вас английскому языку? 15. Когда
вы были за рубежом в последний раз? 16. Мы надеялись достать билеты на
семичасовой сеанс. 17. Она выглядела моложе своих лет и одевалась со вкусом.
18. Вчера произошло ограбление банка. Преступников было трое. Им удалось
скрыться. 19. Землетрясение в Японии в 1995 году принесло массу разрушений. 20.
Джон Кеннеди стал президентом США, когда ему было сорок три года.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Match. Every word should
be used only once.

to
  receive to use to phone to play to offer

computer
  games fax messages wonderful opportunities the Internet the police

Exercise 2.  What traits of
character are important for these professions? Write the sentences on the
model.

to be a doctor
to be a computer programmer
to
  be a lawyer to be a vet to be a fireman to be a politician to be a teacher

understanding
  tolerant         brave clever                  intelligent     polite
  serious                 fair                creative communicative
  talkative        kind

Model: To be a good doctor a person
should be clever and kind.
1. ____________________________________________________________
2. ____________________________________________________________ 3.
____________________________________________________________ 4.
____________________________________________________________ 5. ____________________________________________________________
                                6.   ____________________________________________________________
Lesson 38 I.     REVISION
Exercise 1. Chapter review.
Let`s talk. Directions: Work with a partner.
PART I. Complete the conversations.
PARTNER A: Do you _______ ?
PARTNER B: Yes, I do. How about you? Do you ___________?
PARTNER A: _______________.
PARTNER B: Are you ____________?
PARTNER A: Yes, I am. How about you? Are you ___________?
PARTNER B: ________________.
PARTNER A: ______ you usually _________ in the morning?
PARTNER B: ___________.
PARTNER A: When ___________?
PARTNER B: ________________?
PARTNER A: Yes, I do.
PARTNER B: ________________?
PARTNER A: No, he doesn`t.
PARTNER B: ________________? PARTNER A: Yes, I am.
PARTNER B: ________________? PARTNER A: No, he
isn1t.
PART II. Share one or two of your  dialogues in the
class.
Exercise 2. Chapter review.
Directions: Make questions. Use your own words.
1.      A:
________________________________________?
B: No, I don`t.
2.      A:
________________________________________? B: Yes, I am.
3.      A:
________________________________________?
B: In an apartment.
4.      A:
________________________________________?
B: Six-thirty.
5.      A:
________________________________________? B: Monday.
6.      A:
________________________________________? B: At home.
7.      A:
________________________________________?
B: No, he doesn`t.
8.      A:
________________________________________?
B: No, she isn`t.
9.      A:
________________________________________?
B: South of the United States.
10.  A:
________________________________________?
B: Yes, it is.
11.  A:
________________________________________? B: Yes, they do.
12.  A:
________________________________________? B: In Southeast Asia.
13.  A:
________________________________________? B: Hot in the summer.
14.  A:
________________________________________? B: September.
15.  A:
________________________________________?
B: Yes, I do.
Exercise 3. Chapter review: let`s
talk.
Directions: Which lifestyle do
you like the most? Ask your teacher questions to get more  information about
them? Then decide which you like best and explain why.
Example:
SPEAKER A: Where does Peter live?
TEACHER: On a boat.
SPEAKER B: What does Kathy do?
TEACHER: She teaches skiing.
SPEAKER C: Where does Ron work?
TEACHER: At a jewelry store.
SPEAKER D: What pets does Lisa have? TEACHER: She
has a snake.
Continue asking questions until your chart is complete.

Name

Where does he/she study?

What does he/she do?

Where does he/she work?

What pets does he/she have?

 BILL

at university

MEG

teaches English

JOHN

at a restaurant

MARTHA

a black horse

ANDREW

II.      VOCABULARY Food & Healthy Lifestyle
                       fast
food — быстрое питание, фаст-фуд
Today fast food is very popular. — На сегодняшний
день фаст-фуд очень популярен. junk / unhealthy food — богатая
калориями, нездоровая пища
Nowadays more and more people eat junk food such as
hamburgers and chips at the restaurants. — Сегодня все больше и больше людей
едят в ресторанах нездоровую пищу, такую как гамбургеры и чипсы.
 fizzy drinks — газированные напитки
I don't like fizzy drinks; / prefer still mineral water. —
Я не люблю газированные напитки, я предпочитаю минеральную воду без газов.
 still / sparkling mineral water — негазированная /
газированная минеральная вода
overweight — избыточный вес obesity
— ожирение
Junk food has high caloric value which can lead to
overweight and even obesity. — Фастфуд — это высококалорийная пища, приводящая
к избыточному весу и даже ожирению.
chemical additives — химические добавки
Junk food contains chemical additives that are very
harmful to health. — В фастфуде содержатся вредные для здоровья химические добавки.

to be harmful to one’s health —
вредный для здоровья
Fast food is harmful to our health. — Фастфуд вреден для
здоровья.
bad habit — вредная привычка
Smoking is a bad habit. — Курение —
это дурная привычка. to lead a healthy lifestyle — вести здоровый образ
жизни
То be healthy means to lead a healthy life style, to
exercise regularly, to eat healthy food and avoid smoking, alcohol abuse and
overeating. — Быть здоровым — значит вести здоровой образ жизни, регулярно
заниматься физическими упражнениями, есть полезную пищу и избегать курения,
чрезмерного употребления алкоголя и переедания.
to exercise regularly — регулярно заниматься
физическими упражнениями  to avoid smoking — избегать курения to eat
healthy food — употреблять здоровую пищу overeating   — переедание to
be on a diet — быть на диете
I am on a diet to lose weight. — Я на диете, потому
что хочу похудеть. to lose weight — худеть, сбрасывать вес  nutritionist
— диетолог, специалист по питанию She works as a nutritionist. — Она работает
диетологом. nutrient   — питательное вещество
They keep a balanced diet containing the essential
nutrients such as proteins, vitamins and minerals. — Они соблюдают правильное
сбалансированное питание, содержащее необходимые питательные компоненты, такие,
как протеины, витамины и минералы.
to be in a good shape — быть в хорошей физической
форме
She is in a surprisingly good shape. — Она в удивительно
хорошей физической форме.
 to go jogging — выходить на пробежку
I usually go jogging every weekend. — Обычно я
выхожу на пробежку каждые выходные. to keep a balanced diet — соблюдать
правильное сбалансированное питание dairy products — молочные продукты
milk — молоко
One coffee with milk, please. — Чашечку кофе с
молоком, пожалуйста. sour cream — сметана
I need to buy some sour cream. — Мне нужно купить сметану.

yoghurt   — йогурт
I prefer low fat yoghurt. — Я предпочитаю нежирный
йогурт.  butter — масло
I seldom fry in butter. — Я редко жарю на масле. cottage
cheese — творог
After ту workout I usually have some low fat cottage
cheese. — После тренировки я обычно ем низкокалорийный творог.
vitamin supplements — витаминные добавки
Have regular meals, take vitamin supplements, play sports,
sleep well and you’ll be healthy and fit. — Питайтесь регулярно, принимайте
витамины, занимайтесь спортом, высыпайтесь и будете здоровыми и подтянутыми.
fresh / frozen fruit — свежие / замороженные фрукты

vegetables   — овощи
Му granny grows vegetables in her kitchen garden. —-
Моя бабушка выращивает овощи в своем огороде.  tomato — помидор
Му favorite dish is a salad with tomatoes, cucumber, sweet
pepper, onion and fresh greens. — Мое любимое блюдо — салат с помидорами,
огурцами, луком, сладким перцем и свежей зеленью.
cucumber   — огурец onion— лук fresh greens
— зелень (sweet) pepper — сладкий перец  zucchini (or vegetable
marrow ) — кабачок I love grilled zucchini. — Я обожаю кабачки на гриле.
eggplant — баклажан
Go to the greengrocer` s and buy some eggplants, broccoli
and spinach. — Сходи в овощной магазин и купи немного баклажанов, брокколи и
шпината.
spinach   — шпинат
Spinach is high in vitamin A. — Шпинат богат витамином А.
broccoli — брокколи
Broccoli is extremely healthy. — Брокколи — очень полезный
овощ.
cabbage— капуста
If you want to make a beetroot soup, you 'll need
some cabbage, 1 potato, 1 sugar-beet and 2 carrots. — Если ты хочешь
приготовить борщ, то тебе понадобится немного капусты, 1 картофелина, 1 свекла
и 2 моркови.
carrot — морковь potato — картофель
I love fried potatoes. — Я обожаю жареную картошку. apple
— яблоко
An apple a day keeps the doctor away. — Яблоко в день, и
доктор не нужен. pine-apple — ананас
Do pine-apples grow on trees? — Ананасы растут на
деревьях?
pear — груша
May I have a glass of pear juice? — Можно мне стакан
грушевого сока?
plum — слива
 I like plums much more than peaches. — Я намного больше
люблю сливы, чем персики.
peach — персик grapes — виноград
I want to buy some grapes. — Я хочу купить виноград.
orange — апельсин
 I love orange juice for breakfast. — Я люблю пить
апельсиновый сок на завтрак. tangerine   — мандарин
Tangerine juice is a healthy drink. — Мандариновый сок —
полезный напиток. banana — банан
Bananas are grown in tropical regions. — Бананы выращивают в
регионах с тропическим климатом.  cherries — вишня
I like cherries. — Я люблю вишню.
sweet cherries — черешня
I am going to the market to buy some sweet cherries. — Я
собираюсь на рынок, чтобы купить черешню.  strawberries  — клубника
Have you got any strawberries? — У вас есть
клубника? raspberries   — малина
Raspberries are totally my favorite fruit. — Из всех ягод
моя самая любимая — это малина.
cheese — сыр
Do you like cheese? — Ты любишь сыр? ham —
ветчина
For breakfast I usually have a ham sandwich. — На
завтрак я обычно ем бутерброд с ветчиной. caviar   — икра
I like pancakes with caviar. — Я люблю блины с икрой,
baked goods — выпечка bread — хлеб
Give те some bread, please. — Подай мне хлеб,
пожалуйста. bun — булочка
I am going to bake some buns. — Я хочу испечь булочки,
biscuit   / cookies — печенье
cake — торт
My mom is baking a birthday cake now. — Моя мама
сейчас печет именинный торт.
pancakes — блины
I often bake pancakes for breakfast. — Я часто пеку блины
к завтраку.
pie — пирог
 I often order apple pies at McDonald's. — В
«Макдональдсе» я часто заказываю яблочные пироги.  sweets — сладости /
конфеты
I  can`t live without sweets. — Я не могу жить без
сладостей, honey   — мед
I like tea with honey and milk. — Я люблю чай с
медом и молоком.  meat (pork, beef, veal, lamb, etc.) — мясо (свинина,
говядина, телятина, мясо ягненка и т.д.)   meal   — еда to   to play
sports — заниматься, увлекаться спортом
All ту friends play sport. — Все мои друзья занимаются
спортом.
to have a good night’s sleep —
полноценно высыпаться
It is vitally important to have a good night s
sleep. — Жизненно важно полноценно высыпаться каждую ночь. regular medical
checkups — регулярный медосмотр
People should go for regular medical checkups in
order to prevent physical health problems. — Необходимо регулярно проходить
медицинский осмотр для того, чтобы предотвратить возможное развитие болезней. to
ruin health — вредить здоровью, губить здоровье
It is important to take care o f our health and not
to ruin it with bad habits. — Важно заботиться о здоровье, а не губить его
дурными привычками. to look after one’s health — следить за здоровьем
It is important to look after your health. — Очень
важно следить за своим здоровьем. to go to the swimming pool / gym —
ходить в бассейн / спортзал  I go to the gym 5 times a week. — Я хожу в
спортзал 5 раз в неделю.
Vocabulary exercises
Exercise 1.  Match the left and
the right column.

sweet
baked
to
  ruin to play medical to go to do to keep vitamin dairy

goods
  health jogging cherries sports checkups supplements morning exercises a
  balanced diet products

Exercise 2.  Translate into
English.
1)
Они соблюдают правильное сбалансированное питание, содержащие
необходимые питательные компоненты, такие как протеины, витамины и минералы.
2)
Йога помогает мне быть в хорошей спортивной форме.
3)
Вам нужно избегать курения и вести здоровый образ жизни.
4)
Я выхожу на пробежку каждый день. Когда я возвращаюсь домой, я
принимаю витамины и пью апельсиновый сок.
5)
После тренировки я обычно ем низкокалорийный творог.
6)
Ты выглядишь усталой и измотанной. Тебе нужно хорошо выспаться.
7)
Я регулярно хожу на медосмотры. Я считаю, что каждый человек
должен следить за своим здоровьем.
8)
У нас закончилась клубника и вишня.
9)
На завтрак я обычно ем бутерброд с сыром и ветчиной и пью кофе с
молоком.
10)    Сегодня я
буду запекать в духовке баклажаны.
11)    Я
соблюдаю правильное сбалансированное питание. Я ем много фруктов и овощей.
Кроме того, я пью только минеральную негазированную воду. Я не люблю
газированные напитки.
12)    Я люблю
молочные продукты: творог, сметану, йогурт и молоко.
13)    Быстрое
питание вредно для здоровья.
14)    Сегодня
все больше и больше людей едят в ресторанах нездоровую пищу, такую как гамбургеры
и чипсы.
15)    Я
регулярно занимаюсь спортом. Я хожу в спортзал 3 раза в неделю. После
тренировки я часто плаваю в бассейне.
Exercise 3.  Give English
equivalents for the following phrases:
-  богатая калориями,
нездоровая пища
-  негазированная вода
-  избегать курения
-  быть на диете
-  сбрасывать вес
-  вести здоровый образ
жизни
-  быть вредным для
здоровья
-  вредная привычка
-  быть в хорошей
физической форме
-  соблюдать правильное
сбалансированное питание
-  витаминные добавки
-  молочные продукты
-  выходить на пробежку
-  заниматься спортом
-  регулярный медосмотр
- следить за здоровьем
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
PRESENT, PAST, FUTURE CONTINUOUS. “TO
BE GOING +
 INFINITIVE”
Exercise 1. Use the correct form of the verb “to
be”:
1.I ... taking five courses this semester. 2. B ill...
trying to improve his English. 3. Sue ... writing another book this year. 4.
John and Mary... talking on the phone. 5.1 need an umbrella because it ...
raining. 6. We ... walking down the street when it began to rain. 7. It was
beautiful yesterday when we went out for a walk, it ... not raining, the sun
... shining. 8. I couldn’t get you on the phone last night, who ... you talking
to so long? 9. W hat... you doing at 6 tomorrow? 10. We ... playing chess in
half an hour. 11. She ... listening to her favourite music at 8 o’clock
tomorrow. 12. What... you ... doing when I come?
Exercise 2. Give short answers:
1.Is the secretary typing our papers? 2. Are you
helping your mother to cook the dinner? 3. Am I reading your thoughts? 4. Is he
waiting for his girlfriend? 5. Were you wearing this dress at yesterday’s
party? 6. Was father reading newspapers at dinner again? 7. Was I talking in
sleep? 8. Were they quarrelling when you came in? 9. Was the bus going the
wrong way? 10. Shall I be carrying my heavy bags myself? 11. Will they be
discussing this question at the meeting? 12. Will you be seeing her tomorrow?
Exercise 3. Put questions to the
underlined parts: A.
1. Father is watching TV. 2. My brother is sitting
at the table. 3. He is reading a newspaper. 4. I am talking to my friend on the
phone. 5. I am telling my friend about our new car. 6. Nick and Kate are
playing in the children’s room. 7. It was raining hard last night. A strong
wind was blowing. 8. At 7 o ’clock the doctor was driving to his patient. 9.
They were leaving the house when we arrived. 10. Nelly will be doing her
homework tomorrow morning. 11. I’ll be waiting for you at 10 in the morning.
12. We are going to the Crimea in summer. 13. They are having their daughter’s
birthday party on Saturday. 14. We are going to sing cheerfully. 15. The
weather is going to change for the worse.
B.
1. I am looking at the clock. 2. He is looking for
her gloves. 3. She is looking after her grandmother. 4. We are talking about
the new play. 5. We are talking to our neighbours. 6. I was waiting for the
results. 7. He was asking for some money. 8. She was dreaming of becoming an
actress. 9. They were listening to a funny story.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Write the words in the
three columns.

Sophia  London
Turkey  Asia  South America  Switzerland  Japan Washington  Canberra   France
Amsterdam  Boston  Ottawa  Spain  Europe  New Zealand  Norway  Egypt  Beijing
Africa  Australia  Rome  Antarctica  North
America  Paris
China  Sydney  Portugal

Continents

Countries

Cities

Exercise 2. Compare the countries.
Example: India > Norway (warm) India is
warmer than Norway.
1.      Russia
> Japan (large)
____________________________________________________________
2.      Finland
> New Zealand (cold)
____________________________________________________________
3.      Egypt
> The USA (old)
____________________________________________________________
4.      France
> Bulgaria (expensive)

____________________________________________________________
5.      India
> Germany (exotic)
____________________________________________________________
6.      The
UK > China (wet)
____________________________________________________________
Exercise 3. Add the tags to the questions and answer them.
1.      People
speak German in Germany, …………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………….
2.      Many
people can speak English in Japan, …………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………
3.      People
speak Australian in Australia, …………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
4.      People
don`t speak Russian in France, ………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………… 5.            People
can speak Mexican in Mexico, ………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………...
6.Many people can speak French in Canada………………………………..
      …………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 4. Fill in the articles if
necessary.
Last summer I was in (1) _________ China. It is a
beautiful country in (2) ______ Asia. This is (3) _______ ancient and modern
country. It was founded several thousand years ago and is still one of the most
developed countries. China is the third largest country in (4) ______ world,
next to (5) _______ Canada and (6) _______ Russia. It occupies the eastern part
of (7) ______ Asia and 6536 islands, the largest of which is Taiwan. (8) ______
capital of  China is (9) _______ Beijing.
Lesson 39 I.     REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Use I
think (that) to give your opinion.
                                1.   English
grammar is easy/fun/interesting. ………………………………
………………………………………………………………………….. 2.            People
in this city are friendly/unfriendly/kind/cold…………………….
………………………………………………………………………….. 3.            The
food at this café is delicious/terrible/ good/ excellent/awful……….
…………………………………………………………………………..
4.            Baseball/football/soccer/golf is interesting/boring/confusing…………...
……………………………………………………………………………………..
Make your own sentences.
                       Exercise 2.
Sentence practice.
Directions: Make sentences.
PART I. Complete the sentences with your own words.
1.
I think the weather today is ……………………………………….
2.
I think my classmates are …………………………………………
3.
Right now I am thinking about ……………………………………
4.
In my opinion, English grammar is ……………………………….
5.
In my opinion, soccer is …………………………………………...
6.
I think that my parents ……………………………………………..
7.
I think this school is ………………………………………………..
8.
I think about ………………………………………………………..
9.
I think that …………………………………………………………
10.    In my
opinion, ……………………………………………………..
PART II. Share a few of your completion in the
class.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: small groups.
Directions: Work in a small groups.
Take turns stating an opinion about each of the following topics.
Example: books
Response: I think that War and Peace is
an excellent novel. Or In my opinion, War and Peace is an
excellent novel.
1.
this city
2.
your English classes
3.
music
4.
movies
5.
cars
6.
the food in the country
7.
the weather in the area
8.
a current local, national, or international news story
II.      VOCABULARY Appearance & Character
(physical) appearance — внешность человека
Nowadays people are more and more concerned about their
appearance. — Сегодня люди все больше и больше беспокоятся по поводу своей
внешности. well-groomed — ухоженный
Our teacher is well-groomed and elegant. — Наша
учительница элегантна и очень следит за собой. nicely dressed — хорошо
одетый
Our boss is always nicely-dressed. — Наш босс всегда
хорошо одет. attractive — привлекательный
Everybody wants to look attractive. — Все хотят выглядеть
привлекательно. goodlooking — приятной наружности
She is a good-looking woman with fair hair and blue
eyes. — Она женщина приятной наружности со светлыми волосами и голубыми
глазами.
handsome — красивый, статный (о мужчине)
Му dad is a handsome man. — Мой отец красивый
мужчина.  lovely — милый
She is so lovely. — Она такая милая.
pretty — хорошенький(-кая)
She is pretty and sociable. — Она хорошенькая и
общительная. middle-aged   — средних лет
Му uncle is a middle-aged person. — Мой дядя —
мужчина средних лет. an elderly person — пожилой человек
She has been taking care of elderly people for more
than 5 years. — Она ухаживает за пожилыми людьми вот уже более 5 лет.
To be in one’s late twenties, thirtie s ,
forties, etc. — быть далеко за 20, 30, 40 лет She is in her late 30s. — Ей
далеко за 30. to be in one’s early twenties, thirties , etc. — 20, 30 и
т.д. с небольшим   Му brother is in his early 20s. — Моему брату 20 с
небольшим.  fat — толстый, упитанный
Не is short and rather fat. — Он низкого роста и довольно
упитанный.
overweight   — имеющий избыточный вес
 She is overweight and needs a good diet plan to lose
weight slowly. — У нее избыточный вес, и чтобы постепенно похудеть, ей нужен
четкий план диеты. medium -built — среднего телосложения
Му friend is medium-built. — Мой друг среднего
телосложения. thin — худой She is thin and tall. — Она худая и высокая.
skinny — тощий slender — стройный
She has a slender figure and waist. — У нее стройная
фигура и узкая талия. slim — стройный, худой
Mary is a slim girl. — Мэри стройная девушка. tall
  — высокий
Не is the tallest in our class. — Он самый высокий в нашем
классе.
short — низкий
John is shorter than Nick. — Джон ниже ростом, чем Ник.
of middle height   — среднего роста
My sister is o f middle height. — Моя сестра среднего
роста.
broad-shouldered— широкоплечий
He is broad-shouldered: a young man with green eyes and
dark hair. — Он широкоплечий молодой мужчина с зелеными глазами и темными
волосами. pale complexion — бледный цвет лица
She has a pale complexion. — У нее бледный цвет
лица. wrinkled face — морщинистое лицо
Му granny has a wrinkle face and grey hair. — У моей
бабушки лицо с морщинками и седые волосы. wart   — бородавка freckles
— веснушки
People who have red hair and pale skin are more likely to
have freckles. —
У рыжеволосых людей с бледной кожей довольно часто
можно увидеть веснушки. to look good for one’s age — выглядеть хорошо
для своего возраста She looks good for her age. — Она выглядит хорошо для
своего возраста.  to look younger / older than one’s age — выглядеть
моложе / взрослее My mommy looks much younger than her age. — Моя мама выглядит
намного младше своего возраста. to resemble — быть похожим
Не resembles his father. — Он похож на своего отца.
 to take after / to look like somebody — быть
похожим на кого-то Anna looks like her mom. — Аня похожа на свою маму.  straight
(hair) — прямые волосы
She has got long straight hair and brown eyes. — У нее
длинные прямые волосы и карие глаза.
 curly   — кудрявый, волнистый
I have long curly hair. — У меня длинные волнистые волосы.

wavy — вьющийся
She has got wavy chestnut hair. — У нее вьющиеся
каштановые волосы.
blond — белокурый, светлый
She has blond hair and blue eyes. — Она блондинка с
голубыми глазами.  ash-blond — светло-пепельный
Her hair is ash-blond. — У нее пепельно-русые
волосы. red — рыжий (о цвете волос)
She has got red hair and pale skin. — У нее рыжие
волосы и бледная кожа. chestnut — каштановый shoulder-length — по
плечи
I do like shoulder-length haircuts. — Мне правда очень
нравятся стрижки длиной по плечи.
 eyelashes — ресницы
She has got long eyelashes and big eyes. — У нее
длинные ресницы и большие глаза.
turned-up nose — вздернутый нос
She has a turned-up nose. — У нее вздернутый носик.
full lips — пухлые губы
She has very beautiful full lips. — У нее очень
красивые пухлые губы. traits of character / character traits — черты
характера
All people have different character traits. — Все
люди обладают разными чертами характера. negative / positive character
traits — отрицательные / положительные черты Each o f us has both negative
and positive character traits. — У каждого из нас есть как отрицательные, так и
положительные черты характера.
easy-going — легкий в общении, добродушно-веселый,
беспечный
Му best friend is easy-going, sociable and helpful.
—- Мой лучший друг легкий в общении, коммуникабельный и всегда готов прийти на
помощь.  sociable   — коммуникабельный, общительный helpful —
услужливый, всегда готовый прийти на помощь
kind -hearted — добрый, мягкосердечный
Mary is kind-hearted and supportive. — У Мэри доброе
сердце; она всегда готова меня поддержать.  supportive  — готовый прийти
на помощь, поддержать lazy — ленивый
"Oblomov” is the story about the lazy rich nobleman.
— “Обломов” — это рассказ о богатом ленивом дворянине.
stubborn   — упрямый
Не is stubborn like his grandfather. — Он упрямый,
как и его дед. to be easily offended — обидчивый She is easily offended.
— Ее легко обидеть.
vulnerable   — уязвимый, ранимый
You are so vulnerable. I did not mean to hurt you. — Ты
такая ранимая. Я не хотел тебя обидеть.
hot-tempered — вспыльчивый
Не is not easy to deal with. He is hot-tempered. — С ним
не просто иметь дело. Он очень вспыльчивый.
to fly in to arage — быстро выходить из себя
Our boss is a hot-tempered person and often flies
into a rage. — Наш босс вспыльчивый человек и часто выходит из себя. to be
angry with — злиться на кого-либо I am angry with you. — Я на тебя зол.  distrustful
— недоверчивый
He is distrustful and has no friends. — Он
недоверчив, и у него нет друзей. cheerful — веселый
She is cheerful and optimistic. — Она веселая и
оптимистичная.
to be in high / low spirits — быть в
приподнятом / подавленном настроении I am in high spirits today. — Я сегодня в
приподнятом настроении. to cheer up — бодрить, поднимать настроение
Му friends always try to cheer me up when I am upset. —
Мои друзья всегда стараются меня подбодрить, если я чем-то расстроена.
clever / smart — умный
I am smart and purposeful. — Я умная и целеустремленная.
purposeful  — целеустремленный hardworking
— трудолюбивый
I am hardworking and industrious. — Я трудолюбивая и
старательная.
industrious   — старательный, прилежный,
усердный to have a wide range of interests — быть разносторонним
человеком I have wide range o f interests. — Я разносторонний человек.
greedy   — жадный I dislike greedy people. — Мне не
нравятся жадные люди. envious   — завистливый
She is envious o f her friend s success. — Она завидует
успеху своей подруги. twofaced   — лживый, двуличный
 I can't stand two-faced people. — Я не выношу
двуличных людей. cruel — жестокий
Не is cruel to his children. — Он жесток со своими
детьми. optimistic / pessimistic — оптимистичный / пессимистичный
I am optimistic and always hope for the best. — Я
оптимист и всегда надеюсь на лучшее. shy   — застенчивый
She was shy and had difficulty in finding new friends. —
Она застенчива, и поэтому ей сложно найти новых друзей.
arrogant — заносчивый, высокомерный
She is so arrogant that she always ignores her
teachers’ advice. — Она настолько высокомерна, что игнорирует советы своих
учителей. stupid — глупый
I don’t know how to deal with stupid people. — Я не
знаю, как общаться с глупыми людьми. generous   — щедрый, великодушный
Не is kind and generous. — Он добрый и щедрый. unpleasant   —
неприятный, отталкивающий Не is an unpleasant person. — Он отталкивающий
человек.
He is not honest with the people who trust him. — Он
нечестен с людьми, которые ему доверяют.
What does she look like? — Как она выглядит
(о внешности человека)? — She is tall and beautiful. — Она высокая и красивая.
What is she like? — Какой она человек (о
характере)? — She is kind and friendly. — Она добрая и дружелюбная.
Vocabulary
Exercises
Exercise 1.  Match the left and
the right columns.
to fly
offended to be easily                             face
turned-up                                into rage
character                                 nose
wrinkled                                  traits
pale                                         person
elderly                                    complexion
nicely                                      dressed
Exercise 2.  Translate in to
English.
1) Какая она по характеру? — Она ранимая, отзывчивая
и честная.  2) Как она выглядит? — Она высокая и стройная. У нее длинные
пепельно-русые волосы и голубые глаза. 3) Моя лучшая подруга оптимист. С ней
легко в общении. 4) Я не выношу жадных и заносчивых людей. 5) Она с детства
завидовала успеху Мэри. Она жестокая и хитрая. 6) Мои друзья всегда пытаются
меня подбодрить, когда я в плохом настроении или расстроена чем-то.
7) Наш шеф очень вспыльчивый и легко выходит из себя. 8)
Мой друг очень упрямый и недоверчивый. Мы часто горячо спорим с ним.
9) Я целеустремленная и трудолюбивая. Я считаю, чтобы
преуспеть в жизни, нужно усердно работать и не останавливаться на достигнутом.
10) Меня легко обидеть. Я очень ранимая и мягкосердечная.
11) Я общительная и всегда готова прийти на помощь.
У меня большой круг знакомых и друзей. 12) У каждого из нас есть как
отрицательные, так и положительные черты характера. 13) У нее вздернутый нос и
пухлые губы. 14) Ты похожа на свою маму. 15) Когда я была маленькой, у меня
были светлые волосы и зеленые глаза. Сейчас у меня карие глаза и каштановые
волосы. 16) Мой дядя — широкоплечий мужчина с карими глазами и короткими
темными волосами. 17) У рыжеволосых людей с бледной кожей довольно часто можно
увидеть веснушки. 18) Моя тетя хорошо выглядит для своего возраста. Ей далеко
за 50. 19) Мой учитель английского — мужчина средних лет. Он высокий и хорошо
сложен.
21)       Она женщина приятной наружности с темными
волосами и голубыми глазами. 21) Мэри двуличная. Она с детства завидовала
успеху своей лучшей подруги. 22) У нее избыточный вес, и чтобы похудеть, ей
нужно составить четкий план диеты. 23) Наша учительница английского всегда
хорошо одета. 24) Моей бабушке далеко за 70. Она очень добрая и понимающая. 25)
Джим низкого роста и весьма упитан.
Exercise 3.  Give English
equivalents for the following phrases:
-  выглядеть хорошо для
своего возраста
-  черты характера
-  злиться на кого-либо
-  быть в приподнятом
настроении
-  быть разносторонним
человеком
-  поднимать настроение
-  выглядеть молодо для
своих лет
-  впадать в ярость -
быть обидчивым
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Make up
disjunctive questions:
1.We are having a break now. 2. She is thinking about
tomorrow’s conference. 3. The doctor and the nurse are taking care of the sick
man. 4. Sally is taking a shower now.
5. The clock was striking 10 when I came. 6. We were
writing a test from 2 till 4. 7. Ann was looking for her cat in the garden.
8 . I  was not walking with my dog at that time. 9. We
were not driving too fast. 10.
They are leaving for the airport in five minutes. 11. She
wasn’t feeling very well last

night. 12. Everybody was waiting for their arrival. 13.
She is always complaining of her husband. 14.1 am trying to explain it to you.
15. I’ll be seeing you tomorrow morning. 16. He won’t be staying here long.
Exercise 2. Give full answers to the
following questions.
1. Where were you hurrying when I met you? 2. Who was Ann
talking to on the phone? 3. Where are we flying now? 4. What were the children
doing when the lights went out? 5. What are you looking for in father’s room?
6. What were the boys doing when the fire began? 7. What
shall we be doing when it gets dark? 8. What were they laughing at when Brenda
came in?
9. Why are you making so much noise? 10. Why are they
quarrelling all the time? 11. What were you writing when I entered the
classroom? 12. What was Mary doing when Bill rang her up? 13. What were you
reading while I was writing a letter? 14.
What was father doing while mother was washing up?
15. What were you reading while we were having breakfast?
16. What are you doing now? 17. What were they questioning you about? 18. Why
will you be working tonight? 19. What was the orchestra playing when the
concert began? 20. What are you going to do when the guests come?
Exercise 3. Make up a story using the
Present Continuous Tense:
A.    Look out
of the window and say what you can see and hear.
Model: It is snowing (raining).
People are hurrying up and down the street. A boy is walking with a dog...
B.     Imagine
that you are at a party. Look around and say what the guests are doing.
С. You can’t fall asleep at night because of the
noise coming from the  neighbours. Describe what you think they are doing.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.  a) Match the
person, his/her occupation, and the country where he/ she is from.

Elizabeth II

painter

Ancient Egypt

Mark Twain

pharaoh

Germany

Rameses the Great

wild life  researcher

the USA

Pablo Picasso

composer

the UK

Ludwig van Beethoven

the Queen

France                           203

Jacques Cousteau

writer

Spain

b)Write what you remember about one of
these people.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
Exercise 2.  Guess what country
they have been to. Complete the sentences.

1.      I
saw the Niagara Falls. They are beautiful.
Sam  ………………………………………………………………….
2.      I
went for a walk in Nottingham Forest. It was very exciting and I thought about
Robin Hood.
Paula …………………………………………………………………
3.      I
saw Red Square. It`s one of the most beautiful squares in the world.
Alex ………………………………………………………………….
4.      I
saw the Coliseum. It was impressive.
George ……………………………………………………………….
5.      I
saw the Pyramids. I can`t understand how ancient people built them  without
modern machines.
Alison ………………………………………………………………..
6.      I
saw the Great Wall of China. It`s very long.
Kevin …………………………………………………………………
Lesson 40 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Describe the pictures by
completing the sentences with prepositions of place. There may be more than one
possible completion.

1)

The apple is _____  the plate.

2)

The apple is  _____ the table.

3)

The boy is  _____ the chair.

4)

The apple is  _____ the book.

5)

The apple isn`t near the
  glass.
The apple is  _____ the glass.

6)

The kitten is  _____ the box.

7)
  The cat is  _____ the table and the chair.
8)
  The cat is  _____ the tree.
9)
  The cat isn`t inside the house. The cat is  _____ the house.
10)The frog is  _____ the trainer.

Exercise 2. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner.
Choose a small object (a pen, a pencil, a coin, etc.) . Give and follow
directions. You can look at your book before you ask. When you speak, look at
your partner.
Partner A: Give your partner directions. Your book is
open.
Partner B: Follow the directions. Your book is closed.
Example: ( a small object such s as  a
coin)
PARTNER A: (book open): Put it on top of the desk.
PARTNER B: (book closed):  (Partner
B puts the coin on the top of the desk.)
1.
Put it on your head.                        5. Put it far away
from me.
2.
Put it above your head.                  6. Put it under your
book.
3.
Put it between your fingers.           7. Put it below your
knee.
4.
Put it near me.                                8. Put it in the
middle of your book.
Switch roles.
PARTNER A: Close your book.
PARTNER B: Open your book. Your turn to give directions.
9.
Put it inside your grammar book.              13. Put it behind
me.
10.
Put it next to your grammar book.             14. Put it in back
of your back.
11.
Put it on top of your grammar book.         15. Put it  in the
back of
your
book.
12.
Put it in front of me.                                16. Put
your hand around it.
 Exercise 3. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Your teacher will ask you questions
using need and want. Think about your day tomorrow.
Close the book for this activity.
Example:
TEACHER: What do you need to do tomorrow morning?
STUDENT A: I need to go to school at 8 a.m.
TEACHER: (to student B) What do you need to do?
STUDENT B: I need to eat breakfast.
TEACHER: (to student C) What does (student B) need
to do?
STUDENT C: He/she needs to eat breakfast.
What do you …
1.
need to do tomorrow morning?
2.
want to do tomorrow morning?
3.
need  to do  in the afternoon tomorrow?
4.
want to do in the afternoon?
5.
want to do in the evening?
6.
need to do tomorrow evening?
II.      VOCABULARY Leisure Hobbies
leisure  — досуг
How do you like to spend your leisure time? — Как вы
любите проводить свой досуг?  to relax — расслабляться
It helps mе to relax. — Это помогает мне
расслабиться.  to take a rest — отдыхать
After school I usually take a rest for a while and then I
do my homework. —
После школы я обычно немного отдыхаю, а затем делаю
домашнюю работу. to go on a trip / holiday — отправиться в поездку /
отпуск
We 're going on holidays next week. — На следующей
неделе мы отправимся в отпуск.  to go fishing — ходить на рыбалку
When I was a little boy, I used to go fishing with
my dad. — Когда я был маленьким мальчиком, мы часто ходили на рыбалку с моим
папой. to go hunting — ходить на охоту
We often go hinting in the woods. — Мы часто ходим в лес
на охоту. T to gather mushrooms / berries — собирать грибы / ягоды We
often gather mushrooms. — Мы часто собираем грибы. to collect stamps / coins
/ model cars, etc. — собирать (коллекционировать) марки / монеты / модели
автомобилей и т.д.
Му brother collects coins while I collect model cars. —
Мой брат собирает монеты, а я коллекционирую модели автомобилей. to take
dance classes — брать уроки танцев
Next month I ’m planning to take some dance classes.
— В следующем месяце я планирую взять несколько уроков танцев. to take up
photography — заниматься фотографией
Recently I`ve taken up photography as a hobby. —
Недавно я выбрал хобби по душе и занялся фотографией.  to take up
scrapbooking — заниматься скрапбукингом (техника оформления и декорирования
фотоальбомов, открыток и т.д. с помощью вырезок, ленточек, пуговиц и других
материалов)
to s tart a band — создать свою музыкальную группу
We’ve started a band with my friends. — Мы создали
свою музыкальную группу с друзьями. to play ping pong / tennis — играть
в настольный теннис / большой теннис I play tennis twice a week. — Я играю в
большой теннис два раза в неделю.  to play the piano / violin / guitar —
играть на пианино / на скрипке / на гитаре I ’ve always wanted to learn how to
play the guitar. — Я всегда хотел научиться играть на гитаре.
to go to the sea(side) — отправиться к морю
We go to the seaside every summer. — Мы ездим на море
каждое лето.
to invite guests — приглашать гостей
 I often invite guests to my place. — Я часто
приглашаю домой гостей.
entertainment   — развлечение, увеселительное
мероприятие
There are lots o f entertainment for children in
England. — В Англии есть много развлечений для детей.  to walk in the park
— гулять в парке
I like walking in the park. — Я люблю гулять в
парке.  to go camping — проводить отпуск на свежем воздухе в палатке
Some o f mу friends like camping. — Некоторые из моих
друзей предпочитают отдых в кемпинге в палатках.
to play chess / basketball / volleyball / football
— играть в шахматы / баскетбол / волейбол / футбол
We often play beach volleyball with my friends. — Мы с
друзьями часто играем в пляжный волейбол. to ride a horse — ездить
верхом на лошади
Can you ride a horse? — Ты умеешь ездить верхом?
to g o  jogging / to go for a run
— выходить на пробежку
I go jogging every weekend. — Я выхожу на пробежку каждые
выходные.
to take part in competitions — принимать участие в
соревнованиях
I have never taken part in any competitions. — Я
никогда не принимал участия в соревнованиях. to read books — читать
книги
I do love reading books. — Я безумно люблю читать
книги. genres of books — жанры книг
What genres o f books do you prefer? — Какие жанры книг ты
предпочитаешь? memoirs   — мемуары
I love reading memoirs. — Я обожаю читать мемуары. science
fiction   — научная фантастика
My favorite genre of books is science fiction. — Мой любимый
жанр книг — научная фантастика. adventure stories — приключения
What are your favorite adventure stories? — Какие твои
самые любимые приключенческие рассказы?
thriller   — триллер
"The girl on the train ” is a psychological
novel thriller by British author Paula Hawkins. — Роман «Девушка в поезде» —
это психологический триллер, написанный британской писательницей Полой Хокинс. novel
— роман
Talking about  my mom` s preferences, she adores Leo
Tolstoy s outstanding novel “Anna Karenina”. — Говоря о предпочтениях моей
мамы, она обожает знаменитый роман Льва Толстого «Анна Каренина».
 detective story — детектив
I like detective stones with intricate plot. — Мне
нравятся детективы с закрученной сюжетной линией. foreign literature —
зарубежная литература
For instance, mу mother loves Russian literature, while my
sister prefers foreign literature. — К примеру, моя мама любит русскую
литературу, в то время как моя сестра отдает предпочтение зарубежной
литературе. роеm   — стихотворение
I like writing poems. — Я люблю писать стихи. to
listen to  music — слушать музыку
In mу free time I often listen to music. — В свободное
время я часто слушаю музыку.
 to be a keen  music lover — быть меломаном I
am a keen music lover. — Я меломан.
  browse/surf the Internet — бродить в просторах
Интернета
After mу extra classes I like to browse the Internet. —
После дополнительных занятий я люблю посидеть в Интернете. to do yoga —
заниматься йогой
I do yoga every day. — Я занимаюсь йогой каждый
день. to p la y computer games — играть в компьютерные игры
After school I often play computer games. — После
школы я часто играю в компьютерные игры. to watch TV — смотреть
телевизор
When I stay at home I like to watch TV. — Когда я
остаюсь дома, я люблю посмотреть ТВ. cinema-goer — киноман
Frankly speaking, I am not a cinema-goer. — Честно
говоря, я не киноман. to go to the movies — ходить в кино
I often go to the movies with my friends. — Мы с друзьями
часто ходим в кино.  to catch the latest movie — смотреть кинопремьеры I
always try to catch the latest movie. — Я всегда стараюсь смотреть
кинопремьеры. box office — касса
Could you tell me where the box office is? — Вы не
подскажете, где находится билетная касса? to book tickets in advance —
заранее бронировать билеты
I hate standing in long queues, that s why I always book
tickets in advance by phone. — Я ненавижу стоять в длинных очередях и поэтому
всегда бронирую заранее билеты по телефону.
lobby — фойе
Let’s meet each other at the lobby at 5 p.m. — Давай
встретимся в фойе в 5 часов вечера. horror / scary film — фильм ужасов
I never watch horror films. — Я никогда не смотрю
фильмы ужасов.  action film — боевик
I prefer action films. — Мне нравятся боевики.
 thought provoking — наводящий на размышления
I like thought provoking films. — Мне нравятся фильмы,
наводящие на размышления.
intricate plot   — запутанный сюжет
Many people like light-weight love stories, but I
prefer to watch films with intricate plots. — Многие люди любят легкие,
поверхностные истории о любви, а я же люблю фильмы с запутанными сюжетами. to
take an unexpected turn — принимать неожиданный поворот
The story in this film takes a lot of unexpected
turns. — В этом фильме много неожиданных поворотов событий. box-office h it
— кассовый фильм
"Me before you ” is a box-office hit and the most
touching and beautiful love story o f all times. — Кассовый фильм «До встречи с
тобой» — это самая красивая и трогательная история любви всех времен. low
-budget film — низкобюджетный фильм It is a low-cost film. — Это
низкобюджетный фильм. starring — в главных ролях
As for mу favorite film I have watched recently, it is
undoubtedly "You are not you", starring Hilary Swank. — Если говорить
о наиболее понравившемся мне фильме, то это, вне всяких сомнений, «Ты не ты» с
Хилари Свонк в главной роли. special effects — спецэффекты
Although there were no special effects in this film, but
the soundtrack was really amazing. — И хотя в фильме нет спецэффектов,
саундтрек поистине потрясающий.
acting — актерская игра
The acting is beyond praise. — Игра актеров — вне всяких
похвал.
breathtaking — захватывающий дух
Her acting and dramatic ability are breathtaking. —
Ее способность вживаться в роль и драматизм просто захватывают дух. director
— режиссер
The director of the film is incomparable Jeames Cameron. —
Режиссер фильма — несравненный Джеймс Кэмерон.
screen-writer — сценарист
I want to become a screen-writer. — Я хочу стать
сценаристом. movie trailer — трейлер к фильму
After reading a book I watched a movie trailer. —
После прочтения книги я посмотрела трейлер к будущему фильму.
Vocabulary
Exercises Exercise 1.  Match the left and the right columns.

                     to
  gather
                     to
  collect
to take up
                     to
  start
                     to
  ride
 box-office

  science                      adventure                      to
  book                      horror

stamps
a horse
       mushrooms

  stories         photography
                     a
  band                      tickets
                     hit      film fiction

Exercise 2. Translate into English.
1)
Многие люди любят легкие, поверхностные истории о любви, а я же
люблю фильмы с запутанными сюжетами.
2)
Какие жанры фильмов ты любишь? — Больше всего мне нравятся фильмы
ужасов. Но мне также нравятся комедии, триллеры и боевики.
3)
Я люблю книги, наводящие на размышления. Моя любимая книга —«Отец
Горио» Бальзака.
4)
«Пролетая над гнездом кукушки» — кассовый фильм, экранизация
одноименного романа Кена Кизи.
5)
Я часто хожу в кино с друзьями и всегда заказываю билеты заранее
по телефону.
6)
Я всегда стараюсь смотреть кинопремьеры.
7)
Когда я устала или хочу отвлечься от переживаний, я часто сижу в
Интернете или переписываюсь с друзьями онлайн.
8)
Мне не нравится играть в компьютерные игры. Я люблю читать.
9)
Когда я хочу расслабиться, то обычно хожу на рыбалку или собираю
грибы в лесу.
10)    Я
планирую заняться фотографией. Я мечтал об этом с раннего детства.
11)    Недавно я
занялась скрапбукингом. Это очень увлекательно.
12)Мы создали свою музыкальную группу с моими
одноклассниками.
13)Через месяц мы едем в отпуск. Обычно
каждое лето мы ездим на море, а в этом году мы планируем поехать в Лондон.
14)Ты когда-нибудь принимал участие в соревнованиях?
15)Я меломан. Я люблю абсолютно все
музыкальные жанры. Кроме того, я люблю заниматься йогой на свежем воздухе.
16)Можете вспомнить какой-нибудь
малобюджетный фильм, который стал блокбастером?
17)Трейлеры помогают мне определиться,
стоит ли смотреть тот или иной фильм или нет.
18)Я очень советую посмотреть этот фильм. В нем много
неожиданных поворотов.
19)Я беру уроки верховой езды,
практикую йогу и изучаю английский язык. Кроме всего прочего, я профессионально
играю в футбол.
20) Я решила заняться бальными танцами. Я сделаю все, чтобы
преуспеть.
Exercise 3. Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  заняться фотографией
-  отправиться в отпуск
-  собирать модели
автомобилей
-  собирать грибы
-  играть на скрипке
-  приглашать гостей
-  создать свою
музыкальную группу
-  ходить на рыбалку
-  ездить верхом на
лошади
-  принимать участие в
соревнованиях
-  быть меломаном
-  заранее бронировать
билеты
-  запутанный сюжет
-  смотреть кинопремьеры
-  низкобюджетный фильм
-  кассовый фильм
-  играть в компьютерные
игры
                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use Past Simple or past
Continuous.
1.When the taxi (to arrive) I still (to pack) my things.
2. What you (to do) in the evening yesterday? — I (to watch) TV and my wife (to
wash up). 3. I (to do) all the exercises while you (to smoke). 4. Mr. Brown,
where you (to be) when they (to drive) your car at midnight? 5. When the clock
(to strike) nine she (to run) up the stairs to her office because the lift (not
to work). 6. He (to stand) and
(to watch) while the boys (to fight). 7. She (to wear) a
marvellous new dress at the party and (to look) fantastic! 8. He (to wait) for
her for an hour but she never (to come). 9. When the
telephone (to ring) I (to bake) a cake and (to ask) Mary who (to do) nothing at
the moment to answer the call. 10. Why you (not to attend) the lecture on
Saturday? Professor В. (to speak) about UFO and other mysterious objects.
Exercise 2. Match parts I and
II: A.

I
1)
  She leaves  the house at 8.30
2)
  I`ll be studying in the library
3)
  She was at her first year in the University.
4)
  Mr. Walker was watching the football match
5)
  She is talking to the boss
6)
  He goes to the office by car
7)
  Our exams will be over
8)
  I write letters to him
9)
  He is writing a new novel
10)They will be flying over
  the ocean
11)We dine out
12)It was thundering

II
1)
  Once a week
2)
  next week
3)
  at the moment
4)
  at 3 o’clock
5)
  now
6)
  last year
7)
  last night
8)
  tomorrow morning
9)
  every day
10)sometimes
11)at this time yesterday
12)from 12 till 5 tomorrow

I
1)
  I shall take a nap
2)
  It will be cool
3)
  We’ll he in the sun
4)
  He’ll walk with the dog
5)
  They`ll feel safe
6)
  We’ll pack the picnic basket
7)
  I’ll not worry
8)
  He’ll listen to her
9)
  I’ll finish my work
10)I`11 fetch bread from the baker’s

II
1)
  while mother is cooking breakfast
2)
  as long as the sun is shining
3)
  while you are driving
4)
  as long as it is raining
5)
  while father is washing the car
6)
  as long as he is waiting
7)
  while you are washing up
8)
  as long as she is speaking
9)
  while you are making up your face
10)as long as the police are taking care of the house

ExercisExercise 3. Use the correct
tense forms:
1.How time (to fly)! At this time yesterday we (to swim)
in the Black Sea.
2. While I (to work) in the garden I (to hurt) my back. 3.
Last time I (to see) Jim he (to sit) in the park alone. 4. Nancy (to have) a
bath when the phone (to ring).
 5. What you usually (to do) after dinner? 6. We (to stay)
at home the whole evening. 7. Where you (to hurry)? — I (to be) afraid I (to
be) late. The show  (to begin) in five minutes. 8. Where you (to buy) this hat?
9. Tom (to see) an accident when he (to wait) for the bus. 10. You (to
understand) what I (to say)? 11. What you (to do) here? — I (to look) for a
job. 12. What we (to do) if nobody (to meet) us at the station? 13. “What you
(to do) the whole summer?” asked the aunt. 14.
Tom (to be) ill. He (to run) a high temperature and (to
have) an awful headache.
When he (to come) home last night he (to shiver) with cold
and
(to cough). We (to call) for the doctor. He (to stay) in
bed for a day or two I  (to think). 15. Susan (to be) in love with Peter. They
(to get married) in May. When they (to be) married they (to have) a honeymoon
trip to Hawaii. She (to say) she (to be) the happiest woman in the world. 16.
The weather (not to seem) very good today. We (to hope) it (to change) for the
better soon. Anyway if it (to stop) raining we (to be able) to go on a trip.
17. Yesterday 1 (to take) my children to the Zoo. They (to have) a good time.
While they (to run) about and (to watch) different animals which
they (to see) for the first time in their lives I (to take) pictures of them. I
can imagine what fun they (to have) when they (to see) these pictures later.
18. Hello! (To be) Jane in? — Jane (to speak). Who (to call)? — I (to be)
Josef. We (to have) a date last night. Why you (not to come)? — I (to copy)
some papers for my boss. He (to ask) me and 1 couldn’t refuse. — I (to see).
19. I know they (to leave) for Italy on Monday. — I (not to know) when they (to
come back), but they (to send) us a telegram as soon as they (to get) the
tickets.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Write the languages that
are mother`s tongues for most of people of these countries.

1) Bulgaria

Bulgarian

6)Sweden

2)
  Poland

7)Greece

3) Hungary

            8)Holland

4)
  Spain

9)Cuba

5)
  Norway

10)India

Exercise 2. Read the names of the
countries. Write where English is spoken as the official language.

Australia   the
Netherlands  Jamaica  Norway  Barbados  Japan  China  Germany  New Zealand  the
USA  Canada  Guyana  the United Kingdom of Great Britain

1.
1)
English is spoken in Australia as the official language._
2)
_________________________________________________________
3)
_________________________________________________________
4)
_________________________________________________________
5)
_________________________________________________________
6)
_________________________________________________________
7)
_________________________________________________________
8)
_________________________________________________________
9)
_________________________________________________________
10)
_________________________________________________________
Exercise 3. Tick the reasons why you
study English and write two reasons

why you are learning English yourself.

I study English because I`ll need it for my future
  education.

I study English because my parents want me to study this
  foreign language.

I study English because I want to have good marks.

I study English because I want to read English books in the
  original.

I study English because it is very useful for travelling.

I study English because I want to watch TV programmes  on
  the BBC Channel.

I study English because I want to be able to order meals in
  a restaurant when I am abroad.

I study English because I want to make friends in different
  countries

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................
Lesson 41
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.  Sentence practice.
Directions: Use the words in the list
or your own words to complete the sentences. Use an infinitive (to +
verb) in each sentence. Some words can be used more than once.

buy
go                 pay       walk call         listen to         play
wash
cash
marry            take       watch
do

1.
Anna is sleepy. She wants _____to go ______ to bed.
2.
I want ________ downtown today because I need _______ a new coat.
3.
Mike wants ________ TV. There`s a good programme  on Channel 5.
4.
Do you want ________ soccer with us at the park this afternoon.
5.
I need ________ Jenifer on the phone.
6.
I want to the bank __________ because I need __________ a check.
7.
James doesn`t want _________ his homework tonight.
8.
My clothes are dirty. I need ________ them.
9.
John loves Mary. He wants ________ her.
10.
Helen needs __________ an English course.
11.
Where do you want __________ for lunch?
12.
Do you want __________ some music on the radio?
13.
It`s a nice day. I don`t want ______ the bus home today. I want
______              home instead
14.
David`s desk  is full of overdue bills. He needs _________ his
bills.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice. Directions:
Make sentences.
PART I.  Change the sentences by using would
like.
1.      Tony
wants a cup of coffee.

⤏  _____Tony would like _____ a cup of
coffee.
2.      He
wants some sugar in his coffee.

⤏  _____He would like_______ a cup of
coffee.
3.
Ahmed and Anita want some coffee too.
      ⤏  ________________________
some coffee too.
4.      They
want some sugar in their coffee too.
     ⤏
________________________ some sugar in their coffee too.
5.      A:
Do you want a cup of coffee? B: Yes, I do. Thank you.
 ⤏ A:
___________________ a cup of coffee?      B: Yes, ________________ . Thank you.
6.      I
want to thank you for your kindness and hospitality.
     ⤏
___________________  you for your kindness and hospitality.
7.      My
friends want to thank you too. ⤏
__________________ you too.
8.
A: Does Robert want to ride with us? B: Yes, he does.
⤏
A: ________________ with us?     B: Yes, he does.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions:Your teacher will ask you
questions. Close your books for this activity.
1.
Who`s hungry right now? (…), are you hungry? What would you like?

2.
Who is thirsty ? (…),are you thirsty ? What would you like?
3.
Who`s sleepy? What would you like to do?
4.
What would you like to do this weekend?
5.
What would you like to do after classes today?
6.
What would you like to have for dinner tonight?
7.
What countries would you like to visit?
8.
What  cities  would you like to visit in (the United States,
Canada,             etc.)?
9.
What languages would you like to learn?
10.
You listened to your classmates. What would they like to do? Do
you              remember what they said?
11.
Pretend that you are the host at a party at your home and your
classmates              are your guests. Ask them what they would like to eat
and drink.
12.
Think of something fun to do tonight or this weekend. Using would
you    like invite a classmate to join you.
II.      VOCABULARY School Life
nine-grade / eleventh-grade student —
девятиклассник / одиннадцатиклассник I am an eleventh-grade student. — Я учусь
в 11 классе.
classmate — одноклассник
One of my classmates is my best friend. — Один из
моих одноклассников — мой лучший друг. to apply to a university —
подавать заявление на поступление в университет  I have applied to several
universities. — Я подал заявление в несколько вузов. to enter a university
— поступить в университет
Last year I entered Rostov State University o f Economics. —
В прошлом году я поступила в Ростовский государственный экономический
университет. to graduate from — окончить университет
Му brother graduated from Rostov State Medical
University last year. — Мой брат окончил Ростовский государственный медицинский
университет в прошлом году.  school uniform — школьная форма
Do you wear a school uniform? — Ты носишь школьную
форму? to study well — хорошо учиться
Му brother is an excellent student. He studies very well.
— Мой брат отличник. Он очень хорошо учится. to be late for school —
опаздывать в школу
I am never late for school. — Я никогда не опаздываю
в школу. to be absent — отсутствовать
Who is absent today? — Кто сегодня отсутствует?
to be absent-minded — быть
рассеянным
He is absent-minded and inattentive. — Он рассеянный
и невнимательный. to cheat — списывать
Students who cheat usually use crib sheets, mobile
phone or just look at another student s work while writing a test paper. —
Студенты, которые списывают, обычно используют шпаргалки, мобильный телефон или
попросту списывают у других студентов во время контрольной работы. crib
sheet / note — шпаргалка  to w rite a test paper — писать контрольную
работу compulsory education   — обязательное образование
In Russia education is free and compulsory for all
children up to the ninth grade. — В России образование бесплатное и
обязательное для всех детей вплоть до 9 класса. timetable / schedule   —
расписание
We have a new timetable each term. — У нас каждую
четверть меняется расписание. dorms / student residence — студенческое
общежитие
When I was a student I lived in the dorms. — Когда я
был студентом, я жил в общежитии.  freshman / sophomore   — (студент)
первокурсник / второкурсник  I am a freshman. — Я студент первого курса.
to drop out of school — бросать
(учебу)
He dropped out o f school at the age of 15. — Он бросил
учебу в возрасте 15 лет.
principal / headmaster — директор
школы
Our principal is strict but fair. — Наш директор
строгий, но справедливый. pupil   — ученик ников.
to get a bad / good mark — получать плохую /
хорошую оценку
 I ’ll do my best not to get bad marks. — Я сделаю все от
себя зависящее, чтобы не получать плохих оценок. to take an exam —
сдавать экзамен
I am taking my USE in Mathematics next week. — Я
сдаю ЕГЭ по математике на следующей неделе. to pass an exam — сдать
экзамен (успешно)
I passed mу exam 2 days ago. — Я сдала экзамен 2 дня
назад. to fail an exam — завалить экзамен
You should study hard not to fail your final exams. — Вам
нужно усердно учиться, чтобы не завалить выпускные экзамены.
Unified State Exam (USE) — Единый
государственный экзамен (ЕГЭ) Today I am taking my USE in English. — Завтра я
сдаю ЕГЭ по английскому.  to have extra lessons — брать дополнительные
занятия
I have 2 extra lessons in mathematics and English. — У
меня сегодня два дополнительных занятия: по математике и английскому. optional
classes — факультативные занятия
Do you have any optional classes today? — У тебя есть
сегодня какие-нибудь факультативы?
 diligent / hard working student   —
прилежный, старательный ученик Mark is a hardworking student. — Марк прилежный
ученик.
school-leaving party / school prom
— выпускной вечер в школе
Children usually have a school prom when they finish
school. — У детей проходят выпускные вечера по окончании школы. nursery  ] /
infant school — дошкольное учреждение, детский сад, ясли Му younger brother
goes to the nursery school. — Мой младший брат ходит в детский сад.
primary school — начальная школа
In Russia schoolchildren spend 4 years in primary
school. — Российские школьники учатся в начальной школе 4 года. secondary
school — средняя школа
After primary school children move to secondary schools. —
По окончании
начальной школы ученики переходят в среднюю школу
private school — частная школа
Do you like to attend any private school? — Ты бы
хотела учиться в частной школе? boarding school— школа-интернат
A boarding school is a school where students study
and reside. — Школа-интернат — это школа, где учащиеся живут и обучаются. favorite
subject — любимый предмет в школе
Му favorite school subject is English. — Мой любимый
школьный предмет — английский. parents’ evening — родительское собрание
How often do parents' meetings take place at your
school? — Как часто проводятся родительские собрания в твоей школе?   to translate texts —
переводить тексты
Most of all I love translating texts. — Больше всего я
обожаю переводить тексты. to write essays and personal letters — писать
сочинения и письма личного характера We practice writing essays and personal
letters. — Мы практикуем написание эссе и писем личного характера.  to stage  — ставить
пьесу
 Sometimes we stage a musical or a show in English. —
Иногда мы ставим мюзиклы или пьесы на английском языке.
 assembly hall   — актовый зал
We have a large assembly hall in our school. — У нас в
школе большой актовый зал.
well-equipped rooms   — хорошо оборудованные классы

There are tight and well-equipped rooms in our school. — В
нашей школе светлые и хорошо оборудованные классы.
 canteen   — буфет, столовая (в школе)
 I often have dinner at our school canteen. — Я
часто обедаю в нашей школьной столовой.  staff / teachers’ common room
— учительская
A teachers ’ common room is room where teachers can rest
and discuss some problems. — Учительская — это кабинет, в котором учителя могут
отдохнуть и обсудить некоторые проблемы.
united class   — дружный класс I have been lucky enough to have a
united class. — Мне повезло, что у меня дружный класс. break   —
перемена (в школе)
We have a ten-minute break after each lesson. —
После каждого урока у нас 10-минутная перемена. school holidays / breaks
— школьные каникулы
Where do you usually spend your school holidays? —
Где ты обычно проводишь свои каникулы? to revise the material  —
повторять изученный материал
It is very important to revise the material learnt not
only just before your exams but also during the whole school year. — Очень
важно повторять изученный материал не только перед экзаменами, но и в течение
всего учебного года.
to learn by heart — учить наизусть
 I am learning a poem by heart. — Я учу наизусть
стихотворение.  to spend time out in the open air — проводить время на
открытом воздухе Му classmates and I like to spend time out in the open air. —
Мы с одноклассниками любим проводить время на открытом воздухе.
to leave town for the country —
уезжать за город
On my school holidays my family and I often leave town for
the country to spend some time out in the open air. — Во время школьных каникул
мы с семьей часто выезжаем за город, чтобы провести время на свежем воздухе.
to sunbathe on the beach   —
загорать на пляже
I like to swim and sunbathe on the beach. — Я люблю
купаться и загорать на пляже. to go to the seaside — ездить на морское
побережье
In summer we always go to the seaside. — Летом мы всегда
ездим на море.
to go roller-skating / skating / skiing / sledging
— кататься на роликах / на коньках / на лыжах / на санках
 I used to go roller-skating but now I am pressed
for time. — Раньше я часто каталась на роликах, а сейчас у меня катастрофически
не хватает времени.  to play snowballs — играть в снежки
In winter mу classmates and I often play snowballs. —
Зимой мы с одноклассникам часто играем в снежки.  to study abroad —
учиться за границей
Have you ever dreamt of studying abroad? — Ты
когда-либо мечтала учиться за границей? foreign exchange programs —
программы по обмену студентов
Foreign student exchange programs are a great way for
students world-wide to experience life in another country. — Программы по
обмену студентов позволяют учащимся со всего мира пожить в другой стране.
to do chores around the house — делать работу по
дому You have to shoulder lots o f duties such as planning expenses and doing
chores around the house. — Вам придется выполнять массу обязательств, таких как
планирование расходов и выполнение работы по дому. to enroll for a course
— записываться на прослушивание какого-либо курса Yesterday I enrolled for a
cooking course. — Вчера я записалась на прослушивание кулинарного курса. to
live apart from somebody — жить отдельно от коголибо
Studying abroad may be stressful for children as they have
to live apart from their family. — Обучаясь за границей, дети могут испытывать
сильный стресс от того, что им придется жить вдали от семьи.
language barrier   — языковой барьер
They may experience language barrier problems. — У
них могут возникать проблемы языкового барьера. to соре with —
справляться с чем-либо
If a person has a real wish to study abroad, then he will
find ways to cope with stress. — Если у человека есть цель учиться за рубежом,
тогда он найдет возможности справиться со стрессом. government student loan
— правительственный заем на образование Government student loans are a perfect
way to pay for education. — Правительственный заем на образование — удобный
способ оплаты за учебу. government student g rant — правительственный
грант на обучение
Tо get a government student grant is not that easy.
— Получить правительственный грант на обучение не совсем просто. to adjust
to u n familiar environment — приспосабливаться к незнакомой обстановке
It is very important to decide whether or not you really
want to study abroad, away from your family and friends, and adjust to
unfamiliar customs, culture and environment. — Очень важно решить,
действительно ли вы хотите жить за границей, вдали от своей семьи и друзей, и
приспосабливаться к незнакомым традициям, культуре и окружающей среде. to
reside — временно проживать, находиться
То begin with, as a student residing, you are totally
immersed in the language both in and outside o f school. — Прежде всего, временно
проживающие в стране изучаемого языка студенты полностью погружаются в языковую
среду, как в самом учебном заведении, так и вне его стен. to immerse —
погружаться (в языковую среду) to improve conversational skills —
улучшать навыки общения
mother’s tongue — родной язык
 If you live with a host family you will definitely
improve your conversational skills because you avoid speaking your mother s
tongue. — Если вы живете в принимающей семье, вы непременно улучшите свои
разговорные навыки, поскольку не будете общаться на родном языке. target
language — изучаемый язык
You watch films, listen to music and carry out
regular tasks in the language of the host country. — Вы будете смотреть фильмы,
слушать музыку и выполнять ежедневные задания на языке страны, в которой вы
пребываете. to master a language — овладеть языком
I f you want to master a foreign language, you should read
books in the original, as well as watch films and educational programs in a
target language. — Чтобы овладеть иностранным языком, необходимо читать книги в
оригинале, а также смотреть фильмы и обучающие программы на изучаемом языке. to
become fluent in a language — бегло говорить на языке
I ’ll do my best to become fluent in English. — Я
сделаю все возможное, чтобы бегло говорить на английском. host family —
принимающая семья
At first I wanted to stay at the hotel, but then I decided
to stay with a host family. — Сначала я хотела остановиться в гостинице, но
потом решила жить в принимающей семье.
to experience / to break through language
barrier — испытывать / преодолевать языковой барьер
I used to experience a language barrier, but then I
managed to break through it. — Раньше я испытывала языковой барьер, но затем я
преодолела его.
perfect command of English — совершенное владение английским
языком
Having a perfect command o f English gives you much more
opportunities to find a highly-paid job. — Совершенное владение английским
языком дает больше возможностей найти высокооплачиваемую работу.
to develop language skills — развивать лингвистические
навыки
Another advantage o f developing good language skills is
that you can read books in the original, translate them and understand the
content or meaning that the writer wants to convey to the reader. — Еще одним
преимуществом развития лингвистических навыков является тот факт, что вы
сможете читать книги в оригинале, переводить их и понимать именно тот смысл,
который автор хотел донести до читателя. improve language skills /
geographical knowledge — улучшать языковые навыки / знания географии
Travelling improves language skills and geographical
knowledge and makes life more interesting. — Путешествия улучшают языковые
навыки и знания географии и делают жизнь более интересной. widespread
language — распространенный язык
I believe that English is the most widespread language in
the world. — Я считаю, что английский — это самый распространенный язык в мире.
to travel around the world — путешествовать по миру
English gives you an opportunity to travel around the
world, to meet new people, to know their culture and traditions, as well as to
explore different cuisines. — Знание языка дает возможность путешествовать по
всему миру, знакомиться с новыми людьми, узнавать об их культуре и традициях, а
также пробовать всевозможные блюда из национальных кухонь разных стран мира. to
meet new people — знакомиться с новыми людьми Vocabulary exercises
Exercise 1.  Match the left and the
right columns.

to pass student
  optional school primary favourite to make up
assembly
  to learn well-equipped

residence
subject an exam
  classes prom
hall school
dialogues rooms
by heart

Exercise 2. Translate into English.
1)      Совершенное
владение английским языком дает больше возмож       ностей найти
высокооплачиваемую работу.
2)      Я
собираюсь записаться на языковые курсы. Я мечтаю бегло        говорить на
английском языке.
3)      Какие
самые распространенные языки в мире?
4)      Я
хочу путешествовать по миру, узнавать интересных людей и расширять свой
кругозор.
5)      Очень
важно решить, действительно ли вы хотите жить за границей, вдали от своей семьи
и друзей, и приспосабливаться к незнакомым традициям, культуре и окружающей
среде.
6)      У
многих людей возникает языковой барьер. Лично я мечтаю учиться за границей.
7)      На
выходных мы часто выезжаем за город. Я люблю купаться в реке и загорать. Я
люблю проводить время на свежем воздухе.
8)      Ты
должен был выучить стихотворение. Мне придется поставить тебе плохую оценку.
9)      Обычно
я провожу свои школьные каникулы в деревне.
10)  Что вы обычно делаете
на уроках английского? — Мы переводим тексты, делаем упражнения на практику и
развитие навыков аудирования, пишем эссе и составляем диалоги.
11)  В нашей школе
просторные и хорошо оборудованные классы.
12)  Ты часто ходишь в
школьную библиотеку? Я лично часто готовлюсь там к урокам.
13)  Моя младшая сестра
ходит в начальную школу. В следующем году она переходит в среднюю школу.
14)  Моя близкая подруга
бросила учебу в возрасте 16 лет. Ее родители были очень разочарованы.
15)  Студенты, которые
списывают, обычно используют шпаргалки, мобильный телефон или попросту
списывают у других студентов во время контрольной работы.
Exercise 3. Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  подавать заявление на
поступление в университет - поступить в университет
-  окончить университет
-  опаздывать в школу
-  бросать учебу в школе
-  сдать экзамен
(успешно)
-  обязательное
образование
-  писать контрольную
работу
-  завалить экзамен
-  факультативные
экзамены
-  родительское собрание
-  хорошо оборудованные
классы - учить наизусть
-  повторять изученный
материал
-  записываться на
прослушивание какого-то курса
-  языковой барьер
-  справляться с
чем-либо
-  родной язык
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
PRESENT, PAST, FUTURE
CONTINUOUS. “TO BE GOING + INFINITIVE”
Exercise 1.  Use the correct form of
the verb “to be”:
    1. I ... taking five courses this semester. 2. B
ill... trying to improve his English.
3. Sue ... writing another book this year. 4. John and
Mary... talking on the phone.
5.I need an umbrella because it ... raining. 6. We ...
walking down the street when it began to rain. 7. It was beautiful yesterday
when we went out for a walk, it ... not raining, the sun ... shining. 8. I
couldn’t get you on the phone last night, who ... you talking to so long? 9.
What... you doing at 6 tomorrow? 10. We ... playing chess in half an hour. 11.
She ... listening to her favourite music at 8 o’clock tomorrow. 12.What... you
... doing when I come?
Exercise 2. Give short answers:
1.Is the secretary typing our papers? 2. Are you helping
your mother to cook the dinner? 3. Am I reading your thoughts? 4. Is he waiting
for his girlfriend? 5. Were you wearing this dress at yesterday’s party? 6. Was
father reading newspapers at dinner again? 7. Was I talking in sleep? 8. Were
they quarrelling when you came in? 9. Was the bus going the wrong way? 10.
Shall I be carrying my heavy bags myself? 11. Will they be discussing this
question at the meeting? 12. Will you be seeing her tomorrow?
Exercise 3. Put questions to the
underlined parts:  A.

1. Father is watching TV. 2. My brother is sitting at
the table. 3. He is reading a newspaper. 4. I am talking to my
friend on the phone. 5. I am telling my friend about our new car. 6.
Nick and Kate are playing in the children’s room. 7. It was raining hard
last night. A strong wind was blowing. 8. At 7 o
’clock the doctor was driving to his patient. 9. They were
leaving the house when we arrived. 10. Nelly will be doing her homework
tomorrow morning. 11. I’ll be waiting for you at 10 in the morning. 12.
We are going to the Crimea in summer. 13. They are having their
daughter’s birthday party on Saturday. 14. We are going to sing cheerfully.
15. The weather is going to change for the worse. B.
1. I am looking at the clock. 2. He is looking for
her gloves. 3. She is looking after her grandmother. 4. We are
talking about the new play. 5. We are talking to our neighbours.
6. I was waiting for the results. 7. He was asking for some money.
8. She was dreaming of becoming an actress. 9. They were listening to
a funny story.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.  Make one sentences from
two.

1)

Will you return me the
  book?
I gave you this book yesterday.

Will
  you return me the book which I gave you yesterday?

2)

I want to go to the party. The party will be at our school
  during the holidays.

………………………………………
………………………………………

3)

I want to see the film.
You saw the film last week.

………………………………………
………………………………………

4)

Have you read the advertise-

……………………………………………

ment?
  The advertisement invites you to take part in the language competition.

……………………………………………
……………………………………………

5) Do you know the
  student? He
has
  won the first prize in the competition.

……………………………………….
  ……………………………………….

6) Do you know people? People can speak more than 4 languages.

……………………………………….
  ……………………………………….

Exercise 2. Agree or disagree with the
following statements. Use the phrases of agreement or disagreement from the
box. Explain your opinion.

I think …   I guess
…    I believe …   I`m sure …
I don`t think that
…   It`s impossible that …   I`ll never believe that …   I can`t agree that …

1)      There
will be no countries in the future, people will live in one international
world.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
2)      People
will speak one artificial international language.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
3)      All
the people of the world will speak English and will forget their own languages.
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 42
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.  Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work in pairs. Ask and answer
questions.
Example:
PARTNER A: Do you like apples?
PARTNER B: Yes,
I do.
PARTNER A: Would you like an apple right now?
PARTNER B: Yes, I would. or Yes, thank you. or No, but thank you for
asking.
PARTNER A:  Your turn now.

PARTNER A

PARTNER B

1)
2)
3)
4)

Do you like coffee?
Would you like a cup of
  coffee?
Do you like to go to movies? Would you like to go to a
  movie with me later today? What do you like to do on weekends? What would you
  like to do this weekend?
What do you need to do this evening? What would you like to
  do this evening?

1)
2)
3)
4)

Do you like chocolate?
  Would you like some chocolate right now?
Do you like to go shopping? Would you like to go  shopping
  with me later today?
What do you like to do in
  your free time?  What  would you like to do in your free time? Do you like to
  travel? What countries would you like to visit?

Exercise 2. Review.
PART 1
Directions:   Work in pairs.
Answer the questions.

1)      What
are John and Mary doing?
2)      What
do you see in the picture?
3)      Are
John and Mary in the kitchen? Where are they?
4)      Where
is the flower?
5)      Where
are the pictures?
6)      What
is there on the  rug?
7)      Is
it afternoon or evening?
8)      What
is there on the  table?
9)      Is
the TV-set on the table?
10)What season is it?
PART II Complete the sentences.
11)John and Mary __________ watching TV. They like
_________watch TV.
12)They _________ sitting __________ a sofa. 13)They
________________ sleeping.
14)There is a rug ____________ the floor 15)There is
a flower _____________the living room.
16)You can see pictures ________________ the wall.
17)The window __________ open.
Exercise 3. Review.
Directions:   Talk about the
picture below.   Use the vocabulary.

PART I. Work in pairs. Answer the questions.
1)      What
are Nick and Jill doing?
2)      What
do you see in the picture?
3)      Is
Nick happy? Is Jill happy? Are they smiling?
4)      Are
they sad?
5)      Who
is standing? Who is sitting?
6)      Is
Nick in his bedroom? Where is Nick?
7)      Where
is the clock?
8)      What
time is it?
9)      What
is Jill doing?
10)What is there on her table?
11)What is there next to the table? 12)What is there
in the bookcase?
PART II. Complete the sentences.
13)Nick and Jill ________ talking _________ the phone.
14)Nick ________ talking ________
Jill. Jill ______ talking ________ Nick. They ________ talking to ________
other.
15)Nick _________ the kitchen. He`s standing _________ the
table.
16)There is a clock _______ the wall next to the
refrigerator.
17)Jill ________ sitting _______ the table. She`s
___________ the computer.
18)Jill likes to  ___________ to Nick on the phone.
19)There are some papers ____________ the table.
20)There is a laptop ___________ the table.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Choosing a Career
accountant   — бухгалтер
She works as an accountant. — Она работает
бухгалтером. actor / actress — актер / актриса
I 've wanted to become an actress since my early
childhood. — Я с самого детства хотела стать актрисой.  architect   —
архитектор
I want to become an architect. — Я хочу стать
архитектором. businessman / businesswoman — бизнесмен / бизнес-леди
 I have brilliant management capabilities. So, I am sure
in couple of years I ’ll become a businessman. — У меня прекрасные
управленческие способности.
Я уверен, что через пару лет я стану бизнесменом. hairdresser
/ barber — стилист-парикмахер / барбер (мужской парикмахер) What s the
difference between a hairdresser and a barber ? — Чем отличается
стилист-парикмахер от барбера? flight attendant — стюардесса
Pilots and flight attendants have a brilliant opportunity
to travel around the world. — У пилотов и стюардесс есть великолепная
возможность путешествовать по всему миру.
ju d g e — судья
Judges should be impartial. — Судьи должны быть
беспристрастны.
lawyer   — юрист, адвокат
My uncle is an experienced lawyer. — Мой дядя —
опытный юрист. nurse   — медсестра
Before starting my career as a doctor, I worked as a
nurse in hospital. — До того, как я начала карьеру врача, я работала медсестрой
в больнице. surgeon   — хирург
Surgeons are doctors who perform operations. —
Хирурги — это врачи, которые проводят пациентам операции. dentist —
зубной врач
Му dad is a dentist. — Мой отец — зубной врач. interpreter
/ translator — устный переводчик / письменный переводчик
 At a university in the faculty of philology, you can
study for an interpreter. —
На филологическом факультете университета можно выучиться
на устного переводчика. teacher / tutor — учитель / репетитор
Before finding mу job as a school teacher I worked
as a tutor. — Прежде чем найти работу учителем в школе, я работала репетитором.
personal secretary   — личный секретарь
Му responsibilities as a secretary are sending emails,
answering phone calls and arranging appointments. — В мои обязанности как
секретаря входит работа по рассылке писем, телефонные звонки и организация
встреч. engineer   — инженер
I am an engineer by profession. — По профессии я —
инженер.  shop assistant — продавец
Last summer I worked as a shop assistant. — В прошлом году
я работала продавцом.
 waiter / waitress — официант / официантка
 journalist — журналист
He is a political journalist. — Он журналист, пишущий о
политике. editor-in-chief — главный редактор
Му dream is to become an editor-in-chief. — Моя мечта —
стать главным редактором.
 to look for a job — искать работу

I ’ve been looking for a job for 2 months. — Я ищу
работу уже 2 месяца. field — сфера деятельности
It is highly recommended to study the field you want to
work in and to find out what jobs are in demand. — Рекомендуется изучить сферу
деятельности, в которой вы хотите работать, и узнать, какие профессии являются
наиболее востребованными. to choose a career — выбирать профессию
Choosing a career is one of the most important life
decisions that every person faces on the threshold of adulthood. — Выбор
профессии является одним из важнейших решений, с принятием которых каждый
сталкивается на пороге во взрослую жизнь. to learn about yourself —
познавать себя
At first, you have to learn about yourself. — Сначала
необходимо познать себя.
to take in to account — принимать во внимание
You should take into account your values, interests,
skills, as well as certain personality traits which can identify the most
suitable professions for you. — Необходимо принять во внимание свои ценности,
интересы, способности, а также определенные черты личности, которые смогут
определить наиболее подходящие профессии для вас.
 (true ) life ’s calling — (истинное) призвание в
жизни
I want to become an actress. I think this is my true
calling. — Я хочу стать актрисой. Я думаю, это мое истинное призвание. Choose a
job you love, and you will never have to work a day in your life. — Выбери
работу по душе,  и тебе больше не придется работать ни дня в своей жизни. p
art-time job — работа на полставки, частичная занятость
I want to find a part-time job. — Я хочу найти работу на
неполный рабочий день. to work part time — работать на полставки
 I work part time as a cashier. — Я работаю на
полставки кассиром. full-time job — работа на полный рабочий день
Do you have any full-time job? — У тебя есть работа на
полный рабочий день? to work in shifts — работать посменно
I`ll have to work in shifts. — Мне придется работать
посменно. to combine studies with work — совмещать учебу с работой When
I was a student I successfully combined my studies with work. — Когда я была
студенткой, я успешно совмещала учебу с работой.  temporary work / job
— временная работа
I work as a secretary. Unfortunately, it is temporary
work. — Я работаю секретарем.
К сожалению, это временная работа. permanent /
regular work — постоянная работа
I have nо permanent work now. — Сейчас у меня нет
постоянной работы
 occupation   — род занятий, профессия What’s
your job / occupation? — Кем вы работаете? monthly pay / salary / wages
— ежемесячный оклад (зарплата)
Му monthly pay is 500 euro. — Моя ежемесячная зарплата
составляет 500 евро.
vacancy   — вакансия
 I tried to find out if they had any vacancies. — Я
попытался узнать, есть ли у них вакансии. to be responsible for — быть
ответственным за что-либо
What are your main responsibilities in your job? — Что входит в ваши
обязанности на работе? I am responsible for wholesale purchases. — Я отвечаю за
оптовые закупки. to have good communication skills — иметь хорошие
коммуникативные способности
You must have good communication skills. — У вас должны
быть хорошие коммуникативные способности. to earn   — зарабатывать
I earn about 5,000 pounds a year. — Я зарабатываю около
5000 фунтов стерлингов в год.
high-paying job — высокооплачиваемая работа
Having a perfect command of English gives you much
more opportunities to find a high-paying job. — Совершенное владение английским
языком дает больше возможностей найти высокооплачиваемую работу. job
interview — собеседование
Job seekers should carefully prepare for job interviews. —
Соискатели должны тщательно готовиться к собеседованиям.
 job seeker — соискатель (работы)  work
experience — опыт работы
 I have had по work experience yet, but I learn
quickly. — У меня пока нет опыта работы, но я быстро учусь.  to be one’s own
boss — работать на самого себя
 If you want to be your own boss, you should start
your own business. — Если вы хотите работать на себя, то вам следует открыть
свое дело. to s tart one’s own business — открывать свое дело
to run a firm — управлять фирмой  to
broaden the mind — расширять кругозор
Travelling broaden the mind. — Путешествия расширяют
кругозор. to be party to negotiations   — принимать участие в
переговорах Recently I've been party to negotiations. — Недавно я принимала
участие в переговорах. employer / employee — работодатель / наемный
сотрудник
 Му employer asked mе to sign a document. — Мой
работодатель попросил меня подписать документ. to be unemployed / to be out
of work — быть нетрудоустроенным, находиться без работы
John has been unemployed for 5 months. — Джон без работы
уже 5 месяцев.
 work schedule — рабочий график
The 9 to 5 is the most common work schedule. — Рабочий день с 9 до 17 —
самый распространенный график работы. colleagues   / co-workers —
сослуживцы, коллеги
People whom you work with are your co-workers. — Люди,
которые работают с тобой, это твои коллеги.
Vocabulary Exercise
Exercise 1: Match the words with their
definitions.

1)
2)
3)

architect hairdresser accountant

a)
b)
c)

a
  person who cuts and styles hair as an occupation a person who works in
  business or commerce, especially at an executive level a person who design
  buildings and in most cases supervises their construction

4)
  flight attendant
5)
  lawyer
6)
  judge
7)
  nurse
8)
  surgeon
9)
  interpreter
10)journalist 11)employer
12)job seeker
13)colleague
14)businessman
15)salary

d)
  a doctor who is specially trained to practice surgery
e)
  a person whose job is to keep or inspect financial accounts
f)
  a person trained to care for the sick, especially in hospital
g)
  a steward or stewardess on an aircraft
h)
  a person who is qualified to advise people about the law and
  represent them in court
i)
  a person in a court of law who decides how the law should be
  applied, for example how criminals should be punished
j)
  a person whose job is to translate what someone is saying into
  another language
k)
  a person who writes for newspapers or magazines news to be broadcast
  on radio or TV
l)
  a person or organization that employs people
m)
  a person who is unemployed and looking for work
n)
  a fixed regular payment, typically paid on a monthly basis
o)
  a person with whom one works, especially in a profession or
  business

Exercise 2: Translate in to English.
1)      У
тебя есть постоянная работа сейчас? — Нет, я работаю официанткой, но это лишь
временная работа.
2)      Когда
я была студенткой, я совмещала работу с учебой. Я работала
продавцом-консультантом на полставки.
3)      Кем
вы работаете? — Я переводчик, и это мое призвание. Я полностью согласна со
следующим утверждением: «Выбери работу по душе, и тебе больше не придется
работать ни дня в своей   жизни».
4)      Выбор
профессии является одним из важнейших решений, с принятием которых каждый
сталкивается на пороге во взрослую жизнь.
5)      Что
входит в ваши обязанности на работе? — Я ответственная за  закупки по
контрактам.
6)      Моя
ежемесячная зарплата — около 25 000 рублей.
7)      У
вас есть какие-нибудь вакансии? Я ищу работу. У меня пока нет опыта работы, но
я быстро учусь.
8)      Найти
высокооплачиваемую работу фрилансера не так просто в наше время.
9)      Я
хочу открыть свое дело.
10)Мой работодатель попросил меня принять участие в
переговорах.
11)Мой друг без работы больше полутора лет. Я рекомендую
ему обратить
12) Рабочий день с 9 до 17 — самый
распространенный график работы. Но я хочу работать посменно
13)До того, как я стала журналистом, я работала личным
секретарем.
14)Прошлым летом я работала официанткой. Это был отличный
опыт.
15)Я уверена, через несколько лет мой
сын станет бизнесменом и откроет свое дело.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following  phrases:
-  личный секретарь
-  выбирать профессию -
искать работу
-  временная работа
-  работа на полставки
-  работать посменно
-  призвание в жизни
-  иметь хорошие
коммуникативные возможности
-  совмещать работу с
учебой
-  высокооплачиваемая
работа
-  работать на себя
-  открывать свое дело
-  принимать участие в
переговорах
-  быть
нетрудоустроенным
-  опыт работы
-  соискатель работы
-  рабочий график
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.  Answer the questions
using the given words:
1.What is Helen doing in the kitchen? (to cook) 2. What
are you doing in the shop? (to buy) 3. What is she doing with the dress? (to
try on) 4. What is Ann doing at the railway station? (to meet) 5. Why were the
children making such a terrible noise? (to fight) 6. Why isn’t she sleeping?
(to wait for) 7. Why are you speaking in a whisper? (to sleep) 8. Why is Peter
playing the piano so late? (to rehearse) 9. What was Bill doing here? (to look
for) 10. What were you speaking about when I came? (to discuss)  Exercise 2.
Make up disjunctive questions:

1. We are having a break now. 2. She is thinking about
tomorrow’s conference. 3. The doctor and the nurse are taking care of the sick
man. 4. Sally is taking a shower now.
5. The clock was striking 10 when I came. 6. We were writ ing
a test from 2 till 4. 7.
Ann was looking for her cat in the garden. 8 .1 was not
walking with my dog at that time. 9. We were not driving too fast. 10. They are
leaving for the airport in five minutes. 11. She wasn’t feeling very well last
night. 12. Everybody was waiting for their arrival. 13. She is always
complaining of her husband. 14.1 am trying to explain it to you. 15. I’ll be
seeing you tomorrow morning. 16. He won’t be staying here long.
Exercise 3. Give full answers to the
following questions:
1.Where were you hurrying when I met you? 2. Who was Ann
talking to on the phone? 3. Where are we flying now? 4. What were the children
doing when the lights went out? 5. What are you looking for in father’s room?
6. What were the boys doing when the fire began? 7. What shall we be doing when
it gets dark? 8. What were they laughing at when Brenda came in? 9. Why are you
making so much noise? 10. Why are they quarrelling all the time? 11. What were
you writing when I entered the classroom? 12. What was Mary doing when Bill
rang her up? 13. What were you reading while I was writing a letter? 14. What
was father doing while mother was washing up? 15. What were you reading while
we were having breakfast? 16. What are you doing now? 17. What were they
questioning you about? 18. Why will you be working tonight? 19. What was the
orchestra playing when the concert began? 20. What are you going to do when the
guests come?
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Look at the picture of
Danny, a famous traveler. Ask him questions as the model shows.

Germany
France
Egypt
Australia
Switzerland
Japan
China

1.
Have you ever been to Germany?When did you go
there?_______________
2.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
3.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
4.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
5.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
6.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
7.      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
      Exercise 2. Look at the
picture of Ben. He sits in front of the TV all day         long.
       He leaves his sofa very seldom.
Write sentences about him as in model.

 Example: Ben has never been to China. Ben has
never been to Japan.
     – Ben has been neither to China
nor Japan.
1.      Ben
has never been to Australia. Ben has never been to New Zealand.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
2.      Ben
has never  seen the Niagara Falls.  Ben has never  seen the Pyramids.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
3.      Ben
doesn`t want to swim in the river. Ben doesn`t want to climb the mountains.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
4.      Ben
can`t speak English. Ben can`t speak French.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
5.      Ben
doesn`t want to play football. Ben doesn`t want to play chess.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
6.      Ben
doesn`t want to learn German. Ben doesn`t want to learn Spanish.
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
7.      Ben
can`t ski. Ben can`t skate.
………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3. Read the list of possible
reasons for learning English and against learning English.
a)
Write them in two columns:
1.      Learning
foreifn languages takes too much time.
2.      English
is necessary for communication with people when you are abroad.
3.      When
you listen to songs in English, it`s better to understand the words.
4.      If
you know English, you can get information frpm different newspapers and radio
stations.
5.      Watching
English and American films in the original is more interesting than watching
them in translation.
6.      There
are lots of newspapers and radio programmes in Russian – there is no need to
read newspapers and to listen to radio programmes in English.
7.      When
you are abroad as a tourist, the guide helps in all situations and explains
everything in Russian.
8.      Most
interesting films are translated into Russian.
9.      Learning
English is interesting and exciting.
10.  When people listen to
foreign songs, they enjoy music and they don`t need words.

Reasons for learning English

Reasons against learning English

b)
Match the reasons that have the opposite meanings.
 Exercise 4. Write why you learn
English.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………
Lesson 43 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions:Complete the sentences. Use
pronouns (I, me, he, him, etc)
1.         John loves Mary. ___He___ loves
__her__ very much. 2.  Mary loves John. ________ loves _______
very much.
3.
Mary and John love their daughter, Anna. _____ love ____ very
much.
4.
Mary and John love their son, Tom. ________ love ______ very
much.
5.
Tom loves his little sister,Anna. ________ loves
________ very much.
6.
Mary loves her children. ________ loves ________
very much.
7.
John loves his children. ________ loves
________ very much.
8.
Mary and John love Tom and Anna. ______ love
_______ very much.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions:Complete the sentences.
Use pronouns (I, me, he, him, etc)
1.
Rita has a book. __She__ bought __it__ last
week.
2.
I know the new students, but Tony doesn`t know _______ yet.
3.
I wrote a letter, but I can`t send _______ because I don`t have a
stamp.
4.
Tom is in Canada. _______ is studying at University.
5.
Bob lives in my dorm. I eat breakfast with _______ every morning.
6.     Ann is my neighbor. I talk to _______ every day. _______
and               _________ have interesting conversations.
7.
I have two pictures on my bedroom wall. I like _____.
_______             are beautiful.
8.
Ann and I Have a dinner invitation. Mr. and Mrs. Brown want
_______               to come to dinner at their house.
9.
Judy has a new car. _______ is a Toyota.
10.
My husband and I have a new car. _______ got _______ last month.
Exercise 3. Game.
Directions: Work in groups or
individually. The object of the game is to fill in each list with nouns. The
nouns must belong to the category of the list. When you finish your lists,
count the number of nouns you have. That is your score. Who has the highest
score?

List 1 Things in nature

List 2
Things you eat and drink

List 3
Animals and insects

List 4
Things for sale at
( name of a local store )

A

air

B

bushes

C

D

E

earth

F

fish

G

grass

H

I

ice

J

K

L

leaves

M

N

O

ocean

P

plants

R

rain

Q

R

S

stars

T

trees

U

V

W

water

X

Y

Z

Vocabulary
H
II.      VOCABULARY Holidays
Christmas (Day)   — Рождество
Му favorite holiday is Christmas Day. — Мой любимый
праздник — Рождество. on Christmas Day / Eve — в день Рождества / в
канун, в Рождественский сочельник
Santa Claus -  Санта-Клаус
Father Christmas   — Рождественский дед
Children often write letters to Santa Claus, traditionally
he should be called Father
Christmas, and throw them into the fire. — Дети пишут
письма-пожелания СантаКлаусу или, как его чаще называют в Англии,
Рождественскому деду и сжигают их в камине. to go to church   — посещать
церковь
On this holiday people tend to go to church and invite
guests for the important dinner. — В этот праздник люди обычно ходят в церковь
и приглашают гостей на важный ужин.
 to celebrate (p rivately ) — праздновать (в узком
кругу)
We usually celebrate Christmas day privately. — Обычно мы
празднуем Рождество в узком кругу.
festive supper — праздничный ужин
 I get up early in the morning and help my mom to cook a
festive supper. —
Я просыпаюсь рано утром и помогаю маме приготовить
торжественный ужин.
Boxing Day — день рождественских подарков
Boxing Day is a public holiday celebrated on the first day
after Christmas Day. — День рождественских подарков — это официальный праздник,
который отмечают на следующий день после Рождества.
long-awaited presents — долгожданные подарки
On Christmas Eve children wait for this mysterious and
magic character to come and leave the long-awaited presents for them. — В канун
Рождества дети ждут прихода этого таинственного и волшебного персонажа, который
принесет им их долгожданные подарки. New Year   — Новый год
We usually celebrate New Year in the bosom o f our family.
— Обычно мы празднуем Новый год в кругу нашей семьи.
to see the New Year in / to see the
Old Year out — встречать Новый год / провожать Старый год
People see the Old Year out at midnight on the
thirty-first o f December and see the New Year in on the first o f January. —
Люди провожают Старый год в полночь тридцать первого декабря и встречают Новый
год первого января.
New Year’s Eve — канун Нового года
New Year s Eve is a very busy time. — Канун Нового года —
суетливое время. to decorate a New Year tree (w ith colored lights, tinsel,
toys) — наряжать елку
(цветными гирляндами, мишурой, игрушками)
People decorate a New Year tree with colored lights,
tinsel and toys, cook a lot of tasty food, buy presents for their relatives and
friends. — Люди наряжают елку гирляндами, мишурой и елочными игрушками, готовят
массу вкусностей и покупают подарки для своих родственников и друзей.
Grand father Frost — Дед Мороз
Snow M aiden — Снегурочка
Children usually receive long-awaited presents from
Grandfather Frost and Snow Maiden. — Дети обычно получают долгожданные подарки
от Деда Мороза и Снегурочки.  to make a wish — загадывать желание
When the Kremlin chimes strike twelve times, all of us
make wishes, hold glasses o f champagne and wish each other Happy New Year. —
Под бой курантов в 12 часов мы все загадываем желание, поднимаем бокалы и
желаем друг другу счастья в Новом году. to send greeting cards —
рассылать открытки
 I always send greeting cards to all my friends. — Я
всегда рассылаю поздравительные открытки всем моим друзьям.
St. Valentine’s Day — День святого Валентина
St. Valentine s Day is a day for all lovers. — День
святого Валентина — это день всех влюбленных.
Defender of the Motherland Day — День защитника
Отечества,
23 февраля
Defender o f the Motherland Day is celebrated on the 23d
of February. — День защитника Отечества отмечают 23 февраля.
Pancake Week — Масленица
Pancake Week is one of the favorite holidays in Russia. —
Масленица — один из самых любимых праздников в России.
(Great) Lent — Великий пост
Lent is the period of forty days before Easter, during
which some Christians give up something that they enjoy. — Во время Великого
поста, который длится 40 дней, христиане отказываются от многих мирских
удовольствий.
International Women’s Day (the 8th of
March ) — Международный женский день, 8 Марта
On Women s Day all women are traditionally given presents,
flowers and postcards. — Всем женщинам в день 8 Марта традиционно дарят
подарки, цветы и открытки.
April Fool’s Day — 1 апреля, День дурака
April Fool s Day is the day on which people traditionally
play tricks on each other. — 1 апреля — это день, когда люди по традиции
разыгрывают друг друга.
Easter (Day) — Пасха
Easter is the oldest and the most important Christian
holiday. — Пасха — это старейший и самый важный праздник для всех христиан.
 May Day — 1 Мая
May Day, or International Workers'Day, is a holiday
celebrated all over the world. — 1 Мая, или Международный день трудящихся, это
праздник, который отмечают люди во всем мире. Victory Day — День Победы
One of the greatest holidays in our country is also
Victory Day, which is celebrated on the ninth of May to commemorate a great
victory over fascism. — Один из самых великих праздников в нашей стране — это
День Победы, который отмечается девятого мая в память о победе над фашизмом.  parade
— парад
fire -work   — фейерверк, салют
Usually there is a parade and fire-works in the
heart of our city. — Обычно в центре города проходит парад и запускают салют. to
honor the memory of — чтить память
All people honor the memory of fallen heroes and give
veterans flowers and presents.
— Все люди чтят память погибших героев и дарят ветеранам
цветы и подарки.  Independence Day — День независимости
In Russia Independence Day is celebrated on the I2'h of
June, while in the USA this holiday is celebrated on the 4th of July. — В
России День независимости празднуется 12 июня, в то время как в США этот
праздник отмечают 4 июля.
Halloween — Хэллоуин
On Halloween night English youngsters dress up as
witches and ghosts, knock on doors and say, “Trick or treat’’. — В ночь на
Хэллоуин английские дети одеваются в ведьм и привидений, стучатся в двери и
говорят: «Откупись, а то заколдую!». witch   — колдунья, ведьма
According to popular belief, on this day all witches,
ghosts, and fairies are especially active. —- Согласно поверью, в этот день все
ведьмы, призраки и волшебные существа активизируют свою силу. ghost   —
привидение, призрак, дух
Trick or treat   — «Откупись, а то заколдую»
(обычай, согласно которому на праздник Хэллоуин дети стучатся в двери и требуют
угощения, угрожая подшутить над хозяином дома в случае отказа.  to play a
trick — шутить, подшучивать
pumpkin   — тыква
Halloween has many symbols, such as orange pumpkins, black
witches and cats. — У Хэллоуина множество символов, таких как оранжевые тыквы,
черные ведьмы и кошки.
Jack-o -Lantern   — светильник Джека (фонарь из
полой тыквы с отверстиями в виде глаз, носа и рта, внутри которой горит свеча;
по традиции ставится у входа в дом или на подоконнике 31 октября в канун Дня
всех святых).
On the Halloween night in almost every window o f the
house or on the porch one can see a Jack-o-Lantern. — В ночь на Хэллоуин почти
в каждом окне или на крыльце дома можно увидеть так называемые светильники
Джека. Thanksgiving Day — День благодарения
Thanksgiving Day is a national holiday in the USA and
Canada. — День благодарения — это государственный праздник в США и Канаде.
Mother’s  Day — День матери
Mother s Day is dedicated to all mothers across the
world. — День матери посвящают всем матерям во всем мире. public holiday
— официальный нерабочий день, государственный праздник festival   —
праздник, празднество
Christmas is the biggest festival in Great
Britain. — Рождество — самый большой праздник в Великобритании.
Vocabulary
Exercises
Exercise 1: Match the words with their
definitions

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)

Lent
April Fool’s Day
Boxing Day
Independence
Day
Easter
New Year’s Eve
Christmas

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)

a public holiday celebrated on the first day after
  Christmas
a day celebrating the
  anniversary of national independence
) the period of 40 days
  before Easter, during which the Christians give up something that they enjoy
the day on which people
  traditionally play tricks on each other
a Christian festival when
  the birth of Jesus Christ is celebrated
a Christian festival when
  Jesus Christ’s return to life is celebrated
the eve of All Saints’ Day, often celebrated by children
  dressing up in frightening masks and

8)
  Santa Claus
9)
  Jack-o’-Lantern
10)Halloween

costumes
h)
  the last day of the year; the evening of this day, typically
  marked with a celebration
i)
  a lantern made from a hollowed-out pumpkin or turnip in which
  holes are cut to represent facial features, typically made at Halloween
j)
  an imaginary old man with a long white beard and a red coat

Exercise 2: Translate into English.
1)      Как
вы празднуете Рождество? Есть ли у вас праздничное меню?
2)      В
ночь на Хэллоуин английские дети одеваются в ведьм и привидений, стучатся в
двери и говорят: «Откупись, а то заколдую!».
3)      Какие
есть государственные праздники в России?
4)      Англичане
отмечают различные праздники. Среди них — Рождество, Новый год, День святого
Валентина, День матери, Пасха и Хэллоуин.
5)      Дети
пишут письма-пожелания Санта-Клаусу или, как его чаще называют в Англии,
Рождественскому деду и сжигают их в камине.
6)      В
День святого Валентина каждый, кто влюблен, традиционно посылает анонимные
открытки в форме сердечек своим возлюбленным.
7)      День
независимости — действительно важный праздник для всех.
8)      Новый
год считается семейным торжеством и поэтому отмечается в кругу семьи.
9)      Дети
обычно получают долгожданные подарки от Деда Мороза и Снегурочки.
10)Еще один излюбленный праздник — это
Международный женский день, или Восьмое марта. В этот день все женщины получают
подарки, цветы и открытки.
11)Мы обычно празднуем Новый год дома в кругу нашей семьи.
12)В полночь мы все загадываем
желания, поднимаем бокалы шампанского и желаем друг другу счастливого Нового
года.
13)Какой твой любимый праздник? Ты
больше любишь дарить или получать подарки?
14)В канун Нового года я обычно
наряжаю елку гирляндами, мишурой и игрушками.
15)Я думаю, что все люди с нетерпением
ждут праздников, поскольку это время для восстановления сил, веселья и
развлечений.
16)Пасха — это один из самых значимых религиозных
праздников в России. 17)В Чистый четверг христиане красят яйца, пекут куличи
или готовят творожные пасхи.
18)В России Рождество ежегодно
празднуют 7 января. В канун Рождества дети по традиции ходят колядовать.
19)У Хэллоуина множество символов:
оранжевые тыквы, черные ведьмы и кошки.
20)Все люди чтят память погибших героев и дарят ветеранам
цветы и подарки.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  долгожданные подарки
-  посещать церковь
-  праздновать в узком
кругу
-  украшать елку
цветными гирляндами
-  праздничный ужин
-  загадывать желание
-  рассылать
поздравительные открытки
-  чтить память
-  получать подарки
-  в канун Рождества
-  провожать Старый год
-  государственный
праздник

                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Make up a story
using the Present Continuous Tense: A. Look out of the window and say what
you can see and hear.
Model: It is snowing
(raining). People are hurrying up and down the street. A boy is walking with a
dog...
B. Imagine that you are at a party. Look around and
say what the guests are doing.
С. You can’t fall asleep at night because  of the
noise coming from the neighbours. Describe what you think they are doing.
Exercise 2. Use Present Continuous or
Present  Simple:
1.We (to go) to the seaside every summer. 2. Listen!
Somebody (to knock) on the door. 3. How often you (to wash) your dog? 4. She
can’t come to the phone. She (to wash) her hair. 5. Where (to be) Kate? She
usually (to sit) in the front row. I (not to know) why she (to sit) here now.
6. Please be quiet! The baby (to sleep). 7. What you (to laugh) at? 8 .1 hardly
ever (to work) on Mondays now. 9. The countryside (to be) wonderful especially
when it (to snow). 10. Why you (to smoke) here? — And where people usually (to
smoke) in this building?

Exercise 1. Complete the sentences
using Past Continuous:
1.When John came home ... . 2. When the telephone rang ...
. 3. When I entered ... . 4. When we arrived in St. Petersburg .... 5. When the
police came .... 6. When we saw her .... 7. When they got married ... .8. While
she was cooking ... . 9. While I was finishing my homework ... . 10. While the
robber was putting the money into the bag ....

                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Write down all the
irregular verbsfrom the box. Write Past Simple and Past Participle for each of
them.

speak  guess  sing
choose  spend  collect  meet  understand show  win  occupy  believe  ring
grow  remember

Infinitive

Past Simple

Past
  Participle

Exercise 2. Ask the appropriate
questions to the following answers.

1)
2)

…………………………
…………………………
…………………………

1)
2)

It
  takes me 5 minutes to get dressed in the morning. It takes me 15 minutes to

…………………………
3)
  …………………………
…………………………
4)
  …………………………
…………………………
5)
  …………………………
…………………………
6)
  …………………………
…………………………
7)
  ………………………… …………………………

have my breakfast.
3)
  It takes me half an hour to get to school.
4)
  Usually it takes me two hours to do myhomework.
5)
  It takes me two hours to write a composition.
6)
  It takes me 40 minutes to walk my dog.
7)
  Usually it takes me 10 minutes to take a shower in the evening.

Exercise 3. Ask for more exact
information as it is shown in a model.
Example: It was my birthday yesterday. The birthday
cake was very large.
How large was it?
1) I don`t visit my grandparents very often. They live
very far from me.-
………………………………………………………………………….. 2)
When I was in Japan, I climbed a very high mountain. - ………………
………………………………………………………………………….
3)      I`m
very good at swimming. Last summer I swam across a very wide river. -
…………………………………………………………………………
4)      I
was very clever in my Maths exam. - …………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………..
5)      I
was in Jamaika in June. It was very hot there. - ………………………
…………………………………………………………………………..
6)      I
have to study a lot. My exams will be quite soon. - …………………..
………………………………………………………………………….. 7)
My dog doesn`t eat very much meat. - …………………………………
………………………………………………………………………….
Lesson 44 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: small groups.
Directions: Work in small groups.
List the uncountable nouns. Then find the countable nouns that are close in
meaning. Use a/an with countable nouns.

Uncountable

Countable

1.
  _____mail______
2.
  _______________ 3. _______________ 4.
  _______________ 5. _______________ 6.
  _______________ 7. _______________ 8.
  _______________ 9. _______________
10. _______________

………letter……
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………
…………………

Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions:Use a/an or some with
the countable nouns.
1)      Bob
has ______  book on the desk.
2)      Bob
has ______ books on his desk.
3)      I
see ______ desk in this room.
4)      I
see ______ desks in this room.
5)      I`m
hungry. I would like ______ apple.
6)      The
children are hungry. They would like ______   apples.
7)      We
are doing ______ exercise in class.
8)      We
are doing ______ exercises in class.
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions:Use a/an or some with
the nouns in sentences.
1)      I
need ______ money.
2)      I
need ______ dollar.
3)      Alice
has ______ mail in her mailbox.
4)      Alice
has ______ letter in her mailbox.
5)      I`m
hungry. I would like ______ fruit.
6)      I`m
hungry. I would like ______ apple.
7)      Jane
was hungry. She would like ______ food.
8)      She
would like ______ sandwich.
9)      I`d
like to have ______ soup with my sandwich.
10)I`m thirsty. I would like ______ water.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
 TRAVELLING
trip   — путешествие, поездка
Mary had to postpone her trip. — Мэри пришлось
отложить поездку.  journey   — поездка (обычно сухопутная)
The journey takes about 3 hours by car. — Поездка занимает
около 3 часов на машине. cruise   — морское путешествие, круиз
This year we have decided to take a cruise to the
Caribbean. — В этом году мы решили отправиться в круиз по Карибским островам.
to travel by car / by train / by plain / by ship / on
foot — путешествовать на автомобиле / на поезде / на самолете / на корабле
/ пешком
As for means o f travelling, people can travel by
car, by train, by plain, by ship or on foot. — Что касается средств
передвижения, то можно путешествовать на автомобиле, на поезде, на самолете, на
корабле или пешком.  to get unforgettable impressions and vivid emotions
— получить незабываемые впечатления и яркие эмоции
During trips people get unforgettable impressions and
vivid emotions. —
Во время путешествий люди получают незабываемые
впечатления и яркие эмоции. to meet new people — знакомиться с новыми людьми

Meeting new people is one o f the most exciting parts of
my trip. — Знакомство с новыми людьми — это самая волнующая часть моего
путешествия.
to go abroad — поехать за границу
Last summer I went abroad. — Прошлым летом я ездил
за границу. inspiration   — вдохновение, воодушевление
Travelling is also a source of inspiration and the perfect
way of recreation. — Путешествия — это также источник вдохновения и
превосходный способ восстановления жизненных сил.
destination   — пункт назначения, (туристическое)
направление
Nowadays the variety of destinations is huge. — На сегодняшний день выбор
туристических направлений велик. to change the scene — сменить
обстановку
I think that all people need holidays to change the scene.
— Я считаю, что каждому из нас просто необходим отдых для смены обстановки.
health / holiday resort   — курорт

Among the most popular health resorts are Greece,
Cyprus, Spain, Italy, and France. — Среди наиболее популярных курортов выделяют
Грецию, Кипр, Испанию, Италию и Францию. package holiday / tour —
турпутевка, включающая проезд, проживание, питание, экскурсии; турпакет «все
включено» to obtain prior visas — заранее получать визу
There is по need to obtain prior visas for entering
Mexico. — Для въезда в Мексику не требуется заранее получать визу.  direct
regular flig h t — прямой регулярный рейс
There are direct regular flights from Rostov-on-Don to
Athens and Barcelona. — Из Ростова-на-Дону в Афины и Барселону есть прямые
регулярные рейсы.  charter flight — чартерный рейс
Charter flights are cheaper than regular flights. —
Чартерные рейсы дешевле регулярных.  travel agency — турагентство
Today many travel agents offer great deals, especially for package
holidays, which include flights, transfers, accommodation, insurance, meals, as
well as different excursions. — Сегодня многие туристические агенты делают
выгодные предложения, особенно это касается комплексных туров, которые включают
в себя перелет, проживание, трансфер, страховку, питание, а также различные
экскурсии.  transfer   — трансфер
accommodation   — проживание (в гостинице) insurance
— страхование excursion   — экскурсия, круиз
air travel — воздушное путешествие, путешествие на
самолете
When people plan long-distance trips and want to
save time, they usually choose air travel. — Когда люди планируют поездки на
длинные расстояния и хотят сэкономить время, то они обычно отдают предпочтение
воздушным путешествиям. passenger   — пассажир
When the plane takes off, passengers should fasten their
belts and switch off all electronic devices such as mobile phones, tablets or
laptops. —
Когда самолет взлетает, пассажиры должны пристегнуть ремни
и выключить все электронные устройства, такие как мобильные телефоны, планшеты
и ноутбуки. to take off — взлетать (о самолете)
arrival / departure tim e — время прилета / вылета
information desk — справочное бюро
Where is the information desk, please? — Подскажите, где
находится справочное бюро?
to book tickets in advance — бронировать билеты
заранее
I always book tickets in advance by phone. — Я
всегда бронирую билеты заранее по телефону.  one-way / return ticket —
билет в один конец / билет туда и обратно Give те 2 return tickets, please. —
Дайте мне 2 билета туда и обратно. electronic devices   — электронные
устройства airhostess   — стюардесса, бортпроводница
During the flight the airhostess offers all
passengers some drinks and snacks. — Во время полета стюардесса обычно
предлагает напитки и закуски. to take а nар — вздремнуть, немного
поспать travel sickness pills — таблетки от воздушной болезни
In case of need one can ask for a blanket or travel
sickness pills. — В случае необходимости можно попросить одеяло или таблетки от
воздушной болезни. compartment carriage— купированный вагон (вагон-купе)

Most people prefer express trains and compartment
carriages. — Большинство людей отдает предпочтение экспресс-поездам и
купированным вагонам. express train — скоростной поезд passenger
train — пассажирский поезд  to board / to get on a train — садиться
на поезд
Be careful when boarding a train. — Будьте осторожны
во время посадки на поезд.  to take a train — садиться на поезд
We took a train to London. — Мы отправились в Лондон
на поезде.  to change trains — делать пересадку (с одного поезда на
другой) They had to change trains. — Им пришлось сделать пересадку на другой
поезд. to miss a train — опаздывать на поезд
Му friend missed his train. — Мой друг опоздал на поезд.  dining
car   — вагон-ресторан (пассажирский вагон, оборудованный сидячими местами
и подразумевающий возможность покупки как легких закусок, так и полноценных
обедов) fellow -traveller — попутчик
During the trip one can go to the dining car or chat over
a cup o f tea with fellow-travelers in a compartment. — Во время путешествия
можно сходить в вагон-ресторан или поболтать за чашкой чая с попутчиками в
купе. upper / lower berth   — верхняя/нижняя полка, спальное место (в
вагоне) I f you are afraid o f heights, it is better for you to choose a lower
berth. — Если вы боитесь высоты, то лучше выбрать нижнюю полку. cabin —
каюта
Passengers usually live in comfortable cabins. — Пассажиры
обычно живут в уютных каютах.  deck   — палуба
I usually spend most of the time on the deck
swimming and sunbathing. — Я обычно провожу большую часть времени на палубе,
купаясь и загорая. seasickness — морская болезнь
One of mу friends suffers from seasickness. — Один
из моих друзей страдает от морской болезни.  scuba diving — погружение с
аквалангом
During the trip some adventure seekers can
experience scuba diving in the open sea. — Во время круиза искатели приключений
могут погрузиться с аквалангами в открытое море. backpacking   — пеший
туризм, туристический поход
Backpacking is very popular among young travelers who want
to join the nature. — Пеший туризм является популярным направлением среди
молодых путешественников, которые хотят слиться с природой.
sleeping bag — спальный мешок
Tourists usually prefer to sleep in a tent or a sleeping
bag in the open air, sit by the fire, go fishing or boating. — Туристы обычно
спят на открытом воздухе в палатках или спальных мешках, сидят у костра, ходят
на рыбалку или катаются на лодке. to rent а саг — арендовать автомобиль
 I'd like to rent a car for 2 days. — Я бы хотела
арендовать автомобиль на 2 дня.
to go sightseeing — осматривать
достопримечательности
I like going sightseeing. — Мне нравится осматривать
достопримечательности. to take pictures / photos — фотографировать, фотографироваться
I love taking photos o f nature. — Я люблю фотографировать природу.  tourist
attraction — достопримечательность
One of the main tourist attractions in London is
Buckingham Palace. — Одной из основных достопримечательностей Лондона является Букингемский
дворец. places of interest — достопримечательности города
There are lots o f places o f interest in London. —
В Лондоне множество достопримечательностей. luggage / baggage — багаж
You should register your luggage. — Вам нужно
зарегистрировать багаж. carry on luggage — ручная кладь
 I only take carry-on luggage and one backpack. — Я
всегда беру ручную кладь и рюкзак. to travel light — путешествовать
налегке I like to travel light. — Я люблю путешествовать налегке.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1: Match the left and right
columns.

to go health
to
  obtain package charter
travel
compartment
  passenger dining fellow upper scuba sleeping departure carry-on

visas
  tour sightseeing agency resort train flight traveler carriage car diving bag
  berth luggage time

Exercise 2: Translate into English
1.      На
следующей неделе я еду в отпуск в Майами. Я всегда мечтала посетить Америку.
2.      Я
предпочитаю путешествовать на автомобиле. Кроме того, это самый недорогой из
всех видов путешествий, особенно если ты планирую.
3.      В
прошлом году я посетила Мексику. Я получила массу незабываемых впечатлений и
ярких эмоций во время поездки.
4.      Чем
больше вы путешествуете, тем больше новых людей вы узнаете и тем больше вы
расширяете свой кругозор.
5.      Ты
когда-нибудь была за границей? Какую из зарубежных стран ты бы хотела еще
посетить?
6.      Мне
нужно сменить обстановку. Я собираюсь в турагентство, чтобы купить турпакет по
программе «все вклю чено».
7.      Для
въезда в Доминиканскую республику не требуется заранее получать визу.
8.      Вчера
мы были на экскурсии в Чичен-Ице, в одном из самых посещаемых туристических
мест в Мексике.
9.      Когда
самолет взлетает, пассажиры должны пристегнуть ремни и выключить все
электронные устройства, такие как мобильные телефоны, планшеты и ноутбуки.
10.  Во время полета
стюардесса обычно предлагает напитки и закуски.
11.  Пеший туризм является
популярным направлением среди молодых путешественников, которые хотят слиться с
природой.
12.  Обычно я бронирую
отели и билеты на самолет заранее.
13.  Туристы часто берут
автомобили напрокат и самостоятельно осматри вают достопримечательности.
14.  Одной из главных
достопримечательностей Парижа считается Эйфелева башня.
15.  Я всегда люблю
поболтать с попутчиками во время полета.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  знакомиться с новыми
людьми
-  сменить обстановку
-  турпакет «все
включено»
-  чартерный рейс
-  бронировать билеты
заранее
-  справочное бюро
-  купированный вагон
-  делать пересадку с
одного поезда на другой
-  осматривать
достопримечательности
-  ручная кладь
-  достопримечательности
города
-  арендовать автомобиль
-  морская болезнь
-  путешествовать
налегке - скорый поезд
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1: Use Past Simple or Past
Continuous.
1. When the taxi (to arrive) I still (to pack) my things.
2. What you (to do) in the evening yesterday? — I (to watch) TV and my wife (to
wash up).
3. I (to do) all the exercises while you (to smoke). 4.
Mr. Brown, where you (to be) when they (to drive) your car at midnight? 5. When
the clock (to strike) nine she (to run) up the stairs to her office because the
lift (not to work). 6. He (to stand) and (to watch) while the boys (to fight).
7. She (to wear) a
marvellous new dress at the party and (to look) fantastic!
8. He (to wait) for her for an hour but she never (to come). 9.
When the telephone (to ring) I (to bake) a cake and (to ask) Mary who (to do)
nothing at the moment to answer the call. 10. Why you (not to attend) the
lecture on Saturday? Professor В. (to speak) about UFO and other mysterious
objects .
Exercise 2: Use the correct
tense forms:
1.  How time (to fly)! At
this time yesterday we (to swim) in the Black Sea.
2.  While I (to work) in
the garden I (to hurt) my back. 3. Last time I (to see) Jim he (tosit) in the
park alone. 4. Nancy (to have) a bath when the phone
 (to ring). 5. What you usually (to do) after dinner? 6.
We (to stay) at home the whole evening. 7. Where you (to hurry)? — I (to be)
afraid I (to be) late. The show (to begin) in five minutes. 8. Where you (to
buy) this hat? 9. Tom (to see) an accident when he (to wait) for the bus. 10.
You (to understand) what I (to say)? 11. What you (to do) here? — I (to look)
for a job. 12. What we (to do) if nobody (to meet) us at the station? 13. “What
you (to do) the whole summer?” asked the aunt. 14. Tom (to be) ill. He (to run)
a high temperature and (to have) an awful headache. When he (to come) home last
night he (to shiver) with cold and (to cough). We (to call) for the doctor. He
(to stay) in bed for a day or two I (to think). 15. Susan (to be) in love with
Peter. They (to get married) in May. When they (to be)
married they (to have) a honeymoon trip to Hawaii. She (to say) she (to be) the
happiest woman in the world. 16.
The weather (not to seem) very good today. We (to hope) it

(to change) for the better soon. Anyway if it (to stop)
raining we (to be able) to go on a trip. 17. Yesterday 1 (to take) my children
to the Zoo. They (to have) a good time. While they (to run) about and (to
watch) different  animals which they (to see) for the first time in their lives
I (to take) pictures of them. I can imagine what fun they (to have) when they
(to see) these
pictures later. 18. Hello! (To be) Jane in? — Jane (to
speak). Who (to call)? — I (to be) Josef. We (to have) a date last night. Why
you (not to come)? — I
 (to copy) some papers for my boss. He (to ask) me and 1
couldn’t refuse. — I (to see). 19. I know they (to leave) for Italy on Monday.
— I (not to know) when they (to come back), but they (to send) us a telegram as
soon as they (to get) the tickets.
Exercise 3:  .
Use Present Continuous in place of Present Indefinite to express annoyance or
anger. Use“always,” “constantly” or “forever”:
Model: She leaves her
dirty dishes on the table. — She is constantly leaving her dirty dishes on the
table.
1.He takes my things without asking me. 2. They
close all the windows at night. 3. She speaks in a loud voice. 4. They quarrel
over trifles. 5. He leaves the door of his car open. 6. She eats her lunch in
class. 7. He dog-ears the pages of his textbooks. 8. You come to the office 5
minutes late. 9. She uses the office phone for personal calls. 10. Wherever she
goes, he follows her.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1:  Make up as many
word combinations as possible. Write them down.

animal
literature   students   meeting   film   plant   language situation   story
competition

exotic
_______________________________________________ foreign _______________________________________________________
official _______________________________________________________ exciting
______________________________________________________
Exercise 2: Make up sentences
in the Passive Voice.
1)      More
than fifteen foreign languages / speak / in India.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
2)      A
lot of texts of popular songs / write / in English.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
3)      Sometimes
/ Australia / call / “the Lucky Country”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
4)      Russian
scientists / know / allover the world.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
5)      A
lot of Russian students /give / stipends for studying in Western Universities
every year.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
6)      Books
of Russian writers / read / in many countries.
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 3: Write questions
about some historical facts to the following answers.
1)
___ When was America discovered?_______________________ America
was discovered in the fifteenth century.
2)
When _______________________________________________?
The telephone was invented at the end of the nineteenth
century.
3)      Where
______________________________________________?
The Coliseum was built in Rome.
4)      Why
________________________________________________?
The Pyramids were built because people in Egypt believed in
life after death.
5)      How
many ___________________________________________?
More then 800 poems were written by Pushkin.
 Lesson 45
I.   REVISION
Exercise 1: Sentence practice.
Directions: Use a/an or some with
the nouns in the sentences.
1.
Sonya is wearing __some__ silver jewelry.She`s
wearing __ a__ neck   lace and __some__ earrings.
2.
I`m busy. I have _______ homework to do.
3.
Jane is very busy. She has _______ work to do.
4.
Jane has _______ job. She is _______ teacher. 5. We have ___ table, ___sofa,
and _____ chairs in our            living room.
6.
We have _______
furniture in our living room.
7.
Susan has a CD
player. She is listening to _______ music.
8.
I`m hungry. I would like _______ orange.
9.
The children are hungry. They would like _______ oranges. They
would like _______ fruit.
10.   I
need _______ information about the bus schedule.
11.I`m
confused. I need _______ advice.
12.I`m looking out of the window. I see _____ cars,
_______ bus, and             _______ trucks in the street. I see _______
traffic.

      Exercise 2: Noun
practice.
      Directions: Complete the
phrases.You are hungry and thirsty. What would         you  like?  Use
a piece of, a cup of, a glass of, a bowl of.
11.
_____a cup of / a glass of_____  tea
12.__________________________
bread
13.
__________________________ water
14.__________________________
coffee
15.__________________________
cheese
16.__________________________
soup
17.__________________________
meat
18.__________________________
wine
19.__________________________
fruit
20.__________________________
rice
Exercise 3: Let`s talk: pair
work.
Directions: Work in pairs. Look at the list of food
and drinks. Add your own words to the list. Then tell your partner the usual
quantity you have every day Use: a piece of, two pieces of, a cup of,
three cups of, a glass of, a bowl of, or one, two, some, etc. in your
answers.
List
of food and drinks

_____ egg
_____ soup
_____ fruit
_____ bread
_____ banana
_____ apples

_____ rice
_____ ice cream
_____ water
_____ chicken
_____ cheese
_____ tea

………………………………….               ………………………………
……………………………………             ………………………………..
……………………………………             ………………………………..
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Urban & Rural Life
village / rural   — деревенский, сельский
 I was born in the rural area in Russia. — Я родился
в российской деревне. urban   — городской
Urban life and rural life are completely different.
— Жизнь в городе и деревне кардинально различается. countryside   —
сельская местность, деревня
I am thinking about moving to the countryside. — Я
подумываю о том, чтобы переехать в деревню.
back garden — задний двор
In our background there is a swimming pool and rattan
furniture. — На нашем заднем дворе есть бассейн и ротанговая мебель.
to live in the neighborhood —
поблизости
He lives in the neighborhood of Moscow. — Он живет в
окрестностях Москвы. hustle and bustle of a big city — суета большого
города
Some people prefer hustle and bustle o f big cities, while
others prefer peaceful lifestyle o f rural areas. — Некоторые люди предпочитают
шум и суету больших городов, в то время как другие любят тишину и покой
деревенской жизни. convenient   — удобный
Urban life is convenient. — Жизнь в городе удобна. there
are too few hours in a day — в сутках не хватает 24-х часов
city dweller   — горожанин, городской житель
 One o f the most burning problems a city dweller faces
every day is heavy traffic. — Одной из самых актуальных проблем, с которыми
ежедневно сталкивается городской житель, является интенсивное дорожное
движение. heavy traffic — интенсивное дорожное движение  traffic jam
— затор на дороге, пробка
People who stuck in traffic jams have to delay their
plans or even miss important meetings. — Тем, кто вынужденно стоит в пробках,
приходится откладывать свои планы или даже пропускать важные встречи. to
delay   — откладывать to be in a hurry — спешить
I am always in a hurry. — Я вечно спешу. to be
pressed for time — совершенно не иметь времени; время поджимает
People are always in a hurry and pressed for time. —
Людям вечно не хватает времени, и все куда-то спешат. housing shortage —
недостаток жилищного фонда, нехватка жилья
Nowadays a lot o f people face the acute problem of
housing shortage. — Сегодня многие люди сталкиваются с актуальной проблемой
нехватки жилья. overcrowded cities   — перенаселенные города
Big cities are overcrowded and its population is
growing with every passing day. — Еще одной проблемой больших городов является
перенаселенность, в то время как численность продолжает расти. overpopulation
  — перенаселенность air / water pollution — загрязнение воздуха /
воды
Another problem of big cities is air and water pollution
caused by industrial plants, domestic heating and traffic. — Еще одна проблема
больших городов — загрязнение атмосферного воздуха и воды промышленными
предприятиями, домашним отоплением и транспортом. domestic heating —
домашнее отопление
harmful — вредный
Air pollution as well as smog have harmful impacts on
health. — Загрязненный воздух, так же как и смок, оказывает губительное
воздействие на организм человека в целом.
ecological problems — проблемы экологии
In recent years people are getting more and more
concerned about ecological problems. — В последнее время люди все больше и
больше стали интересоваться проблемами экологии. to unite efforts —
объединить усилия
I am sure all people must unite efforts to save our
Planet. — Я уверена: всем людям следует объединить усилия, чтобы спасти
планету. urban poverty   — городская бедность
Urban poverty can be the reason of many crimes, such as
burglary, pickpocketing and robbery. — Городская бедность может стать причиной
таких преступлений, как квартирные, карманные кражи, а также ограбление. crime
— преступление
burglary   — незаконное проникновение в помещение
(с преступными целями); квартирная кража со взломом pickpocketing — карманная кража
robbery  — грабеж, разбой, ограбление (с
применением насилия) gambling   — азартная игра
Gambling, drug addiction, unemployment are just few biggest problems that
have become acute in almost all big cities. — Азартные игры, наркомания,
безработица— вот всего несколько актуальных проблем, с которыми вынуждены
сталкиваться городские жители. unemployment   — безработица barefoot  —
босиком
You can walk barefoot or sleep in a hammock. — Можно
ходить босиком и спать в гамаке.
hammock   — гамак livestock   —
домашний скот
Village people keep the livestock and do gardening.
— Жители деревни содержат домашний скот и занимаются садоводством. commuting
— ежедневные поездки на работу (из пригорода в город и обратно) to commute
— ездить на работу в город (о жителе пригорода)
You `ll  have to commute between your home in the countiy
and your office in the city. — Вам придется ежедневно ездить из пригорода в
город и обратно. emergency assistance — неотложная помощь
There is a lack of public transport in the country and
that can be a great problem for people who need emergency assistance. Из-за
нехватки общественного транспорта эта проблема может стать особенно острой для
людей, нуждающихся в неотложной медицинской помощи.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1: Match the left and right
columns.

emergency urbal
  ecological domestic
overcrowded
air traffic city
back

poverty heating
  cities assistance problems jam
pollution
  garden dweller

Exercise 2: Translate into English.
1)      Еще
одна проблема больших городов — загрязнение атмосферного воздуха и воды
промышленными предприятиями, домашним отоплением и транспортом.
2)      Одной
из самых актуальных проблем, с которыми ежедневно сталкивается городской
житель, является интенсивное дорожное движение.
3)      Жизнь
в большом городе определенно подойдет тому, кто предпочитает активный образ
жизни и кому не хватает двадцати четырех часов в сутках.
4)      Жители
деревень содержат домашний скот и занимаются садоводством.
5)      Основным
недостатком жизни в деревне является проблема с транспортом. Если вы хотите
построить карьеру или получить высшее образование, то вам придется ежедневно
ездить из пригорода в город и обратно.
6)      В
настоящее время люди живут в перенаселенных городах. Как следствие, проблема
нехватки жилья становится с каждым днем все более острой.
7)      Некоторые
люди предпочитают шум и суету больших городов, в то время как другие любят
тишину и покой деревенской жизни.
8)      Одной
из самых актуальных экологических проблем является проблема перенаселенности.
9)      Такие
проблемы, как городская бедность, безработица, азартные игры и ограбления,
становятся все более важными и актуальными в современном обществе.
10)Я живу в окрестностях
Ростова-на-Дону. Каждое утро я сажусь на электричку и примерно за 15 минут
добираюсь до своей школы.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following :
-  задний двор
-  суета большого города
-  городской житель
-  загрязнение воздуха
-  интенсивное дорожное
движение
-  нехватка жилья
-  городская бедность
-  неотложная помощь
-  карманная кража
-  перенаселенные города
-  совершенно не иметь
времени
-  домашнее отопление
-  проблемы экологии
-  жизнь в городе
-  жизнь в деревне
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
MODAL
VERBS
Exercise 1. Determine the meaning
ofthe modal verbs “can,” “could,” “may,” “might” and translate the sentences
into Russian:
1.Carol can speak three foreign languages. 2. If you don’t
take your umbrella, you can get wet through. 3. Could y o u help me with my
translation? 4. What can I do for you? 5. When Bob was a child he could play
the piano wonderfully. 6. Could I use your car tonight? 7. You could call your
mother and ask for the money if you haven’t got any. 8 .1 can’t drink my tea,
it’s too hot. 9. Can he still be at the office? 10. It can’t be true. 11. You
may take a day off whenever you like. 12. If convicted, an accused person may
appeal to the court. 13. May I have my test on Tuesday? 14. You may not enter
the house unless you have a permission. 15. Jim said he might go home for the
vacation. 16. They might come, but I’m not sure. 17. It may be still raining.
18. He might be sick. He ate far too much last night. 19. Might I ask your
advice? 20. The sky is dark, it might rain this afternoon.
Exercise 2. Use “can,” “may,” “must”:
1.
The man ... be a foreigner. He ... not understand Russian. 2....
you believe her story? I t ... be her imagination. 3. How ... we get to the
centre of London? 4. ... you tell us where we ... get off? 5. It’s 10 o’clock,
you ... go to bed at once. 6 I ... not do without your help now. 7. You ... get
her on the phone any time. 8. If you go through the forest you ... lose your
way. 9. ... I use your camera? 10. Rue ... be very dangerous. 11. The road was
dirty, you... wipe your feet when you come in. 12. Mrs. Sm ith... be at least
60. 13. Something ... be done to stop the criminal.
14. I ... leave now, I have a seminar. 15. ... you
understand what he’s speaking about?
16. I ... admit he’s very capable. 17. I ... hear some
voices outside.
18. You ... come a little later tomorrow. 19. She ... not
be 35, she has grandchildren.
20. She ... be very unreasonable at times. 21. ... I
apologize to him? 22. You ... go and play now. 23. They’ve bought such an
expensive house. They ... be very well-off. 24.
I wonder what they ... think of the girl now.
25. ... you speak Spanish? 26. My watch ... be two minutes
fast. It ... be 6 sharp now.
Exercise 3. Make a suggestion to your
friend using the model:
Model: I don’t have any
money. — You can (can’t, could) ask your father for some.
1.I am hungry. 2. I don’t know what to do with my
girlfriend. 3. We have no food in the house. 4. I don’t like black coffee. 5.
Our TV set is out of order. 6. This car is very expensive. 7. Mary speaks
excellent English. 8. I’m bored. 9. I’m tired of my job. 10. I don’t understand
this word.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Write the verbs in the
appropriate tences. Act out the dialogue.

 J: Yes, I do.
A: And (you/ever/be) _________ to India?
 J: Yes, I have. I (be) _________ there last year.
             My father is a wild life researcher. He
(study) _________ wild              animals, especially endangered animals, and
(travel)  _________ all              over the world. Sometimes he (take)
_________ me with him.
A:  Great! And you were taken to India too, weren`t you?
 J:  Yes, last year he (go) _________ to India to research
the life of Indian elephants.
We (fly) _________ there by a special plane and landed
practically in the jungle.
A:  And (you/see) _________ the elephants?
 J: Certainly, I did. But my father (not/let) _________ me
come close to them. Usually elephants (be) _________ wise and peaceful animals,
but they can be very dangerous, if something gets them angry.
A:  Yes, I remember the film about elephants “Wondwes of
the Jungle”. (you/see) _________ it?
 J: No, I haven`t.
A:  I have this video. If you want, you will come to me
tomorrow and we (watch) _________ it together.
 J:  OK. And I (bring) _________ some photos from India to
show you.
A:  OK. See you tomorrow then.
 J:  See you.

Exercise 2: Read the text and ask
questions to the words and word combinations in bold. Use the passive Voice.

Japan is one of the most advanced counriesin the world. It
  is a small island country, washed by the waters of the Pacific Ocean and
  the  Japanese Sea.  The Japanese language is spoken all over the country.
  English is not an official language of Japan, but it is spoken by most of the
  population as a foreign language. Japan is famous for its high technologies. More
  than a half of theworld`s “working robots” (410,000 of the world`s
  720,000) are made in Japan. The main national holiday in Japan is the
  Birthday of Emperor Akihito, which is celebrates on the 23of December.

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________

Lesson 46
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with nouns.
1)      I`m
going to the store. I need to buy a carton of  __orange juice / milk
/etc.
2)      I
also need a tube of ___________ and two bars of ___________.
3)      I
need to find a can of ___________ and a jar of ___________.
4)      I
need to get a loaf of ___________ and a box of ___________ .
5)      I
would like a head of ___________ if it looks fresh.
6)      Finally,
I would like a couple of bottles of ___________ and a jar of ___________.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Change a lot of to many
or much in these sentences.
1) Tom has a lot of problems. …………………………………………….. 2)
I don`t have a lot of money. …………………………………………….
3)      I
want to visit a lot of cities in the United States and Canada. …………
…………………………………………………………………………..
4)      I
don`t put  lot of sugar in my coffee. …………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
5)      I
have a lot of questions to ask you. …………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………..
6)      Sue
and John have a small apartment. They don`t have a lot of furniture.
………………………………………………………………………….. 7)
You can see a lot of people at the Zoo on Sunday. …………………….
………………………………………………………………………….
8)      Dick
doesn`t get a lot of mail because he doesn`t write a lot of letters.
………………………………………………………………………….
9)      Chicago
has a lot of skyscrapers. Montreal has a lot of high buildings too.
………………………………………………………………………….
10)Mary is lazy. She doesn`t do a lot of work. ……………………………
………………………………………………………………………….
11)I don`t drink a lot of coffee. ……………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………….
12)Jeff is a friendly person. He has a lot of friends. ………………………
………………………………………………………………………….
13)Do you usually buy a lot of fruits at the market?
……………………
……………………………………………………………………….
14)Does Andy drink a lot of coffee? ……………………………………
……………………………………………………………………….
15)Do you write a lot of letters? ………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions:Work with a partner.
Partner A: You book is open. Make questions with how
many or how much and are there or is there.
Partner B: Help partner A if necessary.
Example: students in this room
PARTNER A: How many students is there in this room?
PARTNER B: Please, try again.
PARTNER A: How many students are there in this room?
PARTNER B: Right.
1)      restaurants
in (name of the city)
2)      desks
in this room
3)      furniture
in this room
4)      letters
in your mailbox today 5) mail in your mailbox today Switch roles.
PARTNER B: You book is open. Make questions with how
many or how much and are there or is there.
PARTNER A: Help partner B if necessary.
6)      chicken
in your refrigerator
7)
bridges in (name of the city)
8)      traffic
in the street right now
9)      cars
in the street outside the window 10)people in this room
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Health & Illness
to visit a doctor — посещать врача
Nobody likes to visit a doctor. — Никто не любит
ходить к врачам. disease   — болезнь, заболевание
catching disease — заразная, инфекционная болезнь
 If the disease is catching, the sick child is
usually isolated and should keep the bed. — Если болезнь заразная, то больного
ребенка обычно изолируют, и ему следует соблюдать постельный режим.
untreatable disease — неизлечимая болезнь
In case of untreatable diseases most people need special
medical attention and are under care of a doctor in hospital. — В случае
неизлечимых болезней большинству пациентов может понадобиться особенный
медицинский уход и наблюдение врача.
to be ill / to be sick — болеть
John has been ill for a week. — Джон болеет уже неделю.
to fall ill / sick — заболевать
He fell sick yesterday because he had eaten to much
ice cream the day before. — Он заболел вчера, потому что накануне съел слишком
много мороженого. to feel sick — чувствовать тошноту
 If you feel sick, want to vomit and have a
stomachache, you must have got a food poisoning. — Если вас тошнит, у вас
позывы рвоты и болит живот, то, должно быть, у вас пищевое отравление. to
vomit   — страдать рвотой to catch a cold — простудиться
I won` t be able to come. I have caught a cold. — Я не
смогу прийти.
Я заболел. cold — простуда flu — грипп

For such illnesses as flu, cold, hay fever, food
poisoning, you can buy either some medicine from the chemist, or have a
prescription made up. — В случае если вы заболели гриппом, простудой, сенной
лихорадкой или у вас пищевое отравление, то вы можете купить лекарства в аптеке
или выписать рецепт у врача. hay fever — сенная лихорадка (аллергический
насморк)
 scarlet fever   — скарлатина bronchitis   —
бронхит
 I have chronic bronchitis. — У меня хронический
бронхит. food poisoning   — пищевое отравление
 Spoilt food can often cause food poisoning. — Часто
причиной пищевого отравления является употребление в пищу испорченных
продуктов. measles   — корь
The most common childhood diseases are measles, pneumonia,
scarlet fever and quinsy. — Самыми распространенными детскими болезнями
считается корь, воспаление легких, скарлатина и ангина.
 sore throat — боль в горле
I ’ve got a sore throat. — У меня болит горло. pneumonia
  — воспаление легких, пневмония quinsy   — ангина asthma —
астма
multiple sclerosis   — рассеянный склероз
The most serious diseases include infarction, asthma,
multiple sclerosis, and many others. — Наиболее серьезными заболеваниями
считаются инфаркты, астма, рассеянный склероз, сепсис и многие другие.
infarction — инфаркт
heart attack — сердечный приступ; инфаркт (разг.)
John Smith had a heart attack yesterday. — У Джона Смита
был вчера сердечный приступ. to run a high temperature — иметь
повышенную температуру When you are running a high temperature and have
symptoms for cold,  you have got flu. — Когда у вас все симптомы простуды и
высокая температура, то, скорее всего, у вас грипп.
cough   — кашель
If you have a sore throat, sneezing and cough, it is
obvious that you have caught a cold. — Если у вас болит горло, вы чихаете и
кашляете, то очевидно, что вы простудились.
sneezing — чихание runny nose —
насморк
I have a runny nose and itchy eyes. — У меня насморк
и зуд в глазах. symptom — симптом
All of the illnesses have different symptoms. — У
всех заболеваний разная симптоматика.  to have / suffer from headaches
— иметь / страдать от головной боли I have a terrible headache. — У меня жутко
болит голова.
stomachache   — боль в желудке
 I often have a stomachache after eating. -— У меня часто
болит живот после еды. toothache — зубная боль
When you have a toothache you should make an appointment
with a doctor  as soon as possible. — Если у вас вдруг сильно разболелся зуб,
то вам нужно незамедлительно записаться на прием к стоматологу.
 to hurt — болеть
Му leg terribly hurts. — У меня болит нога.  injury
— повреждение, ушиб
Не suffered terrible injuries in the auto accident. — Он
получил жуткие повреждения в результате автомобильной аварии.  wound   —
рана, ранение
You should clean your wound and apply some ointment.
— Тебе следует промыть рану и наложить мазь. painful — болезненный
It is a painful procedure. — Это болезненная
процедура. to take blood pressure — измерять артериальное давление You
should take blood pressure and go to bed. — Тебе нужно лечь в постель и
измерить давление. to faint   — терять сознание
I nearly fainted. — Я чуть не упала в обморок.
to make an appointment with a doctor — записываться
на прием к врачу When people feel sick they make an appointment with a doctor,
send for a doctor or, in most serious cases, calI an ambulance. — Когда люди
болеют, они записываются на прием к врачу, вызывают врача на дом или, в более
серьезных случаях, вызывают скорую помощь.
 to send for a doctor — вызывать врача на дом
Go to bed! I 'll send for a doctor. — Ложись! Я вызову
врача.
to call an ambulance   — вызывать скорую
помощь You look so pale. I 'll call an ambulance. — Ты такой бледный.
Я вызову скорую помощь.
chemist’s / drugstore — аптека
I went to the chemist s to buy some medicine. — Я
отправился в аптеку, чтобы купить лекарства. to prescribe (a) medicine
— прописывать лекарство
Му doctor prescribed те to take one teaspoonful of cough
syrup twice a day. — Мой врач прописал мне пить чайную ложку сиропа от кашля
два раза в день.  to take a medicine / pills (for cold, flu, etc.) —
принимать лекарство
 (от простуды, гриппа и т.д.)
Doctors usually recommend that the patients should drink a
lot of hot tea with lemon and honey as well as taking some pills for curing. —
Врачи обычно рекомендуют пациентам пить горячий чай с лимоном и медом, а также
принимать различные лекарства. to make a diagnosis   — поставить диагноз

Sometimes it is not that easy to make the right diagnosis.
— Иногда весьма непросто поставить правильный диагноз.
to keep the bed — соблюдать постельный режим
Му doctor recommended that I should keep the bed. —
Мой врач порекомендовал мне соблюдать постельный режим. to go for regular
checkups — ходить на регулярный медосмотр It is essential to see your
doctor for regular checkups and cleaning.
 —  Крайне необходимо посещать вашего врача для
регулярного осмотра и гигиенической чистки зубов.
(hygienist) cleaning — гигиеническая чистка зубов
dental caries— кариес
Regular checkups with a dentist will help to prevent
dental caries. — Регулярный осмотр у стоматолога предотвратит образование
кариеса. to brush one`s teeth each time after meals — чистить зубы после
каждой еды  Doctors recommend that people should brush their teeth each time
after meals. — Врачи рекомендуют чистить зубы после каждой еды.
to fill a tooth — пломбировать зуб
The doctor will use a local anesthetic, fill your tooth or
pull it out. — Врач применит местную анестезию и запломбирует ваш зуб или же
удалит его. (medical) treatment   — лечение
Sometimes after the treatment you will have to take some
antiinflammatory drugs or
pain-killers. — Иногда после лечения вам придется
принимать противовоспалительные и болеутоляющие препараты.
to pull a tooth out — удалять зуб
cure   — лечение, курс лечения; средство излечения
pain killer — болеутоляющее средство
I have a terrible toothache. I must take a painkiller. — У
меня ужасно болит зуб.
Мне нужно принять болеутоляющее средство. medicine
  — лекарство, медикамент
Take some medicine to reduce a fever. — Выпей лекарство,
чтобы снизить жар.
to follow the doctor’s advice /
recommendations — следовать советам/ рекомендациям врача
If you follow all your doctor’s recommendations, you will
recover very soon. — Если вы будете соблюдать все рекомендации врача, вы крайне
быстро поправитесь. to recover   — выздоравливать
If you really want to recover, you shouldfollow all your
doctor s recommendations. — Если ты действительно хочешь поправиться, ты должен
следовать всем рекомендациям врача. to be under (the) care of a doctor —
находиться под наблюдением врача Some patients should be under the 24-hour care
of doctors. — Некоторым пациентам требуется находиться под круглосуточным
наблюдением врачей. patient — пациент
Visitors may see the patients. — Посетителям разрешают
навещать пациентов.  visitor — посетитель
 (p rivate) ward   — (отдельная) палата в больнице
His private ward was light and well-equipped. — У него
была отдельная, светлая и хорошо оборудованная палата. to perform an
operation — проводить операцию
The surgeon who performed an operation was very qualified
and experienced. — Хирург, который провел операцию, был квалифицированным и
опытным.
(hospital) nurse — медсестра
Nurses give medicines to their patients. — Медсестры дают
лекарства своим пациентам.
Vocabulary
Exercises Exercise 1: Match the left and right columns.

catching to fall to catch to feel
  food sore

ill
sick disease throat a cold nose

heart runny to suffer from to make
  prescribe to keep regular
to fill
anti-inflammatory

poisoning an appointment
attack medicine headaches checkups
  drug the bed a tooth

Exercise 2: Translate into English:
1)      Когда
люди болеют, они записываются на прием к врачу, вызывают врача на дом или, в
более серьезных случаях, вызывают скорую помощь.
2)      Как
часто ты посещаешь своего врача? Я хожу на регулярный медосмотр дважды в год.
3)      Вчера
я вызвала врача на дом. Когда доктор меня осмотрел, он рекомендовал мне
соблюдать постельный режим и принимать лекарства.
4)      У
меня высокая температура, болит горло и насморк. Мне следует записаться на
прием к врачу.
5)      Я
всегда чищу зубы после еды. Кроме того, я считаю, что регулярный осмотр у
стоматолога предотвратит образование кариеса.
6)      Я
всегда следую рекомендациям своего врача. Вчера мой врач выписал мне лекарство
от гриппа. Сейчас я собираюсь в аптеку, чтобы купить противовоспалительное
средство и сироп от кашля.
7)      У
меня ужасно болит живот. Мне придется принять болеутоляющее средство.
8)      Любое
пребывание в больнице, любое лечение и хирургическое вмешательство — это
большой стресс.
9)      У
Джона вчера был сердечный приступ. Его начальнику пришлось вызвать скорую
помощь. Сейчас Джон в больнице.
10)Выпей лекарство, чтобы снять боль. Ты вот-вот упадешь в
обморок.
11)У меня ужасно болит зуб. Я до смерти боюсь удалять свой
зуб мудрости.
12)Когда пришел наш семейный доктор,
то он первым делом измерил давление.
13)Если у вас боли в желудке до или
после еды, вам нужно проконсультироваться с гастроэнтерологом.
14)У Джона была отдельная,
светлая и хорошо оборудованная палата.
15)Когда у меня насморк, то я обычно плохо сплю по ночам.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-   заразная
болезнь
-   простудиться
-   пищевое
отравление
-   записываться
на прием к врачу
-   вызывать
скорую помощь
-   соблюдать
постельный режим
-   проходить
регулярный медосмотр
-   удалять
зуб
-   находиться
под наблюдением врача
-   измерять
давление
-   иметь
повышенную температуру
-   страдать
от головной боли
-   накладывать
мазь
-   принимать
лекарство от простуды
-   поставить
диагноз
-   следовать
рекомендациям врача
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Determine the meaning of
the modal verbs “must,” “have to,” “should,” “ought to” and translate the
sentences into Russian:
1. You must tell me the truth. 2. Must I go and see the
dean now? 3. The children mustn’t stay outside by themselves. 4. It’s 7
o’clock, they must be at home now. 5. Soldiers must obey orders. 6. You must feel hungry. 7.
Some body has to take the responsibility for the accident. 8. I’ve got to do
some shopping today. 9. He had to earn his living when he was 15. 10. Do we
have to stay in town the whole summer? 11. You don’t have to answer my question
if you don’t want to. 12. Students should be well prepared for every class.
13.  You’ve eaten too much
ice cream, you should have a sore throat.
14.  Teenagers shouldn’t
drink alcohol. 15. If you’re not feeling well you should stay in bed. 16. You
should stop driving so fast. 17. Do you think Paul ought to see a doctor? 18.
The pills ought to be in a safe place. 19. You oughtn’t to eat cakes, you’re putting
on weight. 20. Parents ought to take care of their small children.
Exercise 2.  Make
up disjunctive questions:

1. You have to trust facts. 2. We could meet with an
accident. 3. They don’t have to change trains. 4. Everybody must know at least
one foreign language. 5. You can share your experience with us. 6. Small
children are not allowed here. 7. She could buy flowers. 8. We had to call at
the shop and buy some food for the picnic. 9. You must form your own opinion
about it.
10.I shouldn’t tell the truth. 11. You can speak French
and Italian. 12. They couldn’t leave for Rome yesterday.
Exercise 3. Use “can,” “could,”
“may,” “might,” “to be able,” “to be allowed”:
1. Steve ... speak English, French and Italian. Y ou...
ask him to help with the translation. 2. If we take a taxi, we ... catch the
last train. 3. It was so dark that we ... hardly see anything in front of us.
4. Mr. Smith ... be in his office now. You ... call him. 5.... I ask you a
question? — Of course, you .... 6.... you find him? — Yes, I was. He was
outside. 7. W ho... it be? — I t ... be anybody.
8. Is there anything I ... do for you? 9. Jane ... not be
at home now, she said she ... go shopping. 10. If you try hard, you... pass
your exam. 11.1... not believe you ... cope with this difficult task. 12. Do
you know if Ann likes this perfume? — I’m not sure, she ... . 13. Take your
umbrella with you, i t ... rain today.
14. She ... not be telling the truth. I don’t believe a
single word.
15.... we take pictures in the museum? — No, you... not.
16. Will you speak louder, please. I ... not hear you. 17. ... I use your
telephone, Mr. Brown? — You certainly .... 18.1 ... hear the traffic on the
road and ... not fall asleep for a long time. 19. In Britain you n o t... drive
a car until you are seventeen.
20. If your car was broken, you ... borrow mine.
21. If you prepare for the exam, you... to take it in September.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1: Read the characteristics
and write them in the order of their importance for a good teacher. Explain any
five of them as it is shown as in example.

firm
self-confident   strict  enthusiastic about his/her subject   helpful
understanding  tolerant  creative  energetic  encouraging  forgiving
self-controled

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………
Example: I think a
tacher should be self-confident because he/she has very good knowledge of the
subject.
1)      ………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
2)      ………………………………………………………………………………
.......................................................................................................................
3)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
4)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
5)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 2: Put in modal verbs:should,
shouldn`t, must, mustn`t,had to, need, needn`t.
1)      Jim`s
eyes are not very good. I think he _____________ wear glasses.
2)      –
Can I cross the road here?
– No,
you _____________. It`s very dangerous. Cross the road at the traffic lights.
3)      –
Shall I put on my hat and coat?
 - No, you _____________ . It`s quite warm outdoors.
4)      The
shop will be closed in two minutes. You _____________ stay here
any longer.
5)      I
missed my bus yesterday and _____________ go to school on foot. 6)   Danny lost
the copybook with his homework and _____________ do          it once again.
7) If you _____________ help, tell your parents
about your problems. They      can help you.
Exercise 3: Read the list of the
subjects that students can study in British schools..Tick the subjects you`ve
got in your school.Write down the subjects you don`t have, but you would like
to study.

Mathematics

Science

History

Economics

Technology

Drama

Arts

Information Technologies

French

German

Physical Education

Design and Communication

Business Information Studies

1) I would like to study ………………………….. because …………………
      …………………………………………………………………………….. 2) ……………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………..
3) ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 47
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Change some
to a few, a little.
1)      I
need some paper. ……………………………………………………
2)      I
usually add some salt to my food. ……………………………………..
3)      I
have some questions to ask you. ……………………………………….
4)      Bob
needs some help. He has some problems. He needs some advice.
……………………………………………………………………………
5)      I
need to buy some clothes. ……………………………………………… 6) I have some homework to do
tonight. …………………………………… 7) I usually get some mail every day. ……………………………………….
8) I usually get some  letters every day. …………………………………….
9) When I`m hungry in the evening, I usually eat some
cheese. ……………
……………………………………………………………………………
10)We usually do some oral exercises in class evry day. …………………...
…………………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 2. Sentence review.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with these words. Use the plural forms if necessary.

bush
glass                match    strawberry sentimetre       homework
page      thief dish                inch                 paper     tray
edge               information    piece      valley   fish
knife               sex          weather    foot
leaf                 size         woman

1)      I
want to light a candle. I need some ___________.
2)      ___________
fall from the trees in autumn.
3)      There
are two ___________: male and female.
4)      There
are some ___________, forks and spoons on the table.
5)      I
want to take the bus downtown, but I don`t know the bus schedule.
I need some ___________  about the bus schedule.
6)      I
want to write a letter. I have a pen, but I need some ___________.
7)      Plates
and bowls are called ___________.
8)      Married
___________ are called wives.
9)      There
are a lot of trees and ___________ in the park.
10)Bob is studying. He has a lot of ___________ to do.
11)My dictionary has 437 ___________  .
12)This puzzle has 200 ___________.
13)A piece of paper has four ___________.
14)Mountains are high, and ___________ are low.
15)When the temperature is round
35°C (77°F), I`m comfortable. But I
don`t like very hot ___________.
16)___________ steal things: money, jewelry, cars, etc.
17)___________ are small, red, sweet and delicious.
18)People carry their food on ___________ at a cafeteria.
19)Sweaters in a store often hve four
___________ : small, medium, large, and extra large.
20)In some countries, people use cups
for their tea. In other countries, they usually use ___________ for their tea.
21)Toshiro has five ___________ in his aquarium.
22)There are 100 ___________ in a meter.
23)There are 12 ___________ in a foot.
24)There are 3 ___________ in a yard.
II.      VOCABULARY  MASS MEDIA
social networks — социальные сети
Many people visit chat rooms and have social network
accounts. — Многие люди знакомятся в чатах и заводят аккаунты в социальных
сетях. to get in touch — оставаться на связи
The Internet helps me to get in touch with my friends who
live abroad. — Интернет помогает мне оставаться на связи с моими друзьями,
которые живут за границей.  to be abreast of the news — быть в курсе
новостей
The Internet help people to be abreast of the news.
— Интернет помогает людям оставаться в курсе новостей. to extend the limits
of communication — расширять границы общения to improve language skills
— улучшать языковые навыки
The Internet helps me to improve my language skills.
— Интернет помогает мне улучшить мои языковые навыки. pen pal — друг по
переписке
I have got a lot of pen pals from all over the
world. — У меня много друзей по переписке со всего мира. face-to-face
communication — непосредственная коммуникация, живое общение
With the invention of personal computer children do spend less
time with their friends and often avoid face-to-face communication. — С
появлением персонального компьютера дети стали проводить меньше времени со
своими друзьями и часто избегают живого общения. invention — изобретение
to lag behind — отставать (в учебе)
Some children do not do their homework, miss classes and
lag behind their schoolmates. — Некоторые дети не выполняют домашние задания,
пропускают занятия в школе и отстают от своих одноклассников.
to go out — бывать в обществе, встречаться
Many children prefer to play online games or chat on the
Internet rather than go out with friends. — Многие дети с большим удовольствием
играют в компьютерные сетевые игры или сидят в чате, чем выходят гулять с
друзьями.
to install   -— инсталлировать, устанавливать
(программу)
You need to install Adobe Flash Player to watch this
video. — Для просмотра этого видео необходимо установить Adobe Flash Player. to
download — загружать информацию из Интернета
То download this file, please use this link. — Для
загрузки данного файла, пожалуйста, воспользуйтесь данной ссылкой. parental
control — программа родительского контроля компьютера Many grown-ups
install any parental control program which help them monitor the time spent on
the Internet. — Многие родители устанавливают программы родительского контроля,
чтобы следить за тем, сколько времени их дети проводят в Интернете. pop-up
— всплывающее окно
Parental control help to protect children from viewing
offensive pop-ups and inappropriate information. — Программа родительского
контроля помогает защитить детей от просмотра оскорбительной рекламы и
неуместной информации.
to surf the Internet / net — бродить по Интернету,
переходить с одного сайта на другой
When I come back home, I usually have dinner and
then surf the net for a while. — Когда я возвращаюсь домой, я обычно обедаю и
затем немного сижу в Интернете. to widen the circle of acquaintances —
расширять круг знакомств
The Internet helps people widen the circle of
acquaintances and friends. — Интернет помогает расширить круг знакомых и
друзей. sources of up-to-date in formation — источники актуальной
информации Surfing the Internet, school children can find numerous sources of
up-to-date information. — На просторах Интернета школьники могут найти
множество источников с актуальной информацией.
to sign in (log in) / sign out (log
out) — войти / выйти
laptop — ноутбук
When I do home assignments I sometimes use my
laptop. — Когда я выполняю домашние задания, я иногда использую свой ноутбук.  tablet
— планшетный компьютер
Have you got a tablet? — У тебя есть планшетный
компьютер?  personal computer — персональный компьютер
I can`t  imagine mу life without mу PC. — Я не могу
уже представить свою жизнь без ПК. to send / check an email — посылать /
проверять электронную почту  I check ту email every morning. — Я проверяю свою
почту каждое утро. username — имя пользователя
What is your username? — Какое твое имя
пользователя? password — пароль
Oh nо! I have forgotten mу password. — О нет! Я забыла
свой пароль. inseparable part of our life — неотъемлемая часть нашей
жизни
Television is an inseparable part o f our life. —
Телевидение — это неотъемлемая часть нашей жизни.
 telly — телевизор, ящик (разг.)
Most families have a TV-set, or as it is called “telly ”,
in their homes. —
Практически в каждой семье есть телевизор, или, как его
еще называют, «ящик».
 satellite   television — спутниковое телевидение
Some people prefer satellite television, others choose
cable television. — Некоторые люди предпочитают спутниковое телевидение, в то
время как другие выбирают кабельное.
cable television — кабельн
There are different channels to choose from: Fashion TV,
MTV Music, Discovery, Sport and many others. —  Выбор каналов тоже впечатляет:
Мода, Музыка, Открытия, Спорт и многие другие. couch potato
— бездельник, который все свободное время проводит у телевизора, сидень,
лежебока
Some people are ready to sit in front of their TV-sets
like couch potatoes for hours and watch everything. — Некоторые готовы сидеть
часами перед телевизором подобно лежебоке и смотреть все без разбора.
commercial— реклама
There are too many annoying commercials on TV. — По
телевидению показывают очень много раздражающей рекламы.
 soap opera — мыльная опера
There is always something great to watch: TV
serials, talk shows, feature films, concerts, cartoons, live sport matches and
many others. — Телепрограмма предлагает много интересного: телесериалы,
ток-шоу, художественные фильмы, концерты, мультфильмы, спортивные матчи в
прямом эфире и другие программы. a TV serial — телесериал
Do you like watching TV serials? — Тебе нравится смотреть
телесериалы? talkshow — ток-шоу
What is your favorite talk-show? — Какое твое
любимое ток-шоу? feature film — художественный фильм
Му favorite feature film is “Flying over the
cuckoo`s nest”. — Мой любимый художественный фильм— «Пролетая над гнездом
кукушки». cartoon — мультфильм
No matter how old I am I like watching cartoons. — He так
важно, сколько мне лет, но я люблю смотреть мультики.
live sport matches — спортивные матчи в прямом
эфире
Му dad often watches live sport matches and root for his
favorite sports teams. — Мой папа часто смотрит спортивные матчи в прямом эфире
и болеет за свои любимые команды. news programme — программа новостей
I always watch news programs in the morning. — Я
всегда смотрю новостные программы утром. entertainment   programme —
развлекательная программа
As to entertainment programmes, which are becoming more
and more popular nowadays, I like “KVN” (Club of the smart and the merry). —
Если говорить о развлекательных программах, которые сегодня становятся все
более и более популярными, мне нравится программа «КВН» (Клуб Веселых и
Находчивых). events — события
Му favorite channels are CNN and BBC News. They let me
stay abreast o f the latest news and events in the world. — Мои любимые
телеканалы — это CNN и ВВС News. Они позволяют мне оставаться в курсе последних
новостей и событий в мире.
to improve one’s listening comprehension
— улучшить навыки восприятия на слух
For те the main benefit of watching TV news in
English is an opportunity to improve my listening comprehension and to enrich
my vocabulary. — Для меня главным преимуществом просмотра новостей на
английском языке является возможность улучшить восприятие речи на слух и
обогатить словарный запас. daily / weekly / monthly newspaper   —
ежедневная / еженедельная / ежемесячная газета
There are different types o f newspapers: dailies printed
once a day, such as “Komsomolskaya Pravda”, weeklies printed once a week, such
as “Arguments and Facts’’, and monthly newspapers. — Есть несколько видов
газет: ежедневные, выпускающиеся каждый день, такие как «Комсомольская правда»,
еженедельные, выходящие в свет раз в неделю, такие как «Аргументы и факты», и
ежемесячные издания.  source of information — источник информации
Newspapers have always been one of the main sources
of information. — Газеты всегда были одним из основных источников информации. survival
of the past — пережиток прошлого
Some people think that newspapers are survivals of
the past. — Некоторые люди считают, что газеты — это пережиток прошлого. to
learn about the latest news from the Internet — узнавать о последних
новостях из Интернета
Today most people are likely to learn about the latest
news from the Internet or the television. — Сегодня многие люди чаще узнают
последние новости из Интернета или телевидения. breaking news — главные
новости periodicals   — периодические издания
I can't imagine mу life without newspapers and other
periodicals. — Лично я не могу представить свою жизнь без газет и других
периодических изданий.  glossy magazine   — глянцевый журнал
Every morning / like to sit in the kitchen drinking a cup
o f coffee and reading a newspaper or a glossy magazine. — По утрам я люблю
посидеть на кухне за чашкой кофе с газетой или журналом. front  page —
первая полоса газеты
When I have little time 1 usually read only the front page
of a paper. — Когда я
спешу, то обычно читаю лишь первую полосу газеты
news of the day — новости дня
The front page of a newspaper contains the most important
news of the day. — На первой полосе газеты изложены самые важные новости дня.
 editorial   — передовая, редакционная статья
I like reading editorials. — Я люблю читать редакционные статьи.
gutter press — «желтая», бульварная пресса
There are also such types o f papers as the gutter press,
engaging in the private lives o f celebrities. — Есть также «желтая», или
бульварная, пресса, освещающая личную жизнь знаменитостей. regional
newspaper — региональная газета
Regional newspapers contain news about particular local
areas. — Региональные газеты посвящены описанию происходящих событий в
определенной местности.
tabloid   — таблоид
Tabloids are dominated by sensational stories. —
Таблоиды, повествуют о сенсационных новостях. sensational stories —
сенсационные сюжеты
to subscribe   — подписываться (на газеты, журналы
и т.д.)
Our family subscribes to several newspapers and magazines. —
Наша семья подписана на несколько газет и журналов. column   — рубрика
There are different columns in this newspaper: “News ”,
“Politics”, “Events", “Home and Family”, “Sport” and some others. — В этой
газете несколько рубрик: «Новости», «Политика», «Происшествия», «Дом и семья»,
«Спорт» и некоторые другие. on the last pages of the newspaper — на
последних страницах газеты Those who are interested in sport, for instance,
will find some interviews with famous sportsmen on the last pages of the
newspaper. — Те, кто интересуется спортом, найдут на последних страницах этой
газеты интервью со знаменитыми спортсменами.
TV guide   — телепрограмма
This newspaper has a comprehensive TV guide which keeps me
informed about interesting movies and TV programs. — В этой газете есть очень
информативная телепрограмма, которая дает мне возможность узнавать обо всех
грядущих интересных фильмах и телепрограммах.
unreliable information — недостоверная информация
However, some newspapers, like tabloids or the gutter
press, may contain much unreliable information. — Некоторые газеты, такие как
таблоиды и бульварная пресса, могут содержать недостоверную информацию.
(newspaper’s) circulation —
газетный тираж
 Some “yellow” journalists purposely seek out
sensational news in order to boost a newspaper s circulation. — Некоторые
«скандальные» журналисты намеренно выискивают сенсационные новости, чтобы
повысить газетный тираж. to keep abreast of the latest news — держать в
курсе последних событий After all, newspapers keep us abreast of the latest
news and give us information on what is happening around the world. — Ведь
именно газеты помогают нам оставаться в курсе последних событий и информируют
нас о том, что происходит в мире.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1: Match the left and right
columns.
social                        language skills to
improve                control pen                            networks
face-to-face               the net     parental                     pal to
surf                       information up-to-date
communication  personal                    television
satellite                     computer  soap                          programme
news                         newspaper   daily                         opera
breaking                   press    gutter                        news
glossy                       magazine
Exercise 2: Translate into English
1)      Сегодня
практически у каждого человека есть аккаунт в социальных сетях.
2)      Интернет
помогает мне оставаться на связи с моими друзьями, которые живут за границей,
быть в курсе последних событий во всем мире, заказывать билеты в режиме онлайн,
совершать покупки в онлай-магазинах, а также находить полезную информацию,
такую как редкие книги, энциклопедии и словари.
3)      Интернет
помогает мне улучшить мои языковые навыки, поскольку у меня есть уникальная
возможность практиковать английский ежедневно. Чтобы лучше освоить разговорный
язык, я иногда общаюсь через Skype со своими друзьями по переписке.
4)      Интернет
помогает расширить круг знакомых и друзей.
5)      Некоторые
люди предпочитают смотреть телевизор вместо того, чтобы читать книги,
встречаться с друзьями, гулять в парке или ходить в театр. Они готовы сидеть
часами перед телевизором, подобно лежебокам, и смотреть все без разбора.
6)      Телепрограмма
предлагает много интересного: телесериалы, ток-шоу, художественные фильмы,
концерты, мультфильмы, спортивные матчи в прямом эфире и другие программы.
7)      Мои
любимые телеканалы — это CNN и ВВС News. Они позволяют мне оставаться в курсе
последних новостей и событий в мире.
8)
Здесь каждый читатель найдет для себя что-то интересное, будь то
последние главные новости, криминальные хроники или экономический анализ.
9)      Я
подписана на несколько региональных газет и журналов. Кроме того, я часто читаю
статьи в электронной версии.
10)Иногда я читаю желтую прессу. Но,
по правде говоря, это пустая трата времени, потому что там содержится много
недостоверной информации.
11)В этой газете несколько рубрик: «Новости», «Спорт»,
«События» и другие. 12)По телевидению показывают очень много назойливой
рекламы.
13)У меня много друзей по переписке со всего мира
14)Фильм «Великий Гэтсби» — это
экранизация одноименного романа Фицджеральда.
15) Я никогда не смотрю ни мыльные оперы, ни ток шоу.
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  оставаться на связи
-  быть в курсе событий
-  социальные сети
-  расширять круг
знакомств
-  проверять электронную
почту
-  спортивные матчи в
прямом эфире
-  развлекательная
программа
-  художественный фильм
-  источник информации
-  главные новости
-  подписываться на
газеты
-  газетный тираж
-  новости дня
-  первая полоса газеты
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use “mustn’t” or
“needn’t”:
1. You ... clean the room today, you can do it tomorrow
morning. 2. I ... forget to post the letter Mother gave me. 3. We have a lot of
food at home so we ... go shopping today. 4. The baby is asleep, you... shout.
5. You ... shout, I’m not deaf. 6. You ...worry about your luggage, I’ll take
care of it. 7. Must I come on Saturday? — No, you ... . 8.
This book is very valuable, you ... lose it. 9. You ...
eat the salad if you don’t like it.
10. We have plenty of time so we ... hurry. 11. You ...
tell anybody what I said. 12. You ... cross the street when the red light is
on. 13. Must I type these letters today? — No, you ... . 14. You ... remind her
about the meeting. I warned her yesterday.
Exercise 2. Answer the following
questions using “don’t have to” or “needn’t. ” Work in pairs.
1. Must I watch all his movements? 2. Should I be nice to
her? 3. Must I phone you every day? 4. Do I have to come here again tomorrow?
5. Must I wear this dress at the party? 6. Should I insist on his coming? 7.
Must we do this exercise in writing? 8. Should I listen to her? 9. Do you have
to type all these letters tonight? 10. Do you have to get up at 6 o’clock
tomorrow? 11. Do we have to pay for the lunch? 12.
Should I wear a uniform at the ceremony?
13. Do you have to serve coffee to the visitors? 14. Do I
have to stay till they come?
15. Do I have to explain my absence?
Exercise 3. Use “must,” “to have” or
“to be”:
1. The train... arrive in five minutes, we... hurry up. 2.
If he doesn’t meet you at the station you... take a taxi. 3. They... be here an
hour ago. 4 . I... go to the library after classes because I ... make a report
tomorrow. 5. It ...be a very interesting novel, I know the author. 6 .1 don’t
think you... wait long. 7. They... marry early in June, so they... stay in
Moscow. 8. She... clean her shoes after working in the garden. 9. The lecture
... begin in a minute. 10. You... be tired, you... have a little rest. 11.1...
answer a lot of questions at the examination.
12. We ... leave on Monday.
                                IV.    LEARN AND PLAY.
Exercise 1. Match the lessons and what
is stidied in them. Write sentences as it is shown in the model.

events
  that happened lng ago figures and mathematical problems foreign words and
  grammar rules plants and animals computers
stories, novels and poems mountains, rivers, oceans

Biology
Informational Technologies
Geography
Literature
History
Mathematics
Foreign languages

Example:   Events that happened
long ago are studied in History.
1) …………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………….. 2) …………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
3)      …………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
4)      …………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
5)      …………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
6)      …………………………………………………………………………..
…………………………………………………………………………..
Exercise 2. Fill in the words.

information
develop the mind  communicate  different activities  respect
 adult
life  develop imagination  encourage

People have always had schools and will always have them.
This is the only way to prepare children for
___________________________________. In school children learn a lot of new
______________________ about the world. Subjects like Mthematics, Physics and
Geometry __________________, Literature, Arts and Music
___________________. School is the place where children
_______________________ with each other, make friends and
take part in __________________  -competitions, concerts, quizzes. In school
there are adults who are always ready to help them and to speak about their
problems. Some teachers are young and enthusiastic, some are experienced and
calm, but all of them try to do their best to _________________ their students
and to develop all their talents. Students should always treat their teachers
with ________________, as being a teacher is quite a difficult job.
Lesson 48
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with the or Ø (no article).
1.
______   Ø
_____ sugar is sweet.
2.
Could you please pass me _____  the______  sugar?
3.
Oranges are orange, and ______________ bananas are yellow.
4.
There was some fruit on the table. I didn`t eat _____________
bananas                because they are soft and brown.
5.
Everybody needs ______________ food to live.
6.
We ate at a good restaurant last night. __________ food was
excellent.
7.
______________ salt tastes salty, and ___________ pepper tastes
hot. 8. Could you please pass
me ______________ salt? Thanks. And              could I
have______________ pepper too?
9.
Steven made some coffee and some tea. ______________ coffee
was               very good. I didn`t taste ______________ tea.
10.
______________ pages in this book are full of grammar exrcises.
11.
______________ books consist of ______________  pages.
12.
There was some food on the table. The children ate
______________             fruit, but they didn`t want ______________
vegetables.
13.
I like ______________ fruit. I also like ______________
vegetables.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with  some or any.
1)
Sue has __________ money.
2)
I don`t have __________ money.
3)
Do you have __________ money?
4)
Do you need __________ help?
5)
No, thank you I
don`t need __________ help.
6)
Ken needs __________ help.
7)
Anita doesn`t usually get __________ mail.
8)
We don`t have __________ fruit at home. We don`t have __________
apples, __________ bananas or __________ oranges.
9)
The house is empty. There aren`t __________ people in the house.
10)    I need
__________ paper. Do you have __________ paper?
11)    Heidi
can`t write a letter because she doesn`t have __________ paper.
12)    Steve is
getting along fine. He doesn`t have __________  problems.
13)    I need to
go to the grocery store. I need to buy __________ food. Do you need to buy
__________ groceries?
14)    I am not
busy tonight. I don`t have __________ homework to do.
15)    I don`t
have __________ money in my purse.
16)    There are
__________ beautiful flowers in my garden this year.
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
with  a or any.
1)      I
don`t have __________ money.
2)      I
don`t have __________ pen.
3)      I
don`t have __________ brothers or sisters.
4)      We
don`t need to buy __________ furniture.
5)      Mr.
and Mrs. Kelly don`t have __________ children.
6)      I
can`t make __________ coffee.There isn`t __________ coffee in the house.
7)      Ann doesn`t want __________
cup of coffee.
8)      I
don`t like this room because there aren`t __________ windows.
9)      Amanda
is very unhappy because she doesn`t have __________ friends.
10)  I don`t need
__________ help. I can finish my homework by myself.
11)  O don`t have
__________ comfortable chair in my dormitory room.
12)Joe doesn`t have __________ car, so he has to take the
bus to school.
13)Iam getting along fine. I don`t have __________
problems.
14)  I don`t have __________
homework to do tonight.
15)  I don`t need
__________ new clothes.
16)  I don`t need
__________ new suit.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
 ENVIRONMENT
environment   — окружающая среда
environmental protection — защита окружающей среды

The problem of environmental protection is one of the most
burning and complicated nowadays. — Сегодня проблема защиты окружающей среды
является наиболее острой и актуальной. environmental pollution —
загрязнение окружающей среды
 Environmental pollution is one of the most burning
problems today. — Защита окружающей среды — это одна из наиболее острых проблем
сегодня. to preserve / protect the environment — охранять окружающую
среду
All of us must protect the environment. — Мы все должны
охранять окружающую среду.
acid rain — кислотный дождь
Acid rain affects the entire environment, especially
plants and animals. — Кислотные дожди негативно влияют на окружающую среду в
целом, особенно это касается растений и животных. water / air pollution
— загрязнение воды / воздуха
 In your article you shouldfocus on the following issues:
acid rains, water and air pollution. — В своей статье вы должны уделить особое
внимание следующим проблемам: кислотные дожди, а также загрязнение воды и
воздуха. overcrowded cities — перенаселенные города
People have to live in overcrowded cities. — Людям
приходится жить в перенаселенных городах. air pollutant — загрязняющее
атмосферу вещество
 Air pollutants have a negative impact on human health and
environment. — Загрязняющие атмосферу вещества наносят вред здоровью человека и
окружающей среде в целом. climate change — изменение климата
What are the main factors of climate changes? —
Какие ос новные факторы изменения климата? global warming — глобальное
потепление
As is well known, global warming is the gradual heating of
Earth’s surface, oceans and atmosphere. — Как известно, глобальное потепление —
это постепенное нагревание поверхности Земли, океанов и атмосферы.
fertilizer   — удобрение
The improper use of fertilizers may adversely affect the
environment. — Неправильное использование удобрений может неблагоприятно
сказываться на окружающей среде.
deforestation — вырубка лесов
Deforestation is one of the most burning problems of
environment. — Вырубка лесов — это одна из наиболее актуальных проблем
окружающей среды. impact   — воздействие
Human impact on the environment has been of crucial
importance nowadays. — В последнее время воздействие, которое человек оказывает
на окружающую среду, имеет неоспоримую важность. to be aware of —
осознавать
We must be aware that acid rain can cause damage to all
people. —
Мы должны осознавать то, что кислотные дожди могут
губительно воздействовать на человека.
to destroy — разрушать
Forest fires can destroy the whole forest. — Лесные
пожары могут разрушить целый лес. to emit   — выбрасывать
Vehicles emit toxic air pollutants which are hazardous to
health. — Выбросы токсичных веществ в атмосферу транспортными средствами очень
опасны для здоровья.
endangered species — виды, находящиеся под угрозой
вымирания We must unite efforts and save endangered species. — Мы должны
объединить усилия и спасти вымирающие виды. extinction  — вымирание
It is important to save animals from extinction. —
Очень важно спасти животных от угрозы вымирания. natural resources —
природные ресурсы
Russia is rich in natural resources such as oil and
natural gas. — Россия богата природными ресурсами, такими как нефть и газ. natural
gas — природный газ
natural disaster — природная катастрофа
Some natural disasters can be predicted nowadays. —
Сегодня некоторые природные катастрофы можно спрогнозировать. natural
habitat — естественная среда обитания
What is natural habitat of crocodiles? — Какова
естественная среда обитания крокодилов?
 earthquake   — землетрясение
A devastating earthquake stuck the area. — На этой
территории произошло разрушительное землетрясение. tornado   — смерч,
торнадо
Tornadoes are more common in the USA than in any other
countries. — Торнадо чаще возникают в США, чем в остальных странах.
hurricane   — ураган, тропический циклон
Patricia, the strongest hurricane ever recorded in the
Americas, hit Mexico Pacific coast (The Telegraph). — Патриция, мощнейший из
всех известных ураганов в Америке, настиг Тихоокеанское побережье Мексики.
flood   — наводнение
The flood caused a lot of damage. — Наводнение причинило
много разрушений. forest fires — лесные пожары
Forest fires annually burn thousands of square miles of
forests all over the world. — Лесные пожары ежегодно уничтожают тысячи
километров лесов во всем мире.
wild life — живая природа
All of us should protect our wildlife. — Все мы должны
охранять живую природу.
(mineral) oil — нефть
Russia is rich in oil. — Россия богата нефтью. rainforest
— тропический лес
There are many different types of rainforest in Australia.
— В Австралии существует несколько различных видов тропических лесов.
Australian rainforests cover approximately 900 thousand square hectares. —
Тропические леса Австралии простираются примерно на 900 тысяч квадратных
гектаров. exhaust gases — выхлопные газы
 Some exhaust gases can adversely affect people` s health.
— Некоторые выхлопные газы могут негативно сказываться на здоровье человека. solar
energy — солнечная энергия
Solar energy is becoming increasingly popular all over the
world. — Солнечная энергия набирает в последнее время большую популярность во
всем мире.  ozone layer — озоновый слой
The ozone layer is the part of the Earth s atmosphere that
has the most ozone in it (Collins Dictionary). — Озоновый слой — это часть
стратосферы с наибольшим содержанием озона. greenhouse effect —
парниковый эффект
The greenhouse effect is the problem caused by increased
quantities of
gases such as carbon dioxide in the air (Collins
Dictionary). —
Парниковый эффект — это проблема, вызванная повышенной
концентрацией в воздухе таких веществ, как углекислый газ.
to be harmful — быть вредным
Some waste products are harmful to health and the
environment. — Некоторые продукты жизнедеятельности наносят вред здоровью
человека и окружающей среде в целом. surface  — поверхность
There is a big difference between the surface of the Earth
and of the Moon`s. — Существует огромная разница между поверхностью Земли и
Луны.
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1: Match the left and right
columns

greenhouse
  ozon global solar

layer energy effect
wrming

exhaust
  forest natural endangered climate overcrowded

fires
gases species habitat
  cities
change

Exercise 2: Translate into English
1)      Вне
всяких сомнений, проблема защиты окружающей среды является одной из самых
волнующих в современном мире.
2)      Согласно
недавно проведенным исследованиям, выделяют несколько видов загрязнения
окружающей среды, включая загрязнение воды, воздуха, почвы и некоторые другие.
3)      Какие
основные факторы изменения климата?
4)      Всеобще
известно, что вырубка лесов является одной из основных причин изменения
климата.
5)      Россия
богата природными ресурсами, такими как нефть и газ.
6)      Какова
естественная среда обитания дельфинов?
7)      Природные
катастрофы, такие как землетрясения, наводнения и  ураганы, происходят во всем
мире.
8)      Как
известно, глобальное потепление — это постепенное  нагревание поверхности
Земли, океанов и атмосферы.
9)      Какие
самые большие тропические леса в мире? Где они находятся?
10)) Какие меры следует предпринять,
чтобы спасти исчезающие виды  животных и растений?
Exercise 3: Give English equivalents
for the following phrases:
-  защита окружающей
среды
-  кислотный дождь
-  виды, находящиеся под
угрозой вымирания
-  природные ресурсы
-  природный газ
-  природная катастрофа
-  глобальное потепление
-  изменение климата
-  среда естественного
обитания
-  лесные пожары
-  озоновый слой
-  солнечная энергия
-  выхлопные газы
-  парниковый эффект
-  быть вредным
-  вырубка лесов
-  охранять окружающую
среду
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use “m ust,” “have (got)
to,” “ought to” or “should”:
1.  If you want to be
fit, you... not eat cake, but you certainly ... walk a lot.
2.  I’m late. I ...
hurry. 3. We ... wait an hour for them. 4.... you get up very early on
Saturdays and Sundays? 5. There is light in the house, somebody... be in. 6. W
e... reach the station in half an hour. 7. His English ... be giving him a lot
of trouble. 8. The bus we took didn’t go up the hill and we ...walk. 9. The
doctor says I ... stay in bed for a week. 10. Every child ... know traffic
rules.
 11. My parents are going out to a party tomorrow and I
... stay with my younger brother. 12. It’s dark outside, i t ... be about 7
now. 13. You ... not eat so many sweets because they contain a lot of calories.
14. When he was at the university he ... work to pay his own tuition. 15. You
... not speak to your mother like this. 16.... I offer her my help? 17. They
got married at last. They... be very happy. 18. She ... know the truth, you...
tell her. 19. Why... I do somebody else’s work? 20. Mother leaves early on
Mondays and he ... make his breakfast himself. 21. It’s 2 o’clock, you ... be
hungry.
22. I think you ... give up smoking. 23. Why ... they
worry if they’re paid so well?
Exercise 2. Respond to the following statements
expressing doubt, expectation, assuredness or advice. Work in pairs.
1. I don’t feel well. 2. I’m putting on weight. 3.1 don’t
know English.
4. There’s a big heavy cloud in the sky. 5. There is no
light in the house.
6. The telephone is ringing. 7. I’m going to the Black Sea
coast. 8 .I work hark every day. 9. The road is slippery. 10. It looks like a
big mouse. 11. She speaks fluent English. 12. It’s five o’clock. 13. The apple
is ripe. 14. The TV set is out of order. 15. I sent the telegram three hours
ago. 16. He is lazy.
Exercise 3. Use “be allowed to” or
“have to”:
  In Britain you ... drive a car when you are seventeen.
You ... get a special two-year driving licence before you can start. When
you’re learning, someone with a full licence always ... be in the car with you
because you n o t... take the car on the road alone. You not ... go to a
driving school, a friend can teach you. The person with you n o t... take money
for the lesson unless he’s got a teacher’s licence.
  Before you ... have a full licence, you ... take a
driving test. You can take a test in your own car, but i t ... be fit for the
road. In the test you ... drive round for about half an hour and then answer a
few questions. If you don’t pass the test, you ... take it again a few weeks
later if you want to. In 1990 a woman passed her fortieth test after 212
driving lessons! When you’ve passed your test, you n o t... take it again, and
you ... go on driving as long as you like, provided you are fit. Britain’s
oldest driver was a Norfolk man who drove in 1974 at the age of 100.
     Before
1904 everyone ... drive, even children. Then from 1904 motorists ... have a
licence. But they n o t... take a test until 1935. In the early days of
motoring before 1878, cars n o t... go faster than four miles an hour, and
someone ... walk in front of the car with a red flag.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Make up sentences and
write them down.

I think students

must
  need needn`t should shouldn`t have to

wear school uniform
have such lessons as Music
  and Arts
take
  part in school activities do some research work study several languages help
  each other with the homework be allowed to choose the subjects that they want
  to study treat teachers with respect learn long poems by heart

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................
Exercise 2. Agree or disagree with the
statements.Give your reasons.

 Example:  Students should study the subjects they
really enjoy.
I disagree with it. There are some
subjects that some students do not enjoy, but subjects like Foreign languages,
Mathematicsor Physics will be very useful in adult life.
1)      The
rules at school should be democratic: neither strict nor too free………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
2)      All
students should wear school uniform. …………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
3)      School
should be compulsory. ……………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
4)      Students
should be allowed to choose the subjects to study. ………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
5)      There
shouldn`t  be any tests and marks. …………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3. Complete the sentences as
it is shown in the model.
Model:  I have a new
computer. This is  my  computer. The computer  is mine.
1)      You
have a ball for playing rugby.This _________________________.
The ball _________________________________________________.
2)      He
has nice wooden chessboard. This _____________________________. The chessboard
______________________________________________.
3)      She
has a school badge.This ____________________________________.    The badge
__________________________________________________.
4)      We
have black blazers. These ___________________________________. The blazers
_________________________________________________.
5)      You
have school scarves. These _________________________________. The scarves
_________________________________________________.
6)      They
have school ties. These ____________________________________. The ties
____________________________________________________.
Lesson 49
I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Change the sentences from
Present to Past tenses.
1)
Bob is in class today.
2)
I am in class today.
3)
Mary is at the library today.
4)
We are in class today.
5)
You are busy today.
6)
I`m happy today.
7)
The classroom is hot today.
8)
Ann is in her office today.
9)
Tom is in her office today.
10)Ann and Tom are in their offices today.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Study the time
expressions. Then complete the sentences. Use a past time expression.

PRESENT

PAST

today
  this morning this afternoon tonight this week

yesterday
  yesterday morning yesterday afternoon
last
  night last week

1)
Ken is here today, but ______he wasn`t here
yesterday.______.
2)
I`m at home tonight, but ______I wasn`t at home last
night.___.
3)      Olga
is busy today, but _________________________________. 4) Tom is at the library
tonight, but _________________________ ____________________________________________________.
5)      Alex
and Rita are at work this afternoon, but ________________
____________________________________________________.
6)      You`re
here today, but __________________________________.
7)      Dr.
Ruckman is is in her office this morning, but ______________
_____________________________________________________..
8)      It`s
cold this week but ___________________________________.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions: Think about your first
day in this class. Then answer your teacher`s questions.
Example: happy
TEACHER: Were you hppy the first day of class?
SPEAKER A: Yes, I was happy.
SPEAKER B: No, I wasn`t happy.
TEACHER: (to speaker C) Tell me abut (Speaker
A) and (Speaker B). SPEAKER C: (Speaker A) was happy. (Speaker
B) wasn`t happy.
1.      exited
relaxed/not nervous
2.      scared/afraid
quiet
3.      nervous
talkative
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Phrasal Verbs
catch up with — догонять, наверстать
Tom had to work hard to catch up with his studies. — Тому
пришлось усердно заниматься, чтобы наверстать упущенный учебный материал. come
across smb
— случайно встретить, натолкнуться
 I came across ту best friend at the supermarket
yesterday. — Вчера в супермаркете я встретил своего лучшего друга. come
along — сопровождать, идти с кем-либо
Mary decided to come along with me to the theater. — Мэри
решила пойти со мной в театр.
come back — возвращаться
When will you come back? — Когда ты вернешься? come
down — снижаться, уменьшаться; спускаться The price came down. — Цена
снизилась. come down with — заболеть чем-либо
Mary has come down with pneumonia. — Мэри слегла с
воспалением легких. come out — выходить в свет (о книге), бывать на
людях
Do you mind if we ’ll come out to the restaurant tonight?
— Вы не будете возражать, если мы сходим сегодня вечером в ресторан? John` s
new book came out in April. — Новая книга Джона вышла в апреле. come up
(with) — придумывать, выдумывать (план, идею) Mary came up with a brilliant
idea for her business. — Мэри придумала новую идею своего бизнеса. call on —
навещать кого-либо, приходить в гости I 'll be happy if you call on me one day.
— Я буду счастлива, если ты однажды зайдешь ко мне в гости.
call back — перезванивать
Could you call back in a while? — He могли бы вы
перезвонить немного позднее? drop out (of) — выбывать, бросать (учебу,
работу)
She dropped out o f school at the age o f 15. — Она бросила
школу в возрасте 15 лет. get along (with) — уживаться, хорошо ладить;
обходиться
They will get along with each other. — Они поладят.
People can’t get along without food and water. — Люди не могут обходиться без
еды и воды. get down (to) — перейти к сути, к делу
Let’s get down to work. — Давайте приступим к
работе. get off — выходить (из автобуса, поезда и т.д.)
Where do we get off at? We can get off the bus at
the next bus stop. — Где нам выходить? Мы можем выйти на следующей остановке. get
over — оправиться, преодолеть, пройти через что - либо Our company managed
to borrow cheaply to get over the difficulty. — Нашей компании удалось взять
кредит на выгодных условиях, чтобы преодолеть трудности. John was badly wounded
but he got over it. — Джон был тяжело ранен, но он поправился.  get rid of
— избавляться от чего/кого-либо
То succeed you should get rid o f your accent. —
Чтобы добиться успеха, тебе нужно избавиться от своего акцента. get through
with — справляться с чем-либо, заканчивать
 If you get through with the article in time, John will be
indebted to you. — Если ты закончишь статью вовремя, Джон будет твоим
должником.
You need work hard to get through with your exams. — Вам
нужно много трудиться, чтобы успешно сдать экзамены. get up — вставать,
подниматься
I usually get up at 10 a.m. — Обычно я встаю в 10 часов
утра.
give away — выдавать, проговориться
Please, don't give my secrets away. I trust you. —
Пожалуйста, не выдавай моих секретов. Я тебе доверяю. give back —
отдавать, возвращать; отплачивать
 Every time he borrows money from me, he never gives
it back. — Сколько бы раз он ни занимал у меня деньги, он никогда не возвращает
их обратно. give up — бросать, перестать делать что-либо; сдаваться
I gave up smoking last year. — Я бросил курить в
прошлом году. Don ’t  give up without even trying. — He сдавайся, даже не
попробовав.  go away — уходить, уезжать
Let s go away this weekend! — Давай куда-нибудь уедем на
эти выходные.  go back on — нарушить (слово)
I never go back on my promises. — Я никогда не
нарушаю своих обещаний. go in for — заниматься, принимать участие
I go in for sports twice a week. — Я занимаюсь спортом два
раза в неделю. go on
— продолжать; случаться, происходить
Go on reading, please. — Пожалуйста, продолжайте читать.
What is going on here? — Что здесь происходит?
go with — подходить, гармонировать
Does this dress go with these shoes? — Это платье подходит
к этим туфлям? grow together — сближаться
After that accident they grew together. — После того
происшествия они очень сблизились. grow up — взрослеть
When you grow up, I'll tell you one secret. — Когда
ты станешь взрослым,  я расскажу тебе секрет. hand in — сдавать,
отдавать
Children, hand in your papers, please. — Дети, сдайте,
пожалуйста, свои работы. hand out — выдавать, раздавать
Му job was to hand out medicine to the homeless. — В мою
работу входила раздача медикаментов бездомным людям.
hang out — развлекаться, гулять, праздно
проводить время (раза.) We often hang out with Tom. He is cute. — Мы часто
гуляем с Томом. Он классный. hang up — повесить трубку (телефона)
Please, don 't hang up. I have to tell you something
important. — Пожалуйста, не клади трубку. Мне нужно сказать тебе нечто важное. hold
on — ждать у телефона
Please, hold on while I transfer your call — Пожалуйста,
не кладите трубку, пока я переведу ваш звонок.
look after — присматривать, заботиться
 I love looking after mу younger sister. — Я люблю
заботиться о своей младшей сестре.  look for — искать
I am looking for a job. — Я ищу работу. look
forward to — с нетерпением ждать
 I am looking forward to your reply. — Я с нетерпением жду
твоего ответа. look out — быть настороже, быть внимательным; выглядывать

Look out! — Поберегись! When she looked out o f the
window, she saw John. — Когда она выглянула в окно, то увидела Джона. look
through — просматривать, изучать John’s face turned red with anger when he
was looking through the papers. — Джон покраснел от злости,  когда
просматривал документы.
look up — искать что-либо (в справочнике)
Look up all the new words in the dictionary and put
them down into your exercise books. — Поищите все новые слова в словаре и
запишите их в свои тетради. make
out — разбираться, понимать, различать; справляться, преуспевать
I can't make out the meaning o f this novel. — Я не
могу понять смысл этого романа. How are you making out while your boss is on a
business trip? — Как ты справляешься, пока твой начальник в командировке? make
up — выдумывать; убирать; мириться
Не always makes up ridiculous stories. He is an odd
fellow. —
Он вечно сочиняет нелепые истории. Он чудак. Please, make
up ту room. — Пожалуйста, приберите в моей комнате. Let s make it up! — Давайте
помиримся! pay back — отплатить; вернуть деньги
 I ’ll pay you back someday. — Однажды я с тобой
расквитаюсь.
If l borrow money I always pay it back at a given period.
— Если я занимаю деньги, я всегда возвращаю их в установленный срок.  pick
up — поднимать, подбирать; заезжать за кем-либо
When I bent to pick up my pen I saw a colorful box under
my bed. — Когда  я наклонилась, чтобы поднять свою ручку, я увидела яркую
коробку, лежащую
под моей кроватью. I`ll pick you up at your place at
9 p.m. — Я заеду за тобой в 9 вечера.
put away — копить, откладывать деньги
 If you want to buy a car, you should put away money
for it. — Если ты хочешь купить машину, тебе нужно копить на нее деньги.  put
off — переносить, откладывать
Never put off till tomorrow what you can do today. —
Никогда не откладывай на завтра то, что можно сделать сегодня. put on —
одевать
Put on a sweater, it s cold outside. — Надень
свитер, на улице холодно. put up with — мириться, терпеть
I can't put up with your indifference any longer. — Я не
могу больше мириться с твоим безразличием.
run across — случайно встретить
I  ran across Тот at the party yesterday. — Вчера на
вечеринке я случайно встретил Тома. run away /off — убегать, уезжать
I want to run away from here with you. — Я хочу сбежать с
тобой отсюда. run out — кончаться, иссякать
We've run out of bread. Go to the bakery, please. — У нас
закончился хлеб. Сходи, пожалуйста, в булочную. run up — увеличиваться
(о ценах)
The price of fuel is running up with every passing day. —
Цены на топливо возрастают с каждым днем. see after — присматривать,
заботиться, наблюдать
Could you, please, see after my suitcases? — He могли бы
вы присмотреть за моими чемоданами? Му aunt asked те to see after my little
niece. — Моя тетя попросила меня присмотреть за маленькой племянницей. see
off — провожать (уезжающих)
Can you see me off at the station? — Ты не мог бы
проводить меня на вокзал?
set off— отправиться в путь
John set off for school an hour ago. — Джон ушел в школу
час назад.
We set offfor Europe. — Мы отправились в путешествие
по Европе. set up — основывать, учреждать (дело, предприятие)
What motivated you to set up your own business? —
Что побудило тебя открыть свое дело? stand out — выделяться; выступать
It is very important for me to be different and to
stand out in a crowd. — Для меня очень важно отличаться и выделяться из толпы. stand
up for— выступать в чью-либо защиту, под держивать
 I always stand up for my friends. — Я всегда выступаю в
защиту своих друзей. stick with/to — следовать, быть верным чему-либо
I  always stick to ту principles and stand in life. — Я
всегда остаюсь верна своим принципам и жизненной позиции.
sum up — суммировать, подводить итог
 То sum up, people should be more tolerant and
sympathetic. — Резюмируя вышесказанное, людям следует быть более терпимыми и
отзывчивыми. take after — походить на кого-либо
Mary really takes after her mother. — Мэри
действительно очень похожа на свою маму. take away — убирать, уносить; увозить
You may take away. — Можете убрать со стола. I ’ve got
nothing left to say. Please, take me away. — Мне больше нечего сказать. Пожалуйста,
увези меня отсюда. take off — взлетать; снимать
Take off your shoes, please. — Пожалуйста, снимите обувь.
The plane took off on time. — Самолет вылетел по расписанию.
 tell off — ругать, бранить
Parents often tell off their children. — Родители часто
ругают своих детей. think back — помнить, вспомнить
When I think back on my childhood, I always smile. — Когда
я вспоминаю свое детство, я всегда улыбаюсь.
think over — обдумывать, размышлять
 I need time to think over your proposal. — Мне
нужно время, чтобы обдумать твое предложение. try on — примерять
I'd like to try on this dress. Where is the fitting
room? — Я бы хотела примерить это платье. Где примерочная? turn into —
превращаться
 She turned into a beauty. — Она превратилась в красавицу.
 turn off — выключать
Remember to turn off the lights. — He забудь выключить
свет.
wake up — будить; просыпаться
I usually wake up at 10 a.m. — Обычно я просыпаюсь в 10
утра.
Be quiet, Tom is sleeping. Don't wake him up. — He шуми,
Том спит . He разбуди его.
watch out — быть настороже, остерегаться
Watch out! — Осторожно!
Vocabulary Exercises
Exercise 1.  Fill in the gaps with the
phrasal verb from the list (to catch up with ; to come across; to come
along; to come back; to come down; to come down w ith ; to come out; to come up
w ith ). Use the appropriate tense forms.
1)
Jack ... just ... home from a holiday. He looks tanned and
rested.
2)
Ann has been ill for a week and missed some classes. Now she must
work hard ... her group.
3)
Yesterday when I was shopping around, I ... my close friend. It
was a surprise for me. I didn’t expect to meet her there.
4)
Fuel prices ... relatively since May. However, inflation is on
the rise.
5)
We were about to go out, when Mary called. She invited us to the
cinema. So, we accepted her invitation and decided ... with her.
6)
Lisa ... the flu last week. She had to stay in bed for a while
and take some pills.
7)
Mary ... a brilliant idea for starting a business. She is
ambitious and hard. 8) Paula Hawkins’ new book ... in January, 2015.
Exercise 2.  Fill in the gaps with the
phrasal verb from the lis t (to call on; to call back; to drop out of; to
get along; to get dow n; to get o ff; to get over; to get rid of; to get
through w ith ; to get up). Use the appropriate tense forms.
1)
John ...well with his father-in-law. They often go fishing
together.
2)
As a rule, when I come back home, I have some rest and then ...
to my work. 3) I am
going to ... Mrs. Smith today. She’ll be happy to see me. I think I should buy
some sweets.
4)
I am sorry, but Mr. Smith is in a meeting at the moment. Would
you mind ... later?
5)
John ... school last year. Now John is unemployed.
6)
You should ... at the next stop, go straight ahead and then turn
left.
7)
You should ... bad habits and take care of your health.
8)
It was not easy for John to ... bad news. At first he was very
upset and disappointed, but then he managed to find the strength to fight for
his happiness. 9) What
time do you usually ...? As for me, I am not an early bird and sometimes I like
to stay in bed longer than usual.
                                10)     After you ... your
work, please go to the greengrocer’s and buy some fruit.
Exercise 3. Fill in the blanks with
the phrasal verb from the list (to give away; to give back; to give up; to
go away; to go back on; to go in fo r; to go on; to go w ith ; to grow
together; to grow up). Use the appropriate tense forms.
1)
Here are my lecture notes. Don’t forget to ... them ... .
2)
If you want to succeed, always go towards your aim and never... .
3)
I trusted him and he betrayed me. He ... all my secrets ... .
4)
We ... as a team since our last trip to Nepal. And now we support
each other like a real family. Our slogan is “All for one and one for all.”
5)
When children ..., they often leave their parents’ house.
6)
What type of handbag ... best ... this dress? I absolutely trust
your sense of style.
7)
We began our work early in the morning and ... till 9 p.m.
8)
Mary ... sports 3 times a week. She is slim and beautiful.
9)
I never ... my promises. I am a man of my word.
10)    I think
we should ... for a rest. I have been so tired and exhausted lately.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR.
Exercise 1.  Use the necessary modal
verbs:
A.
1. Sally’s husband... play football, teimis and other
games but he ... not cook or iron.
2.... I ask you a question? — You certainly ... . 3. 1
wonder if we ... take off our shoes here? 4. You... not take so much sugar in
your tea. 5. You... always observe traffic rules on the road. 6. You ... stay
in town the whole summer or you... go to the seaside with us if you want. 7;...
I do anything for you? 8. ... I go out for a moment? — No, you... not. 9.... we
meet them at the airport? — No, you ... not. 10. He ... return later. If he
comes late, you ... wait. 11.1 have a terrible headache. — I think you ... see
a doctor. 12. The people are carrying umbrellas. It ... be raining. 13. You ...
take all these tablets if you want to get well. 14. Schoolchildren ... not wear
a uniform now.
15. We think our group ... win the competition. W e’ve
trained so hard. 16. She ... be her daughter. She is too young to be her
mother. 17.... she be angry with me? I didn’t say anything offensive. 18. The
telephone is ringing. I t ... be Peter. He promised to call me. 19. I’m sorry.
I ... not come at 6 o’clock tomorrow. I ... attend a meeting which ... begin at
the same time. 20. I’m afraid something is wrong. They ... be back an hour ago.
21. In my childhood I ... learn three foreign languages. 22.... you do me a
favour? 23. ... you help me with Math? — No, I ... not. I ... read a whole
chapter in Geography.
В.
1. You ...phone her at her office. She ... be still
working. She never finishes her work before 7 on Mondays. 2. We ... meet at 5,
but I ... put off the meeting till later. I wonder if I ... warn him about it.
3. The water in the river is too cold. You ... not swim. 4.
It’s 10 o’clock. T hey... be approaching St. Petersburg
now. 5. You ... not trespass the lawn, it’s private property. 6. Do you think I
... arrive a bit earlier to help lay the table? — No, y ou... I hope we ... do
everything by the time the guests... arrive. 7. Why... I go by the Metro? He
promised to take me in his car. 8. In many countries people ... drive at the
age of 16. 9. Step aside! I ... not see the screen. 10. I ... say not all of
you have done a good job of it. 11. We ... hear some music through the open
window and we understood that the party was going on. 12. Why ... he bother
about money when he is well provided for? 13. Sorry, madam. You ... smoke here.
14. Susan ... not be marrying Mr. Rogers! He is old enough to be her father, he
... be well over 50. 15. You ... be more attentive next time. 16. The party
which ... take place at the Johnsons’ will be a bore! You ... not go there if
you think you ... find something more exciting. 17. I ... not learn to drive if
you don’t help me. 18. Are you hungry? — Well, I ... do with a sandwich and a
cup of coffee.
PRESENT
PERFECT
Exercise 2.  Fill in the blanks with
“for” or “since”:
1.He has forgotten his Spanish ... he left Cuba. 2. What
have you done ... I last saw you? 3 .1 haven’t seen him ... ages. 4. It has
rained... Monday. 5 .1 have known him ... childhood. 6. I’ve known him ...
years. 7. How long have you been here? — I’ve been here... two months,... last
May. 8. How long have you studied Chinese? — ... five years,... I was eighteen.
9. How long have you been in the library? — I’ve been here ... ten o’clock,...
three hours. 10. Peter is hungry because he has had nothing to eat ... five
hours, ... morning. 11. They have been here ... an hour. 12. It’s been foggy...
a fortnight. 13. ... when has he been in love?  Exercise 3. Put the adverbs
in the right place:

1. (ever) Have you travelled? 2. (always) She has been a
bright student.
3. (never) We have seen a flying saucer. 4. (just) They
have had a walk in the park. 5. (yet) Have you finished your homework? 6.
(always) 1 have wanted to meet your parents. 7. (yet) She hasn’t sent a
telegram. 8. (lately) Have you heard from Mary? 9.
(long) He has studied the subject. 10. (ever) Has
your sister had any troubles with her son?
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Write sentences into two
columns.
1)      The
school is friendly and the discipline is not very strict.
2)      Students
can choose the subjects they want to study.
3)      The
discipline is very strict and the relations between students and teachers are
not democratic.
4)      Usually
children get religious education in these schools too.
5)      Education
is free in these schools.
6)      Parents
pay for their children`s education.
7)      Uniform
is compulsory for all the students.
8)      Usualyl
the students don`t have school uniform, they wear what they want.

The facts about  private
  school
……………………………….
  ………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………
………………………………

The facts about state school
………………………………
………………………………
……………………………….
……………………………….
……………………………….
……………………………….
……………………………….
……………………………….

Exercise 2. Write what you think about
wearing school uniform. Give your reasons.

I
  think students should wear school uniform in all schools. No matter if it is
  a private or a state school.
Uniform is important
  because
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………The
  ideal school uniform for boys is ……………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
  ………………………………………………………………………………………
Girls will feel
  comfortable in ………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………

I
  hate wearing school uniform at school.I think students should be allowed to
  wear what they like, it doesn`t matter if it is a stsate or a private school.
Most
  students feel fed up with school uniform because ………………………..
  ………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………

Students should
wearthe clothes they feel comfortable in. For boys it can be
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………
And for girls -
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………

Lesson 50
                                I.       REVISION
Exercise 1. Question practice.
Directions: Make questions and give
short answers.
1)
(you/ in class/yesterday)
A:  ______Were you in class
yesterday?______
B: Yes, __I
was.______________________
2)
(Anita/in class/today)
A:  ______Is Anita in class
today?__________ B: No, __she isn`t____________. She is
absent.
3)
(you/tired/last night)
A:  ___________________________________
B: Yes, ________________. I went to bed early.
4)
(you/hungry/right now)
A:  ___________________________________
B: No, _________________. But I`m thirsty.
5)
(the weather/hot in New York cty/ last summer)
A:  ___________________________________
B: Yes, ________________. It was very hot
6)      (
the weather/cold in Alaska/in winter) A:   __________________________________
B: Yes, ________________. It`s very cold.
7)
(Yoko and Muhamed/here/yesterday afternoon)
A:  ___________________________________
B: Yes, _______________________________
8)
(the students/in this class/intelligent)
A:  ___________________________________
B: Of course,_______! They are
very intelligent. 9) (Mr. Torchi/ absent /today)
A:  ___________________________________
B: Yes, ________________________________ A: Where
_____________________________?
B: ____________________________________
10)( Tony and Benito/at the party/last
night)
A:  ___________________________________ B: No,
________________________________ A:  Where
_____________________________?
B: ____________________________________
11)
(Amy/out of town/last week)
A:  ___________________________________ B: Yes,
________________________________ A: Where ______________________________?
B: ____________________________________
12)
(Mr. and Mrs. Rice/intown/this week)
A:  ___________________________________
B: No, _______________. They are out of town. A:
Where ______________________________? B: ____________________________________
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the
sentences. Use the words in the list. Use Present or Past Simple.

ask           erase       smile      walk
cook        rain         stay        watch dream     shave     wait
work

1)      It
often ___________ in the morning. It ___________ yesterday.
2)      I
____________ to school every morning. I __________ to school yesterday morning.
3)      Sue
often ____________ questions. She __________ a question in class yesterday.
4)      I
_____________ a movie on TV last night. I usually __________ TV in the evening
because I want to improve my English.
5)      Mike
___________ his own dinner yesterday evening. He ________ his own dinner every
evening.
6)      I
usually___________ home at night because I have to study. I _________ home last
night.
7)      I
have a job at the library. I ___________ at the library every evening. I
_________ yesterday evening.
8)      When
I am asleep, I often _____________. I ____________ about my family last night.
9)      Linda
usually ____________ for the bus at the bus stop in front of her house. She
__________________ for the bus there yesterday morning.
10)The teacher _______________ some
words from the board some minutes ago. He used his hand instead of an eraser.
11)Our teacher is a warm, friendly
person.She often ______________  when she is talking to us.
12)Rick doesn`t have a beard any more.
He _____________ it five days ago. Now he ___________ every morning.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: class
activity.
Directions:Answer the questions your
teacher asks you. Close your book for this activity.
Example: walk to the front of the room
TEACHER: (Speaker A), walk to the front of
the room. SPEAKER A: (walks to the front of the room) TEACHER: (to
Speaker B) What did (Speaker A) do?
SPEAKER B: She /he walked to the front of the room.
TEACHER: (to Speaker A): What did you do?
SPEAKER A: I walked to the front of the room.
1.      smile
11. wash your hands
2.      laugh
12. touch the floor
3.      cough
13. point at the door
4.      sneeze
14. fold a piece of paper
5.      shave
15. count your fingers
6.      erase
the board                16. push (something in the room)
7.      sign
your name                17. pull (something in the room)
8.      open
the door                   18. yawn
9.      close
the door                   19. pick up your pen
10.  ask a
question                   20. Add two and two on the board
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Fill in
the blanks with the phrasal verb from the lis t:
(to hand in; to hand out;
to hang out; to hang up; to hold on; to look after; to look for; to look
forward to; to look out; to look th rough ; to look up). Use the
appropriate tense forms.
1)
On weekends we often ... in the park with my best friend.
2)
Our teacher said to ... my homework tomorrow morning by 10.
3)
Mary, please, don’t ... I need to tell you something.
4)
Jessica, please, ... pencils and exercises books. We are going to
write a test paper.
5)
Sorry to keep you waiting. ... for a while, please! I’ll transfer
your call.
6)
I ... you since morning. Where have you been?
7)
Mary ... her little sister every day. She is very careful and
loving.
8)
I ... hearing from you soon.
9)
When John came, she ... her family album.
10)She ... the window and said aloud: “What a nice
day!” 11)He ... the word ‘goodness’ in the dictionary and kept on reading.
Exercise 2. Fill in the blanks with
the phrasal verb from the list:
 (to make out; to make up;
to pay back; to pick up; to put away; to put off; to put on; to put up w ith ;
to run across; to run away; to run out; to un up). You can use some of the
verbs more than once.
1)      I’ve
quarreled with my friend and now I don’t know how to ... it ... with her.
2)      Му
doctor wrote out a prescription but I cannot ... her handwriting.
3)      Don’t
worry! If he borrows money, he always ... it ... on time.
4)      Every
day I ... some money for a new house.
5)      John
promised ... me ... from the airport at 5 p.m. However, he was late as usual.
6)      Never
... till tomorrow what you can do today.
7)      I
can’t ... it any longer. You are fired!
8)      ...
your hat and gloves. It’s cold and windy outside.
9)      I
... Richard at the supermarket yesterday. I was very surprised to see him
there.
10)We ... of apples. Would you go to the greengrocer’s?
11)) 1 want to ... with you and start life afresh far away
from here.
12)The price of tea ... .
13)Could you please ... my room?
14)My little sister always ...
stories. Yesterday she told me that her best friend was Aladdin.
Exercise 3.
F ill in the blanks w ith the phrasal
ve rb fro m the list: (to see after; to see off; to set  off; to set up; to
stand out; to stand up for; to stick to ; to sum up; to take after; to take
away; to take off; to tell off; to think back; to think over; to try on; to
turn into ; to turn off; to wake up; to watch out). Use the a ppropriate
tense forms.
1)      Yesterday
Michael ... me ... at the airport and helped me carry my heavy suitcases.
2)      Would
you please ... Tom? He is running a high temperature.
3)      My
dream is ... my own business. I am going to take a loan from the bank.
4)      2
weeks ago they ... on a trip to Mexico and Cuba.
5)      She
is a fashionable girl and always follows the latest trends in fashion. So, she
likes to ... in a crowd.
6)      Don’t
worry! I can ... myself. I am a hard nut to crack, you know.
7)      I
always ... my decision. Nobody can persuade me to change my mind. I know that I
am a bit stubborn.
8)      Tom
really ... his father in appearance and character.
9)      To
..., people can have friends with different personality types.
10)Please, ... me ... from here. I want to change my life.
11)My parents always ... me ...
if I do something wrong. They make me   feel guilty.
12)    ... your
coat, please. The cloakroom is over there.
13)    I keep
... to my school. Frankly speaking, I miss all my classmates and  teachers. I
wish I were a student again.
14)Where is the fitting room? I’d like to ... this coat.
15)I need some time to ... your offer. I’ll be in touch
with you.
16)The Fairy with her magic stick ... Cinderella ... a
princess.
17)I always ... the lights when I leave home.
18)You have to ... . There is a lot of criminal
activity in this area. 19)What time do you usually ...? Are you a morning
person or a night        person?
20)Our plane ... at 8 a.m. and arrives in London at 11
a.m.
Exercise 4.  Translate
into English.
1) Джон
слег с гриппом. У него ужасно болела голова и был жар. 2) Мэри пропустила неделю занятий в школе, и ей
пришлось догонятьсвою группую
3)
Я люблю всех своих друзей. Мы хорошо ладим друг с другом.
4)
Раньше я курил, но несколько месяцев назад бросил.
5)
Пожалуйста, не клади трубку! Мне нужно сказать тебе кое-что
действительно важное.
6)
Я часто забочусь о своей младшей сестре, пока моя мама на работе.
7)
Когда я читаю книги в оригинале, я всегда ищу новые слова в
словаре и записываю их в свой блокнот.
8)
Надень куртку! На улице дождь льет как из ведра.
9)
У нас закончились персики и яблоки. Сходи, пожалуйста, в магазин.
10)
Я действительно очень похожа на свою маму.
11)
Обычно я просыпаюсь в 10 утра. Я не ранняя пташка.
12)
Мои родители никогда меня не ругают и не отчитывают.
13)
Мне нужно время, чтобы обдумать твое предложение.
14)
Где я могу примерить это платье?
15)
Я с нетерпением жду твоего ответа.
16)
Не могли бы вы перезвонить через полчаса? У мистера
Смита           сейчас конференция.
17)
Когда Джон вернулся с работы, его младшие братья играли в
шахматы.
18)
Роман Полы Хокинс «Девушка в поезде» вышел в свет в 2015
году.
19)
Я хочу избавиться от дурных привычек. Я хочу стать лучше.
20)
Мы часто гуляем с Джессикой. Она легкая в общении, веселая
и               беззаботная.
                                III.     PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Mary has had a day off
today. Say what she has done. Use:

(make coffee,  to clean the windows,
to sweep the floor, to dust the furniture, to water the flowers, to wash up the
dishes, to go shopping, to buy some food, to pick up the linen from the
laundry, to iron clothes, to sew some buttons on the kids’ jackets, to cook
dinner, to bake a cake, to take the dog for a walk, to meet the children from
school, to have a busy day.)
Exercise 2. Respond in Present
Perfect using the prompts given below:  Model: Why is she happy ? (to win a
lottery) — She has won a lottery.
1. Why is your father so angry? 2. Why is she tired? 3.
Why do you look so unhappy? 4. Why are the students laughing? 5. Why is Susan
crying? 6. Why is she staying in bed? 7. Why does he stay home? 8. Why is Peter
late? 9. Why aren’t you sitting? 10. Why is she so sad? 11. Why is he dead?
Prompts: to put on his best tie, to have a
lot of work, to fail at the exam, to hear a joke, to lose one’s money, to fall
ill, to break his leg, to oversleep, to lose one’s voice, to hear bad news, to
take poison.
Exercise 3. Make up sentences
using Present Perfect:   Model:
 I am very tired. (to work) — I have worked hard.
1.She can speak English. (to learn) 2. He can share his
impressions about the film. (to see) 3 .I know the contents of the letter. (to
read) 4. I like her husband. (to meet) 5. They may come to the party. (to
return) 6. Ann isn’t here. (to leave) 7. I am going to wear a new blouse
tonight. (to buy) 8. She knows the truth. (to tell) 9. They can tell us a lot
about London. (to visit) 10. I know how to get there. (to be). 11. She looks
fresh. (to have a rest) 12.1 have no money. (to spend) 13. Sue is looking for
her gloves. (to lose) 14. Bill can’t play football. (to break)
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences.Use
the words from the box.

1.         You should eat meat…………………………… 2.   You can
  clean the table………………………..
3.
  You can eat soup ………………………………
4.
  You should wash the hands …………………... before eating.
5.
  You can paint the window…………………….
6.
  You can play tennis……………………………

with a knife and a fork
  with soap
with a racket and a ball
with
  a spoon with a napkin with a brush

Exercise 2. Who was it
written/discovered/invented by?

Alexander Bell

William Shakespeare

Daniel Defoe

Christofer
  Columbus

Alexander
  Pushkin

Hans
Christian
Andersen

1.         “Eugene Onegin” ……………………………………………………… 2. The
telephone …………………………………………………………. 3.        “Romeo and Juliet”
…………………………………………………… 4.    America ……………………………………………………………….
5.      “Robinson
Crysoe” ……………………………………………………
6.      The
tales “The Snow Queen” and “The Ugly Duckling” ..
………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3. Write the questions to the
following answers.
1)      …………………………………………………………………………….
Yes, we must. All our students must wear uniform. It`s a
white shirt and grey trousers for boys, and a white blouse and a grey skirt for
girls. Also we wear darkgrey blazers.
2)      …………………………………………………………………………….
I have to get up at 7 a.m. to be at school in time as it
takes me forty minutesto get there.
3)      …………………………………………………………………………….
Yes,
they can. My parents can come to my school and meet my teachers any time.
4)      …………………………………………………………………………….
No, we needn`t. We needn`t attend classes on Saturdays,
because we don`t study on Saturdays, but we often have some  non-academic
activities this day.
5)      ……………………………………………………………………………..
No, I mustn`t. I mustn`t bring my dog to school. Pets are
not allowed there.
Lesson 51 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work:
Directions: Work with a partner. Take turns
changing the sentences from the Present to the Past Simple.

PARTNER A

PARTNER B

1) Rite gets some mail every day. 2) They go downtown every
  day.
3)
  The students stand in line at the cafeteria every day.
4)
  I see my friends every day.
5)
  Hamid sits in the front row every day.
6)
  I sleep for eight hours every night.

1)
  We have lunch every day.
2)
  I write e-mails to my parents every week.
3)
  Wai-leng comes to class late every day.
4)
  I do my homework every day. 5) I eat breakfast every morning.
6) Roberto puts his books in his briefcase every day.

Exercise 2. Verb review.
Directions: Complete
the sentences.Use the words in parentheses.Use Present   Simple,
Present Continuous, Past Simple.
1)      I
(get) ………………………. up at eight o`clock yesterday morning.
2)      Mary
(talk) ………………… to John on the phone last night.
3)      Mary
(talk) ………………… to John on the phone right now.
4)      Mary
(talk) ………………… to John on the phone every day.
5)      Jim
and I (eat) ……………… lunch at the cafeteria two hours ago.
6)      We
(eat) ……………………….. lunch at the cafeteria every day.
7)      I
(go) ……………………….  to bed early last night.
8)      My
roommate (study) ………………. Spanish last year.
9)      Sue
(write) ……………………. an e-mail to her parents yesterday.
10)Sue (write)…………………….. an e-mail to her parents every
week.
11)Sue is in her room right now. She (sit)………… at her
desk.
12)Maria (do) ……………………… her homework last night.
13)Yesterday I (see)………………… Fumiko at the library.
14)  I (have) ………… a dream
last night. I (dream) ………about my friends.  I (sleep) …… for eight hours.
15)  A strange thing
(happen) ……………………. to me yesterday. I couldn`t remember my own telephone
number.
16)My wife (come)………………………….. home around five every day.
17)Yesterday she (come)…………………….. home at 5:15.
18)Our teacher (stand) …………………. in the middle of the room
right now.
19) Our teacher (stand …………………… in front of the room
yesterday.
20)Tom (put) ………………… the butter in the refrigerator
yesterday.
21)He (put) ………………….. the milk in the refrigerator every
day.
22)Pablo usually (sit)……………… in
the back of the room, but yesterday he (sit)………………  in the front row.
Today he (be) …………… absent. He (be) ……………… two days ago too.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: pair work:
Directions: Work
with a partner. Take turns using I don`t … every day; I didn`t …
yesterday.

PARTNER A

PARTNER B

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

eat
  breakfast watch TV go shopping read a newspaper study

6.
7.
8.
9.

go
  to the library visit my friends see (name of a person) get on the
  Internet

                        II.     VOCABULARY
Collocations / Устойчивые выражения
ТО
BE
to be about to do / to be going to do something—
собираться что-либо сделать She is about to cry. — Она вот-вот расплачется. It
is going to rain. — Собирается дождь. to be absent — отсутствовать
Who is absent today? — Кто сегодня отсутствует?
to be acquainted with — быть
знакомым
She is acquainted with John. — Она знакома с Джоном.
to be afraid (of) / scared of / frightened of — бояться I am afraid of
snakes. — Я боюсь змей.
 to be angry with somebody — злиться I am angry
with you. — Я на тебя зол.
 to be annoyed with somebody — сердиться, злиться
(на кого-либо)
 John is very annoyed with his parents. — Джон очень
сердит на своих родителей. to be ashamed (of) — стыдиться
She was ashamed to tell the truth. — Ей было стыдно
сказать правду.
 Iam ashamed o f you. — Мне стыдно за тебя.
to be born — родиться
Не was born in 2000. — Он родился в 2000. to be
busy — быть занятым I am very busy now. — Я очень занят. to be careful
— быть осторожным
Be careful what you wish for, it mightjust come true. —
Будьте осторожны со своими желаниями, они имеют свойство сбываться (Булгаков).
 to be certain / to be sure — быть
уверенным
I am sure he ’ll win the race. — Я уверена, он
выиграет гонку. to be confused — смутиться
I am a bit confused. — Я немного смущена.  to be
disappointed with / in — расстроиться, разочароваться (в ком-то) John s
parents are disappointed with him. — Родители Джона разочарованы в нем.
 to be engaged in — заниматься (чем-либо)
He is engaged in restaurant business. — Он
занимается ресторанным бизнесом. to be familiar with something — быть
знакомым (с чемлибо)
Не is familiar with the rules of our company. — Он знаком
с правилами нашей компании.
 to be famous for — славиться (чем-то), быть
известным (чем-либо)
Our city is famous for its green parks. — Наш город
славится зелеными парками.  to
be fond of / to be keen on — очень любить (что-то), страстно увлекаться
(чемто)
 I am fond o f reading. — Я люблю читать. Не is fond of
sports. — Он увлекается спортом,
to be friends with — дружить
I have been friends with Mark since childhood. — Я
дружу с Марком с детства. to be good at — иметь способности (к
чему-либо) Не is good at Literature. —У него способность к литературе. to be
interested in — интересоваться (чем-либо)
Не is interested in ancient architecture. — Он
интересуется древней архитектурой.  to be late — опаздывать
 I am never late for school. — Я никогда не опаздываю в
школу.
to be married — быть женатым / замужем I am
married. — Я замужем.  to be ready — быть готовым I am not ready yet. —
Я еще не готова. to be tired — быть уставшим I am so tired. — Я так
устала.
to be unemployed — быть безработным
 John is unemployed at the moment. — Джон сейчас
безработный.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use Present Perfect or
Present  Simple:
1.Helen (to be) sick since last week. She (to miss) her
grammar test. 2. He (to read) a lot and (to know) a lot. 3. Bob’s parents
usually (to stay) in the country the whole summer. 4. We (to stay) here for a
month, and it (to rain) almost every day. 5. You (to be) at home in the
evenings? 6. I (to be) here ever since morning. 7. He (to receive) letters from
her every week. 8. He (not to receive) letters from her since last year. 9. Is
it the first time he (to see) a tiger? 10. That’s the third time I (to phone)
her today. 11. How long you (to know) each other? 12.1 hardly (to hear)
anything from her since that time. 13. It long (to be) my dream to visit
Canada. 14. She (to dream) of becoming an actress. 15. Normally I (to have)
breakfast at 8 in the morning. 16.1 (to have) just my breakfast.
Exercise 2. Use Past  Simple or
Present Perfect: A.
1. When you (to go) to the cinema last? — I’m afraid I
(not to be) to the cinema for a few months. 2. I (to make) a report at the seminar
on Monday. You (to make) your report yet? 3. Anybody (to see) her today? — Yes,
I (to see) her an hour ago. 4. Let’s go home, it (to grow) dark. 5. It (to be)
dark when we (to come) home. 6. You ever (to see) any plays by Alby? — Yes, I
(to see) one last week. 7. Your brother (to graduate) from the University? —
Yes, he (to graduate) in May. 8.1 (to pass) my last examination. 9.1 (to pass)
my English exam last week. 10. Moscow (to change) greatly for the last few
years. 11. They (to live) in Canada for a few years and then (to move) to
Australia.
B.
1. “You (to make) good progress in your English lately,”
said the teacher. 2. It (to rain) every weekend since we arrived here. 3. The
boss (to be) away the whole day today. 4. What (to happen) to him? — He (to
break) his arm yesterday, that’s why he (not to come) today. 5. When you (to
receive) a letter from your uncle last? — I (not to hear) from him since he (to
leave) three years ago. 6. He (to be) President of the company ever since its
foundation. 7. There (to be) a lot of disasters this year. 8. The plane (to
land)? — Yes, it (to land) just. 9. The postman (to bring) the mail? — Yes, he
(to come) while you (to be) asleep as usual. 10. It’s a nice dress. Where you (to
buy) it? 11. I (not to hear) what you (to say). 12. You (to understand) what I
(to say)?
Exercise 3. Use the correct tense
forms:
        Dan just (to meet) Tim who (to return) from the
USA a few days ago. They (to have) a cup of coffee and (to discuss) Tim’s
problems. Tim (to be) unemployed now. He (to lose) his job three years ago. He
(to go) to the USA because he (to hope) to find some job there. He (to be) a
dentist and he (to discover) that his qualification (not to be) enough to start
his own practice there.
    So he (to be) out of work for three years now. He (to
turn) to a number of employment agencies but he (to be) unsuccessful so far.
Dan (to ask), “You (to expect) to fmd a job easily? I’m afraid it (not to be)
so easy. The economic situation in the country (to change) for the worse this
year and many companies (to close up). I (to advise) you to consider some other
opportunities.” “What you (to mean)?” “Take any job you (to find), no matter
how little they (to pay).” “I (to think) about it but I (to spend) all my
savings and I (not to know) what tomorrow (to have) in store for me.” “All
right. If you (not to find) anything else in the near future, I (to think) my
father (to offer) you a job in his office.” “I (to appreciate) it.”
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Fill in the verbs with
prepositions.

make fun of  is rich
in  depend on  listen to   to pay for   provide for  look after

1)      My
brother is only three. When my parents are out, I have to ……………….. him.
2)      My
grandfather has a large garden with lots of fruit trees. In autumn it …………
apples.
3)      In
private schools education is not fee. Parents have …………. It.
4)      I
love jazz. I can …………… it for hours.
5)      If
students want to arrange a football team, the school can ………….. balls and
sports uniform.
6)      I
cannot tell you about my plans for tomorrow yet. It will ……………. My parents`
plans.
7)      He
is not very popular in class. His mates often …………….. him.
Exercise 2. Fill in the prepositions.

Janes
  enjoys attending her classes. She is proud ……. her school and often talks
  …….. her class. Her classmates are very nice. Some of them are really
  troublemakers, but they are good friends and Jane can always rely ……….. them.
  Once she went on holiday and asked them to take care ………. her dog. They
  looked …….. her dog for two weeks. They provided it …………. Food and walked
  with it every day. They didn`t pay attention ……….. the weather and took the
  dog for a walk in any weather.

Exercise 3. Ask questions as it is
shown in the model.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Have you ever missed the
  lessons?
…………………………………………
…………………………………………
…………………………………………
…………………………………………
…………………………………………
…………………………………………
…………………………………………

miss
  lessons be late for classes stay after school study Latin play rugby be to a
  private school teach younger children
write
  “lines”

Lesson 52 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete
the sentences. Use the words in parentheses.
1)      Jasmin
(come/not) _____________ to the meeting yesterday. She (stay) _______________
in her office.
2)      I
(go) ______________ to a movie last night, but I (enjoy/ not)
________ it.  It (be/not) _____________ very good.
3)      Sue
(read) _____________ a magazine right now. She (watch/not) ________
TV.
She (like/not) _____________ to watch TV during the
day.
4)      Toshi
is a busy student. Sometimes he (eat/not) ____________ lunch because he (have/not)___________
enough time between the classes.Yesterday he (have/ not)___________  time
for lunch. He (get) ___________ hungry during his afternoon class.
Exercise 2. Question practice.
Directions: Make questions. Give
short answers.
1)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B: ____________________
(I walked downtown yesterday.)
2)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ ( It didn`t rain last week)
3)      A:__________________________________________________________
B: ____________________ (I ate lunch at the cafeteria.)
4)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ (Mr. Kwan didn`t go out of town last week.)
5)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ ( I had a cup of tea this morning.)
6)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ (Benito and Iwent to a party last night.)
7)      A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ ( Olga studied English in high school.)
8)      A:
____________________________________________________________
B:
____________________ (Yoko and Ali didn`t do their homework last night.)
9)      A:__________________________________________________________
B: ____________________ (I saw Gina at dinner last night.)
10)A:
____________________________________________________________ B:
____________________ (I didn`t dream in English last night.)
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete
the sentences. Use the words in parentheses.
1)      A:
Why are you out of breath?
B: I (run) _________________ to class because I was
late.
2)      A:
I (ride) ________________ the bus to school yesterday. How did you get
to school?
3)      A:
Did you decide to change schools?
     B: I (think) ________________ about it, but
then I decided to stay here.
4)
A: (you/go) ________________ shopping yesterday?
     B: Yes. I (buy) ________________ a new pair of
shoes.
5)
A: (you/study) ______________ last night?
     B: No, Ididn`t. I was tired. I (read)
______________ a magazine and then            (go)
________________ to bed early.
6)      A:
Do you like milk?
     B: No. I (drink) _________________ milk when I
(be) _____________ a              child, but I don`t like milk now.
7)      A:
Did you leave your dictionary at home?
B:  No. I (bring) ___________________ it to class
with me.
8)      Yesterday
Yoko (teach) _________________ us how to say “thank you” in Japanese.
Kim  (teach) ________________ us how to say “I love you” in Korean.
9)      A:
Did you enjoy your fishing trip?
B: I had a wonderful time. I (catch) _______________ a
lot of fish.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
ТО HAVE
to have a bath / shower — принимать ванну / душ
I usually have a bath in the evening. — Я обычно
принимаю ванну вечером. have a headache / stomachache / toothache —
страдать от головной боли / от боли в животе / от зубной боли
I have a terrible headache. — У меня ужасно болит голова.
to have a lot of fun — веселиться, забавляться
When I spend time with my friends we always have a
lot of fun. — Когда мы проводим время с друзьями, нам всегда очень весело. to
have a snack — перекусить (на ходу)
I had a snack at the nearest open-air cafe. — Я
перекусила в ближайшем летнем кафе. to have a sore throat / runny nose —
болит горло / страдать от насморка  I have a sore throat. — У меня болит горло.
 to have a sweet tooth — быть сладкоежкой I have a sweet tooth. — Я
сладкоежка.  to have a ball / to have a good time — хорошо проводить
время We had a good time together. — Мы хорошо провели время.
to have breakfast / dinner / supper —
Завтракать /обедать / ужинать  I usually have breakfast at 9 о 'clock. — Обычно
я завтракаю в 9. to have one’s hair cut — постричься (в салоне, не
самостоятельно)  I usually have mу hair cut once a month. — Обычно я стригусь
раз в месяц.  to have a rest — отдохнуть
 After school I always have some rest. — После школы я
обычно немного отдыхаю.
ТО
DO
to do morning exercises — делать утреннюю зарядку
I always do my morning exercises before breakfast. — Я
всегда делаю зарядку до завтрака.  to do one’s best — сделать все от
себя зависящее, приложить максимум усилий I`ll do mу best to help you fix the
problem. — Я приложу максимум усилий, чтобы помочь тебе в разрешении твоей
проблемы. to do one’s hair — причесываться, укладывать волосы
I always do ту hair myself. — Я всегда укладываю
волосы сама. to do one’s lessons / homework — делать уроки / домашнюю
работу
 I always do ту lessons right after school. — Я всегда
делаю уроки сразу после школы.
to do one`s shopping – делать
покупки
 I do one`s shopping every day. – Я делаю
покупки каждый день. to do somebody a favor — сделать одолжение
(комулибо), оказать любезность Do mе a favor, please! — Окажите мне любезность!
to do the laundry — стирать белье
I do the laundry twice a week. — Я стираю белье 2
раза в неделю. to do well / badly at school — хорошо / плохо учиться в
школе John does well at school. — Джон хорошо учится. to do the ironing
— гладить белье
My mom usually does the ironing every weekend. — Моя мама
обычно гладит каждые выходные.
to do the cooking — готовить Who does the cooking
in your family? — Кто готовит в вашей семье?
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Change the following
sentences using Present Perfect Continuous: Model: I began to
wash up an hour ago/when the guests left. — I ’ve been washing upfor an
hour/since the guests left.
1. He began to learn English last year. 2. Mrs. Dobbs
moved to Bath five years ago.
 3. She started working at the book shop when she came to
our town. 4. He began to drive his car when he received his driving licence
three months ago.
5. They went out to work in the garden after breakfast. 6.
My brother started to repair the toaster at 10 o’clock. 7. They began to build
the school building last June. 8 .1 started thinking about changing my job when
they offered me a betterpaid one. 9. The students started to write their test
an hour ago. 10. Did you begin smoking when you were 16?
Exercise 2. Use Present Perfect or
Present Perfect Continuous:
1.I (to think) the proposal over these last few days. 2 .1
(to look) for my gloves everywhere, but (not to find) them yet. 3. Nora (to
sit) at the office the whole morning but nobody (to phone). 4. What you (to do)
all this time? 5. Who (to touch) my things on the table again? 6. How long you
(to work) at our office? 7. How long they (to be married)? 8. I’m
happy to meet you. I (to hear) so much about you. 9. It (to rain) since last
Sunday. 10. I (to know) him for years, he (to be) always kind to everybody. 11.
He (to sleep) around the clock.
12. You (to wait) for me long? 13. The Prime
Minister (to make) a tour of Europe since last Monday and (to visit) three
countries so far. 14. The police (to look for) the criminal for two months but
(not to find) him yet. 15. We (to have) our exams since January 2 but (to pass)
only two of them. 16. She long (to teach) at our University and (not to think)
of quitting her job.
17. What (to happen)? Why you (to cry)? 18. I (to learn)
French irregular verbs for two hours and (to learn) only ten of them.
Exercise 3. Use the correct tense
forms:
    Dear Judy,
    It (to be) long since I (to write) a lettesr to you.
At last I (to be) in London. The weather (to be) nasty. It (to rain) all day
today. I (to think) it always (to rain) on Sundays in London. Anyway, it (to
rain) every weekend since I (to come) to Britain three months ago. I (to get)
used to it, but I (to find) it rather dull. But I (to enjoy) my stay here as I
(to make) a lot of friends here who (to come) from different countries. Some of
them (to stay) here for a few years and (to speak) English quite well. I (to
introduce) you to them when you (to come) here. All this time I (to try) hard
to master my English and I (to think) I (to make) some progress. I (not to be
able) to find the job I (to look for). I (to be) to quite a number of cities
but so far I (not to find) anything suitable. My friend Peter who (to be)
German and (to come) here a year ago (to find) at last a job at a
German-British company. He (to promise) to help me because he (to know) that I
(to learn) German for three years.
 I (to hope) to hear from you soon.
 All my love,
Sam
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Write the pairs of word
combinations with the opposite meaning.

to
  be awarded to treat with respect to attend classes to be on time to be in
  fashion to save money to be well educated

to be out of fashion
to
  spend money to be late to be punished to be uneducated to be impolite to miss
  classes

_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
_________________________ - __________________________
Exercise 2. Ask questions as it is
shown on the model.

1)
  Have you ever missed the lessons?
2)
  ……………………………………?
3)
  ……………………………………?
4)
  ………………………………….....?
5)
  …………………………………….?
6)
  ……………………………………?
7)
  …………………………………....?
8)
  …………………………………….?

miss lessons
be late for classes
stay after school
  to do extra work study Latin play rugby
be to a private school
teach younger children
write
  “lines”

Exercise 3.Read the harmful advice and
change it into useful advice.

Some harmful advice

1)

Try to be a bit late for your classes, your teacher will be
  angry if you come into the classroom before him/her.

2)

Prompt your classmates, even you are not sure of the answer
  and you will become a very good friend for everybody.

3)

Be impolite to your teacher and he/she will want to meet
  your family.

4)

Don`t do your homework at home, demonstrate to your teacher
  how quickly you can do it just before the lesson. He/she will be impressed
  and will give you the best mark.

5)

Talk with your classmates at the lessons, it will keep them
  from sleeping and the teacher will thank you for the help.

6)

Wear sloppy clothes to school, and your teacher and
  classmates will think you are very democratic.

Your Useful advice
………………………………………
………………………………………
  ……………………………………..
………………………………………
………………………………………
………………………………………
………………………………………
………………………………………

Lesson 53 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work
Dierctions: Work with a partner. Take turns
asking and answering the questions about the past.
Example: drink
PARTNER A: Did you drink a cup of coffee this morning?
PARTNER B: Yes, I did. I drank a cup of coffee this
morning. OR                         No, I didn`t. I didn`t drink a cup of
coffee this morning.

Partner A

Partner B

a.
  eat
b.
  buy
c.
  get up
d.
  have
e.
  go
f.
  study
g.
  drink
h.
  read
i.
  drive

10)sleep
11)go
12)talk to
13)walk
14)watch
15)listen to
16)see
17)think about
18)rain

Exercise 2. Writing practice.
Dierctions: Use the expressions in
the list below to write sentences about yourself. When did you do these things in
the past ? Use Past Simple and past time expressions (yesterday, two
days ago, last week, etc.) in all of your sentences.
Example: go downtown with (someone)
Response: I went downtown with Marco two days ago.
1.
arrive in (this city)
2.
eat at a restaurant
3.
buy (something)
4.
have a cold
5.
be in elementary school
6.
drink a cup of tea
7.
talk to (someone) on the phone
8.
study algebra
9.
read a newspaper
10.
play (soccer, a pinball machine, etc.)
11.
see (someone or something)
12.
think about (someone or something)
13.
be born
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use the
correct form of the verbs in the list.

break       leave       ring        speak
fly           meet        send        take hear       pay          sing
wake

1)      A:
What happened to your finger?
       B: I _____________ it in a soccer game.
2)      A:
Who did you talk to at the director`s office.
      B: I _____________ to the secretary.
3)      A:
When did Jessica leave for Europe?
B: She ______________ for Europe five days ago.
4)      A:
Did you write Ted a letter?
B: No, but I ____________ him a postcard.
5)      A:
Do you know Meg Adams?
B: Yes, I ____________ her a couple of weeks ago.
6)      A:
Why did you call the police?
B: Because I _____________ a burglar.
7)      A:
Where did you go yesterday?
B: I ______________ the children to the Zoo.
8)      A:
What time did you get up this morning?
B: 6:15.
A: Why did you get up so early?
B: The telephone __________________.
9)      A:
Did you enjoy the party?
B: Yes, I had a good time. We _____________ songs and
danced. It was fun.
10)A: You look sleepy.
B: I am. I _______________ up before dawn this morning and
couldn`t get back to sleep.
11)A: A bird _______________ into our
apartment yesterday through an open window.
B: really? What did you do?
A: I caught it and took it outside.
12)A: Did you give the partner a check?
B: No, I _______________ him a cash.
                         II.     VOCABULARY
ТО
МАКЕ
to make a bed — застилать постель
I таке mу bed every day. — Я застилаю постель каждый
день. to make a choice — делать выбор
It is not that easy to make a choice. — Это не так просто
— сделать выбор. to
make a decision — принимать решение  I have
made ту decision. — Я приняла решение.  to make a dress — шить платье
 I want to make a dress for my little sister. — Я
хочу сшить платье для своей маленькой сестры. to make a list —
составлять список
You should make a wedding guest list. — Тебе нужно
составить список гостей на свадьбу. to make a lot of / no difference —
много / ничего не значить It makes по difference. — Это не имеет никакого
значения.
to make a mistake — ошибиться, совершить
ошибку Everyone makes mistakes. — Все мы совершаем ошибки.  to make a
statement — сделать заявление
Would you like to make a statement? — Вы бы хотели сделать
заявление? to make a wish — загадывать желание
When I blow out my candles I always make a wish. —
Когда я задуваю свечи, я всегда загадываю желание.  to make coffee —
варить кофе
I always make strong coffee every morning. — Я всегда варю
крепкий кофе по утрам.
 to make every effort to do something — приложить
все усилия, чтобы сделать что-то
I make every effort to lose weight. — Я прилагаю массу
усилий, чтобы похудеть.  to make friends with somebody — подружиться с
кем -либо
We made friends with Anna last year. —- Мы
подружились с Анной в прошлом году.  to make fun of somebody — высмеять
кого-то
Tom always makes fun of his schoolmates. — Том
всегда высмеивает своих одноклассников.  to make money — зарабатывать
деньги
Не makes a lot of money. — Он много зарабатывает. to
make oneself comfortable — удобно устраиваться
Make yourself comfortable! I ’ll make you some
coffee. — Устраивайтесь поудобнее, я сварю вам кофе. to make sure —
убедиться, удостовериться
Make sure that the information is true. — Убедитесь, что
информация достоверная.  to make up one’s mind — принять решение /
решиться
I 've made up my mind to buy a new car. — Я решила купить
новую машину.
ТО
ТАКЕ
to take a bus — сесть на автобус
 John used to take a bus to go to school. — Обычно
Джон ездил в школу на автобусе.  to take a break — сделать перерыв
I need to take a break. — Мне нужно сделать перерыв
to take a photo / picture (of somebody
/ something) — фотографировать (когото / что-то)
 I like taking photos of nature. — Я люблю
фотографировать природу. to take a taxi — взять такси
We are going to be late. Let s take a taxi. — Мы
опаздываем. Давай возьмем такси. to take care of — заботиться
Take care of yourself! — Береги себя!
I take care o f my health. — Я забочусь о своем здоровье.
to take for granted — считать само собой
разумеющимся, принимать как должное
We often take for granted the beauty of this world.
— Мы часто считаем само собой разумеющимися красоты этого мира. to take into
account— принимать во внимание, учитывать
You should take into account that he has never been
abroad. — Вы должны учесть, что он никогда не был за границей. to take
measures — принимать меры
You should take measures to prevent corruption. — Вы
должны принять меры по предотвращению коррупции.
 to take part (in ) — принимать участие
 Last year I took part in dance competitions. — В прошлом
году я принимала участие в соревнованиях по танцам.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Express supposition using
Present Perfect:
Model: He can’t play
football today. — (Probably) he has broken his leg.
 1 .I  can’t find my umbrella. 2. He won’t pass his exams.
3. The door is unlocked. 4. She refuses to marry him. 5. She is wearing a
diamond ring. 6. He is driving a Mercedes. 7. The window is broken. 8. My purse
is empty. 9. The bus doesn’t go there. 10. She is slender and beautiful. 11.
There are footprints on the carpet. 12. They have found 5 thousand pounds in
Mr. Brown’s room. 13. I’m exhausted.
14. I’m at the airport. 15. The bottle of poison is half
empty.
PAST,
FUTURE PERFECT
Exercise 2. Use “had”
or “shall/will have”:
1.When we came to the station the train ... left. 2. Her
friend ... waited for her till 5 o’clock and then left. 3. When I walked in
Sam... left the room. 4. W e... finished all preparations by the time the
guests come. 5. He ... had a terrible day and looked very tired. 6. We hope
they ... landed safely in Paris by that time. 7. She ... forgotten all about
him by the time he returns. 8. The tax i... arrived before we were ready. 9. At
last I learnt w hat... happened to him.
10. When... you finished your paper at last? 11. By the
end of last month they... not completed the experiment yet. 12. She... left the
house before you return.
Exercise 3. Use “alter,” “when,” “by,”
“by the tim e,” “before,” “until”:
1. My parents had eaten the dinner ... I got home. 2. He
had been a worker... he became a businessman. 3. It will have grown completely
dark... 8 o’clock. 4. Bill had already left ... we got there. 5.... the guests
had left I went to bed. 6.... she gets the letter, he will have been far away.
7. Where did your sister work... she had graduated from the Institute? 8. Her
eyes were red ... she had cried. 9. I had never seen any of Turner’s paintings
... I visited the art museum. 10. ... the end of next year her son will have
finished school. 11. The train hadn’t left yet ... they came to the station.
12. Ann hadn’t come to Paris ... the end of May. 13. I went to the chemist’s
... I had visited my sick friend.
14. Nick had studied French ... he entered the University.
15. She hadn’t been able to swim... he taught her. 16.1 had seen a new Italian
film ...the news.
17. He went to London... she hadleamed English. 18. They
had been studying at the University for two years ... the war broke out. 19.
They won’t have left the town ... you send them a fax. 20.1 hope ... the end of
the winter I’ll have learned to ski.
                         IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Make as many word
combinations as possible. Write them down.

conversation  juice
money  school  computer  card  birthday telephone  Saturday  story  job
adventure  apple  pocket  iniform  game  Christmas  cake

…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………
Exercise 2. What would a real
friend do in the following situations. Choose one of the variants or give your
own one and write down the sentences.
1)      If
you lost your pocket money in the classroom, a real friend would
_____________________________________________________
a)      look
for it everywhere.
b)      tell
the teacher about it.
c)      share
his pocket money with you.
2)      If
you asked for help with Maths homework, a real friend would
_________________________________________________________
a)      give
you his/her homework to copy.
b)      explain
how to do it.
c)      suggest
doing homework together.
3)      If
you were ill and couldn`t go to a party, a real friend would
_________________________________________________________
a)      stay
at home too.
b)      go
to the party alone.
c)      come
to your place instead of the party.
4)      If
you were laughed at in school, a real friend would
_________________________________________________________
a)      try
to cheer you up.
b)      have
a fight for you.
c)      tell
the teacher about it.
Exercise 3. Write what would you do
if… Use the phrases from the box below or your own ideas.

•
  I would ask them what the matter was.
•
  I would try to explain to them that he/she is not bad at
  all//   I would invite the friend home to meet my parents.
•
  I would ring him/her up early in the morning to wake up him/her
  up   on time.
•
  I would give him/her the copybook. // I would refuse to give
  the      copybook.
•
  I would fight with him/her. // I would never speak to him/her
  again.
  // I wouldn`t be his/her
  friend any  longer.
•
  I would explain to him that he was wrong.
•
  I would feel depressed and angry. // I would come without
  any    invitation because I`m a friend.
•
  I would do my best to help him.

                                1.   If
your best friend were ill?
_________________________________________________________
2.      If two of your good friends don`t want to see each other?
_________________________________________________________
3.      If
your parents didn`t like your best friend?
_________________________________________________________
4.      If
your friend asked you to give him/her your homework to copy?
____________________________________________________
5.      If
your friend didn`t invite you to his/her birthday party?
_________________________________________________________
6.      If
your friend told you lies?
_________________________________________________________
7.      If
your friend were always late for his classes?
_________________________________________________________
8.      If your friend were rude to the classes?
_________________________________________________________
9.      If your friend were in trouble?
_________________________________________________________
Lesson 54 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences
using the given words.

begin
say          tear
find
sell          tell
hang
steal        wear lose

1) A: Did you go to the park yesterday?
B: No. We stayed home because it
_______________ to rain. A: Oh, that`s too bad. 2) A: Susie is in trouble.
B: Why?
A: She ________________ a lie. Her mom and dad are
upset. B: I`m sure she`s sorry.
3)      A:
May I please have your homework?
B: I don`t have it.
A: What?
B: I can`t find it anywhere.
4)      A:
Where is my coat?
B: I _______________ it up in the closet for you.
5)      A:
Where did you get that pretty shell?
B: I _______________ it on the beach.
6)      A:
Do you still have your bicycle?
B: No. I _____________ it because I needed some extra
money.
7)      A:
It`s hot in here.
B: Excuse me. What did you say?
A: I ______________, “It`s hot in here”.
8)      A:
Why did you take the bus to work this morning? Why didn`t you drive?
B:  Because somebody _______________ my car last night.
A: Did you call police?
B: Of course, I did.
9)      A:
Did you wear your blue jeans to the job interview?
B: Of course not! I ______________ a suit.
10)A: I wrote the wrong amount on the check, so I had to
write a new check.
B:  What did you do with the first check? A:  I
______________ into pieces.
Exercise 2. Revision.
Directions: You went to a birthday
party last night. A friend is asking you questions about it. Complete the
sentences with did, was, were.

1)      ______________
you go with a friend?
2)      ______________
your friends at the party?
3)      ______________
the party fun?
4)      ______________
many people there?
5)      ______________
you have a good time?
6)      ______________
you eat a piece of birthday cake?
7)      ______________
everyone sing “Happy Birthday”?
8)      ______________
there a birthday cake?
9)      ______________
you hungry?
10)______________ you take a present?
Exercise 3. Revision.
Directions: Make questions and give
short answers.
1)      A:
_________________________________________________________  B:
______________________ (I live in an apartment.)
2)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B:
______________________ ( I don`t have a roommate.)
3)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B:
______________________ ( I don`t want a roommate.)
4)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B:
______________________ ( I had a roommate last year.)
5)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B:
______________________ ( He was difficult to live with.)
6)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B: ______________________
( (I asked him to clean the apartment clean.)
7)      A:
_________________________________________________________ B:
______________________ (I was glad when he left.)
                                II.       VOCABULARY
ТО
СОМЕ
to come to an end — заканчиваться, завершаться
When the story came to an end, I guessed who the main evil
character was. — Когда рассказ подошел к концу, я догадалась, кто был главным
злодеем. to come to mind — приходить в голову
As is known, the first thing that comes to mind is always
the right one. — Как известно, первое, что приходит на ум, это и есть
правильная мысль.
to come to see somebody — приходить к кому-либо в
гости
When ту friends come to see те, I usually cook a festive
dinner. — Когда мои друзья приходят ко мне в гости, я обычно готовлю
праздничный ужин. to come to an agreement — приходить к соглашению
We have come to an agreement at last. — Мы наконец-то
пришли к соглашению. to come true — осуществляться, исполняться,
реализовываться
I wish all your dreams will come true. — Я желаю, чтобы
все твои мечты исполнились.
ТО
GET
to get acquainted (with ) —
знакомиться
I got acquainted with my best friend in 2000. — Мы
познакомились с моим лучшим другом в 2000. to get angry — разозлиться
I got angry with him. — Я разозлилась на него. to
get dark — темнеть It is getting dark. — Вечереет.
to get better — улучшаться, измениться в лучшую
сторону; идти на поправку  I hope you ’ll get better soon! — Надеюсь, ты скоро
пойдешь на поправку. to get lost — заблудиться, потеряться
When we were walking in the park, John got lost. —
Когда мы гуляли в парке, Джон заблудился. to get married — жениться /
выйти замуж
I am getting married next month! — В следующем месяце я
выхожу замуж! to get on one’s nerves — действовать на нервы (кому-либо)
John is always getting on my nerves. — Джон вечно
действует мне на нервы. to get on (well) with — хорошо ладить (с
кем-либо)
I get on well with my classmates. — Я хорошо лажу со
своими одноклассниками. to get used to — привыкнуть (к чему-либо)
 I got used to waking up early in the morning. — Я
привыкла просыпаться рано утром. to get wet throug h / to get wet to the
skin — промокнуть насквозь, до нитки Yesterday I had to take a taxi because
I got wet through. — Вчера мне пришлось взять такси, потому что я промокла до
нитки.
ТО
KEEP
to keep a secret — хранить тайну, секрет I
can keep a secret. — Я умею хранить тайны. to keep an eye on somebody /
something — внимательно следить (за кем-либо / чем-либо)
I`ll keep an eye on him. — Я не спущу с него глаз. to
keep pets — держать домашних животных
A lot of people keep pets at home. — У многих людей
дома живут питомцы. to keep one’s bed — быть на постельном режиме
Му doctor recommended that I should keep my bed. —
Мой доктор рекомендовал мне соблюдать постельный режим. to keep body and
soul together — едва сводить концы с концами, жить впроголодь
She could hardly keep body and soul together. — Она едва
сводила концы с концами.
to keep calm — сохранять спокойствие, не
волноваться Please, keep calm!— Пожалуйста, сохраняйте спокойствие! to keep
house — вести хозяйство
Му mоm keeps house. — Моя мама ведет хозяйство. to
keep one’s house clean / tidy — поддерживать чистоту в доме
 I do my best to keep our house clean. — Я делаю все
возможное, чтобы поддерживать чистоту в доме. to keep in touch w ith
somebody — поддерживать контакты, связь с кем-либо The Internet helps me to
keep in touch with my friends who live abroad. — Интернет помогает мне
оставаться на связи с друзьями, которые живут за границей. to keep one’s
emotions in check — сдерживать свои эмоции
Sometimes it is very difficult to keep your emotions in
check. — Иногда очень сложно сдерживать свои чувства.
to keep one’s eyes open — смотреть в оба,
держать ухо востро  Keep your eyes open! — Смотри в оба!
to keep one’s promise — держать
обещание
I always keep my promises. — Я всегда сдерживаю свои
обещания.
to keep silence — молчать, хранить молчание
Please, keep silence! — Пожалуйста, сохраняйте тишину!
to keep fit — быть в хорошей физической форме
Doing sport helps те keep fit and healthy. — Занятия
спортом помогают мне поддерживать здоровье и хорошую физическую форму.
Vocabulary
Exercises
Exercise 1. Complete the
following sentences with the correct form of the verbs “ do” and “ m ake”.
1)I ... my morning exercises every day. 2) Mary ... a lot
of mistakes on her test paper. 3) I ... my best to help you out. 4) Who usually
... the shopping in your family? 5 ) 1... already ... my decision to apply to
Oxford. 6) I t ... no difference to me what you say. 7) We hold glasses of
champagne and ...wishes. 8) Mary ... well at school. She is a smart and
hardworking girl. 9) Who ... the cooking in your family? 10) We ... friends
with Lisa 5 years ago.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
using the following collocations
(to keep one’s bed; to get on w e
ll; to keep a secret; to get on one’s nerves; to get acquainted; to keep in
touch; to take p a rt; to take care of; to take a break; to make up one’s m in
d ; to m ake a m istake; to do the cooking; to do a fa vo r; to do m o rn in g
exercises; to have one’s h a ir cut; to have a lo t o f fu n ; to be m a rrie d
; to be good at; to be disapp ointed w ith; to be afraid of).
1)  I ... snakes. Some of
them are venomous and can attack humans.
2)  Yesterday I went to
the doctor’s. 1 was running a high temperature and had a terrible headache. The
doctor recommended that I should ... and take some medicine. 3) Tom’s parents
... him because he had failed his final exam.
4) I ... my parents. They are helpful and loving. I do
love spending time in the bosom of my family. 5) Michael ... foreign languages.
He can read books of British or American authors in the original and watch most
movies without subtitles. 6) Voltaire once said, ‘A woman can ...,the secret of
her age.’ Actually, this is nothing to do with me. You can trust me and I’ll
never let you down. 7) I ... and have two children. My husband is an architect
and I am a housewife. 8) Why do you always put the blame (возлагать вину) on
others? You’re constantly grumbling. It ... . 9) When my friends come to see
me, we enjoy ourselves and always ... . 10) Yesterday I went to the hairdresser
and .... Now I do like my new hairstyle! 11) 1 regularly go to the gym.
Besides, every day I ... . 12) In our family my mom usually .... I also have some
household duties. I do the shopping and try to keep our house clean. 13) Can
you ...? I need some help. 14) Mary ... a lot o f ... on her test paper. Now
she is revising all the material learnt. 15) 1 ... already ... to become an
interpreter. Choosing a career is always a tough decision. 16) You should ...
from your work to have lunch. I’m going to the cafe. Will you join me? 17) I
... my dog. I feed and walk him every day.18) I ... my best friend 5 years ago.
I met him at the University. 19) Last year I ... in ball dance competitions. I
won the first prize and was very happy with myself. 20) I can’t imagine my life
without the Internet. It helps me be abreast of the latest news and ... with my
friends who live overseas.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Combine the sentences
using Past Perfect and conjunctions “after, ” “before,” “when,” “by the time,”
“until”:
Model: The librarian
came back. Peter looked through the magazine. — When (by the time) the
librarian came back Peter had looked through the magazine.
1.My friend called on me. I had my breakfast. 2. We went
out into the street. The rain stopped. 3. The students reached the camp. The
sun set. 4. My father left for the airport. We bought the tickets. 5. Nelly
arrived. I baked the cake.
6 .I came to her place. She translated the texts. 7. She
got home. The table was laid. 8. We got there. She left. 9. He went home. He
finished work. 10. John came home. The family had supper. 11. They got married.
Her parents gave their consent. 12. We did not disturb him. He finished writing
his report.
13. Mother switched off the TV. The film was over. 14.1
didn’t answer his letter. I received another letter from him. 15.1 turned on
the light. It got dark.
16. The boat sailed. The lava hit the town. 17.
The rescue team took the child out. The house collapsed. 18. The police came.
The robber didn’t leave the bank.
Exercise 2. Use Past  Simple or Past
Perfect (Continuous):
1.I never (to see) any pictures by Monet before I (to
visit) the Hermitage. 2. At last he (to have) a chance to go to London. He long
(to dream) of visiting Britain. 3. She (to catch) a cold. She never (to catch)
a cold before. 4. When I (to graduate) from the University my elder brother (to
work) at a foreign company for two years. 5. Though she (to learn) the language
only for two years she (to speak) it fairly well. 6. He (to travel) to many
countries and (to know) a lot of interesting facts about them. 7. Yesterday I
(to find) the book I (to look for) so long. 8. When we (to enter) the house
there (to be) nobody in, but we (to have) a feeling that somebody (to be) there
because the windows (to be) open.
9. When he (to meet) the lady, he (to understand) that she
(not to be) so young as he (to expect). 10. By the time Caesar (to approach)
the shores of Britain, the season (to be) nearly over.
Exercise 3. Use the verbs in the
correct tense form:
A.
           Once a man who (to come) to see his friend (to
tie) his horse to a tree. When he (to come out) of his friend’s house, he (to
see) that somebody (to steal) his horse and (to leave) a donkey instead. The
man (to go) to the police about it.
             The police (to look) for the horse everywhere but all in
vain. They (can) find neither the horse nor the man who (to steal) it. At last
a clever man (to advise) them to let the donkey go free. In a minute it (to
trot off) and (to stop) at an old hut. Near the hut the people (to see) the
horse which they (to look for). B.

One afternoon some friends (to ring up) Susan and Derek to invite them
out for the evening. They (not to see) each other for a long time but Susan (to
buy) tickets for the theatre that evening. They (to want) to see the play very
much because several people (to recommend) it to them. Also, it (to be) very
difficult to get tickets. In fact, they (to be able) to get these because
someone else (to return) them. They (not to arrange) anything else for the
evening, however, so they (to agree) to meet their friends for a drink before
the theatre

They all (to meet) early in the evening and (to talk) for an hour.
When Susan (to get up) she (to find) that her handbag (to disappear). They (to
tell) the manager what (to happen). He (to be) very upset and (to say) that
nothing like that (to happen) for a long time. He (to go off) to have a look
around but nobody (to see) the thief. No one (to hand) the bag in either. Susan
(to be) upset because there (to be) quite a lot of money in it. They (to
decide) to go to the theatre and to forget about it for a few hours. They (to
hope) that the thief (to take) the money out and (to throw) the bag away. If
someone (to find) it, it could not be at the police station yet.
                Suddenly Susan (to remember) that the
theatre tickets (to be) in the bag too. She (to mean) to give them to Derek,
but (to forget). By that time the play already (to start) so they (to decide)
it (to be) not worth going to the theatre. They (to go) for a
meal with their friends and later (to go) to the nearest police station. To
their surprise Susan’s bag (to be) there with everything in it. A child (to
pick) it up, the parents (to discover) what (to happen) and (to hand) it in
immediately.
                  They (to go) straight to the theatre and
with the money they (to think) they (to lose), (to buy) four expensive seats —
for three months in advance!
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Write what your friend
should and shouldn`t do and explain why.

•
  smoke
•
  watch video and
  TV    too  much • help your friends

•
  you may need
  their help   one day too
•
  it`s bad for
  your health
•
  you will be too
  tired to

You should
You shouldn`t

•
  go to bed after
  10 p.m.
•
  explain to your
  parents   everything about your    problems • read more books

because

   do your school work    the next day
•
  it`s bad for
  your eyes•
  reading develops imagi-     nation
•
  they care for
  you and     will do their best to      help you

1)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
2)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
5)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
6)      __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________

Exercise 2. Make up sentences and
write them down.

It`s difficult
It is not easy
It`s stupid
It`s important
It`s boring
It`s
  exciting

•  to choose the
  subjects to study
•  to smoke only
  because you want to be like your friends
•  to stop smoking if
  you have started
•  to write articles
  for a magazine for teenagers
•  explain your problems to your
  parents
•  to study the subject that you don`t
  like
•  to have somebody you can discuss
  your problems with
•  to take part in different
  competitions

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________
Exercise 3. Rewrite the sentences,
using “one”, “ones” instead of repeated nouns.
1)      She
has a nice uniform. It looks very smart. – I can`t understand why she bought
a new one.
2)      This
watch doesn`t work properly. Take that watch if you want to know the exact
time. …………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
3)      –
Would you lke to read this book?
                                        -     I
have already read it. Can I take that book? ………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………
4)      There
some apples in the fridge. Take one red apple and two green apples.
……………………………………………………………………………..
5)      We
have six lessons on Monday. The first lesson starts at half past eight and the
last lesson is over at two o`clock. …………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………..
6)      I`ve
eaten three cakes but I`m still hungry. Can I take the fourth cake?
……………………………………………………………………………..
Lesson 55 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Class activity.
Directions: Walk around the room. Ask
your classmates questions about the present and the past. Change classmates
with every topic.
Example: walk to school
SPEAKER A: Do you walk to school every day?
SPEAKER B: Yes, I do. OR No, I don`t.
SPEAKER A: Did you walk to school this morning?
SPEAKER B: Yes, I did. OR  No, I din`t.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

go downtown dream in
  colour talk to (someone) on the phone come to grammar class in time
  sing in the shower
eat at least two pieces of
  fresh fruit
think
  about your family cook your own dinner

9.
  wear (an article of clothing)
10.
  laugh out loud at least two times
11.
  speak (a language)
12.
  go to ( a place in the city)
13.
  read at least one book
14.
  go swimming
15.
  go shopping

Exercise 2. Question practice.
Directions:Make questions.
Use where, when, what time, why.
1.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: To the Zoo. (I went to the Zoo yesterday.)
2.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Last month. (Mr. Shu arrived in Canada last month.)
3.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: At 7:05. (My plane arrived at 7:05.)
4.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Because I was tired. (I stayed home last night because I
was tired.)
5.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Because I stayed up the night before. (I was tired
because I stayed up the night before.)
6.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: To Greece. (Sara went to Greece for her vacation.)
7.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Around midnight. ( I finished my homework around
midnight.)
8.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Five weeks ago. ( I came to this city five weeks ago.)
9.      A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B: Because Tony made a funny face. (I laughed Because Tony
made a funny face.)
10.  A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B:  Upstairs. (Kate is upstairs.)
11.  A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B:  In ten minutes. ( The movie starts in ten minutes.)
12.  A:
……………………………………………………………………..
B:  Because she wanted to surprise Joe. (Tina was behind
the door because she wanted to surprise Joe.)
13.  A: ……………………………………………………………………..
B: Because he wants big muscles. (Jim lifts weights because
he wants big muscles.)
Exercise 3. Question practice.
Directions: Complete the questions.
1.
A:  I didn`t go to class yesterday.
B: Why didn`t you go to class ……………………………………….?
A:  Because I was sick.
2.
A:  I didn`t finish my homework.
B: Why didn`t you  …………………………………………………..?
A:  Because I din`t have enough time.
3.
A:  I didn`t eat breakfast this morning.
B: Why didn`t you  …………………………………………………..?
A:   Because I wasn`t hungry.
4.
A:  I didn`t clean my apartment last week.
B: Why didn`t you  …………………………………………………..?
A:  Because I was too tired.
5.
A:  I didn`t answer the phone all day.
B: Why didn`t you  …………………………………………………..?
A:  Because I wanted to finish my work.
II.
VOCABULARY
COLLOCATIONS
BE
AND HAVE
Exercise 1. Which words and
expressions go with be and which go with have?

BE

HAVE

fed up with somebody/something

a right to do something

on the safe side

in touch with somebody

somebody round

a word with somebody

no point in doing something

off colour

on one`s mind

out of one`s mind

up to date

a ball

in charge of somebody/something

no chance of doing something

the nerve to do something

          Exercise 2. Complete the
sentences with one of the expressions above.
1.      There
aren`t usually any major side effects after this injections, but you might
_____________ a bit _______________ for a few days.
2.      Thank
you for your time, Miss Clarke. We still have to interview a few more
candidates, so we ___________________ with you as soon as we`ve made a
decision.
3.      We
____________ Mel and Andy ____________ for dinner next Friday. We haven`t seen
them for ages.
4.      I
can`t stop thinking about my ex-girlfriend. She ____________ always
____________ .
5.      Where
have you been all night? I _____________ will worry. I even rang the police.
6.      Excuse
me, Mrs. Bennett. Can I _____________ for a minute? It`s about your son Ben.
7.      Jack
was so cheeky! He _______________ to tell me that I was too fat. He should look
at himself in the mirror!
8.      I`ve
got extra insurance just in case we have an accident on holidays. You know me!
I always like _________________________________.
9.      I`m
going to apply for a new job, but I know I______________________ getting it. I
just have the right experience.
10.  I ___________________
the office while the manager is away for a few days.
11.  Did you read Sally`s
postcard?  She is in Greece, sunbathing all day and dancing all night. It
sounds like she`s __________________________.
12.  If there is something
you don`t like, it`s just bad luck. There ___________ complaining. It`s the
same for all of us.
13.  If you`re stock
broker, you need to________________ on the stste of the markets in different
parts of the world.
III.
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
PASSIVE
VOICE
Exercise 1. Make the verbs in the
following sentences passive:
A.
1.      They
offered me a cup of tea. 2. Students take examinations at the end of each term.
3. Mother baked the birthday cake. 4. Columbus discovered America in 1492. 5.
The children asked me to read a story. 6. George Simenon wrote this story. 7.
The boss gave us a form to fill in. 8. Father taught me to ride a bicycle. 9.
The doctor told him to lie in bed for three days. 10. The waiter will serve you
breakfast in five minutes. 11. People speak English in many countries. 12.1
shall give you a cup of coffee if you want. 13. They close the shop at 5.
B.
1. What are they discussing? 2. The professor is examining
our group. 3. The Spartans were celebrating a religious festival when a
messenger came from Athens. 4. They are building a new school in our district.
5. What film are they demonstrating in the lecture room? 6. He had a feeling
that someone was following him. 7. They were watching and taking pictures of a
UFO. 8. They were interrogating the first witness when I came into the
courtroom. 9. They are counting the prize money. 10. They are relieving him of
his duty because of his age.
C.
1. They have offered me a job at a local bank. 2. Have you
warned them about the meeting? 3. Someone has stolen a picture from a museum. 4
.1 have lost some secret papers. 5. We have kept this meat in the fridge for a
week. 6. The police have found a dead body in the park. 7. They had packed the
suitcases when the bellboy arrived. 8. They had sold the famous house to an
American before I leamt about it. 9 .1 didn’t attend the meeting because you
hadn’t warned me. 10. The room looked dirty because we hadn’t cleaned it for a
week. 11. They will clear up the situation when they have known some more
facts. 12. They will have repaired my shoes by the evening.
Exercise 2. Change the tense forms of
the verbs in the following sentences using different adverbial modifiers:
Models: The letter was
delivered yesterday, (just) — The letter has just been delivered.
The work was completed on Monday, (by
Monday) — The work had been completed by Monday.
1.Her things were packed an hour ago. (already) 2. They
were shown the house yesterday, (in an hour) 3. Tickets to the theatre are
booked well in advance, (tomorrow) 4. The letter will be sent by fax. Oust) 5.
The house will be repaired next year, (by September) 6. This hotel is run by
Mrs. White, (for the last two years) 7. Has this book been published yet? (last
May) 8. The room is cleaned every morning, (now) 9. I was told the story when I
saw them, (already) 10. All important documents are kept in the safe, (all
these years)
Exercise 3. Make these sentences
passive:
Model: You can do it tomorrow.
— It can be done tomorrow.
1. She could book the ticket later. 2. Can I serve the tea
now? 3. I can’t answer this difficult question. 4. You can understand this
phrase in different ways.
5. He may forget your invitation. 6. He might take us to the
airport in this car. 7. You must speak only English in class. 8. Small children
must know traffic rules. 9. You mustn’t disturb father when he works. 10. We
have to translate this text today. 11. You should remember this telephone
number. 12. You ought to improve your English.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Rewrite the sentences in
bald in the Passive Voice. Don`t write who did the action.
1.      Tim
isn`t attending school this week. The teacher suspended him last
Tuesday…………………………………………………………………
2.
The head teacher expelled Frank for bad behavior. …………………
……………………………………………………………………………
3.      My
friend is in hospital now. The doctor operated on him yesterday and now
he is much better.
4.
Laura broke her leg at school and the teacher sent for her
parents at once.
………………………………………………………………………..
5.      Mary
wrote an article for a teenager magazine. They published it last Monday.
…………………………………………………………………..
Exercise 2. Write what you would do …
1)      If
your friend told you to try smoking?
If my friend
…………………………………………………………………………….......
…………………………………………………………………………………
2)      If
you wanted to discuss your problems with somebody?
If I
………………………………………………………………………........ …………………………………………………………………………………
3)      If
you wanted to have more pocket money? …………………..........
……………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
4)      If
you were asked to write an article for a youth magazine? ………..
……………………………………………………………………….
5)      If
you saw an advertisement about a Saturday job that you wanted to get?
……………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 3. Fill in the words from the
box or the words that are built from them.

high
usual       energetic       day        week        month     fast

1.      Jason
should take part in the swimming competition. He can swim very ______________.
2.      Athletics
is just right for Robert. He runs very well and can jump very ______________.
3.      It
was a bad game for John, but ____________ he plays very well.
4.      It
was an exciting game and the fans supported their teams _________.
5.      She
tries to keep fit: she does aerobics _____________, goes to the swimming pool
_____________, and controls her weight _____________.
Lesson 56 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Question practice: pair
work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Make
questions that begin with why, when, what time, where.
PARTNER A: Where do you want to go for your vacation?
 PARTNER B: Hawaii.
1.      PARTNER
B: ……………………………………………………..
PARTNER A: Ten o`clock.
2.      PARTNER
A: ……………………………………………………..
PARTNER B: Because I was tired.
3.      PARTNER
B: ……………………………………………………...
PARTNER A: South America.
4.      PARTNER
A: ………………………………………………………
PARTNER B: Last week.
5.      PARTNER
B: ………………………………………………………
PARTNER A: Because I forgot.
6.      PARTNER
A: ………………………………………………………
PARTNER B: Downtown.
7.      PARTNER
B: ………………………………………………………
PARTNER A: Several months ago.
8.      PARTNER
A: ………………………………………………………
PARTNER B: At a Chinese restaurant.
                       Exercise 2.
Question practice.
Directions: Make questions.
1)      A:
______________________________________________________
B: Mary. ( I saw Mary at the party.)
2)      A:
______________________________________________________ B: Mary. (Marycame to
the party.)
3)      A:
______________________________________________________
B: John. (John lives in that house.)
4)      A:
______________________________________________________
B: John. (Janet called John.)
5)      A:
______________________________________________________
B: My aunt and uncle. (I visited my aunt and uncle.)
6)      A:
______________________________________________________ B: My cousin. ( My
cousin visited me.)
7)      A:
______________________________________________________
B: Ken. (I talked to Ken.)
8)      A:
______________________________________________________ B: Bob. (Bob helped
Ann.)
9)      A:
______________________________________________________ B: Ann. (Bob helped
Ann.)
10)A:
______________________________________________________ B: Yes, he did. (Bob
helped Ann.)
11)A:
______________________________________________________ B: Bob and Ann. ( I`m
thinking about Bob and Ann.)
12)A:
______________________________________________________
B: No, Iam not. (I am not confused.)
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences.
1)      A:
How much (a new car,cost) __________________________________?
B: It (cost) __________________ a lot. New cars are
expensive.
2)      A:
Did you get a ticket for the rock concert?
B: Yes, and it was really expensive. It (cost)______________
50 dollars.
3)      A:
Where is your History book?
B: I (give) ___________ it to
Robert.
4)      A:
I had a car accident yesterday morning.
B: What happened?
A: I (hit) __________________ a
telephone pole.
5)      A:
May I have your homework, please?
B: I`m sorry but I don`t have it. I (forget)
_____________ it.
A: You  (forget)_______________ it?
6)      A:
Did you eat breakfast?
B: Yes. I (make)________________ some scrambled eggs
and toast for myself.
7)      Jack
(put) __________________ on his clothes every morning.
8)      Jack
(put) _________________ on his clothes this morning after he got up.
9)      A:
Did you enjoy going into the city to see a show?
B: Yes, but I (spend) ______________ a lot of money.
I can`t afford to do that  very often.
10)A: May I see your dictionary?
B: I don`t have it. I (lend) _____________ it to
George.
11)A: Is that knife sharp?
B: It`s very sharp. It (cut) _______________ anything
easily.
12)A: Why are you wearing a bag over your head?
B: I went to a barber this morning. He (cut)
____________ my hair too short. A: Let me see. Oh, it looks fine.
                                II.     VOCABULARY
DO AND MAKE
Exercise 1. Use a collocation with make
and a noun instead of the underlined words in each of these conversations.
1)
Miriam: The bill
says we`ve had three desserts.We only had two. Rosa: The waiter must have
been mistaken. …………………
…………………………………………………………………
2)
Kim: It`s so
difficult. Should I take the job or not?
Todd: I know it`s difficult. But you have to decide  one way or
the other. ……………………………………………………….
3)
Jane: Can you and
Brian come to dinner on Saturday?
Jill: Yes, we`ll have to arrange to get a babysitter, but it
should be OK.
………………………………………………………….
4)
Brona: Did you
hear about the air traffic controllers`strike in the
USA?
Aaron: Yes,
We had to change our travel itinerary because of it.
……………………………………………………………………………...
5)      Pete:
Can I have chips and rice with my lunch?
Clare: No, you have to choose, chips or rice but not both.
…………………………………………………………………...
6)
Fran: Do you
intend to speak at the meeting?
Gloria: Yes, I hope I can contribute to the debate.
………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 2. Choose the correct
collocation, do or make.
1)      Did
the fire do/make much damage to the factory?
2)      I
hate doing/making my homework at the last minute.
3)      You
must do/make an effort to work harder. 4) Did you do/make any
work at the weekend?
5)      We
are trying to do/make improvements to the system for registering.
6)      Do
you thinkit would do/make any harm if I cut some leaves off this plant?
Exercise 3. Complete each question of
the questionnaire with do or make.
1)      Do
you always _________ your best to be in time when meeting a friend?
2)      Have
you ever _________ the cooking at home?
3)      Do
you __________ excuses if someone asks you to __________ a big favour for them?

4)      Have
you ever ___________ negative comments about your friend`s hair, clothes, etc.?
5)      Do
you find it easy to ___________ friends?

                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Put questions to the
underlined words:
1.Fifty students were admitted to the faculty last
August. 2 .I have been woken up by the noise in the street. 3. He was
given a form to fill in. 4. The tea will not be served till 5 because
of the conference. 5. She was greeted very warmly. 6. Two men were
arrested after the robbery. 7. My colleague will be sent to London to
lecture on Russian history. 8. Wait a little, your papers are being
looked through. 9. French is spoken in France and Canada. 10.
This television programme is watched mostly by teenagers. Exercise 2.
Open the brackets using the verbs in the Passive Voice:
     Do you know how soap (to make)? It (to make) of
coconut oil, palm oil and tallow, a by-product of the frozen and canned meat.
Sometimes oil from cotton seeds and soyabeans (to use). The oils (to mix)
together in the right proportion according to the type of soap to be made.
Caustic acids (to add) to separate the fat from glycerine in the oil. The
mixture (to pump) into a large tank which passes stem pipes with holes in them.
The steam pours out of the holes into the soap mixture. Salt (to put) to the mixture
to remove the glycerine. Then the pumping of steam stops and the whole mixture
(to leave) to cool and settle while the glycerine in the salty water (to draw)
through the tap at the bottom of the tank. After this it (to wash) and (to
purify) and (to use) as medical glycerine. The perfume (to add) while the soap
cools. The soap goes into a large frame where it (to cut) into blocks, (to
stamp) and (to place) to get hard before it goes to the shop. Soap (to know)
since Babylonian Empire.
Exercise 3. Open the brackets using
the correct tense and voice forms:
     Do you know that 1)the oldest dwelling house in Britain
(to consider) to be “The Fighting Cocks Inn” which (to build) in the year 800.
The inn itself (to open) much later in 1543;
2)
in 1961 The Museum of Art in New York City (to display) Henry
Matisse’s “Le Bateau” and it (to take) 47 days before someone (to discover) it
(to hang) upside down;
3)
the original building of the famous White House in Washington (to
set) on fire bythe British during the BritishAmerican war when the Americans
(to fight) for their independence. Some time later the building (to paint)
white to hide the marks on the wall and it (to keep) that colour since that
time as a part of American history;
4)
the narrowest street in Britain (to call) Nelson Street and (to
situate) in King’s Lynn, near Norfolk. Here you can shake hands through the
window with your neighbour living across the street;
5)
the magnificent show “My Fair Lady” (to create) by Frederic Loewe
and Alan Jay Lemer in the 50s and first (to present) in New York City on
Broadway;
6)
New York (to know) as a “melting pot,” because people of
different races and nationalities make up its population of more than 7
million. About 13 of every 100 people in New York (to bear) in another country.
More than 80 languages (to speak) throughout the neighbourhood and streets of
the city. There are places where the English language hardly ever (to hear).
 IV. ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. a) Write the word
combinations into two columns.

eating
  fruit and vegetables, walking with a dog, smoking, going to bed after 11p.m.,
  getting up at noon, jogging in a park, eating hamburgers and ”hot dogs”,
  sleeping not less than eight hours a day, doing some gymnastics in the
  morning, eating too many sweets, cakes and chips, doing lessons late at
  night, having the latest meal not later than 7 p.m.

good for keeping fit

bad for keeping fit

b)Write at least three things you do
to keep fit.
  1) To keep fit I …………………………………………………………….   2)
………………………………………………………………………….
  3)  ………………………………………………………………………….
c) Write what wrong things you do ,
that can get you out of shape.
 1) I know that it can get me
out of shape …………………………………..
     …………………………………………………………………………… 2)
…………………………………………………………………………….      ……………………………………………………………………………
3)…………………………………………………………………………….
    …………………………………………………………………………….
Exercise 2. Read the text and answer
the questions.

Who has never heard of fast-food cafes? It`s a great
place where you can find the most delicious things in the woeld – hamburgers
and cheeseburgers, chips, ice cream and lots of fizzy drinks. Isn`t it a
wonderful place for children and teenagers?
Yes, it`s a nice and friendly place, but is it worth
going there too often?
  If you care for your health, eat more natural
products. What you really need to grow sporty and athletic is milk and low-fat
meat, fish, eggs, porridge, and, certainly, fruit and vegetables.They contain
vitamins necessary for your body and brains.
1)      What
products, mentioned in the text, help you to keep fit and to be
Healthy? - ……………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………….
2)      What
products are not healthy and can get you out of shape?
……………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
3)      If
you had a choice what kind of dinner would you prefer to have? -   dinner
cooked by your mother, dinner in your school café, or
dinner at McDonald`s? - …………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………….
If I had a choice
………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3. How do you feel about
dangerous and extereme sports? Complete the writing that is closer to your
opinion. Give the reasons to defend your point of view. Some phrases can help
you.
1)      I
don`t like cruel and dangerous sports. I can never understand people who like
boxing or kickboxing…………………………
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………



it`s rude and disgusting to look at peoplekicking each
  other



any sport should bring positive emotions



athletesshould be beautiful to look at



it`s not a fight – it`s a competition



the sportsmen follow the rules and it`s prohibited to break
  them



most sports can cause pain



you can break all your bines doing figure skating or
  gymnastics



it teaches you to be brave and patient

2)      Almost
all sports are dangerous, and I would never agree that sports like boxing or
kickboxing are cruel and disgusting.
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………
Lesson 57 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences.
Use the vers in the list in the correct form:

blow         grow       swim  draw
keep        throw  fall          know       win feel

1.
A: Did you enjoy your tennis game with Jackie? B: Yes, but I
lost. Jackie ______________________.
2.
A: How did you break your leg?
B: I _______________ down on the ice on the sidewalk.
3.
A: Did you give a box of candy to your girlfriend?
B: No, I didn`t. I __________________ it and ate it
myself.
4.
A: That`s a nice picture.
B: I agree. Anna _______________ it. She is a good artist.
5.
A: Did you have a garden when you live at home?
B: Yes. I ________________ vegetables and flowers.
6.
A: I burned my finger.
B: Did you put ice on it?
A: No. I _________________ on it.
7.
A: Did you finish the test?
B: No, I ___________ all of the answers, but I ran out of
time.
8.
A: Did you have fun on the beach?
B: Lots of fun. We sunbathed and _____________ in the
ocean.
9.
A: What`s the matter? You sound like you have a frog in your
throat. B: I think I`m catching a cold. I ____________ okay yesterday, but
I      don`t feel very good today.
10.
A: How did you break the window, Tommy?
B: Well, I _______________ a ball to Annie, but I
missed Annie and       hit the window instead.
Exercise 2. Let`s talk: small groups.
 Directions: Work in small groups.
Combine the two ideas into one sentence by using before, after to
introduce time clauses.Make four sentences for each item.
Example: I put on my coat. I went outside.
SPEAKER A: Before I went outside, I put on my coat.
SPEAKER B: I put on my coat before I went outside.
SPEAKER C: After I put on my coat, I went outside.
SPEAKER D: I went outside after I put on my coat.

1.
  She ate breakfast.

She
  went to work.

2.
  He did his homework.

3.
  We bought tickets.

He
  went to bed.

We
  were at the movie theatre.

Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Use the given words to
write sentences of your own. Use Past Simple.
Example: after I
Ø
I went to college after I graduated from high school.
Ø
After I finished dinner, I watched TV.
1.      before
I came here
2.      after
I got home last night
3.      I
went _________ before I
4.      after
we
5.      before
they
6.      Mr.
_________ after he
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Match 1-8and a-h to form
expressions with make and do.
1)      make
a good              _____________              a) understood
2)      do
a good                   _____________              b) best
3)      do
somebody             _____________              c) a favour 4) do something
for       _____________              d) a living
5)      do
your                      _____________              e) impression
6)      make
yourself            _____________              f) business
7)      make
something       _____________               g) job
8)      do
_____________               h) clear
Exercise 2. If possible, write
a sentence with a similar meaning, using do …ing. If it is not possible,
write X.
1)      I`ll
shop after work. I`ll do the shopping…
2)      She
writes a lot of letters in her spare time.
………………………………………………………………………….
3)      I
enjoy cooking when I`ve got plenty of time.
………………………………………………………………………….
4)      She
said she was staying in to watch nelevision.
………………………………………………………………………….
5)      I`ll
iron if you wash up.
…………………………………………………………………………..
6)      Paul
often goes to the local lake to watch birds.
…………………………………………………………………………..
7)      He
thought he might play football this afternoon.
…………………………………………………………………………..
Exercise 3. Choose a form of do or
make and one of these nouns to complete the sentences.
         arrangement
contribution    damage   discovery
research
1)
The storm did a lot of damage to the
trees in our garden.
2)
I`m sure we ________ a definite _____________ to meet on
Thursday.
3)
When the studied the figures closely, they ______ a startling
_______.
4)
Michael always ________ an important ___________ to our meetings.
5)
We are _______ some ______ to try to find the origin of the
name             of our   street.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Put the verbs in the
brackets into the correct tense and voice   forms:
A.
1. The new theatre (to open) last month. 2. Three people
(to kill) in the car accident. 3.
A cure for cancer (not to find) yet. 4. The article (to
translate) into
Russian now, it (to publish) as soon as they (to return)
it. 5. Our office (to decorate) for the celebration and looks cheerful. 6. When
the plane (to take off), the passengers (to show) how to use lifejackets. 7. If
you (to offer) a cheap camera, don’t buy it, it
(not to work). 8. I (to ask) a lot of questions about my
education background when I (to hire). 9. You (to offer) a new job. 10. Ann (to
attack) last night when she (to walk) home alone. 11. School (to close) for a
few days because of the storm. 12. Andrew (to arrest) a few days ago. 13.
British coins (to make) in the Royal Mint. 14. New Year’s Day (to celebrate) on
January, 1st.
15. Under safety regulations women (not to allow) to work underground. 16. The
movie (to show) four times in the cinema. 17. The hikers (to force) to turn
back by bad weather. 18. The letter (to write) by a lefthander. I (to
understand) it after I (to read) it several times. 19. When I (to enter) the
classroom, my friend (to examine). B.
1. April Fool’s Day (to mark) for the last few years in
Russia too. 2. He (to bring up) by his parents to be a strict Catholic. 3. Sue
(to lose) her purse yesterday. It (to be) in her bag and her bag (not to
fasten). 4. He (to wound) when he (to try) to stop the man attacking a young
girl. He (to shoot) in the leg. 5. Finally after we (to wait) for half and hour
salad, beefsteak and tea (to serve). 6. The twins (to impress) by the beauty of
the night city. 7. The glass mirror (to invent) by the Romans. 8. The huge
pyramids (to decorate) with thousands of carved pictures. 9. The textbook (to
look) so shabby because it (to use) for many years. 10. The crops (to damage)
by the heavy rain falls and the peasants expected a hard year. 11. The tickets
(to bring) ten minutes before we (to start) for the airport. 12. “Swan Lake”
(to stage) throughout the whole century. 13. In the Johntown Flood of 1899 more
than two thousand people (to kill). Furniture (to float) away and homes (to
wreck). The flood (to cause) by a dam that (to break). 14. Trafalgar Square (to
lay out) in the 19th century. 15. I (to sleep) for some time when I
(to remember) that Red Chief (to say) I (to bum) at the
stake. 16. Many superstitions and occult practices (to build) on dreams to
foretell the future. 17. Garlic (to use) widely as a medicine. A bulb of garlic
(to make up) of a number of small sections. Each section (to call) a clove.
Each clove (to cover) by a thin skin. The cloves (to peel), (to chop) and (to
use) in a variety of dishes.
Exercise 2. Put the verbs in the
correct tense and voice forms:
   The baby show which (to hold) in the grounds of Otwell
Park in a sixteenth-century house in the suburbs of the town (to begin) already
when they (to arrive). Two tents (to build) on the grass, one for tea, the
other for the babies while merry-go-rounds and other games (to be) at a field
behind the house. Even so, they (to make) such a noise that Mrs. Ruggles was
afraid that William who (to fall) asleep, could (to awaken) unnecessarily. Heavens!
How many babies! Fat and thin, dark and fair, plain and beautiful, crying and
quiet. A bell (to ring) and a man’s voice (to ask) that everyone but the
children’s mothers leave the tent. The babies (to divide) into two classes:
those over six months but under a year old and those of one year and over but
under two years old. Two prizes (to give) in each class and a big silver cup
for the best baby in the show.
   At the end of the tent a space (to leave) behind
curtains and the judges, a doctor and two nurses (to arrive) and (to disappear)
behind them. Mrs. Ruggles (to be) pleased to see they (to be) not people from
Otwell. The judge said that the results (to announce) outside the tea tent at
five-fifteen.
    It (to be) five o’clock and a large crowd (to collect)
in front of the tent. They all (to wait) for the names of the lucky babies
which (to know) in a few minutes. The first prize (to give) to William Ruggles.
The crowd (to break) into loud cheers. But Mrs. Ruggles (not to satisfy). The
judge said that the Big Silver Cup (not to win) by William only because he (not
to hurry) to cut his teeth. At last William (to kiss) by complete strangers,
the photos (to take) and the Ruggles (to come) home. By the time One End Street
(to reach) they discovered that William (to get) a tooth. But alas, too late.
Exercise 3. Change the following sentences using
Prepositional Passive Constructions:

Model: He takes care of
her. — She is taken care of.
1. The guests looked for the ring everywhere. 2. He
listened to the lecturer very attentively. 3. They laughed at the joke. 4. We
disagreed with his statement.
5. You can rely on this person. 6. They talked a lot about
this film. 7. We have never heard of him since. 8. Nobody has slept in this
room lately. 9. The aunt looked after the children well. 10. I shall look after
your house while you are away. 11. They agreed upon the date of the conference.
12. They speak highly of this textbook. 13.
We have just sent for the doctor. 14. Somebody is waiting
for you downstairs. 15.
They take good care of their grandmother. 16. He reads to
his daughter every night.
17. Our teacher often refers to this example. 18. The dean
approved of the timetable.
19. They resorted to kidnapping. 20. We must think over
their proposal.
                               IV.       ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. If you arranged Mini
Olympic Games in your school, what sports would you include in theprogramme of
the competition. Explain why.
Example: I would include tennis
in the programme of the competitionbecause my best friend is very good at it. I
want him to be the champion.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_________
Exercise 2. Choose the right variant.
1)      –
James speaks German very _______________ (good/well).
– Yes, he can speak quite _______________
(fluent/fluently), and his German is _______________ (correct/correctly).
2)      Try
to eat more fruit and vegetables. It`s ____________ (high/highly) useful for
you.
3)      Tim
came home very ______________ (late/lately) yesterday. His parents worried
about him a lot.
4)      He
hasn`t been very industrious at school ______________ (late/lately).He
____________ (hard/hardly) does anything at all, to tell you the truth.
Exercise 3. A part of ancient letter
was found in Greece. Read it and complete the sentences.

Written in764 BC.
My friend!
I don`t know who
you are, the person who will find my letterbut I`m writing to you because I`m
too happy to keep it to myself. My son is a hero – he has won the running
competition! You may live very far from Greeceand maybe you haven`t heard about
the Olympic games, so I`ll explain you what they are.
   The first
Olympics were held 12 years ago. It was a part of a great religious

1)      The
letter was written by …………………………………………………
a)      a
person who lived in Ancient Greece.
b)      a
person who arranged the first Olympic Games.
c)      a
person who was the winner of the Olympic Games.
2)      The
first Olympic Games were held ………………………………………
a)      in
764 BC (Before Christ –до нашей эры)
b)      in
776 BC
c)      in
752 BC
3)      The
first Olympic Games contained ………………………………………
a)      several
different sports events like running, jumping, racing and so on.
b)      two
sports events  - sprint and racing.
c)      only
one sports event.
4)      Spring
competition meant …………………………………………………
a)      running
a long distance.
a)      running
a short distance.
b)      competition
in light athletics.
5)      The
Olympic Games were held ……………………………………………
a)      every
four years.
b)      every
four years if there weren`t any wars.
c)      every
twelve years.
Lesson 58 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: class activity.
Directions: Combine the sentences. Use
while .
1)      I
was studying last night.
Rita called.
Ø
While I was studying last night, Rita called.
2)      Someone
knocked on my apartment door.
I  was eatung breakfast
yesterday morning.
3)      I
was cooking dinner yesterday evening.
I  burned my hand.
4)      Yoko
raised her hand.
The teacher was talking.
5)      A
tree fell on my car.
I  was driving home
yesterday.
6)      I
was studying last night.
A mouse suddenly appeared on my desk.
            Exercise 2. Sentence
practice.
            Directions: Complete the
sentences.
1)
While I (wash) _____was washing______dishes last
night, I (get) _____got__ a phone call from my best friend.
2)
When my best friend (call) _________ last night, I (wash)
_________ dishes. 3) My friend Jessica (come) ________ while I (eat)
________________ dinner last night.
4)
I (eat) ____________________ dinner when my friend Jessica
(come)______ last night.
5)
My friend Ricardo (come) ___________ while I (watch) ____________
a rented movie on my VCR last night. I (invite) ____________him to join
me.
6)
I (watch) __________________ a rented movie on my VCR last
night when my friend Ricardo (come) ___________.
7)
Jason (wear) ____________ a suit and tie when I (see)
_____________ him yesterday.
8)
While I (watch) ________________ TV last night and (relax)
___________ after a long day, my new puppy(take) _______________ my
wallet from my bedside table.
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions:  Complete the sentences.
1)      While
my cousin and I (have) ___________________ dinner at the restaurant last
night, we (see) _____________ a friend of mine. I (introduce)
_________ her to my cousin.
2)
When I (hear) ______________ a knock at the door last
night, I (walk) ____________ to the door and (open) ___________ it.
When I (open) _______ the door, I (see) _____________ my brother.
I (greet) __________ him and (ask) ___________ him to come in.
3)      My
cousin and I (watch) _______________ a movie on TV last night when my
brother (come) _____________. He (watch) _______________ the end
of the movie with us.
4)
While I (walk) _____________ to class yesterday morning, I
(see) _________ Andrew. We (say) _____________ hello and (walk)
____________ the rest of the way to school together.
                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Complete these
sentences with a form of do or make and any appropriate noun.
1)      While
she was skiing she hit a tree and ___________ herself a serious ______________.

2)      If
you give him the job you`ll be _____________ him a (an) __________. He needs
some money at the moment.
3)      She
was feeling unwell at the party, so she __________ a(an) __________ and left.
4)      When
Clive left school, he had to  __________ a(an) __________between working for
his father and going to the university.
5)      I
tried to dissuade her from leaving her job. But it __________ any_________ -
she handed in her resignationthe next day.
Exercise 2. Complete these sentences
with a form of do or make.
1)      She
is fond of children. She will __________ a perfect mother one day.
2)      I
don`t know what to ____________ of the new president.
3)      They
spent most of the last year ___________ up the kitchen.
4)      There
is no electricity at the moment, so we`ll have to___________without it.
5)      It
really_________ my day when he gave me those flowers.
6)      They
__________ away with one-pound notes years ago. They only use one-pound coins
now.
7)      He`s
always ___________ up excuses for being late to class!
8)      I`ve
been working non-stop for the last five hours. I could really __________ with a
break.
9)      It
_____________ a big difference to the cost if you pay in advance.
10)Do you think we`ll _____________ the bank in time before
it closes?
11)OK. That _______________ it! I`m leaving! I can`t stand
any moreof your rudeness!
12)After graduating from
universityhe`s going to ______________ a skilled scientist.
                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Express your supposition
about our life in the 21st century using the prompts:
Model: to change life —
Life may (might) be changed.
      to change the climate, to discover new planets, to
inhabit Mars, to change the social order, to restore historical and
architectural monuments, to eliminate unemployment, to build comfortable houses
instead of five-storeyed buildings, to develop social programmes for old
people, to provide all working people with a car, to make public transport
free, to take visitors to other planets by shuttle taxies, to do away with AIDS
and cancer, to enrol students in the universities without entrance
examinations, to teach foreign languages by computers, etc.
SEQUENCE
OF TENSES. REPORTED SPEECH
Exercise 2. Use Indirect Speech:
       1. Tom said, “I’m leaving for France in a few days.”
2. Kate said, “I have never been to Brazil. I want to visit it this summer.” 3.
Mother thought, “We’ll have to buy a lot of things for Helen when she goes to
school next September.”
4.  Father complained, “I
haven’t had a real holiday for the last five years or so.”
5.  We said, “We hope he
will pass his exams successfully if nothing happens.”
6.  She announced, “We
are engaged and going to be married as soon as Harris buys a house.”
7.  The guide said, “By
the end of your stay here you’ll have seen all the sights of the town.” 8. My
guests grumbled, “It has been raining all the time since we arrived here a week
ago.” 9. Ann said, “I have been working hard the whole day and I’m very tired.”
10. She said, “We became friends when we left college.” 11. He said, “She was
seventeen and I was twentyseven when we first m et.” 12. Dennis said, “She was
not so young as I expected and not so beautiful.” 13.The oldwomansaid, “I’ve
lived in this house all my life and I have never seen any ghosts here.” 14. The
man shouted, “You don’t know what you are talking about.” 15. She said, “I have
learned Russian for two years but I can read it better than I can speak,
because Russian is difficult.” 16. The boy said, “I know these places very well
so I can act as your guide if you want.”
Exercise 3. Make the following
questions indirect. Use “I wondered,” “I wanted to know,” “I asked”:
A.
1. Does Jane live in Moscow? 2. Did your brother study at
Oxford University? 3. Do you play tennis every day? 4. Have you ever seen the
pyramids of Egypt? 5. Did they teach English literature at school? 6. Are you
going to leave tomorrow? 7. Has the mail arrived yet? 8. Have you been talking
on the phone all this time? 9. Will they be meeting you at the station? 10. Are
there any questions? 11. Do 1 have to hand in the paper today? 12. Will it take
us long to get there?
B.
1. What are you talking about? 2. What other countries
would you like to visit? 3. What did the director tell you? 4. What colour was
her hair? 5. Where can I see you next time? 6. Why didn’t you come to the party
last night? 7. How far is it to the Hawaii? 8. How many bedrooms are there in
your new house? 9. How long will it take us if we go there by plane? 10. How
many articles will you have translated by the end of this month? 11. Who is the
author of this book? 12. When did it start raining?
                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1.  Answer the following
questions.

1)      Which
planete would you like to go to? - …………………………….
………………………………………………………………………...
2)      Who
would you take with you on such an unusual journey? - ……….
………………………………………………………………………...
3)      Why
did you choose him/her/them? (give personal characteristics of your friend/friends)
-
……………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………
            Exercise 2. Answer the
following questions. Give your reasons.
Do you  believe that in 2150
1) people will build huge spaceships and will travel to other
planetesof the Solar System?
I believe (don`t believe) that people
…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
2) astronauts will travel to other galaxies?
………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………...
3) astronauts will grow fruit and vegetables on board spaceships? ……………..
………………………………………………………………………………...
4)      there
will be excursions to the Moon every weekend?
………………………………………………………………………………..

Yes, I believe it. / No, I think it`s impossible.

It`s too dangerous
to thravel through space.
Travelling to other
galaxies will take too much time.
It is longer than a
person`s lifetime.
Astronauts will eat
special energy tablets.
Thre will be huge
spaceships and people will have a normal life there.
They will work,
study and play there.
There will be sports
grounds, swimming pools and gardens on board.

       Exercise 3. Imagine that
you have been given a ch ance to build a new          world on another planet.
Write a fiction story, describing how people            live on this planet
(climate, people`s lifestyle, occupations and          hobbies).

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Lesson 59 I. REVISION
Exercise 1.  Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences.
1)      Mrs.
Reed (turn) _____________ on the radio in her car while she (drive)
________________ home yesterday. She (listen) _________________ to
some music when she suddenly (hear) _________________ a siren. When she (look)
___________________ in her rear-view mirror, she (see) __________ an
ambulance behind her. She immediately (pull) ________________ her car to
the side of the road and (wait) _____________________ for the ambulance
to pass.

2)      A:
I (be)____________ at my friends` house last night. While we (eat)
______________ dinner, their cat (jump) ________________ on the
table. My friends (seem, not) ________________to care, but I lost my
appetite.
B: What you (say) _______________________________?
A: Nothing.

B: Why (you/ask/not) ___________________________
your friends to get their cat off the table?
A: I (want, not)
_________________________ to be impolite.
B: I think your friends were impolite to let their
cat sit on the table during     dinner.
Exercise 2. Verb review.
 Directions: Complete the sentences
with the words in paretheses.
PART I.
 Yesterday Fish (be)
_______________ in the river. He (see) ____________

1
2
  Bear on the bank of the river. Here is their
conversation.
BEAR: Good morning, Fish!
FISH:  Good morning, Bear! How (you/be)________________
today?

3
BEAR: I (do) __________________ fine, thank you.
And you?
                                                      4
FISH: Fine, thanks.
BEAR: (you, would like)
_________________ to get out of the river and (sit)

5
______________ with me? I (need)
________________ someone to talk to.

6
7
FISH: I (need, not) _________________ to get out of
the river for us to talk.
                                                               8
We can talk just the way we are now.
BEAR:Hmmm.
FISH: Wait! What (you, do)
_________________________?

9
BEAR:I (get) _______________  in the river to join
you.
                                                10
FISH: Stop! This (be) _________ my
river! I (trust, not)_______________

11
12
           you.
What (you, want)______________________?
                                                                                13
BEAR: Nothing. Just a little conversation. I (want)
______________ to tell

14
             you about my problems. I (have)
____________ a bad day yesterday.

15
FISH: Oh! What happened?
PART II.
 BEAR: While I was walking through the woods, I (see)
_____________ a

16
              beehive. I (love)
________________ honey. So I (stop)________.

17                                                                      18
              When I (reach)______________ inside
the beehiveto get some
                                                                   19
              honey, a great big bee (come)____________
up behind me and stung

20
              my ear. The sting (be) __________ very
painful.

21
 FISH:   I (believe, not) _______________ you. Bees
can`t hurt bears. I

22
              (believe, not)_______________ your
story about a great big bee. All
                                                                 23
              bees  (be)
_________ the same size, and they (be, not) ________ big.
                                                  24
25
BEAR:  But it is true! Here. Come a little closer
and look at my ear. I`ll show               where the big bee stung it.
FISH:    OK. Where (it,be)
____________ ?  Where (the bee, sting) ________

26
27
               ____________ you?
                         28
BEAR:   Right here. See!
FISH:     Stop! What (you, do)__________________?
Let go of me! Why

   29
               (you,
hold)________________ me?
                                                              30
BEAR:    I (hold) ______________ you because I`m
going to eat you for
                                                        31                 dinner.

                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Choose the right answer.
1)
Sorry, I`m late. I became/got lost.
2)
Although he was young, he became/got  regarded by the
peopleas their leader.
3)
He wouldn`t let me get a word in and it became/got  a bit
irritating in the end.
4)
It`s time to go to school. Become/get ready quickly.
5)
She became/got  a minister in the government in 1981.
6)
As the microscope was focused, the bacteria became/got  visible.
7)
The children became/got  really excited on Christmas Eve.
8)
As his condition worsened his speech became/got  unintelligeable.
Exercise 2.  Complete
the sentences with went or turned (into) and one of the following words.
If either verb is possible, give them both.                bald   black
dead   a film   fourty   missing   white   wild
1)      Just
like his father, he ___________ before he was thirty.
2)      Having
now ________, he feels that his fooballing career is coming to an end.
3)      I
was so dirty, the water in the bath __________ as soon as I stepped into it. 4)
When I picked up the receiver, the line ________________________.
5)      When
we broke the news to Val, her face ____________ and she collapsed.
6)      The
jewels ________________ at exactly the same time as the child vanished.
7)      Her
latest novel, The Inner Limits, is to be _______________________.
8)      When
Germany scored for the seventh time, the crowd ____________ with excitement.
Exercise 3. Complete the sentences
with the appropriate form of come, get, go, grow or turn. If more than
one answer is possible, give them both.
1) Over the years, he ______________ to resemble his
father more and more. 2) The mirror ______________ broken when I dropped it in
the bathroom.
3)      I
was going to put cheese on my sandwiches, but it had ________mouldly.
4)      They
lived in the part of the city that people _________ to call the Rocks`. 5)
He _____________ deaf in his right ear when a gun was fired close to him.
6) Later on, I ________________ to understand why my
sister had changed.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Use “say” or “tell” in the
correct form:
1.He ... he hadn’t been invited. 2. He ... to give his
name. 3. Mother ... Jim to wash up and clean the house when the guests had
left. 4 .1 couldn’t understand what she .... 5. In the taxi he ... to her he
had quitted his job. 6. She ... she would return soon. 7. W e... that our
examination would begin at eight. 8. I wondered who ... her such nonsense! 9.
She ... it to me confidentially but I can’t help sharing it with you. 10.
They... they had enjoyed the concert. 11. Who ... that smoking is harmful? 12. She...
her not to interfere.
Exercise 2. Change the
following questions according to the model:
A.
Model: Is it difficult to learn to drive
?—Do you think it is difficult to learn to drive?
1.Is he interested in English poetry? 2. Does he care much
for her? 3. Are there many more sentences to translate? 4. Have I made many
mistakes? 5. Is she learning Chinese? 6. Did he divorce her? 7. Is everybody
here? 8. Can we find a taxi? 9. Has he earned a lot of money? 10. Is the film
worth seeing?
B.
Model: What time does the show begin? —
What time do you think the show begins?
1. Where do they live now? 2. What is the story about? 3.
What is his wife’s name? 4. When did he graduate from the University? 5. What
shall we do next? 6. Where shall we go for a holiday? 7. Where did they find
the book? 8. How old is her husband 9. Why did he have to return home? 10. How
well does she know him? 11. What are you doing? 12. Who is she waiting for? 13.
What’s the matter? 14. How can she prove it?
Exercise 3. Use the following requests
and commands in the Reported Speech. Begin your sentences with “he told me,”
“he ordered,” “he demanded,” “he asked”:
1.Put out the lights when you leave the house. 2. Return
these books to the library, please. 3. Leave me alone. 4. Drive the car carefully,
please. 5. Put down your name and address here. 6. Don’t forget to call me when
you get home. 7. Don’t go out in such bad weather. 8. Don’t be angry with her.
9. Don’t be late for the meeting. 10. Will you help me carry this box? 11. Will
you give Mr. Smith this message? 12. Can you show me the way out? 13. May I use
your dictionary? 14. Could you do me a favour? 15. Leave the room immediately!
16. Stop talking! 17. Mind your own business! 18. Don’t play with fire.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences
using the pictures and words below.

1)

When my friend and went outside it was raining heavily.

2)

It was warm and sunny while
  Nick and Tom (to fish)______________
____________________________

3)

When Peter`s mum came into the room, he (to watch the stars

through the telescope)
_________________
____________________________

4)

People froze with fear when
  a big wild tiger (to cross the road in the
centre of the city)
  _____________
___________________________

5)

When we came to see George,
  he
 (to paint the
  fence)____________
____________________________

6)

When I came home, my mum (to cook a tasty cake)
  _____________ ____________________________

Exercise 2. Complete the dialogue.
Ann: How was your holiday at the seaside?
Ben: Oh, It was wonderful, thank you. We had great
fun!
Ann: What (you/do) _____________ there?
Ben: In the mornings, while my parents still (have
breakfast)_____________, I       (play) _______________ tennis with my frend
Harry. After that, at about 10 o`clock we (swim)________________ in the sea and
(play) _____________ football on the beach.
Ann: Yes, that sounds good! And what (you/do) __________
in the afternoons after your lunch?
Ben: After lunch (we/go) ____________ on some interesting
excursions around the place where (we/stay) ______________ that week. In the
evenings after dinner either (we/watch)______________ films on TV or (we/play)
______________ chess with my dad.
Ann: I see, and what (you/do) ____________ between 5 p.m.
and dinner time?
Ben: Well, when the weather was nice and warm, me friend
and I (have fun) _______________ at the seaside. We either (swim) ___________
or (play) ______________ volleyball on the beach.
Ann: Fantastic! Next time I`ll go with you.
Lesson 60 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: class
interview.
Directions: Walk around the room. Ask
your classmates questions. Write down their names and their answers.
Example: tomorrow
SPEAKER A: What are you going to do tomorrow?
SPEAKER B: I`m going to go shopping / get a haircut / walk
to school.

Question

First name

Answer

1)
  tomorrow

2)
  tomorrow morning

3)
  tomorrow afternoon

4)
  tomorrow night

5) at
  7.00 tomorrow morning

6)
  at 9.00 tomorrow morning

Question

First name

Answer

7)
  at noon tomorrow

8) at 5.00 tomorrow afternoon

9) around 6.30 tomorrow evening

10)after
  8.00 tomorrow night

Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences. Use be
going to and the given expressions.

call the manager
go to the bookstore                    see a dentist  call the
police                        go to an Indian restaurant          stay in bed
today get something to eat               lie down and rest for a while     take
a long walk in the park go to the beach                      look it up in my
dictionary        take it to the post office        go to
bed                               major in psychology                 take them
to the laundry

1)      I
need to buy a book. ……………………………………………………….
2)      It`s
midnight now. I`m sleepy. I ……………………………………………
3)      Sue
is hungry. She …………………………………………………………
4)      My
clothes are dirty. I ……………………………………………………
5)      I
have atoothache. I ………………………………………………………
6)      I`m
writing a composition. I don`t know how to spell a word. I
……………………………………………………………………………
7)      George
has to mail a package. He ………………………………………
8)      It`s
a nice day today. Mary and I …………………………………………
9)      Sue
and I want to go swimming. We ………………………………………
10)  I have a headache. I
……………………………………………………… 11)It`s late at night. I hear a burglar! I
………………………………………… 12)I want to be a psychologist. When I go to the university, I
………………..
………………………………………………………………………………
13)I feel terrible. I think I`m getting the flu. I
…………………………………
14)Ivan and Natasha want to go out to eat. They
……………………………
15)Rosa lives in an apartment. There`s a problem with the
plumbing. She
………………………………………………………………………………
                       Exercise 3. Let`s
talk: class interview.
Directions: Walk around the room. Ask
your classmates questions. Write down their names and their answers.
Example:when/go downtown
SPEAKER A: When are you going to go downtown?
SPEAKER B: Tomorrow afternoon. / In a couple of days. /
Around noon. / etc.

Question

First name

Answer

1)
  where /go after class today

2)
  what time / get home tonight

3)
  when /eat dinner

4)
  where /eat dinner

5)
  what time / go to ded tonight

6) what time /get up tomorrow morning

7) where / be tomorrow morning

8)
  when /see your family again

9)
  where /live next year

10)when /take a trip and where /go

ULARY
                                II.        VOCABULARY.
Exerise 1. Replace each use of get
with a verb from the box.

become  fall
become   grow   have   make

   As you get older, you`ll begin to understand your
parents better. Getting angry with them all the time doesn`t help. You may not
want to go to summer camp when none of your friends will  be there, but your
parents know you will soon get new friends there.You would all have gone on a
family holiday together, if your grandmother hadn`t got ill, but surely you can
understand why they don`t want to leave her. You`ll feel much more sympathetic
to your parents` feelings when you get a child of your own!
Exercise 2. Complete the collocations
in these sentences.
1) I think I`d go _______________ if I had to put up with
such a terrible boss! 2)            It was a wonderful sunset. The sky
____________ gold  and we sat on the terrace enjoying it.
3)      Once
upon a time the walls were probably cream but they have ___________ brown now
and badly need repainting.
4)      When
I start ________________ grey I`m definitely going to dye my hair.
5)      As
the headmaster walked into the hall, the children _______________ all  silent.
6)      The
noise in the street _____________ louder and I looked out of the window to see
what was happening.
7)      My
grandmother is a little afraid of _____________ ill when she is abroad. 8) I
was so embarrassed that I _______________ bright red.
Exercise 3. Answer these questions
using the collocations.
1)      What
can happen to men as they get older? (Think of their hair.)
2)      What
can happen if you are embarrassed? (Think of your face.)
3)      What
can happen if you get bad news? (Think of your face or hair.) 4) What can
happen to the pages of newspaper after a long time?
5)
What can happen to strawberries as they ripen?
6)
The poet John Milton lost his eyesight at the end of his life.
What is another way of saying that?
7)
The composer Beethoven lost his hearing at the end of his life.
What is nother way of saying that?
8)
At the end od Shakespeare`s play, Hamley loses his mind. What is
another way of saying that?
9)
If it is about to rain, what might happen to the sky?
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1. Report what someone
said/did by using one of these verbs:

allow, order, warn,
encourage, permit, offer, expect, remind, forbid, require, promise

Model: Don’t touch the
cat!— Mother warned her son not to touch the cat.
1. Be careful! The road is slippery. 2. You must fill in
this application form. 3. I may leave earlier today. 4. We hope they will
receive our telegram tonight. 5. Raise your hands and don’t move! 6. Do you
remember that we have a meeting on Wednesday?
7. Never touch my papers on the desk. 8. Be sure to come
on time. 9. Come, come!
You’ll be all right. 10. Shall I help you? 11.1 could give
you some money if you need.
12. Don’t worry, I’ll be on time.

Exercise 2. Express the following in
the Reported Speech:
1. Here are your keys. 2. I’m sorry to keep you waiting.
3. Happy birthday to you! 4.
Thank you ever so much. 5. Hello everybody. 6. Oh, dear,
he has lied to me again. 7. It’s too good to be true. 8. You are the last
person I expected to see here. 9. No, no, this won’t do. 10. Goodbye, see you
soon. 11. Prey, don’t tell her about it. 12. All right, all right. I give in.
13. Just a moment. 14. Oh no. She can’t have married James.
15. No sir. I won’t forget it.
Exercise 3. Put the verbs in the correct
tense and voice forms:
A.
     When I (answer) the telephone this morning, I (know) that the woman
(dial) the wrong number. But it (take) her a long time to find out. She (say)
her name (be) Mrs. Mills and (ask) if I (be) Dr. Cooper’s secretary. I (tell)
her that she (not to get) the right number, but I (not to think) she (listen)
to me. She (tell) me she (want) to cancel her two o’clock appointment because
her husband (be) ill and she (have) to take care of him. I (tell) her I (be)
very sorry to hear that, but she still (have) the wrong number.
Then she (want) to know if the appointment (can make) for
next week. I (tell) her it (cannot arrange) as I (be) not Dr. Cooper’s
secretary. Finally she (hear) what I (say).
She (want) to know why she (not to tell) right away that
she (have) the wrong number.
Before I (can answer) her she (ring) off.
       At first I (be) a little upset about it, but later on, in the
evening I (decide) it (be) really quite funny. I (want) to ring my sister and
(tell) her about it. It so (happen) that I (dial) the wrong number. And by a
fantastic coincidence it (happen) to be Mrs. Mills. You can imagine how much I
(astonish). I (try) to explain that I (make) a mistake, but she (not to
listen). She just (want) to know how I (get) hertelephone number. She (say) she
(cannot understand) why I (bother) her. I (try) to explain again, but she
(talk) so much and so fast that I (cannot interrupt) her even to say that I
(be) sorry. Finally I (hang up).
      I still (want) to speak to my sister, but I (be)
afraid I (may) get that woman’s number again. As a result I (not to use) the
telephone for the rest of the day.
B.
        It (be) not very long afterwards that Michael (wake) up one
morning with a curious feeling inside him. He (know) the moment he (open) his
eyes, that something (be) wrong, but he (be) not quite sure what it (be).
      “What (be) the day today, Mary Poppins?” he
(enquire), pushing the bedclothes away from him.
      “Tuesday,” (say) Mary Poppins. “Go and turn on your bath. Hurry!”
she (say), as he (make) no effort to move. He (turn) over and (pull) the
bedclothes up over his head and the curious feeling (increase).
       “What I (say)?” (say) Mary Poppins in that cold,
clear voice that (be) always a Warning.
        Michael (know) now what (happen) to him. He (know)
he (be going) to be naughty.
        Mary Poppins (look) down upon him.
        He (wait), wondering what she (do) and (be) surprised when,
without a word, she (go) into the bathroom and (turn on) the tap herself. He
(take) his towel and (go) slowly in as she (come) out.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Fill in the words from the
box.

homeless   injure
destroyed   hurricanes   damaged   flood   gangerous   disasters

      A lot of different weather (1)
______________ happen on the Earth every year. All of them can be very (2)
______________ for people. The greatest natural disasters cause a lot of
damage, (3) ________________ and kill people. When the famous Galveston
Hurricane struck the United States in September 1900, the whole city of
Galveston, Texas, was (4) _____________ and about 6000 people were killed. (5)
_____________ often bring massive floods.  The Hurricane
Agness, that happened in the United States in 1972, was not a strong one, but
it brought rainfalls that caused floods and the deths of 122 people. A more
awful
       (6) _______________ happened in
China in1998. It was caused by heavy rainfall. Nearly 4000 people wre killed.
The flood destroyed houses and left million of people (7) _________________, a
lot of farmland was (8) ________________.

Lesson 61
                               I.       REVISION
 Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Rewrite the sentences
using Present Continuous.
Example: My mother and I are going to leave for our
trip at 10.00 tomorrow.
Ø My mother and Iare leaving for
our trip at 10.00 tomorrow.
1)      We
are going to fly to Athens.
2)      We
are going to spend a week there.
3)      My
brother is going to miss us there.
4)      He
is going to take the train.
5)      We
are going to go sightseeing together.
6)      I
am going to come back by boat, and they are going to return by train.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the
sentences. Use yesterday, last, tomorrow, next.
1)      I
went swimming _____yesterday_____ morning.
2)      Ken
is going to go to the beach ___tomorrow____ morning.
3)      I`m
going to take a trip __________________ week.
4)      Maria
went to Miami _________________ week for a short vacation.
5)      We
had a test in class _________________ afternoon.
6)      _______________
afternoon we are going to go on a picnic.
7)      My
sister is going to arrive ___________________ Tuesday.
8)      Mr
Koh bought a used car ___________________ Friday.
9)      My
brother is going to enter the university _________ fall.
10)_____________ spring I took a trip to San Francisco.
11)Mia is going to fly to London ____________ month.
12)Rick lived in Tokyo ________________ year.
13)I`m going to study at the library ____________ night.
14)__________ night I watched TV.
15)____________ evening I`m going to go to a baseball
game.
16)Mrs Chang went to the opera _____________  evening.
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the sentences.Use
the given time expression with ago,in.
1)
ten minutes             Class is going to end ____in
ten minutes___.
2)
ten minutes             Ann`s class ended _____ten
minutes ago___.
3)
an hour                   The post office isn`t open. It
closed _______.
4)
an hour                   Jack is going to call us
_________________.
5)
two more                 I`m studying abroad now, I`m
going to be back       months                      home
_______________________________.
6)
two months               My wife and I took a trip to
Morocco ______                                   ____________________________________.
7) a  minute                  Karen left ____________________________.
8)
half an hour              I`m going to meet David at a
coffee shop____                                   ____________________________________.
9)
one more week          The new highway is going to open
________
____________________________________.
10)    a year
                      I was living in Korea ___________________.
                                II.      VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Complete the questions
using collocations with have.
1)      You
want a friend to look at a letter you have written before you send it.
YOU: Could you ___________________________________________?
2)      You
want to know why your two friends aren`t speaking to each other.
YOU: Why aren`t you speaking to Rosa?  Did you
_________________?
3)      A
friend comes to school on crutches with a bandage round her head.
YOU: What happened? Did you
________________________________?
4)      You
want to know if a friend did lots of enjoyable things on their recent holiday.
YOU:  How was the holiday? Did you
____________________________?
5)      You
are having a meeting with some friends. You think it is time to stop for half
an hour or so.
YOU: Shall we
______________________________________________?
6)      A
friend has just bought a new bicycle. You`d like to ride it to see what it`s
like.
YOU: Nice bike! Can I
________________________________________? 7) You want to talk informally to
your teacher about what to do next year.
YOU: When you are free, could I ________________________________?
8) A friend is trying with difficulty
to read your address you have just written down for him.
YOU: What`s the matter? Are you
_______________________________?
Exercise 2. Complete these sentences
with an appropriate form of have or take and one of these nouns. If
either verb is possible, write them both.

care  a
dislike  an effect  a fall  a look  a power  a say  a sip  a stroll a word

1)      Mr
Hammond, may I ___________ with you, please. It`s about my salary.
2)      I
___________ to Cathy`s new boyfriend the moment Imet him.
3)      After
brealfast yesterday we _____________ around the park.
4)      Can
you _______________ of Peter on Saturday while I go shopping?
5)      Olivia`s
recent illness obviously ______ on her performance in the match.
6)      It`s
very important for the workers to _______ in how the company is run.
7)      She
______________ of her coffee, but it was still too hot to drink.
8)      I
felt much better after I had __________________ in the sun.
9)      I
______________ on a patch of ice and broke my glasses.
10)When the present government ___________ in 1996,
inflation was 250%. 11)If you are thinking of buying the house, come and
_________ around.
Exercise 3. A number of common
expressions include have or take + noun. Do you know what these ones
mean?
1)      Why
don`t you have a go?
2)      Well,
that really takes the biscuit!
3)      I`ll
have to take the plunge and tell her.
4)      She
was always taking mickey out of me.
                III.    Grammar
Exercise 1. Use the verbs in the
following sentences in the Passive Voice:
1.  The English people
always eat Christmas pudding on Christmas Day.
2.  On holiday eves
people usually remember their friends and relatives and send cardsto them. 3.
“Mr. Harris is going to sing a comic song now,” said the hostess. 4. They first
played table tennis about in 1880. 5. At the beginning of the 19th century
people considered the creation of more universities to be
either necessary or desirable. 6. In the early part
of the 20th century they established new provincial universities. 7.
Shakespeare in his works made full use of the great resources of the English
language. 8. Shakespeare’s poetry has long delighted and will delight lovers of
literature of the whole world.
9. Summer schools of music in Britain show present day
concern with music. 10. Some people think astronomy to be the oldest science.
11. People still know and sing some of the songs composed by Henry VIII. 12.
There is an old belief that people can see the cuckoo each year in England on
April, 20.
13. For many years scholars have been adding new facts
about Shakespeare’s life. 14. We have known this fact all along.
Exercise 2. Use the correct tense and
voice forms of the verbs given in brackets:

A.
1. Many famous pictures (to leave) to our galleries at
various times. 2. She (to tell) me what she (to see) at the village fair that
afternoon. 3. Apart from individual attractions each park in London (to have) a
greater or lesser expanse of well-kept grass. 4. The National Gallery in London
(to erect) between 1832 and 1838. 5. The custom of giving postmen Christmas
boxes (to die) now but (not to disappear). 6. The postman (to deliver)
Christmas cards on Christmas Eve. 7. Christmas Day (to have) special significance
ever since Christianity
(to come) to England. 8. The size of the collection of the
museum (to increase) recently by generous gifts. 9. While Tom (to ride) on the
switchback, his hat (to blow off). 10. He (to rise) to be President of his
country.
B.
1. The sound of approaching footsteps (to hear). 2.
The room I (to occupy) (to be) in the little summer house, and the door (to
open) directly into the garden. 3. They never (to hear) such strange and
beautiful language and very (to astonish). 4. The doctor (to say) she (to be)
still very weak, because she (to lose) much blood, but he (to hope) that she
(to be) well in a few days.
5.The girl nearly (to break) the cups and plates as she
(to look) at me — the stranger who (to save) her mistress’s life. 6. Brian’s
thoughts (to interrupt) by a loud noise. 7. Christmas Day (to celebrate) at the
hotel with suitable ceremonies, but it (to look upon) as no more than a
rehearsal for New Year. 8. He (to tell) them that if they (to hold) together
the administrator (to be) obliged to accept their terms. 9. “When you (to be)
out here a year or two you (to be) all right,” said Mackintosh. 10. “I (to sit)
at the window and (to tell) you what
(to happen) outside?” asked Michael. 11. It (to be)
natural that the Red Cow (to imagine) that her life always (to be) the same —
indeed, she (to feel) that she (can) ask for nothing better than for all her
days to be alike till she (to come) to the end of them. 12. At last she (to
grow) tired and (to decide) that she (to dance) enough and that she (to go) to
sleep.
C.
Consequent upon this discovery, new evidence (to appear).
Madame Delue (to testify) that she (to keep) a roadside inn not far from the
bank of the river. The neighbourhood (to be) secluded. But it (to be) the usual
Sunday resort of blackguards from the city, who (to cross) the river in boats.
About three o’clock in the afternoon of the Sunday in question a young girl (to
arrive) at the inn, she (to accompany) by a young man of dark complexion. The
two (to remain) here for some time. On their departure, they (to take) the road
to some thick woods in the vicinity. Madame Delue’s attention (to call) to the
dress the girl (to wear), on account of its resemblance to the one a deceased
relative (to wear). A scarf particularly (to notice). Soon after the couple (to
leave), a gang of miscreants (to make) their appearance, (to behave)
boisterously, (to eat) and (to drink) without making payment, (to follow) in
the route of the young man and girl,
(to return) to the inn about dusk and (to recross) the
river as if in a great haste. (After E. Poe)
D.
   The first skyscrapers (to invent) in New York, where
land prices (to be) high and the geology (to allow) such methods of
construction. Skyscrapers (to find) in cities throughout the world but New York
(to consider) the world’s tallest city. If you (to want) to have a good view of
New York City you (to be) able to do it from the top of the World Trade Centre
(110 stories) or from the Empire State Building (102 stories).     The Empire
State Building (to be) no longer the world’s tallest building but it (to be)
certainly one of the world’s bestloved skyscrapers. Today more than 16,000
people (to work) in the building and more than two million people a year (to
visit) the 86th and 102nd floor observatories. At night the top 30 stories (to
illuminate) with colours appropriate to the season: red and green for
Christmas, orange and brown for Halloween.
    Not far from the Empire State Building there (to be)
an interesting architectural complex — Rockefeller Centre. It (to begin) during
the Great Depression of the 1930s by John Rockefeller and (to build) according
to one general plan. Rockefeller Centre (to consist) of 19 skyscrapers. It (to
house) all kinds of offices, enterprises, banks, theatres, music halls,
restaurants, shops, etc. All parts of the complex (to link) by underground
passageways.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences
using the words who,that, which.
1)      Have
you learned the poem ___ which / that____ we read yesterday?
2)      The
English, the Wesh, the Scots and the Irish are peoples _________ live in the
United Kingdom.
3)      These
are the countries_____________ I`d like to visit.
4)      Football,
hockey and boxing are the kinds of sports ____________ are more interesting for
boys.
5)      Andrew,
Alice and Paul were the students _____________ were asked at the Maths lesson
on Wednesday.
6)      Chinese,
English and Russian are the languages ____________ are spoken by millions of
people in the world.
Exercise 2. Underline the appropriate
modal verb.
1)      I`m
going to the theatre tonight.  What (should / must)I wear?
2)      You
(mustn`t / needn`t) touch the dog. It`s dangerous.
3)      It`s
a secret. You (mustn`t / don`t have to) tell anyone what I said.
4)      You
(shouldn`t / needn`t) wash up. Mother has done it.
5)      Do
you think I (have to / should)  learn another forein language? 6) You (needn`t
/ shouldn`t) play computer games so much.
Exercise 3. Complete the sentences
putting the pronoun in brackets into the right form.
1)      Can
I borrow your pen? I can`t find __mine___ (I)
2)      Whose
roller skates are these? – They are _________ (she).
3)      Is
this your T-shirt? – No, it`s _________ (you).
4)      Your
house is larger than __________ (we).
5)      The
glass on the left is __________ (he).
6)      Our
cat is black, but __________ is dark grey (they).
Lesson 62 I.          REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: interview.
Directions: Walk around the room. Ask
students each pair of questions.Write down their names and answers.

Question

First name

Answer

1)

where
  / go / yesterday where / go / tomorrow

2)

who
  / call / last week who / call / next week

3)

who
  / call / yesterday who / call / tomorrow

4)

what / watch on TV / last week what / watch on TV / next
  week

5)

where / live / five years ago where / live / in 5 years

Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions: Complete the
sentences. Use yesterday, last, tomorrow, next, in,  go.
1)      I
went to the Zoo  ____last____ week.
2)      Yolanda
went to the Zoo a week _________.
3)      Peter
Nelson is going to the Zoo__________ Sunday.
4)      We
are going to the Zoo __________ two morw days.
5)      My
children went to the Zoo _________ morning.
6)      My
cousin is going to the Zoo _________ afternoon.
7)      Kim
Yang Don graduated from Sogang University __________ spring.
8)      We`re
going to have company for dinner _________ night.
9)      We
had company for dinner three days __________.
10)We`re going to have dinner at our friends` house
_________ two days. 11)___________ evening we`re going to go to the concert
12)___________ Friday I went to a party.
13)___________ morning the students took a rest.
14)My little sister arrived here _________ month.
15)She is going to leave __________ two weeks.
16)__________ year Yoko is going to be a freshman in
college.
Exercise 3.  Sentence practice.
Directions:  Complete the sentences
with your own words. Write about your life.
1)      _______________________________________________
a few days ago.
2)      _______________________________________
in a few days (from now).
3)      __________________________________________
in a few more minutes.
4)      ________________________________________________
three hours ago. 5) _____________________________________________ in four more
hours.
6)      ____________________________________________
a couple of days ago.
7)      __________________________________
in a couple of months (from now).
8)      _________________________________________________
many years ago.
9)      __________________________________
in a couple of minutes ( from now).
                                II.       VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Choose the correct collocation.
1)      She
had/took/paid attention to what I told herand started working harder.
2)      I
had/made/took over a hundred photographs on my trip to Antarctica.
3)      She
made/paid/brought me a nice compliment yesterday.
4)      I
got/made/had a bad dream last night and woke up sweating.
5)      The
President made/gave/paid tribute to all the people who had supported
him.
6)      I
got/took/had a liking to our new teacher the moment I met her.
7)      I
gave/made/had a feeling I had met Richard before, but I couldn`t
remember where.
8)      I
went to Douglas Farnham`s funeral to give/take/pay my last respect to a
fine man.
9)      I
think I`ll take/make/do a chance and leave my flight booking till the
last minute. I may get a cheaper ticket.
10)Shall we make/get/have a party for Jane? She`s
leaving the school next week.
11)We need to make/get/take action immediately.
12)I had/got/took a feeling that he was tryingto
hide something from me.
Exercise 2. Which collocations in this
text could be replaced by collocations  with take instead of the verbs
used?
Next
time you go on a trip to the coast, why not get the train?
Why suffer endless delays in long traffic jams? And why run
risks when you are travelling – travel by train and arrive safely.
What`s more, if you decide to have a holiday in the capital city, you`ll
have a more relaxing time if you go by rail. Or why not pay a surprise
visit to an old friend during an off-peak time? Call now and make use of
our special offers. 0800 -347655
Exercise 3. Match 1-6 to make
impressions with verbs put and take.
1)      put
yourself __________                 a) a word for it
2)      don`t
take    __________                 b) time
3)      take
my       __________                 c) easy
4)      take
it          __________                 d) foot in it
5)      you
relly put your _____                 e) it personally
6)      take
your     __________                 f) in my shoes
                                III.       PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Test 1. Present tenses.
1.Ask questions to the underlined
words.
1)  We have been touring
England for ten days already.
2)  It usually takes him
twenty minutes to get to his office.
3)  This is the first
time I have driven a car.
4)  Peter is going to
discuss his plans with his family. 5) Kate is always nagging.
2.Open the brackets using the verbs in
the proper present tenses.
1)
I (sell) this bicycle. You (want) to buy it?
2)
What you (think) you (do)?
3)
I (not/understand) what he (say). He (speak) Spanish or
Portuguese?
4)
We (stay) in this hotel since last Monday and we (not/have) a
decent meal during all this time.
5)
I (live) with my friends now as the workmen (not/repair) yet the
roof in my house.
6)
John and Polly (be) married for fifteen years already. They (go)
to celebrate their wedding anniversary this Saturday.
7)
This the first time I (hear) this expression.
8)
James always (want) to become an actor and now his dream (come)
true.
9)
Why you (smell) the milk? – I (think) it (go) off.
10)It (rain) for five days already. The weather (get)
worse and worse.
3.Choose the correct variant.
1)      I`ve
heardabout it quite often … .
a)      lately
b)      from
time to time
c)      already
d)      now
2)      We
haven`t seen each other … last month.
a)      since
b)      for
c)      in
d)      from
3)      I`ve
finished my test … .
a)      so
far
b)      of
late
c)      yet
d)      at
last
4)      James
is … asking me for money.
a)      whenever
b)      continuously
c)      forever
d)      usually
5)      They
have been discussing this problem … last Monday.
a)      since
b)      on
c)      from
d)      for
4.Correct the mistakes in the
following sentences.
1)      I
know James for three years.
2)      The
boy has eaten three ice creams since I am here.
3)      Jill`s
eyes are red because she has cried.
4)      The
plane is arriving at the airport at twoo o`clock.
5)      Pam
forever asks stupid questions.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1.Transform the sentences
from the First to the Second Conditional as in the 1st sentence.
1) If the weather is fine, I will enjoy surfing.
_____If the
weather were fine, I would enjoy surfing._____________ 2) If you train
hard, you will keep fit.
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
3) If the swimming pool near your house, you can go there by bike.
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
4) If I go to the gym by bus, it will take me twenty
minutes to get there.
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
5) Where will you go, if you are in Paris?
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________
6) What will you do, if you win the Olympic Games?
__________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________

Exercise 2. Underline the appropriate
word.
1)      How
many English words have you (learned/studied)  lately?
2)      We
will (learn/study) three new subjects at school next year.
3)      It
is difficult to (learn/study) to drive?
4)      I
know how to get to Trafalgar Square. I`ve (learned/studied) the map of London
carefully.
5)      Would
you like to (learn/study) abroad?  6) Where did you (learn/study) to swim?
Lesson 63 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice.
Directions: Answer the questions with
your own words.
1) What is something you did earlier this year?
Ø
I ________came to this city ________ this year. 2) What
is something you are doing this year?
Ø
I _______am studying_____________ this year.
3) What is something you are going to do this year?
Ø
I am going to visit my relatives in Cairo this year.
4) What is something you did earlier today?
Ø I
_______________________________ today.
5)      What
is something you are doing today, right now? Ø
I_______________________________ today.
6)      What
is something you are going to do later today?
Ø I
_______________________________ today.
7)      What
is something you did earlier this morning/afternoon,evening? Ø I ____________________ this
_______________.
8)      What
is something you are going to do later this morning/afternoon,evening?
Ø I
____________________ this _______________.
Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions:Complete the sentences with your
own words.
1)      ____________________________________
today.
2)      _______________________________
this morning.
3)      ______________________________
this afternoon.
4)
_______________________________ this evening. 5)
___________________________________ tonight. 6)
_________________________________ this week.
7) _________________________________ this month. 8)
__________________________________ this year.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions:Work with a partner. Ask
questions using the given verbs or your own words.
Example: tomorrow morning
PARTNER A: Are you going to come to class tomorrow
morning? PARTNER B: Yes, I am. OR
No, I am not.

buy
drive              shop call                    eat                 sleep
come                 get up            visit   do
go                  wake up  drink                send               wash

1.last night
10.last week
2.tomorrow night                              11.this
week
3.tonight                                            12.
yesterday morning
4.tomorrow afternoon                       13.tomorrow
morning
5.yesterday afternoon                        14.this
morning
6.this afternoon                                  15.later
today
7.last Friday                                       16.a
couple of hours ago
8.next Friday                                      17.in a
couple of hours
9.next week                                         18.this
evening
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1. Complete the sentences
with the correct form of take and put.
1)      People
often ______________ their health for granted.
2)      You
always ____________ your work first! Why don`t you pay some attention to me for
a change?
3)      We
need to _____________ a stop to this bad behaviour.
4)      ___________
no notice of her.She doesn`t know what she is talking about.
5)      She`s
got a lot of good plans but rarely has time to __________ them into practice.
6)      How
many countries are _______________ part in the Olympic Games this year?
7)      He
always ___________ ages to get dressed in the morning.
8)      We
are being ____________ under a lot of pressure to reach our sales  targets this
year.
9)      She
____________ offence when he said he didn`t like the food she made.
10)Where`s the meeting _______________ place?
11)He _____________ my advice and bought a new pair of
shoes.
12)He`s been ____________ in charge of buying the drinks
for the party.
 Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
with thecorrect form of  phrasal verbs.

take back
take in  take on  take off  put off  put on  put out  put away

1)      Could
you please _________ that box __________?
2)      __________
that _____________! That was a really horrible thing to say.
3)      What
music shall we ____________ now?
4)      Business
really _________ last year. We made a profit of over $200,000.
5)      They`re
not ___________ any new staff until the summer.
6)      Can
you help me ___________ these boxes __________ ?
7)      Don`t
give them too much information. They won`t be able to _________ it all
__________.
8)      I
had a very bad experience at that restaurant once and it`s ____________ me
______________ eating there ever again.
                                III.    PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Test 2.  Past Tenses Exercise
1. Ask questions to the underlined words.
1)      Kelly
used to smoke a lot.
2)
No sooner had I learned the rule  than I forgot it.
3)      Hardly
had the rain stopped when we went for a walk. 4) Mary was sleeping when
the doorbell rang. 5 5) We hardly knew her.
Exercise 2. Open the brackets using
the verbs in proper tenses.
1)      When
he (return) the book I (understand) at once that he (not/read) it.
2)      Hardly
the actor (finish) this famous monologue when the audience (begin) applauding.
3)      After
I (collect) all the documents I (check) them thoroughly.
4)      When
James (be) small he always (cry).
5)      Kate
(punish) her son because he (tell) her a lie.
6)      Mother
(lay) the table for breakfast when I (wake) up.
7)      When
the clock (strike) twelve everything around us (begin) to change.
8)      When
we (go) out the rain already (stop) and the sun (shine).
9)      Professor
Black (say) at the conference that he (work) at this problem for more than ten
years and (not/find) a solution yet.
10)Before I (visit) Italy I (read)
everything I could find about the traditions of this country.
Exercise 3. Choose the correct
variant.
1)      I
learnt about it … .
a)      for
a long time
b)      long
ago
c)      long
time ago
d)      log
before
2)      I
read this announcement … .
a)      just
now
b)      lately
c)      just
d)      already
3)      We
haven`t met since we … from the university.
a)      graduated
b)      were
graduating
c)      have
graduated
d)      had
graduated
4)      She
didn`t talk to me … I had apologized to her.
a)      before
b)      after
c)      until
d)      because
5)      Who
… this book?
a)      has
written
b)      writes
c)      would
write
d)      wrote
Exercise 4. Correct the mistakes.
1)      Scarcely
had we got the money than we spent it all.
2)      Only
after I had been reading the letter three times I understood what it was about.
3)      She
was sitting on the bench for three hours and then she left.
4)      He
usedn`t to be so greedy when he was young.
5)      We
had waited till she packed her suitcase.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Supply the missing words
given belowThere is an odd word.

quite  long
good  well  high  much  fast

1)      He
is the only sportsman who can swim so _________.
2)      I`ve
got a headache. I don`t feel very ______________.
3)      Baseball
is ________________ popular in the USA.
4)      Don`t
jump so ________________. It can be dangerous.
5)      How
_______________ does it take you to do your homework? 6) You should read this
book. It`s very ____________________.
Exercise 2. Use the word in brackets
at the end of each sentence to form a word wich will fill the blank space.
1)      He
can play the guitar very well.He is a good musician (music).
2)      The
sportsmen lost the game. They were ___________ (happiness).
3)      I
didn`t know the guests at the party. So I didn`t feel __________  (comfort).
4)      This
a _________________ story (humour).
5)      Don`t
break the vase. Be ________________________ (care). 6) We need vitamins
because they are ________________ (use).
Exercise 3. Put down three more
synonyms.

He feels bad.

He feels good.

Lesson 64 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner.
PART 1:
Imagine you are visiting Paris. Check (˅) the fun things you will
do on your trip.
Paris activities:

-
visit the Eiffel Tower

-
ride the elevator to the top
-
drink coffee in a French café
-
buy a painting from a street artist
-
ride a boat on the Seine River
-
see the Mona Lisa at the Louvre museum
-
speak French
-
buy some clothes at a French shop
-
eat dinner in an expensive French restaurant
-
visit Notre Dame cathedral
-
take a bus for Paris -  buy some French perfume
 PART II.
Take turns asking and answering questions about your
activities.
Example: visit the Eiffel Tower
PARTNER A: Will you visit the Eiffel Tower? PARTNER
B: Yes, I will. OR No, I
won`t.

Partner
  A

Partner B

1)

visit the Eiffel Tower

1.ride
  the elevator to the top

2)

drink coffee in a French café

2.buy
  a painting from a street artist

3)

ride a boat on the Seine River

3.see the Mona Lisa at
  the Louvre
museum

4)

speak French

4.buy
  some clothes at a French shop

5)

eat dinner in an expensive French restaurant

5.visit
  Notre Dame Cathedral

6)

take a bus tour of Paris

6.duy
  some French perfume

Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions:Complete the sentences with the
verbs in parentheses.

1)      Right
now, Anita (sit) ______is sitting________ at her desk
2)      She
(do/not) ________________ homework. She (write) _______________ an
email to her parents.
3)      She
(write) ______________  an e-mail to her parents every week.
4)      She
(write/not) _____________ an e-mail every day.
5)      Her
parents (expect/not) ______________ to get an e-mail every day.
6)      Last
night Anita (write) ______________ an e-mail to her brother. Then she (start)
___________ to write an e-mail to her sister.
7)      While
Anita was writing an e-mail to her sisiter last night, her phone (ring)
__________ . It (be) _____________ her sister.
8)      Anita
(finish/not) ______________ the e-mail to her sister last night.After
she (talk) _________ to her sister, she (go) _______to bed.
9)      Tomorrow
she (write)___________ an e-mail to her cousin in Brazil.
10)Anita (write/not) _____________ an e-mail to her
parents tomorrow.
11)(you/write) ______________ an e-mail to someone
every day?
12)(you/write)_______________ an e-mail to someone
yesterday?
13)(you/write) ______________ an e-mail to someone
tomorrow?
II.      VOCABULARY KEEP AND LOOSE
Exercise 1.Which words and expressions
go with keep, and which - with loose?
Tick (˅) the correct column.

KEEP

LOOSE

calm

weight

your way

going

in touch with somebody

somebody company

your nerve

a secret

somebody waiting

your temper

fit

Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
with one of the expressions above in the correct form.
1)      When
you go away, please write. I`d like to_____________ with you.
2)      When
the children broke the TV, I ___________ my ___________ and started shouting at
them.
3)      –
I`m tired. Can`t we have a rest?
-
No, we can`t stop. We must _____________ until we get to the top
of the mountain.
4)      Can
you __________ Jane and I have decided to get married, but don`t tell anyone.
5)      I
was going to the bungee jump, but when I stood at the top I couldn`t do it.I
___________ and I had to climb down.
6)      I
go to the gym every day because I like to _____________________.
7)      –
Oh, no. I`ve lost my purse.
-
Now, don`t panic! When did you last have it?
8)      Sorry,
I`m late. I took the wrong road and I ____________ my _________.   I ended up
miles away and I had to ask for directions.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR

Test 3. Future tenses
Exercise 1. Ask questions to the
underlined words.
1)
If you take this medicine you will feel better.
2)
Bythe time Mother comes we will have put the room in order.
3)
If he comes on time we will have dinner together.
4)      I
will be sleeping all day tomorrow.
5)      By
September 1st
Mary will have been teaching at this University for ten years.
Exercise 2.Open the brackets
using the verbs in the proper future tenses.Use present tenses where necessary.
1)      I
(not/know) when we (finish) the redecoration. But as soon as everything (be)
ready we (move) in.
2)      Don`t
call me at five. I (have) an English lesson.
3)      By
the time the holidays (be) over you (forget) all your grammar.
4)      They
(give) the job to the first person who (come) through this door.
5)      By
the beginning of the next month we )work) for this project for a year.
6)      We
(take) this course till the end of the year.
7)      By
the time we (get) to Scotland we (drive) over six hundred miles.
8)      If
Mike (not/write) his report by Monday he (have) problems with his tutor.
9)      While
you (shop) I (do) the laundry.
10)  I (hope) Tom (repair)
my computer by six o`clockand I (be able) to continue my work.
Exercise 3. Choose correct variant.
1)      John
will love Jill … he lives.
a)
while
b)
till
c)
as long as
d)
until
2)      I
will remind him about the date … he has forgotten.
a)
after
b)
in case
c)
unless
d)
until
3)
We will talk
about it … .
a)
the other day
b)
on days
c)
these days
d)
one of these days
4)
…you remember the
passwordyou will be in no danger.
a)
Provided
b)
Providing
c)
If you provide
d)
On provision
5)
… me to wash the
dishes?
a)
Shall you help
b)
Do you help
c)
Will you be
helping
d)
Will you help
Exercise 4. Correct the mistakes in
the following sentences.
1)      I
am sure he will have known everything by this time.
2)      He
will send us a telegramme as soon as he will get there.
3)      He
will go on working unless he is seventy.
4)      They
will have repaired the fireplace by Wednesday in condition you pay them extra
money.
5)      When
we will come he will be sleeping.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1. Complete the questions.
1)      English
is spoken all over the world.
Where _______is English
spoken_______?
2)      The
houses were broken by the wind.
Why _____________________________________?
3)      Julia
and Sue will be invited to Steve`s birthday party.
When
____________________________________? 4) The cat was named Oliver.
Why _____________________________________?
5)      Christmas
is celebrated in many countries.
Where ____________________________________?
6)      Shakespeare`s
plays were translated into many languages. How many
_________________________________?
Exercise 2. Complete the following
sentences.
1)      Moscow
is the capital of  ……………………………… .
2)      The
official language of the United Kingdom is ………. . 3) The people of Scotland are
…………………………….. .
4) Washington,D.C. is the capital of ……………………… . 5)
Dutch is the official language of ………………………. .
6) The people of Germany are ……………………………. .
Exercise 3. Form the appropriate nouns
from the words written in bold letters to fill the blank space.
1)      Alan
is very curious. I`m sometimes tired of his ……………….. .
2)      British
pupila are punished for bad behavior. – What kind of
…………………. are they given?
3)      We
walked in the forest last Sunday. I enjoyed the ……………. very much.
4)      You
can`t cross the road here. There is no ……………….. .
5)      He
is an honest man. His ………………… was never a question.
6)      Detective
stories by Agatha Christie have been translated into Russian. This the
best …………………….  “Death of the Nile” I have ever read.
Lesson 65 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Review: verb forms
Directions:Complete the sentences with the
verbs in parentheses. Give short answers to the questions where necessary.
1)
A: (you/have) ________Do you have _______ a
bicycle?
B: Yes, I ____do____ . I (ride)  _____ride_____
my bicycle.
2)      A:
(you/walk) ___________________________ to work yesterday?
B: No, I ______________ . I (ride) __________ my
bicycle.
3)
A: Where (you,study, usually)_____________________________?
B: In my room.
A: (you/go) _________________ to the library to
study sometimes?
B: No. I (like/not) ________________ to study at the
library.
4)
A: (you/be) _____________________ in class tomorrow?
B: Yes, I _____________. But I (be/not) _________ in
class the day after tomorrow.
5)
A: (whales/breathe) _____________________________ air? B:
Yes, they _____________________.
A:  (a whale/have) ____________________________
lungs?
B: Yes, it _______________________.
A:  (a whale/be) __________________________________
a fish?
B: No, it __________________. It (be) ___________ a
mammal.
6)      A:
(Yoko/call) ____________________________ last night?
B: Yes, she _________________. We (talk) _____________
for a few minutes.
A:  (she/tell) _________________________ you
about her brother Tom? B:  No, she _____________. She (say/not) ______________
anything about him.Why?
A: Tom (be) ___________________________ in an
accident.
B: That`s too bad. What happened?
A: A dog (run) ______________ in front of his
bicycle. He (want/ not)_________________ to hit the dog. When he (try)
___________ to avoid the dog, his bike (run) ______________ into the
path of a truck.The truck hit Tom. It was an unfortunate accident.
A: No, he __________________. He (be) ________________ at
home.
Exercise 2. Let`s talk: small groups.
Directions:Work in groups of three.
The name of the man in the pictures is Alex. What is he doing? Why? Make up
probable reasons. Each student in your group will give a different description
of Alex`s activities. Follow the directions below.
SPEAKER A: Assume each picture shows things that Alex is
doing right now and/or does every day. Use the pictures to describe some Alex`s
activities . Use Present tenses.
SPEAKER B: Assume each picture shows things that
Alex is going to do tomorrow.  Describe these activities.
SPEAKER C: Assume each picture shows things that Alex did
yesterday.
Describe these activities.

   1

2

3

4

5

6

                                II.      VOCABULARY
SET AND BREAK
Exercise 1.Which words and expressions
go with SET,  and which go with BREAK? Tick (˅)
the correct column.

SET

BREAK

off on a journey

a bone skiing

a bone in plaster

fire to something

your alarm clock

the sound barrier

the law

a good example

a new world record

the old world record

a promise

someone`s heart

your heart on doing something

the speed limit

Exercise 2. Complete the Exercise 2.
Complete the sentences with one of the expressions above in the correct form.
1)      Teachers
should ____________ to their students. They should be punctual and
professional.
2)      You`re
doing sixty miles per hour in a built-up area. Slow down! You are
_____________.
3)      We
have to be up 6.00 tomorrow morning. I`ll _______________ for 5.45.
4)      After
fifteen years of marriage she left him for another man. It _________, and he
never really got over it.
5)      I
was cooking some chips when the frying pan was knocked over, and I ___________
the kitchen.
6)      Anyone
who rides a motorbike without a helmet is __________________ .
7)      -
What time do we need _______________________________________?
- The plane leaves at 10.00, so we should leave here about
8.00.
8)      Woods
has run the 100 metres in 8.5 seconds! He`s ____________by 0.7 of a second.
9)      Lane
has jumped  an incredible 3.6 metres! She`s ___________________!
10)  I _________________
my arm when I fell of my horse. When the doctor __________________ I screamed
with the pain.
11)If you say you are going to
do something, you must do it. You should never ___________________.
12)Concorde can only go at full speed
over the sea. When it _____________, there is a huge sonic boom.
13)We`ve found the house of
our dreams. We`ve __________________ moving there, but I don`t know if we`ll
get it.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Text 4. Mixed tenses
Exercise 1. Ask questions to the
underlined words.
1)      I
have been working in the Complaints Department since I came to this travel
agency.
2)
The more you sleep the better you will feel.
3)
We are taking our swimming things in case there is a swimming
pool there.
4)      It
took us ages to paint the fence.
5)      He
has told me about it three times this week.
Exercise 2. Open the brackets using
appropriate tenses.
1)      I
(wait) for you for the past hour! What you (do) all this time?
2)      While
I (walk) to the bus stop I (realize) I (leave) the cooker on.
3)      I
just (finish) writing a letter when the doorbell (ring). I immediately (go) to
answer it because my neighbour (tell) me she (call) round.
4)      I
(share) a flat with two friends since I (come) to England but I`d like a place
of my own.
5)      Don`t
worry. I (give) Mr. Brown your message as soon as he (come) in.
6)      We
(go) to America for our holiday this year.We think it (be) a complete change
because we usually (go) to Europe.
7)      The
company (not/pay) me until I (work) for them for a month.
8)      Henry!
Good Lord! I (forget) you (come) for supper. I (not/buy) anything to eat at
all!
9)      I
(hear) five new jokes since I (be) here.
10)By this time next month we (pass) all the exams and we
(be) quite free.
Exercise 3. Choose the correct
variant.
1)      They
have been argueing about it … eight o`clock.
a)      for
b)      since
c)      from

d)      at
2)      We
… in silence for ten minutes, then he began to talk.
a)      sat
b)      set
c)      seat
d)      seated
3)      At
this time yesterday I … on the beach.
a)      was
laying
b)      lay
c)      was
lying
d)      laid
4)      …
I had a wonderful adventure.
a)      The
other day
b)      One
of these days
c)      Lately
d)      Of
late
5)      I
have looked through only three articles … .
a)      so
long
b)      as
yet
c)      at
last
d)      so
far
Exercise 4. Correct the mistakes in
the following sentences.
1)      He
asked what they are looking for.
2)      We
knew each other since we began working here.
3)      When
have you gone to the UK? – Five years ago.
4)      It
snowed when he left home.
5)      This
is the first time I eat oysters.
                               IV.       ENGLISH IN USE.
Exercise 1.Complete the following
sentences using the words given below. There are odd words there.

discuss,  miss,
meet,  win,  do,  come,  keep,  invite

1)      My
parents want me to___do___ well in school subjects.
2)      She
is a good swimmer. We expect her to _________ the competition.
3)      Does
your father want you to ___________ fit?
4)      I
don`t want you to _____________ a lesson.
5)      Max
expects me to ____________ him to my birthday party. 6) Would you like John to
_____________ you at the station?
Exercise 2. Fill the chart.

Noun

Verb

Positive adjective

Negative adjective

Adverb

much
enjoyment

enjoy playing

an enjoyable sport

-

-

rock
__________

-

a
  _________ voice

-

speak
  musically

financial hardship

harden
one`s heart

a __________ question

-

study ________; he can
  _______
walk

take _______ of the child

care about children

be
  _________ with your money

a
_________, happy day

drive ________

Exercise 3. Complete the sentences
using the proper forms of the verbs.
1)      If
Sophie were ready for the English lesson, she _____would get_____ an
excellent mark.
2)      If
George ______________ money , he would take a job.
3)      If
I played tennis better, I __________________ the game.
4)      If
I ________________ you, I wouldn`t waste my time.
5)      If
I did well in  school subjects, my parents _____________ me a new computer.
6)      If
I had a toothache, I ____________________ to the dentist.
Lesson 66 I.         REVISION
Exercise 1. Sentence practice:
Directions: Complete the sentences.
Use will, won`t  if you are sure. Use may/might if
you are not sure.
1)      I
___________________________ be in class next Monday.
Ø
I will be in class next Monday. = You are
sure.
Ø
I won`t be in class next Monday. = You are
sure.
Ø
I may/might be in class next Monday. OR
Ø
I may/might not be in class next Monday. = Its
possible but you are not sure.
2)      I
_________________________ eat breakfast tomorrow morning.
3)      I
_________________________ be in class tomorrow.
4)      I
_________________________ get an e-mail from my friend tomorrow.
5)      I
_______________________ watch TV for a little while after dinner tonight.
6)      We
____________________ have a grammar test in class tomorrow.
7)      I
_______________________ eat dinner at a restaurant tonight.
8)      It
_________________________ be cloudy tomorrow.
9)      The
sun ____________________ rise tomorrow morning.
10)  I
_______________________ choose a carrier in music after I finish school.
11)The population of the Earth ____________________
continue to grow.
12)Cities __________________________ become more and more
crowded.
13)Some people think we
_______________________ communicate with beings from outer space soon.
Exercise 2. Let`s write and talk.
Directions: Write two paragraphs. Use the
given words. Use your own paper.
Paragraph 1: Write about your activities yesterday.
Paragraph 2: Write about your activities tomorrow.
PARAGRAPH 1:
 I got up at ______ yesterday morning. After that,
_______________. Around __________________ o`clock, ____________. Later
_______________. At ______ o`clock, __________________. Then ______________________.
__________________________ a little later. Then at
_________ o`clock_______.
 PARAGRAPH 2:
I`m going to get up at ____________ tomorrow morning. Then
________.
After that __________________. Around ________ o`clock,
__________. Later
_________________. At _________ o`clock,
_________________. Next _________________.  _____________________ a little
later. Then at _________ o`clock, ___________________________.
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner. Take turns
completing the sentences about yourself and other people on the list.
yourself (“I”)                                       a
friend
your partner (“you”)                            the leader
of your country
a classmate                                           a
world leader   your teacher                                         a movie
star  a member of your family                     a famous athlete

Partner A

Partner B

1.In five years, _______ will _______.

1._________ might not _________ tomorrow.

2.Next year, ________ may not _______.

2.Next year, __________ won`t _________.

3._______ might ________ tomorrow.

3.In 20 years, ________ may _______.

4._______ might or might not _______ next week.

4.Next week, _________ mayor may not ____________.

5._______ won`t ________ in 2022.

5._________ will _________ in a few days.

                                II.     VOCABULARY
 Exercise 1. Complete another sentence with the same
meaning.
1)      We
are trying to solve this problem. – We`re trying to find a
solution_________________________________________________.
2)      Ann
gets on well with her brother. – Ann has a good relationship
____________________________________________________.
3)      Prices
has increased a lot. – There has been a fig increase
____________________________________________________.
4)      I
don`t know how to answer your question. – I can`t think of an answer
____________________________________________________.
5)
Nobody wants to
buy shoes like these any more. – There is no demand
________________________________________.
6)
I think that
being married has some advantage.
I think that there are some advantages ______________.
7)
The number of
people without jobs has fallen this year.
There has been a fall
____________________________. 8) I don`t think that a new road is necessary.
I don`t think that there is any need _________________.
      Exercise 2. Complete these sentences with the correct
preposition.
1)      I`ve
just receive an invitation ___________ a wedding next week.
2)      The
cause __________ the fire in the hotel last night is still unknown.
3)      Ann
showed me a photograph ________ the hotel where she stayed during the holiday.
4)      Money
isn`t the solution  ___________ every problem.
5)      The
company has rejected the workers` demands _________ an increase_______ pay.
6)
The two companies
are completely independent. There is no connection ________ them.
7)
When I opened the
envelope, I was delighted to find a check _______
£ 500.
8)      Have
you seen this picture _________ the town as it looked 100 years ago?
9)      Sorry
I haven`t written to you for so long. The reason _______ this is I`ve been ill
lately.
10)The advantage ________ having a car
is that you don`t have to rely on public transport.
11)There are many advantages _______  being able to speak
aaa foreign language.
12)There has been a sharp rise _______ the cost of living
in the past few years.
13)The front door is locked. Have you got the key ________
the back door?
14)Bill and I used to be good friends but I don`t have
much contact ______ him now.
15)I`ve never met Carol but I`ve seen a photograph _______
her.
16)It wasn`t a serious accident. The damage _________ the
car was only slight.
17)Tom`s reaction ________ my suggestion was not very
enthusiastic.
18)What were George`s reasons ________ giving up his job?
19)The fact that he got a job in the
company has no connection _________ the fact  that his father is the managing
director.
20)When he left home, his attitude __________ his parents
seemed to change.
21)I wrote to Jim last week,  but I still haven`t received
a reply ______ my letter.
22)There are some differences _________ British English
and American English.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Test 5. Mixed tenses.
Exercise 1. Ask questions to the
underlined words.
1)      I
always ask my parents for advice when I am in trouble.
2)      This
is the third time I have heard this story.
3)      He
is doing a course in Nuclear Physics.
4)      We
 go to the seaside every summer.
5)      I
used to wake up early when I was younger.
Exercise 2. Open the brackets using
the appropriate tenses.
1)      I
(use) (ride) a lot but I (not/have) a chance to do any since I (come) here.
2)      If
you (leave) out the epilogue you can`t relly say you (read) the whole book.
3)      As
the ship (sink) fast he (jump) overboard, together with the rest of the crew
who (be) still alive.
4)      The
police still (interrogate) the criminal whom they (catch) yesterday.
5)      The
problem of hunger (exist) for centuries.
6)      When
I (present) him with ths album he (be) very surprised. He (say) he (look) for
it everywhere for a very long time.
7)      Call
me on Saturday. I (find out) her new address by then.
8)      I
just (finish) cooking dinner when the chidren (come) from the stadium.
9)      He
(work) for Brown & Co. for only two months and then he (find) a better-paid
job.
10)What you (do) lately? We (not/met) for ages!
Exercise 3. Choose the correct
variant.
1)      Who
… this city?
a)      found
b)      founded
c)      has
found
d)      has
founded
2)      I
don`t think the child has … seen a live panda. Why don`t you take him to the
zoo?
a)      ever
b)      never
c)      already
d)      yet
3)      We
have been out four times … .
a)      last
month
b)      yesterday
c)      this
week
d)      the
other day
4)      …
we get to the cinema the film will have started.
a)      As
soon as
b)      Once
c)      Until
d)      By
the time
5)      I
don`t talk to him very often … .
a)
recently
b)
now and again
c)
in our days
d)
nowadays
Exercise 4. Correct the mistakes in
the following sentences.
1)      He
left after he has said goodbye to everybody.
2)      I
will never forget the day when I have passed my test.
3)      Amn`t
I clever? I`ve done this crossword puzzle!
4)      I
wear my sunglasses today because the sun is very strong.
5)      He
sees his lawyer tomorrow.
                                IV.     ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1.  Write down 3 special
questions to each of the sentences.
English is spoken as the first language in many countries.
1) _How many countries use
English as their first language?_________ 2)
_______________________________________________________
3) _______________________________________________________
In Russia the school yearstarts in September.
1)_______________________________________________________
2)
_______________________________________________________
3)________________________________________________________
      The
football player threw the ball high into the air.
1)      _______________________________________________________
2)      _______________________________________________________
3)      _______________________________________________________
Exercise 2. Fill the chart with
different kinds of sport.

Indoor sports

Outdoor sports

         1)         chess

1)windsurfing

2)

2)

3)

3)

4)

4)

5)

5)

6)

6)

Games with a ball

Sports in Gym

         1)          tennis

1)aerobics

2)

2)

3)

3)

4)

4)

5)

5)

6)

6)

Exercise 3. Make up a list of things
you enjoy / don`t enjoy doing.

I enjoy

I don`t enjoy

doing sports

listening to pop music

Lesson 67 I.    REVISION
Exercise 1.  Sentence practice.
Directions:  Find the sentences where maybe
is used as an adverb and where may is used as a part of
the verb.
1)      Maybe
it will rain tomorrow. ⤏
Maybe = an adverb
2)      It
may rain tomorrow. ⤏
may rain = a verb; may is a part of the verb 3) We
may go to the Art museum tomorrow.
4)      Maybe
Ann would like to go to the museum with us.
5)      She
may like to go to the Art museums.
6)      It
is cold and cloudy today. It may be cold  and cloudy tomorrow. Maybe the
weather will be warm and sunny this weekend.
      Exercise 2. Sentence practice.
Directions:  Complete the sentences with may
be or maybe.
1)
A: I ______may be ______ a little late tonight.
B: That`s OK. I won`t worry about you.
2)
A: Will you be here by 7 o`clock?
B: It`s hard to say. _____Maybe______ I`ll
be a little late.
3)
A: It ____________________ cold tomorrow.
B: That`s OK. Let`s go to the beach anyway.
4)
A: Will the plane be on time?
B: I think so, but it ______________ a few minutes late.
5)
A: Do you want to go to the park tomorrow?
B: Sure. That sounds like fun.
A: Let`s talk to Carlos too. ______________ he would like
to go with us.
6)
A: Where Mr Chu?
B: Look in Room 506 down the hall. I think he
______________ there.
A: No, he is not there. I`ve just looked in Room
506. B: ______________ he is in Room 508.
Exercise 3. Sentence practice.
Directions:  Rewrite the sentences. Use the
words in parentheses.
1) Maybe I will study.
a)
(might)  ______I might study.______
b)
(may)    ______I may study._______ 2) The teacher
might give a test.
a)
(maybe) _______________________________________________
b)
(may)    _______________________________________________ 3)
Maybe Janet will be home early.
a)
(may)  _______________________________________________
b)
(might)  _______________________________________________ 4)
She might be late.
a)
(may)    _______________________________________________
b)
(might)  _______________________________________________ 5)
It may rain tomorrow.
a)
(maybe) _______________________________________________
b)
(might)  _______________________________________________
                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.  Complete these sentences
with a preposition and one of the words or phrases.

mistake
business  a diet  breakfast  a swim  strike  the phone television Shakespeare
cheque  love  a drink

1)      After
work we went to a café__________________________________.
2)      The
factory has closed because the workers have gone
_________________________________________________________.
3) I didn`t intend to take your umbrella. I took it ____________________.
4)      I
got up late this morning and had to rush. All I had _______________ was a cup
of coffee.
5)      I
feel lazy this evening. Is there anything worth watching
_________________________________________________________?
6)      They
fell _____________ with each other almost immediately and were married in a few
weeks.
7)      It
was an extremely hot day, so we went _____________ in the river.
8)      Jim`s
iob involves a lot oftravelling. He often goes to other towns
_________________________________________________________.
9)      I
didn`t have any money on me, so I paid ________________________.
10)George has put on a lot of weight
recently. I think he should go
_________________________________________________________.
11)It`s difficult to contact Sue because she is not
____________________. 12)“Hamlet” and “Macbeth” are plays
____________________________.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
with the correct preposition.
1)      I`m
hungry. What`s _________ dinner this evening?
2)      _________
my opinion, violent films shouldn`t be shown _________ television.
3)      I
think I need a bit of exercise. Shall we go _________ a walk?
4)      Do
you know any songs _________ the Beatles?
5)      I
mustn`t eat too much. I`m supposed to be _________ a diet.
6)      There
was panic when people realized the building was _________ fire.
7)      The
weather was terrible when we were _________ holiday in Scotland.
8)      Next
month I`m going to Scotland _________ a short holiday.
9)      Where
did you go _________ your holidays last year?
10)Iwon`t be at work next week. I`ll be _________ holiday.
11)We are going _________ holiday with some friends of ours
in September.
12)I wouldn`t like to go _________ a cruise. I think I`d
get bored.
13)The shop assistant wouldn`t accept
my cheque and insisted that I paid ______ cash.
14)Ann reads a lot of books _________ American women
writers.
15)Did you hear the news this morning _________ the radio?
16)It was only _________ accident that I found out who the
man really was.
17)When we went to Rome, we went _________ a tour aaaround
city.
18)I wouldn`t like his job. He spends
most of his time talking _________ the telephone.
19)What`s that music? I can`t remember
the title but I know it`s _________ Beethoven.
20)When I was fourteen, I went _________ a trip to France
organized by my school.
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.  Match the beginnings with
the endings to form English proverbs . Give a Russian equivalent for each of
them.

1)
  The belly is not filled
2)
  The devil is not so black
3)
  Don`t cry out
4)
  Easily earned money
5)
  He that served everybody
6)
  Lost time
7)
  An oak tree
8)
  A public hall
9)
  When a thing is done
10)
  A tree is known
11)
  A man is known
12)He
  that has an ill name

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)

is
  never found again. by the company he keeps.
with
  fair words. is half hanged. is not filled with one stroke. before you are
  hurt. as he is painted. by its fruit. is paid by nobody. is quicly spent.
advice
  comes too late. is never swept.

Exercise 2. You are the Headmaster of
a language school. Work out an advertisement for it. The questions below will
help you.
1)
Where is the school situated?
2)
What subjects are taught there?
3)
What foreign languages are taught there?
4)
What methods are used in this school?
5)
How are the lessons conducted?
6)
What is usually done at the lessons?
7)
What equipment is used at the lessons?
8)
How often are examinations taken?
9)
What are the students allowed to do?
10)What extra opportunities are they given?
Exercise 3.make the following
sentences passive.
1)      They
cook meals in the kitchen.
2)      One
uses milk for making butter and cheese.
3)      One
praises a student when he works hard.
4)      They
make progress every day in the world of science.
5)      They
take examinations in January and in June.
6)      People
speak English all over the world.
7)      They
write examination-papers at the end of each term.
8)      They
hold conferences evry year.
9)      They
teach foreign languages at the university.
10)They bring mail early in the morning.
11)Do they give the students every opportunity to study
languages?
12)Do they sell TV-sets in this shop?
13)Do they show the tourists all the monuments of the
city?
14)  Do people often visit this place?
15)Do they take medicine regularly?
16)Do they often invite you to such parties?
17)Do they often ask you for advice?
18)They don`t use this equipment.
19)They never discuss such problems.
20)They don`t often clean this window.
21)They never make such mistakes.
22)They don`t take the child to the nursery school.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1.  Fill the chart with
information about some countries.

Country

Capital

People

Official
  language

The Russian Federation (Russia)

Moscow

The Russians

Russian

The British

Washington D.C.

Canada

Dutch

Paris

Exercise 2. Put down questions to your
friendwho visited the summer Olympic Games.
1)
When the Olympic Games held? ……………………………………………………..
2)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
3)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
4)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
5)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
6)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3. Put down possible answers
to the following questions.
1)      Why
should students learn English?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
2)      Why
should people do sports?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
3)      What
would you do if you were a teacher?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
4)      What
would you see if you were in the United Kingdom?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
5)      Do
you often argue with your parents? What about?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
6)      What
would you do if the weather were fine on Sunday?
………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
Lesson 68 I.          REVISION
Exercise 1.  Sentence practice.
Directions: Answer the questions. Use
maybe or may/might.
1)      A:
Is David going to come to the party?
B: I don`t know. __Maybe__ .
2)      A:
What are you going to do tomorrow?
B:  I don`t know. I ___may/might___ go
swimming.
3)      A:
What are you going to do tomorrow?
B: I don`t have any plans. ________________ I`ll go
swimming.
4)      A:
Where is Robert?
B: I don`t know. He _________________ be at his office.
5)      A:
Where is Robert?
B: I don`t know. ___________________ he`s at his office.
6)      A:
Are Kate and Steve going to get married?
B: _____________________. Who knows?
7)      A:
Are you going to move to Portland or to Seattle?
B: I don`t know. I _________________ move to San Francisco.
8)      A:
Where are you planning to go on your vacation?
B: _____________________ we`ll go to Mexico. We haven`t
decided yet.
    We _____________________ go to Florida.
9)      A:
I`d like to have a pet.
B: Oh? What kind of pet would you like to get?
A: Oh, I don`t know. I haven`t decided yet.
_________________ I`ll get a canary. Or __________________ I`ll get a snake.
I`m not sure. I _______________ get a frog. Or I _____________ get a turtle. B:
What`s wrong with a cat or a dog?
 Exercise 2. Let`s talk: pair work.
 Directions: Work with a partner. Use
the phrases bvelow to tell your partner about your activities tomorrow. Use will/won`t,
going to/ not going to, mabe, may, and might.

Example: go to a movie/go shopping
PARTNER A: I am not going to go to a movie tomorrow. I
might go shopping. PARTNER B: I might go to a movie. Maybe I`ll go shopping.
1)      wake
up early/sleep in
2)      eat
a big breakfast/ eat a small breakfast
3)      stay
home/go to school
4)      get
some exercise in the afternoon/take a nap in the afternoon
5)      do
my homework in the evening/ watch TV in the evening
6)      eat
ice cream/eat vegetables
7)      cook
dinner/eat out
8)      clean
my apartment/read a book
9)      shop
on the Internet/ shop at a store
10)visit a friend/ visit a chat room on the Internet
Exercise 3. Let`s talk: pair work.
Directions: Work with a partner.
Check the boxes that describe your activities tomorrow. Show your answers to
your partner. She/he will make sentences about you and share some of them with
a class.
Example: You may/might get up at 7.00 a.m. OR Maybe you`ll get up at
7.00. You`ll come to class. OR You
are going to come to class. You won`t sing in shower. OR You are not going to sing in the shower.

Activity

Yes

No

Maybe

1)
  eat lunch

2)
  go shopping

3) send
  some e-mails

4)
  watch TV

5)
  talk on the phone

6)
  play soccer

7) read an English language newspaper

8) look up information on the Internet

9)
  have dinner with friends

10)listen
  to the radio

                                II.     VOCABULARY
Exercise 1.  In this exercise you have
to say how you feel about Georgein each situation.
Example: George has kept you waiting for hours,
(annoyed) _I`m annoyed with him.
1)      George
hasn`t been eating well recently, (worried)
     I`m …………………………………………………………………… him.
2)      George
has been telling lies about you, (angry)
      I`m …………………………………………………………………… him. 3) George
is much better at everything than you are (jealous)……………… . 4) George is big,
strong, aggressive and violent. (afraid)…………………… . 5) You`ve had enough of
George. (fed up) I`m …………………………….. .
6) (ladies only) But George is your husband.
(married) ……………………..!
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences
with the correct prepositions.
1)      It`s
very nice _______ you to let me use your car. Thank you very much.
2)      Why
are you always so rude _______ your parents? Can`t you be nice _______ them?
3)      It
wasn`t very polite _______ him  to leave without saying thank you.
4)      I
can`t understand people who are cruel _______ animals.
5)      Why
do you always get so annoyed _______ little things?
6)      The
people next door are annoyed _______ us _______ making so much  noise last
night.
7)      We
enjoyed our holiday but we were rather disappointed _______ the hotel.
8)      I
was surprised _______ the way he behaved.It was quite out of character.
9)      She
doesn`t often go out at night. She`s afraid _______ the dark.
10)I`ve been trying to learn Spanish but I`m not
very satisfied _______ my progress.
11)Jill starts his new job on Monday. She`s quite
excited_______ it.
12)I was shocked _______
what you said. You should be ashamed _______ yourself.
13)Did you know that Linda is engaged _______ a
friend of mine.
14)I had never seen do many people before. I was
astonished _______ the crowds.
15)Bill has been doing the same job for too long.
He`s bored _______ it.
16)These days everybody is aware _______ the danger
of smoking.
17)Are you still upset _______ what I said to you
yesterday?
18)She`s quite nice but I wouldn`t like to be
married _______ her.
19)David spends a lot of time
gardening. His garden is well-kept an he is very proud _______ it
Exercise 3. Now you have to write
sentences about yourself. Are you good at these things or not?
Use: brilliant/ very good/quite
good/not very good/ hopeless
1)      (repairing
things) ………………………………………………………………
2)      (tennis)
…………………………………………………………………………
3)      (remembering
people`s names) ……………………………………………….. 4) (telling jokes)
………………………………………………………………….
5) (languages) …………………………………………………………………….
                                III.      PRACTICAL GRAMMAR
Exercise 1.  Open the brackets using
the verbs in the proper voice form.

HOW
CHOCOLATE IS MADE
     Cacao (cultivate) in tropical climates. The cacao
tree (like) climates within 10 to 20 degrees of the Equator. The trees (need)
warm weather and rich soil. They (prefer) shaded sunlight. That`s why banana
trees, rubber trees, or coconut palms (plant) beside the cacao tree in the
orchard. Three main varieties of cacao beans (grow) today. Cacao trees
(harvest) twice a year. Workers (use) a machete to cut the pods off the trees.
They (place) on banana leaves in large wooden boxes. They (leave) to ferment for
several days. During fermentation the beans (become) darker and (lose) their
bitter taste.
    After fermentation the beans (sun-dry) for several
days. Then they (pack) in sacks and (ship) to factories. When the beans
(arrive) at the chocolate factory they (sort) and (clean).The beans (roast) at
250 to 350 degrees for thirty minutes to two hours.The time (depend) on the
type of bean. The cacao beans (give) off a wonderful aroma during the roastin
process.
     After roasting the outer shell of the beans (remove).
The shells (sell) as animal food. The inner nib (очищение от шелухи зерен
какао) is then (crush) and (heat) to melt the cacao butter and (grind) to a
thick paste. This paste (call) chocolate liquor with sugar, cocoa butter and
vanilla. To make milk chocolate  chocolate  liquor (combine) with cocoa butter,
sugar and milk solids or powder. White chocolate (make) without chocolate
liquor. It is the cocoa butter that (give) it the chocolate  flavor.
Exercise 2. Retell the following
stories using the Passive Voice wherever  possible.
A.    A
farmer goes to a large city to see the sights. They give him a room at a hotel.
Before retiring he asks the clerk at what time they serve the meals. “We serve
breakfast from 7 to11, lunch from 12 to 3, and dinner fron 6 to 8,” the clerk
explains. “Look here,” the farmer asks in surprise. “What time do you expect me
to see the town?”
B.     Donkey
of the small island of Re, which belongs to France, wear trousers in public.
People take off the trousers before they bring the donkeys to their stables.
When you ask people of the island to explain this, they cannot give the reason
for this strange custom.
                                IV.    ENGLISH IN USE
Exercise 1.  These sentences are the
answers. Put down possible questions to them.
1)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
(It takes him half an hour to get there.)
2)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
(I  want teachers to
understand students` problems better than they do now.)
3)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
(I  would feel sd and
lonely.)
4)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
( It`s the best way to communicate with my friends.)
5)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
(It`s the largest Australian city.)
6)      ………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
(It`s my favourite subject.)
Exercise 2. Comment on the following
idea giving your arguments (5 sentences)

Good health is above wealth.
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________
БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
1.Basic English Grammar.
Betty Schrampfer, Azar Stacy A. Hage
PEARSON LONGMAN, 2006
2.Выборова Г.Е., махмурян К.С.
Сборник упражнений по английской грамматике.
М.: АСТ ПРЕСС, 2000
3. А. Ягудена. Английский язык. Лексический минимум
для         ОГЭ и ЕГЭ.
     Ростов - на -  Дону; Феникс, 2017
 4.Электронный словарь “ABBY LINGVO”
 5.Online Oxford Learners` Dictionary      URL:http: //oxfordlearners- dictionaries.com
6.English Phrasal verbs in use:
   Michael McCarthy, Felicity O`Dell.
   Cambridge University Press,2004 -208c.
7.Longman Collocations Dictionary and Thesaurus: Michael
Mayor. – Pearson Education Limited, 2013 – 1472c.
8.Английский язык: Сборник
лексико-грамматических упраж -            нений . 8 класс. /составитель: Е.А.
Морозова.          М.: ВАКО, 2014. – 96с.
9.А.В. Нагорная.Английские времена в текстаз и упражнениях.
    М.: АЙРИС ПРЕСС, 2007
10.Ю.С. Веселова. Тематический тренажер по английскому
языку.  Лексика. Готовимся к ЕГЭ.
      М.: «Интеллект – Центр» 2011 11.Murphy R. English
Grammar in Use.
      Cambridge University Press, 1992
12.McCarthy M., O`Dell F. “English Collocations in Use”
      Cambridge University Press, 2007

file_name: English grammar and vocabulary 1 — копия.pdf

alt: АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК ДЛЯ ШКОЛЬНИКОВ

alt: Lesson 1 I. REVISION Using

alt: What is your name? -

alt: Exercise 2. Choose the right answer

alt: Exercise 4. Change the words in brackets using the phrasal verbs: put on, pass out, come round/to, come down with, get over 1

alt: I. REVISION Using Be

alt: Exercise 3. Choose the right word

alt: III. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR Exercise 1

alt: Her son is twelve. 8. She has

alt: Direction: Work in small groups

alt: PARTNER A: Name a country. PARTNER

alt: Jerome’s brother is a 10.___________

alt: It’s cold. Close the door behind

alt: Jim Ann Ms.

alt: 1. багаж 2. бензин 3. билет 4. валюта 5. взлетать 6. вокзал 7. границ 8. поехать за границу 9. иностранец 10. направление 11. поездка 12.…

alt: II. VOCABULARY TRAVELLING

alt: Exercise 3. Sentence practice

alt: PARTNER B: The flower is beautiful

alt: Shy Part II. Sit in a circle

alt: B & B – bed and breakfast 8

alt: London is... capital of... Great

alt: Lesson 9 I. REVISION Exercise 1

alt: 1. daily routine 2. an early riser 3. to take a shower 4. to order one`s hair 5. to put on make up 6. to…

alt: Thank you ......... your letter

alt: Lesson 11 I. REVISION Exercise 1:

alt: He was hut ... figurehead, for

alt: II. VOCABULARY

intro: Учебное пособие для тренировки лексики и грамматике по всему изученному материалу средней школы.

tags: лексика грамматика английский язык

title: Лексико-грамматический практикум по английскому языку (учебное пособие по лексике и грамматике английского языка для подготовки к ОГЭ и ЕГЭ)